LIBERAL ARTS and SOCIAL SCIENCES ITALIAN Language

liberal arts and social sciences italian language and culture sciences creative arts design LdM Italy Main Office: Florence, Rome, Tuscania and Venice Via Faenza, 43 50123 Florence, Italy Phone: +39.055.287.360 Phone: +39.055.287.203 Fax: +39.055.239.8920 Email: [email protected] Website: www.ldminstitute.com

LdM Academic Relations & Student Services 3600 Bee Caves Road, Suite 205B AUSTIN, TX 78746 U.S.A. Phone: 877.765.4LDM (4536) Phone: 512.328.INFO (4636) Fax: 512.328.4638 Email: [email protected] Website: www.ldminstitute.com over 40 years of experience in higher education

LdM Italy Main Office: Florence, Rome, Tuscania and Venice Via Faenza, 43 50123 Florence, Italy Phone: +39.055.287.360 Phone: +39.055.287.203 Fax: +39.055.239.8920 Email: [email protected] Website: www.ldminstitute.com

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 3 4 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. GENERAL INFORMATION 7 1.1 MISSION AND CORE VALUES 7 1.2 INTRODUCTION 9 1.3 STUDIES AND PROGRAMS 11 1.4 INSTITUTE SITES 13 1.5 MEMBERSHIPS, PARTNERSHIPS AND AFFILIATES 20 1.6 LdM-CAMNES COLLABORATION 22 2. ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION PROCEDURES 23 2.1 ADMISSION AND COURSE SELECTION 23 2.2 ADD & DROP AND FINAL REGISTRATION 23 2.3 APPLICATION DEADLINES 24 2.4 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 24 3. INSTITUTE POLICIES 26 3.1 gENERAL POLICIES 26 3.2 RULES OF CONDUCT 26 3.3 ACADEMIC POLICIES 28 4. CAMPUS LIFE 30 4.1 hOUSING 30 4.2 CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES 31 4.3 STUDENT CLUBS 32 4.4 STUDENT SERVICES 33 5. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 34 5.1 ITALIAN LANGUAGE COURSES 34 5.2 SEMESTER PROGRAMS 34 5.3 JANUARY INTERSESSION PROGRAM 34 5.4 SUMMER SESSION PROGRAMS 34 5.5 INTERNSHIPS 34 5.6 PROFESSIONAL OPPORTUNITIES 34 5.7 THREE CITIES PROGRAM 35 5.8 STEM PROGRAM 35 5.9 MARIST-LdM DEGREE PROGRAMS 35 5.10 CREATIVE ARTS AND DESIGN CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS 37 6. LdM FLORENCE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 45 6.1 FLORENCE - SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 47 6.2 FLORENCE - SCHOOL OF ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE 85 6.3 FLORENCE - SCHOOL OF SCIENCES 95 6.4 FLORENCE - SCHOOL OF CREATIVE ARTS 97 6.5 FLORENCE - SCHOOL OF DESIGN 113 7. LdM ROME COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 131 7.1 ROME - SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 133 7.2 ROME - SCHOOL OF ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE 151 7.3 ROME - SCHOOL OF SCIENCES 157 7.4 ROME - SCHOOL OF CREATIVE ARTS 161 8. LdM TUSCANIA COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 165 8.1 TUSCANIA - SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 167 8.2 TUSCANIA - SCHOOL OF ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE 175 8.3 TUSCANIA - SCHOOL OF CREATIVE ARTS 183 9. LdM STAFF LIST 188 10. COURSE INDEX BY SITE, SCHOOL AND DEPARTMENT 190 11. COURSE INDEX BY TITLE 208

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 5 6 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 1. General Information

1.1 mission

Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici is committed to delivering a high-quality international learning experience through which students advance along their formal educational paths, develop their creativity, realize their own potential, and empower themselves to impact the world around them. Experiential learning is LdM’s main tool to foster students’ future professional development.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 7 1.1 CORE VALUES

Learning Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici upholds both traditional and innovative educational approaches and is dedicated to the empowerment of students as active participants in the learning process. Innovation Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici prizes interdisciplinary projects and engagement with the professional sector as a way to ensure that its students achieve work-related skills necessary to meet the challenges of their respective fields. Diversity Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici embraces diversity in its dynamic, international environment composed of faculty, staff and students from over 90 different countries. Engagement Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici believes in community engagement and builds opportunities for meaningful interaction between students and the Italian community in which they live and study. Affirmation Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici provides equal and open access to educational opportunities and promotes personal development and growth.

8 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 1.2 INTRODUCTION

In 2013 Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici celebrated its first four “Tandem” conversation exchange, but also in a variety of decades. During this time, the Institute has built a strong academic ventures. LdM has established agreements with identity and a tradition which are represented in its mission the University of Florence Departments of Archaeology, and also in the lives of LdM students of different generations. Business and Economics, History, Art History, Music and Theatre (including Cinema and Filmmaking), as well as with LdM began in 1973 as one of the first centers in Florence to the dedicated science campus or “Polo Scientifico” located specialize in teaching Italian as a foreign language. Later, the at Sesto Fiorentino. Institute branched out into Studio Art courses, and is now known as one of Italy’s largest and most comprehensive LdM Restoration students have restored paintings and institution for international education. After many years of sculptures, some by the greatest artistic masters of the success in Florence, we have expanded and opened campuses Renaissance like Fra’ Angelico, Ghirlandaio, Botticelli, in Rome, Tuscania and Venice, giving students the opportunity Brunelleschi and Michelangelo. They also have the chance to experience different aspects of Italy. LdM currently offers to take part in international expeditions, like the recent over 3,000 students a year the opportunity to live in the midst ones to Easter Island (Chile) to restore the ancient Moai of Italian culture and share their study experience with others sculptures. Studio Art students develop their visual skills of different nationalities. Students attending LdM courses can through immersion in the exquisite beauties of the Italian gain credit towards their US degrees. countryside. Fashion students work on commercial projects, meet industry professionals and hold their own fashion LdM has a faculty of more than 200 dedicated and qualified shows, while Art, Photography, Graphic and Interior Design instructors from Italy and all over the world, and the Institute students work on professional projects. The most recent offers 500 different courses in Arts and Humanities, addition to the Florence Campus is Cucina Lorenzo de’ Design, Social Sciences and Communications, Psychology, Medici, the first school of culinary arts in the historic Mercato International Business and Political Science, Studio and Centrale of Florence. A diverse group of professional chefs Performing Arts, Science and Italian Language. Classroom- lead hands-on cooking courses, as well as seminars that based liberal arts courses supplement traditional teaching explore in-depth themes such as the overall well-being methods by using the unrivalled opportunities that Florence, related to a balanced diet, the evolution of cooking styles, Tuscania, Rome and Venice offer for investigating the the pairing of food and wine, and the importance of the history and cultural heritage of Italy and Europe in galleries, agricultural food sector. Participants are in direct contact palaces, gardens, churches and museums. LdM programs with the artisans who produce the freshest “Made in Italy” stimulate and expand the potential individual creativity products and they learn first-hand how to observe, smell, of students, providing them not only with the technical taste, and appreciate their value and the history that skills but also the conceptual insights necessary for the surrounds them. development of artistic talent. LdM prides itself on years of experience of offering professionally-oriented courses Additionally, LdM provides its students with a wide range in Design, Archaeology, Studio Arts, Performing Arts and of housing possibilities, student services, opportunities allied subjects. LdM’s fully equipped facilities and cutting- for travel and recreation, volunteer projects, student edge methods enable students to enjoy direct learning and clubs, extra-curricular seminars and public conferences. to experience Italy as “a classroom without walls”. The Institute aims to integrate formal university-level learning with an emphasis on personal growth, individual LdM has enjoyed a long and fruitful collaboration with the engagement, and community responsibility. University of Florence, not only in social events such as the

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 9 10 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 1.3 STUDIES AND PROGRAMS

LdM offers a large range of 3-credit courses during the semesters, one-month sessions in June and July, and a three-week term in January. In the belief that access to the language is an essential component of the experience of living in Italy, the Institute requires students enrolled in the semester program to take at least one Italian language course. Students may combine courses to suit their academic, professional and personal needs. For further details on our programs see section 5 “Programs of Study”. All courses are taught in English, with the exception of Italian language courses.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 11 12 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 1.4 INSTITUTE SITES: Florence

As the birthplace of modern humanism, naturalistic arts and scientific inquiry, Florence was the cradle of Renaissance civilization, the place where Dante, Brunelleschi, Botticelli, Leonardo da Vinci, Machiavelli and Galileo changed forever the way we see the world. For centuries travelers and admirers of art and culture have fallen in love with this city and the countryside that surrounds it. Located in the heart of Tuscany, Florence is the ideal destination for those interested in studying humanities, art, design, Italian language and culture. Extraordinarily rich in history and ancient traditions, the city, with its world-famous artistic heritage, offers the student a wide spectrum of cultural events throughout the year. The city is also known for its exceptional cuisine, characteristic restaurants, ice-cream LdM Florence is located in twelve campus buildings (totaling parlors, elegant shops, artistic workshops and traditional 4,800 square meters) in the historic city center, right next markets. As a thriving economic center with particular to the thriving San Lorenzo market and church and close strengths in the fashion, luxury goods and tourist sectors, to transport facilities. Florence’s unique architectural the city of Florence also offers its inhabitants the chance masterpiece, the Duomo, is within a short walk. Together, to investigate myriad aspects of the contemporary Italian the LdM buildings contain a full range of facilities including world. In addition, Florence is an excellent location for numerous classrooms and large, specialized art studios. access to other places in Tuscany, Italy and Europe. They also contain a cafeteria, courtyard garden, library, student point and computer center. The main LdM building Five Schools and over thirty Departments at LdM Florence in Florence is situated in Via Faenza and dates back to permit study in a wide array of disciplines. Interior the 13th century. It originated as a convent connected to Design and Architecture courses engage students with a medieval church, San Jacopo in Campo Corbolini. This the Italian tradition and innovation representing the church, now deconsecrated, was founded in 1206 and for last word in areas from furniture, residential design, and its first century belonged to the Knights Templar. Rich in urban planning, to sustainability. Graphic Design students medieval frescoes and sculpture, the church has been develop professional printing skills in a commercial printing restored to its original splendor, and serves as the setting for center. The Department of Fashion Design, Marketing LdM conferences and receptions. Students and professors and Merchandising trains professionals in all segments of from LdM’s Restoration Department were fully involved the fashion industry: the design students build the skills in the restoration of the church interior. The campus also to conceive and create a complete collection, while the includes an entire floor of the Palace of Palla Strozzi, built in business students explore their field, from production to the Renaissance, containing a student lounge and 13 newly retail. Restoration has a consolidated tradition in educating renovated classrooms for Liberal Arts courses. This building conservators and restorers, who learn by working with on Piazza Strozzi connects LdM to another historical authentic artworks, and who are able to move between area of Florence which is also a kind of hub for the arts technical and practical knowledge. and commerce.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 13 14 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 1.4 INSTITUTE SITES: Rome

The LdM Rome site offers an academically and culturally world. Here the macrocosm of a large metropolis coexists rich program to serious and motivated students seeking with the microcosm typical of Italian life - from small lively personalized study. Its mission is to give students a quality neighborhoods to vast scenic piazzas. academic experience that will open their minds to new ways LdM Rome is centrally located and can be easily reached of thinking through their exposure to Rome. This is a small, from any part of the city by public transportation. The personal campus in a big city, and students are assisted facilities, in a palace constructed after Italian unification, during their entire stay. Orientations, curricular and extra- have been specially redesigned with fully functional curricular activities, courses and special events encourage instructional spaces including luminous studios and them to engage in a true cultural and social exchange, and classrooms. While the program reflects the high standards achieve an absorbing experience of growth and discovery. established in LdM Florence, it attends to the special nature The creation of this program represented a conscious of Rome. LdM Rome students can choose from a variety decision to participate in the life, politics, and educational of courses, with a particular emphasis on main areas such traditions that made Rome the wellhead of Western as Classical Studies, Art History, International Business, culture for millennia, and that still make it a crossroads of Film Studies, Psychology, Literature, and Italian Language. cultures. The experience of even a brief period in the Eternal A STEM Program with courses in Biological Sciences, City has captivated visitors and pilgrims for centuries. Chemistry, Mathematics, and Environmental Sciences is also Whether the inspiration comes from a quiet spot in Rome’s on offer. The institute gives the opportunity of attending parks, from powerfully evocative ruins, from Renaissance or internships in Italian companies. Courses are connected to Baroque palaces, or from the awe-inspiring art of Vatican the resources of Rome, using the city as a classroom. Most City, Rome continues to stimulate the senses and the courses include visits and lectures with guest speakers. LdM mind. The unique history and resources of Italy’s capital Rome has a green policy and actively promotes respect for makes it an ideal place to study. Eight million residents live the environment. an extraordinary synthesis of cultures from Europe, the Mediterranean region, North Africa, and indeed the entire

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 15 16 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 1.4 INSTITUTE SITES: Tuscania

The LdM program at Tuscania is based on a full-immersion concept that differs in emphasis from the Florence or Rome centers. Indeed, Tuscania preserves its identity as the years pass, unspoiled by the commercialization that can accompany mass tourism. Thanks to the size of the town and its geographic location, students live and study in a fully Italian environment. Integration in the community is fundamental to the program, encouraging students to create relationships in a cultural context that is different from their own. The curriculum has been designed to promote the historical, artistic and cultural qualities that make this part of Italy distinctive. Thus courses in history and archaeology focus on the Etruscan, Roman and medieval civilizations that are at the core of Tuscania’s development, while courses in culinary arts reflect Tuscania’s connection to the agricultural cycles and traditions of the region. The town is strategically positioned for visits to the beach, to volcanic lakes and hot springs, and to the nearby towns of Viterbo and Tarquinia. The LdM Tuscania site stands in this historic hill town in Latium. Located in central Italy, south of Florence and not far north of Rome, Tuscania is close to the border with Tuscany, in the breathtaking landscape of the southern Maremma, land of golden fields and vast plantings of olive trees. The countryside around the town forms part of a nationally protected nature reserve. LdM collaborates with Tuscania has also developed a reputation as a center for the University of Florence in the ongoing excavation of new forms of contemporary expression and modern art, an ancient Etruscan site just outside Tuscania: one of the and its vital cultural life is reflected in a rich calendar of richest deposits of archaeological remains in the world. festivals and exhibitions. The LdM Tuscania premises are Tuscania has been admired for centuries for its picturesque situated in the old town center, in a building incorporated setting and landscape, medieval walls, cobbled streets and in the medieval stone walls. The building was specially fine culture and food. Tuscania offers its visitors exclusive remodeled in order to provide modern, light-filled studios and surprising scenes: little squares, ancient churches, alleys, and classrooms as well as reading rooms, an exhibition severe towers. The cathedral square is like an open-air salon space, a library, and a computer room. The facilities also where you can pause to enjoy the cool air coming from include a courtyard and a fully equipped teaching kitchen the 18th-century fountain. Filmmakers such as Pier Paolo for classes in Mediterranean cuisine. The LdM Tuscania Pasolini, Orson Welles and Franco Zeffirelli have chosen it program is committed to providing an integrated learning for their films, while the town has also inspired numerous atmosphere to help creative individuals achieve the most artists, painters, photographers and writers. In recent years out of their study abroad experience.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 17 18 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 1.4 INSTITUTE SITES: Venice

LdM Venice offers students an opportunity to study in a historic setting in the city center. Courses use the extraordinary environment of Venice to stimulate students’ skills, intellects and creativity, and respect high academic standards. The focus on the unique and manifold roles of Venice is made possible by expert local professors who guide students as they discover the city’s exceptional resources and opportunities. Students who attend LdM Venice can choose among the Three Cities Program (spring semester) and the Venice Biennale Program. Venice’s great artistic tradition stretches from Renaissance figures such as Titian and Palladio to the bold talents and international stage of the Venice Biennale contemporary art exhibition. The Marist-LdM Venice Biennale Program is an intensive summer experience that combines studio art and art history and offers participants a unique opportunity to explore and immerse themselves in the world’s oldest and most prestigious art exposition. Course methodologies include a combination of on-site lectures, studio art workshops, and critiques designed to engage students in the exploration of contemporary art and culture.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 19 1.5 MEMBERSHIPS, PARTNERSHIPS AND AFFILIATES

Memberships

Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici (LdM) is registered and authorized Eastern Studies) in Italy by the Ministry of Education, (December 2, 1989); LdM is also accredited and recognized by the Tuscany Region as Festival d’Europa an educational institution (code n. FI0735, decree n. 2935, Florens 2010 July 4, 2012). Fondazione Palazzo Strozzi (Florence) LdM is approved by the US Middle States Commission on Higher Education as a branch campus of Marist College, with Istituto Venezia particular note on the quality of LdM facilities and academic environment. LdM is accredited by the CSN of the Swedish Italian Institute for Asia and the Mediterranean (ISIAMED) government, and it has been awarded the European quality Kathmandu University (Nepal) certification ISO 9001:2008 by EQA (European Quality Assurance). Mayor University (Santiago) Association of International Education Administrators National Archaeological Museums of Lazio (AIEA) National Conflict Resolution Center (San Diego) Association of Schools Teaching Italian as a Second Language (ASILS) Pablo Neruda Museum (Santiago) College Consortium of International Studies (CCIS) “Paesaggi di Suoni” Tuscania Council of Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA) Rapa Nui National Park, Easter Island Eduitalia Consortium (EDUITALIA) Soprintendenza ai Beni Architettonici del Lazio European League of Institutes of the Arts (ELIA) Teatro Comunale “Il Rivellino”, Tuscania Federation of European Schools (FEDE) Unip University (Brazil) Forum on Education Abroad University of Florence International Association of Language Centres (IALC) University of Viterbo National Association of Foreign Student Advisors (NAFSA) Restoration work by the LdM Restoration Department, whether for public or private institutions, is undertaken with Partnerships the supervision of the Soprintendenza ai Beni Ambientali e Architettonici delle Province di Firenze, Pistoia e Prato (Pitti LdM collaborates with the following institutions and Palace) and of the Soprintendenza ai Beni Artistici e Storici organizations: delle Province di Firenze, Pistoia e Prato (Uffizi Gallery). The Department also collaborates with the Opificio delle Abbey Complex of San Giusto Pietre Dure (Florence) and with the Comitato Tabernacoli Assessorato alla Cultura Provincia di Viterbo (Florence), with the Soprintendenza ai Beni Artistici e Storici della Provincia di Trapani, with the Curia and the Assessorato alla Cultura Regione Lazio Comune di Museo Diocesano of Mazara del Vallo, with the towns of Tuscania Rocca Imperiale and Laino Borgo, with the Curia of Cassano Ionio, with the Escuela de Artes Aplicadas of Providencia CAMNES (Center for Ancient Mediterranean and Near Santiago (Chile), with the Roman Catholic Archdiocese of Delhi (India), and the Diocese of Meerut/Dehradun (India).

20 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Affiliates and Collaborations

Academic Programs International (API) Minnesota State University – Mankato Accent Molloy College Adelphi University Monmouth University Appalachian State University Murray State University Ashland University North Carolina State University Athena Study Abroad Northeastern University Bentley University Palm Beach Atlantic University Berry College Rowan University Bethany Lutheran College School of Fashion Technology – Pune (India) Broome Community College (State University of New York) Select Study Abroad California State University Long Beach Sookmyung Women’s University (South Korea) Canisius College St. Lawrence University Catholic University of Daegu (South Korea) Suffolk University Catholic University of Paris–Institut Catholique de Paris Summer Discovery (France) Tarleton State University Clemson University Texas Christian University College Consortium for International Studies (CCIS) Texas Tech University College for Creative Studies The School of the Art Institute of Chicago College of Staten Island of The City University of New York Towson University Columbia College Chicago Toyo Eiwa University (Japan) Columbus College of Art & Design UniEVANGÉLICA (Brazil) Eastern Illinois University Universidad Anahuac Mexico Norte (Mexico) Escuela de Artes Aplicadas of Providencia Santiago (Chile) Universidad Anahuac Puebla (Mexico) European Heritage Institute (EHI) Universidad Anahuac Queretaro (Mexico) Framingham State University Universidad de Monterrey - UDEM (Mexico) Geneva College Universidad Tecmilenio (Mexico) Grand View University Universidade Cruzeiro do Sul (Brazil) Gustavus Adolphus College Universidade de Ribeiräo Preto - UNAERP (Brazil) High Point University University of Hawai’i at Mānoa Illinois State University University of Illinois at Chicago International Institute of Fashion Technology (India) University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Iowa State University University of North Carolina at Greensboro Instituto de Estudios Superiores de Tamaulipas, A.C. – Red University of Scranton de Universidades Anahuac (Mexico) University of the Pacific Instituto Tecnológico de Monterrey – ITESM (Mexico) University of Wisconsin – Eau Claire Kansas State University University of Wisconsin – Oshkosh Keene State College University of Wisconsin – Stout Kyonggi University (South Korea) University of Wyoming Lesley University Upper Iowa University Longwood University Wells College Marist College Western Carolina University Marymount University Winthrop University

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 21 1.6 LdM-CAMNES COLLABORATION

In Fall 2010 Lorenzo de’ Medici began a distinctive CAMNES continues to develop archaeological research collaboration with the Center for Ancient Mediterranean projects in Italy and in other countries (Turkey and Jordan). and Near Eastern Studies (CAMNES). The chief goal CAMNES and LdM have also established Field Schools where of this study center is to bridge international research students learn and actively participate in a professional and education in archaeology/ancient studies in order archeological setting. Excavations are carried out at an to promote the discovery of our roots and a better Etruscan necropolis at Tuscania, and at the sites of Petra understanding of our time. CAMNES activities include and the crusader castle of Shawbak in Jordan. CAMNES professional and interdisciplinary education, conferences, oversees the expanding departments of Archaeology symposia, publications, exhibits and public archaeology and Classical Studies at all LdM sites, and coordinates the initiatives. development of new study programs and courses. This collaboration shows the commitment of Lorenzo de’ Medici The CAMNES scientific committee comprises outstanding to the understanding and enhancement of our past through scholars and researchers (both established and emerging archaeological heritage. archaeologists and academics) whose experience addresses key areas of interest about the ancient past of the Website: www.camnes.org Mediterranean and the Near East. International in character, scholarly conferences are often partnered with major research bodies, and acts and papers have been published by noted presses in the field. For example, CAMNES organized, together with the University of Florence and the support of LdM, the 16th Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology (BAR Archaeopress, Oxford 2013) as well as an important workshop on the Archaeology of Florence (Archaeopress Archaeology, Oxford 2015). In collaboration with the University of Siena, CAMNES also launched the first Roundtable on the Middle Paleolithic in Italy, in 2012. In August 2015 CAMNES, together with the Italian Ministry of Culture and Tourism and the University of Florence, is organizing the 11th International Congress of Egyptologists with the participation of over 700 delegates from all around the world.

22 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 2. Admissions and Registration Procedures

2.1 ADMISSION AND COURSE SELECTION

The completion of the registration process implies that the student understands all of LdM’s policies and regulations and agrees to abide by them. It is required that applicants be at least 18 years old, have completed at least one year of college by the start of the program, and have a minimum 2.80 cumulative GPA. LdM requires students to have upheld good academic and disciplinary standing. Students whose first language is not English must provide proof of English proficiency in accordance with LdM’s specifications. All students must make sure they will receive credits from their home institution for courses taken at LdM, including any new courses resulting from placement test/level adjustments. A student’s application is considered complete when the arrival at LdM. If students do not meet the prerequisites, student has submitted all the required materials: application they must change their course selection. A level test will be form (signed and completed), transcript from current administered at the beginning of Intermediate/Advanced college/university, passport size photos, and paid all the level Studio Art and Design courses to confirm the student’s required fees. If any of the student’s selected courses is level. unavailable (i.e., cancelled due to insufficient enrolment or full), the student will automatically be enrolled in their Lab fees and course materials are not included in the tuition alternative course/section/program. Once LdM receives the costs. All Studio Art classes require students to buy their own original course registration form, the Registrar’s Office will materials, which can be bought on-site. We recommend that process and confirm the course selection. Late applicants students consult the relevant course syllabus for a general will be considered only if their chosen courses are still idea of what is required for each class, though some details available. may vary over time. The cost of materials depends on the type of course. Most Studio Art, Design, Cuisine and Wine All course change requests, before and after arrival, must Appreciation courses require a lab fee. In addition, several be supported by a strong academic reason. The Registrar’s courses from different departments require that students Office reserves the right to move students to a different pay for visits and field trips as noted in the relevant course section in order to balance course enrollment, or deny syllabi. course change requests. Students are required to take at least one Italian course 2.2 ADD & DROP AND FINAL REGISTRATION during the semester. Italian language (ITL code) and Italian language and culture (ITC code) courses are equivalent in Once at LdM students will not be allowed to change their term of satisfying the LdM language requirement. Italian program or location. Only one class can be changed after is optional during the January Intersession and Summer arrival depending on course availability. Students are Sessions. Non-beginning students will take a placement test required to contact their home institution to secure credit for on-site to confirm their level. The Italian language placement added courses. Course changes are allowed only during the test consists of a written exam, featuring progressively first days of classes. After the Add & Drop period, students difficult questions, followed by a brief interview to evaluate will be able to drop a course with a “W” on their transcripts comprehension and speaking skills. Students are responsible within the first nine weeks of the Semester Programs, the for reviewing previous course materials in accordance with first two weeks of classes for the June and July Sessions, the prerequisite of the class they are registered in. LdM and the first week of classes for January. After these dates reserves the right to move students into a different level and before the “W/F” deadline, students may drop a course based on the results of the placement test. Therefore with a “W/F” grade. students must be aware that their schedule is subject to adjustments. Students requesting Intermediate or Advanced courses must check the course description and course schedule to make sure they meet all the prerequisites. Concurrent enrollment does not satisfy prerequisite requirements; the students must have completed the prerequisites before

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 23 2.3 APPLICATION DEADLINES Fall Semester: June 15th Spring Semester: November 15th January Intersession: December 1st Summer Session I: April 15th Summer Session II: May 15th

2.4 ACADEMIC CALENDAR Regular Semester, January Intersession and Summer Terms

FALL 2015 Tuesday September 1 Students arrive/Housing check in Wednesday September 2 Orientation Thursday September 3 Orientation Friday September 4 Orientation Monday September 7 Semester starts Mon-Fri September 7-11 Add-drop week Friday September 11 Final Registration-Last day to add/drop a class with no record Mon-Fri October 19-23 Mid-term Exams Mon-Fri October 26-30 Fall Break Monday November 2 Classes resume Friday November 6 Last day to withdraw from a class with a W grade Friday December 4 Make-up day for December 8 classes Tuesday December 8 Holiday: Immaculate Conception (Make up day: Friday December 4) Friday December 11 Last day to withdraw from a class with a W/F grade Mon-Fri December 14-18 Final Exams Friday December 18 Semester ends Saturday December 19 Deadline for housing check out

JANUARY INTERSESSION 2016 Saturday January 2 Students arrive/Housing check in Monday January 4 Classes Start/Orientation Tuesday January 5 Add-drop deadline/Final registration Wednesday January 6 Holiday: Epiphany Friday January 22 Classes end Saturday January 23 Deadline for housing check out

SPRING 2016 Tuesday February 2 Students arrive/Housing check in Wednesday February 3 Orientation Thursday February 4 Orientation Friday February 5 Orientation Monday February 8 Semester starts Mon-Fri February 8-12 Add-drop week Friday February 12 Final Registration-Last day to add/drop a class with no record Mon-Fri March 21-25 Mid-term Exams Sunday March 27 Holiday: Easter Monday March 28 Holiday: Easter Monday Mon-Fri March 28-April 1 Spring Break Monday April 4 Classes resume Friday April 8 Last day to withdraw from a class with a W grade Monday April 25 Holiday: Liberation Day (Make-up Day: Friday, April 29) Friday April 29 Make-up day for April 25 classes Sunday May 1 Holiday: Labor Day Friday May 13 Last day to withdraw from a class with a W/F grade Mon-Fri May 16-20 Final Exams Friday May 20 Semester ends Saturday May 21 Deadline for housing check out

24 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 SUMMER SESSION I 2016

Tuesday May 31 Students arrive/Housing check in Wednesday June 1 Orientation Thursday June 2 Holiday: Founding of the Republic Monday June 6 Classes start Tuesday June 7 Add-drop deadline/final registration Monday June 20 Break (Florence and Tuscania Programs only) Friday June 24 Holiday: S. John the Baptist (Florence program only) Wednesday June 29 Holiday: SS. Peter and Paul (Rome program only) Thursday June 30 Classes end Friday July 1 Deadline for housing check out

SUMMER BREAK JULY 4-8 SUMMER SESSION II 2016 Thursday July 7 Students arrive/Housing check in Friday July 8 Orientation Monday July 11 Classes start Tuesday July 12 Add-drop deadline/final registration Monday July 25 Break Thursday August 4 Classes end Friday August 5 Deadline for housing check out

Academic Calendar for Three Cities Program SPRING SEMESTER 2016 (TUSCANIA / ROME / VENICE) Tuscania Tuesday February 2 Students arrive in Tuscania – Housing check in Wednesday February 3 Orientation Thursday February 4 Orientation Friday February 5 Orientation Monday February 8 Classes start Wednesday March 2 Classes end Friday March 4 Housing check out and transfer to Rome Rome Friday March 4 Housing check in/Orientation Mon to Tues March 7-8 Break Wednesday March 9 Classes start Sunday March 27 National Holiday (Easter) Monday March 28 National Holiday (Easter Monday) Tuesday April 5 Classes end Thursday April 7 Housing check out and transfer to Venice Venice Thursday April 7 Housing check in/Orientation Fri to Sun April 8-17 Break Monday April 18 Classes start Monday April 25 National Holiday (Liberation Day) Sunday May 1 National Holiday (Labor Day) Thursday May 12 Classes end Friday May 13 Housing check out and departure

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 25 3. institute policies

3.1 GENERAL POLICIES

Policy of Non-Discrimination: LdM does not discriminate on In addition, the Rules contained herein supersede other LdM the basis of age, race, sexual orientation, religious beliefs, publications or documents (e.g., housing flyers, residence national or ethnic origins in the administration of admission life brochures or handbooks, etc.) Any changes to the policies, educational policies, and/or any of the academic terms and conditions of these Rules of Conduct will be and non-academic activities available. communicated to students in writing and will replace the relevant portions of this text. In an attempt to be morally and academically fair towards all students, the administration of LdM bases its governing 1) General Conduct policies mainly on Italian standards with certain academic Each student is expected to: procedures adopted by US institutions. • Act as a responsible member of the academic community, in language, personal interactions, and the treatment of Students with Learning Disabilities: Students with property. documented learning disabilities attending LdM programs • Act honestly. Providing false information to an LdM faculty may not be provided with the same accommodations offered or staff member is not allowed. by their home institution. One of LdM’s goals, however, is to • Treat others as they would like to be treated, and to promote an environment of respect for all students. Based recognize the inherent dignity and worth of every person on current and official documentation of the disability, in the community. LdM provides assistance to these students. After official • Behave in classes according to the standards of a serious verification of the disability is on file in the Registrar’s / learning environment and be respectful of cultural Dean of Student’s Office, one (or all when appropriate) of norms and local etiquette. Disruption of teaching, study, the following will be arranged: Italian language tutoring, administration or other Institute activities is not allowed. administration of exams in separate classrooms, and extra • Adhere to safety, attire, and hygiene standards of the time for completion of exams. academic environment during in-class and out-of-class activities. This includes appropriate dress and footwear Complaints Policy: Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici is committed requirements during all practical courses (e.g., cooking to providing quality teaching and student services. From courses, studio art, etc.) and the respect of local etiquette time to time a student may not feel completely satisfied with and public morals during class visits and academic his or her dealings with the institute. In the case of everyday fieldtrips (e.g., visits to churches, museums, etc.). academic issues that may be easily resolved, we encourage • Refrain from using computers, tablets, and mobile devices communication between students and their professors. For during lectures, unless instructed to do so by your more serious complaints involving both academic and other professor. issues, students are encouraged to speak to their advisor. • Avoid eating and drinking during all lectures and/or If complaints cannot be resolved at this level they may be academic activities. referred to one of the following, depending on the nature • Respect the personal and property rights of all other of the complaint: Dean of Students, Academic Committee, persons, of Lorenzo de’ Medici itself, and of the community General Director. at-large. Students are not allowed unauthorized entry to, or use of, an LdM building, structure or facility. Attempted 3.2 RULES OF CONDUCT or actual theft of, or the unauthorized possession of, LdM property or property belonging to any member of the Introduction and General Clause LdM community is strictly forbidden. Lorenzo de’ Medici takes seriously its academic mission • Be responsible in helping keep yourself and the community of fostering the creative and intellectual potential of each safe. of its students in an international environment that values • Work with the community to prevent vandalism, hate tolerance and respect. We believe in the concept of informed speech, physical violence and harassment. decision-making and wish to promote healthy behaviour. • Acknowledge that we are all different – in social class, sexual orientation, religion, philosophies, ethnic groups, In order to maintain an atmosphere that nurtures this potential, Lorenzo de’ Medici has established Rules of cultural background, physical abilities, and so on – and Conduct consistent with its goals and values. strive to understand one another and protect and affirm the right of all persons to be themselves. By accepting admission to Lorenzo de’ Medici, students are accepting the conditions as described in these Rules of 2) Alcohol Conduct. Alcohol may be consumed, but not abused, by students who These conditions apply to behaviour both on and off are of legal drinking age in their host country. All students campus (e.g., in the city, bars, clubs and other meeting are responsible for discouraging alcohol-related behaviour places), and also include behaviour in all LdM activities (e.g., that is abusive to themselves or to others. Moreover, LdM clubs, volunteer activities, etc.). These Rules apply also Lorenzo de’ Medici considers drunkenness and intoxication to students’ behaviour in the apartment (or family) where in public, whether inside or outside the Institute’s premises, they reside while attending Lorenzo de’ Medici. unacceptable regardless of age.

26 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 LdM will not be held responsible for students’ alcohol abuse 7) Confidentiality Policy and/or for any consequences arising from alcohol abuse. If a student requests confidentiality, LdM officials must weigh Penalties for violating the alcohol policy of LdM include that request against the Institute’s obligation to provide but are not limited to: warnings, probations, fines, parental a safe, non-discriminatory environment for its community notification, service projects, and educational sanctioning. members. If LdM honors a request for confidentiality, the It is hoped that education will help students understand student should understand that the Institute’s ability to more about the residual effects of alcohol both physically meaningfully investigate an incident and pursue disciplinary and socially. Alcohol violations may also result in suspension action may be limited. or expulsion from LdM. Penalties are levied on a per-person basis. 8) Enforcement of the Rules of Conduct 3) Drugs a) Determination of Violation. In the case of a possible violation of the Rules the following process will be followed. The possession, use or distribution of any substances that After a report is filed, the student will be required to meet are considered illicit or illegal drugs or controlled substances with the Dean of Students or a designated LdM staff. This is prohibited and is considered a violation of Lorenzo de’ meeting will provide an opportunity for the student and the Medici Rules as well as Italian laws. Violators are subject Dean or designated staff to discuss the possible violation. to both disciplinary action by Lorenzo de’ Medici and If the student does not admit to a violation, the Dean of prosecution by the Italian authorities. Any drug infraction Students or designated staff will decide whether the will be considered a grave violation of policy and will result preponderance of the evidence shows that the student has in serious sanctions, up to and including expulsion from the violated Lorenzo de’ Medici’s Rules of Conduct. program. b) Sanctions. In all cases involving a violation of any of these 4) Assault and Fighting Rules, the Dean of Students or designated LdM staff may Assault, fighting, and similar behaviour are serious offences impose any combination of the following sanctions: oral or that are considered detrimental to students and to the written admonition, written warning, probation, mandated name of the Institute. Students engaging in such behaviour counselling assessment, fines, withholding of academic are subject to disciplinary action by Lorenzo de’ Medici and transcripts, expulsion from Lorenzo de’ Medici, or any other potential prosecution by Italian authorities. discretionary sanctions. Sanctions may be notified to the program or university to which the students belong and/or 5) Academic Dishonesty (Cheating and Plagiarism) to the parent/s or guardian/s, at the Institute’s discretion. The Institute makes every reasonable effort to foster honest Any sanctions by Lorenzo de’ Medici do not necessarily academic conduct. Within a wider framework of mutual signify that further sanctions cannot be forthcoming from respect, students should act with integrity and honesty the home institution. in their academics. Instances of suspected academic dishonesty are reported by faculty to the Dean of Students In case of expulsion for conduct or academic reasons, the or designated LdM staff who investigates in consultation Dean of Students or designated staff will decide the timing with the faculty member and the Academic Committee. and the modality of execution. From the moment that Violations include cheating on tests, plagiarism, inadequate notice is delivered, the student will no longer be a student citation, recycled work, unauthorized assistance, or similar of LdM, and will be obliged to leave LdM without any form actions not explicitly mentioned here. The Dean of Students of refunding. The student will no longer have access to LdM may determine the sanction of a grade of “F” for any services, premises or activities. The student will be obliged coursework, exam, or project determined to be academically to vacate LdM Housing (if applicable). Students will receive dishonest. Sanctions may also include, but are not limited an “F” in each non-completed course. to, academic probation, receiving a grade of “F” in a course, c) Appeals. In all cases involving sanctions, the student and/or expulsion from the Institute. may appeal to the Board of Directors of the Institute on 6) Privacy Policy the grounds of insufficient evidence, violation of rights, or severity of the sanction. The appeal will be based on the a) The LdM privacy policy may be different from the privacy record of the original meeting, unless new material evidence policy of the state where the students come from. has been discovered since that time. b) The LdM privacy policy is governed by Italian law. d) Disciplinary Files. Files involving violations of the Rules c) In the event of a health concern or issue regarding the by students will be maintained for five years from the infringement of the Lorenzo de’ Medici Rules of Conduct, date of sanction. Personally identifiable information about the Institute reserves the right to notify a student’s parents, individual students in these files will be protected. legal guardian(s), educational program, and home institution regarding all information relating to the concern.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 27 3.3 ACADEMIC POLICIES Introduction Pass/Fail and Incomplete Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici aims to foster an academic LdM does not offer Pass/Fail grades or Incompletes, only environment in which students are stimulated to reach their letter grades. full academic potential and in which academic excellence is valued and nurtured. Auditing Auditing is not allowed at LdM. Students may attend only Language the courses listed on their Official Registration form. All courses are taught in English, with the exception of Italian language courses (ITL and ITC codes). Attendance Policy • Course attendance is a primary requirement for a Course Load responsible learning experience at LdM. The standard course load for semester programs is 15- • Punctuality is mandatory. Students must arrive in class on 16 credits. During Summer and January Intersession, time: any lateness or leaving class early will impact the the standard course load is 3-7 credits per session. LdM participation grade and the Final Grade. courses usually involve 45, 60, or 90 contact hours per • Students are responsible for keeping track of their term: see course descriptions for details. We recommend absences and for catching up on any missed work. that students take the standard course load to help ensure • For no reason (i.e., religious holidays, travel plans, family a successful experience. Students must retain full-time matters, etc.) will absences be excused. status, with a minimum of 12 credits per semester and 3 • Make-up classes are always mandatory as part of the credits per Intersession/Summer term. Students may not course program. drop or withdraw (with a “W” or “W/F”) from a course if it • Students will receive an “F” on each exam they miss. would bring them below the minimum number of credits. • Students who leave LdM before the end of the term must During short terms, non-credit offerings are available only fill out an Official Withdrawal Request form and return in addition to credit-bearing classes. it to their advisor. Students who submit the form by the “W” Withdrawal deadline will receive a “W” for each Prerequisites and Level Tests non-completed course. Students who submit the form Various courses at LdM require students to have already by the “W/F” Withdrawal deadline will receive a “W/F” completed specified prerequisites before the beginning for each non-completed course. Students who leave LdM of the program. Prerequisites are detailed at the end of without submitting the form will receive an “F” in each course descriptions and are also available on the institute’s non-completed course. In all cases, students will not be regularly published schedules. Many studio art and design eligible for credits or receive a refund. courses require students to take a level test upon arrival in • Students who absent themselves from courses will have order to confirm suitability for the course. their final grade penalized as indicated on the following Grading System table (p.29) The following grading system applies to all LdM courses: A = 93 - 100% A- = 90 - 92% B+ = 87 - 89% Italian National Holidays B = 83 - 86% B- = 80 - 82% C+ = 77 - 79% As an Italian institute, LdM is obliged to follow the national C = 73 - 76% C- = 70 - 72% D = 60 - 69% criteria for holidays and religious festivals. W = Withdrawal W/F = Late Withdrawal F = Fail Mid-Term and Final Exams “W” – Withdrawal Mid-terms and final exams will be given only on the Students who officially drop a class after Final Registration scheduled days that appear on each course syllabus and will and before the “W” deadline will receive a “W” on their not be moved under any circumstances, including illness, transcript. No credit will be awarded for the course. religious holidays, travel plans, family matters, etc. Exams “W/F” – Late Withdrawal are scheduled during normal class times, so more than one Students who officially drop a class after the “W” deadline exam may be administered on the same day. Students are and before the “W/F” deadline will receive a “W/F” on their not allowed to make up any assessed in-class activities they transcript. No credit will be awarded for the course. have missed (including but not limited to quizzes, tests, etc.) under any circumstances, including illness, religious “F” indicates that: holidays, travel plans, family matters, etc. • All the course requirements are complete but unsatisfactory by the end of the term. Transcripts • The student has dropped the course without submitting LdM transcripts are released by the Registrar’s Office within the official withdrawal form by the deadline. one month after the end of each academic term. All classes • No credit will be awarded for the course. registered for and grades received will appear on each NOTE: Courses that are officially dropped before student’s LdM transcript regardless of their intent to transfer Final Registration day will not appear on the student’s credits to their home institution. Students are responsible transcript. Details regarding add/drop/withdrawal dates for understanding the LdM grading system and their home and procedures will be provided during the Orientation institution’s minimum grade requirement for the transfer of session of each term. credit. Detailed information about grading/evaluation can

28 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 ITALIAN LANGUAGE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE COURSES (ITL / ITC) Final grade lowered by one Final grade = “F” (No credit awarded) full letter when you have: when you have: 3/4-credit courses meeting once or twice a week 3 absences 4 or more absences 6-credit courses 4 absences 5 or more absences 16-credit courses See course syllabus See course syllabus DANCE COURSES Final grade lowered by one Final grade = “F”; No credit awarded: full letter: All Dance courses 3 absences 4 or more absences THREE CITIES COURSES Final grade lowered by one Final grade = “F”; No credit awarded: full letter: All Three Cities Courses 3 absences 4 or more absences ALL OTHER COURSES Final grade lowered by one Final grade = “F”; No credit awarded: full letter: Courses meeting once a week 3 absences 4 or more absences Courses meeting twice a week 4 absences 5 or more absences

SUMMER COURSES Final grade lowered by one Final grade = “F”; No credit awarded: full letter: All other courses 3 absences 4 or more absences INTERSESSION COURSES Final grade lowered by one Final grade = “F”; No credit awarded: full letter: Italian Language Courses 3 absences 4 or more absences All other courses 2 absences 3 or more absences

Science courses with laboratory, Field Schools, Workshops, Internships – see course syllabus for absence policy

be found in the specific course syllabi. LdM reserves the Right to Modify right to withhold the transcript and/or housing deposit It is the policy of LdM to adhere to the rules, policies, of students who violate contract agreements related to procedures and course offerings that are announced. In housing and/or academic issues (i.e., any balance or debt exceptional cases, LdM nevertheless reserves the right incurred) and/or whose behavior is considered detrimental to expand, delete, update or revise its course offerings, towards the institute and other students. course content, and academic and administrative rules and procedures; to adjust course schedules and contact Academic Disputes hours, and to modify any other information included in the A student who thinks that a grade has been assigned unfairly catalogue and the course schedule whenever such changes should bring this to the attention of the instructor during the are deemed necessary. Every attempt has been made to term. Once the term is over, the Registrar’s Office handles ensure that the information provided is correct. those issues. If complaints cannot be resolved at this level they may be referred to one of the following, depending on the nature of the complaint: Dean of Students, Academic Committee, General Director. In the case of a dispute, their decision shall be final.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 29 4. campus life

4.1 HOUSING

The apartment option is suitable for those who would like to The standard apartment bedrooms are double (2 single live independently. Apartments are furnished and equipped beds in the same room): single rooms are limited (in Rome with bed linens, towels, basic pots and pans, kitchen utensils, only upon special request). If a student’s room request washing machine and TV. All apartments are provided with cannot be honored due to space limitations, LdM will assign Internet service. They are not provided with a phone or air an accommodation according to availability. conditioning. Living in a family offers students an excellent opportunity Apartments in Italy, especially in the historic centers, are all to acquire a deep understanding of the host country. The situated in antique buildings and therefore no apartment is program recommends the homestay to students who alike. Although LdM maintains a standard for all apartments, are committed to learning Italian, and to those who are there are differences in appearance, general condition and motivated to strengthen their knowledge of Italian culture travel time from the institute. and family life. Students will be involved in the family’s routine, having meals (breakfast and dinner, in Tuscania The student shared apartments usually house 2-8 people. students are also offered lunch) and conversations daily. Students will not be able to choose their apartment or change roommate. Any roommate / apartment mate Please note that the rent period begins on Housing Check- request must be specified on the housing agreement form. in Day and ends on Housing Check-out Day. Housing is not LdM does not have co-ed apartments. All apartments are provided during the winter break. NONSMOKING. They are not all located in the same building, but all buildings are within walking distance from the school For further information please contact: facilities or easily reachable by public transportation. [email protected]

30 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 4.2 CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES

LdM provides its students exceptional recreational opportunities within and beyond the cities of Florence, Tuscania, Rome and Venice. These include guided visits to historic sites, social activities (e.g., dinners at characteristic local restaurants, allowing students to sample Italy’s exceptional cuisine), seasonal festivals, special events and conferences, field trips, theatre, concerts, soccer matches, and much more. Florence and Rome have a large number of private gyms popular with visiting students, as well as facilities for track, basketball, soccer, swimming and other sports. Attendance to sporting events, especially Italy’s famous soccer matches, is a major student attraction, as is visiting the famous shops and malls of Florence and Rome. Each of these locations is fortunate to have parks for walking, jogging, rollerblading and relaxing. Tuscania offers nature walks, individual trips to nearby towns and monuments, and activities such as bicycle tours and horse riding. In addition to course-related visits, Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici hosts regularly scheduled social events throughout the academic year. Florence, Tuscania, Rome and Venice are home to popular seasons of theatre, music, and cultural events.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 31 4.3 STUDENT CLUBS

LdM is committed to encouraging all students to develop their Gazzetta Photographers Club: Students’ photography skills intellectual, spiritual, cultural, social, vocational and physical are stimulated and developed by offering visual support to capabilities. The LdM Clubs Coordinator, in collaboration interesting news, reports and stories. with the Academic Advisors, coordinates and promotes leadership, community development opportunities, and Ceramics Club: Students are introduced to basic ceramic participation in a wide range of LdM student clubs. techniques and become familiar with modelling clay. According to the philosophy of the Institute, LdM’s main goal Cooking Club: Students learn how to make tasty, healthy is the student’s personal and spiritual growth, which can be and traditional Italian food. strongly affected and improved by a cultural experience Choir Club: Students share their passion for music and abroad. For this reason, the Institute has created student explore the potential of their voices while learning Italian clubs, small associations where people with the same songs. interests can develop their skills in a social environment. The aim of the student clubs is to offer an entertaining and In addition, at all four sites LdM offers various cultural enjoyable forum for making friends and learning new skills, activities that allow students to get to know the city and its while immersing students in Italian culture. LdM collaborates surroundings. with a large number of Italian societies and associations in At LdM Rome students have the opportunity to experience order to realize the full potential of students. various different aspects of Italian life and culture, such as The Student Clubs usually organized by LdM Florence are sports events, films, wine tastings and nature walks in the as follows: countryside through its Italian Club. Regions of Italy Club: Students discover Italy’s cultural variety through a selection of food, images and information Volunteer Activities (in Florence and Tuscania) about the Italian regions. LdM has developed relationships with various charities and Cinema Club: Students receive an overview of the organizations in order to provide contacts for students contemporary and historical Italian and European movie interested in volunteer work. scene. A weekly film viewing will help students to better Note: Clubs are subject to change. A detailed list of available understand specific aspects of Italian life, culture, politics clubs will be distributed to all students. and society. Soccer Club: Students participate in the local sporting environment and culture through local sports facilities and competitions. 1 Slow Drink Club: Students discover, understand and experience an important and sometimes misunderstood aspect of the Italian everyday life and culture: the art of drinking wine. Yoga Club: Students practice yoga to better understand its mental and physical benefits. Pilates Club: Students are introduced to the practice of pilates and build core muscles through exercise. Gazzetta Club: Students remain on the cutting edge of what is happening all around Florence and Tuscany by researching, writing, editing, hunting news, taking photographs, etc. for the student magazine LdM “Gazzetta”.

32 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 4.4 STUDENT SERVICES

LdM offers its students a wide variety of services and Cafeteria/Bar: The cafeteria at LdM Florence offers light facilities. These include the following: lunches, sandwiches, rolls, pizza, sweets, cakes and hot and cold drinks. It is also a natural meeting place where students LdM facilities and buildings are fully Health and Safety: can sit and relax. LdM Tuscania, Rome and Venice offer insured and maintained in accordance with Italian and students a student card which provides discounts at some European Community health and safety regulations, fire local cafes and restaurants. equipment maintenance rules, and emergency procedures. An emergency plan has been formulated and is available Student Point: All LdM sites offer students free access to upon request. The institute works closely with local police computing and internet facilities as well as wireless internet authorities concerning issues of mutual concern. All students connectivity. are registered with the local police and are issued with an emergency telephone number which connects them with Library: LdM’s libraries enable students to complete their an LdM Advisor twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. coursework successfully. The ever-growing collections have been built to cater directly to the needs of students and the Orientation: Students at LdM benefit from extensive subjects they study at LdM’s different campuses. Students orientation sessions aimed at helping them adapt to the can consult books in the reading rooms and a limited new environment of the institute and of Italy on a range of number of books may be checked out. different levels, as well as explaining essential information about academic needs and expectations, housing and Italian Language and Culture: LdM is committed to helping Italian law. its students access and enjoy the world of Italian culture. Besides formal, credit-bearing Italian language classes, the Student Advising: LdM students benefit from the regular Institute offers students free one-to-one Italian tutoring, the contact and support of an energetic and dedicated team of screening of Italian movies, and a conversation exchange Student Advisors, who are accustomed to helping students project which matches LdM students with Italian university adjust to the Italian environment. Every student at LdM is students wishing to improve their English. assigned a Student Advisor. Advisors help students with academic decisions (e.g. adding and dropping courses) Excursions: LdM offers its students weekend excursions and support their academic progress throughout their around Italy every semester. Led by qualified LdM staff, stay at LdM. They also offer a wide range of other advice these trips enable students to visit some of the most and services, as well as organizing social and cultural famous Italian cities and sites, including Venice, Rome, events which enable students to get the very best out of Alps and the Garda Lake, Capri, Sorrento and Pompeii as their stay in Italy. For medical and mental health concerns, well as others outside of Italy, such as the French Riviera Advisors are able to refer students to counselors and and Switzerland. All LdM sites offer many day trips to local physicians equipped to handle a wide range of situational, natural and historical sites, as well as nearby cities in their psychological and/or medical issues. respective regions.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 33 5. programs of study

5.1. Italian Language Courses Students may choose from the following programs: 3- or 4-Credit Course Through its experienced Italian language faculty, LdM has Combination of Two Courses (6-7 credits) been teaching Italian to US and international students for Workshop (6 credits) over 40 years. Instructors are highly qualified and regularly Archaeology Field School (6 credits) attend professional development seminars to ensure that teaching techniques are varied, professional and up-to- 5.5 INTERNSHIPS date. The small size of the classes enables each student to be an active participant in the learning process. Courses are Lorenzo de’ Medici credit-bearing internships offer the enriched through local cultural activities. LdM is convinced possibility to learn different aspects of working in Italy, a of the value of Italian language classes as an essential country known for its artisan and small business structure. component of the Study Abroad experience. LdM faculty Students get to know the characteristics and structure of has significant experience in helping students at all levels of the Italian workplace. Internships are unpaid. Italian fluency. LdM offers Italian courses which count for 3, 4, 6 and 16 credits per term. Students participating in the internship program must fulfill the relevant prerequisites. The application for an LdM internship is due by the application deadline, along with the 5.2 SEMESTER PROGRAMS required supporting documentation (e.g. student’s resumé, formal letter of intent, two reference letters, portfolio, These programs vary in the weight given to Italian language, writing sample, etc.). An on-site interview is required for all and allow students to choose how much time they wish internships and the internship will be confirmed only after to spend developing their language skills. Students are the interview, therefore choosing an alternate course is required to take at least one Italian language course during mandatory. Students taking an internship must retain full- their first semester at LdM. Beyond the mandatory Italian time status. language component, students choose between a vast selection of courses taught in English, satisfying personal Internship placement is a serious commitment and students must maintain a strong level of performance. A 3-credit preferences and the requirements of their degree programs. internship corresponds to a minimum of 135 hours, including Students may choose from the following programs: journals and papers, and requires 10-12 hours per week in the 3- or 4-Hour Italian language + Four Courses (15-16 credits) company. A 6-credit internship corresponds to a minimum 6-Hour Italian language + Three Courses (15-16 credits) of 260 hours, including journals and papers, and requires 20 16-Hour Italian language hours per week in the company. For special semester-long programs, see the following: LdM arranges internships in the major churches and 5.7 Three Cities Program museums of Florence, in Communications and Journalism, 5.8 STEM Program (up to 18 credits) Public Relations and Event Planning, Sport and Web Marketing, Advertising, Education, Non-Profit Management, 5.10 Certificate Programs Food and Wine Product Retailing, Fashion Design and Marketing, Jewelry and Graphic Design. In addition, students 5.3 JANUARY INTERSESSION PROGRAM have the opportunity to carry out service learning (in Italian only). Placement opportunities are limited and vary on each The Intersession Program consists of three-week long campus. courses. All courses, except Italian Language which is optional during short terms, are taught in English. 5.6 PROFESSIONAL OPPORTUNITIES Students may choose from the following programs: 3- or 4-Credit Course The LdM Professional Opportunities Program in Florence Combination of Two Courses (6-7 credits) offers students a non-credit experiential learning experience. It is similar to an internship, but it requires less time and is based upon the completion of one single project. 5.4 SUMMER SESSION PROGRAMS Students collaborate with both the LdM Institute and local Florentine businesses, organizations and associations, and The Summer Session Programs consist of month-long upon successful completion of the project they receive a courses in June and July. All courses, except Italian certificate of participation. The Professional Opportunities Language which is optional during short terms, are taught Project gives students the opportunity to add international in English. Non-credit cuisine and wine tasting offerings are work experience to their resume/curriculum vitae. available in combination with credit-bearing courses. Each professional opportunity has specific application requirements.

34 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 5.7 THREE CITIES PROGRAM

FALL SEMESTER: Tuscania, Rome and Florence a seleciton of general education courses. Italian language SPRING SEMESTER: Tuscania, Rome and Venice study is encouraged but no language courses are required. This semester-long study abroad experience connects Students advance their studies through rigorous science students to three diverse Italian cities, each with a distinct courses offered in collaboration with highly-recognized identity and culture; Tuscania, Rome and either Florence (in Italian institutions offering state-of-the-art teaching and Fall) or Venice (in Spring). research laboratories. The STEM program combines LdM’s more than 40 years of excellence in abroad education with Students spend one month in Tuscania followed by one the expertise of research and science education established month in Rome, and then they complete the experience in by these institutions in their respective fields. Students will either Florence or Venice. They follow a structured program also be exposed to the Italian education system and culture. of five courses, including one in Italian language and culture. Please consult the specific Three Cities Academic Calendar, Rome offers the perfect setting for this integrated as dates differ from the standard LdM Academic Calendar. exploration of sciences and their histories and allows easy access to other significant locations in science development. 5.8 stem PROGRAM To enroll in the STEM Program, students list in their course selection the core course, the science courses and the The LdM STEM program in Rome offers students in sciences general education courses they want to take. and related majors a unique educational opportunity. The sciences are evolving constantly, but their roots are deep. Staying up-to-date on the latest research and understanding 5.9 MARIST-LdM DEGREE PROGRAMS the historic development of theories, frameworks and Marist-LdM offers four-year credit-bearing undergraduate applications is equally important. For centuries, Italian Bachelor Degrees for international students in the following researchers have delivered substantial contributions that subjects: Art History, Digital Media, Fashion Design, Studio often resulted in fundamental paradigm-shifts. Art, Interior Design, Conservation Studies, and Italian LdM’s STEM program provides immersion in the long- Language. standing scientific traditions Italy offers. Students broaden In continued partnership, Marist College and Istituto their knowledge in their fields and understand how scientific Lorenzo de’ Medici introduced the Marist-LdM Graduate discoveries have influenced individuals and societies, Degree Program in Fall 2010. This interdisciplinary advanced contributed to historic and artistic developments and degree program, leading to an M.A. in Museum Studies, may shaped our world. be completed in one calendar year, and is designed to meet The core of the LdM STEM program is a required course the academic needs of qualified students from around the on Italy’s contributions to modern sciences. Through the world. Course descriptions appear in this catalog; see LdM examination of important scientists from the Renaissance to website for further information about these programs. the present, students explore the development of scientific thought and its historical connections. Students can then combine a selection of science courses that can vary each semester. In addition, students may choose among

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 35 student artwork

1. K Niemand 5. Maxime Janssen 9. Sofie Skonvall 13. Elias Serham 2. Askild Winkelmann 6. Justine Arinda Johnson 10. Ellie Grossman 14. Irene Riojas 3. Monika Matczak 7. Elias Serham 11. Askild Winkelmann 15. Irene Riojas 4. Jessica Ramser 8. Melinda Lian 12. Amanda Larkins 16. Patricia Rodriguez

36 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 5.10 CREATIVE ARTS AND DESIGN CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS Istituto Lorenzo de’ Medici offers Certificate Programs in a range of fields including art and design, restoration and conservation. The Certificate programs attract a diverse mix of students from all over the world. They are open to students seeking a semester, one- or two-year training program in a professional field. The emphasis is on creativity and the acquisition of technical and professional skills in a multi- disciplinary environment that encourages group projects and the sharing of ideas. Courses are taught by instructors with extensive professional experience. Semester Certificates give students the opportunity to gather professional skills and theoretical foundations in their field of choice. These certificates address specific areas that introduce students to a variety of possible career options. Courses help students grasp the essentials and prepare to enter the relevant marketplace. Semester certificates consist mainly of three core courses and a choice of two out of three/four track courses. Italian language study is encouraged but no language courses are required. Sessions start in Fall and Spring semesters. Some courses may require advanced skills. Please check for prerequisites of individual courses in this catalog. For One-Year Certificates, and Professional/Advanced Certificates, students may enroll in the selected program only for the complete academic year (two semesters). Students who have successfully completed the one-year Certificate may move into the Professional/Advanced Certificate (according to the program selected) completing a two-year program. The first semester of each program is offered only in the Fall and the second semester is offered only in the Spring. Students with prior knowledge of the selected field of study may be admitted to the second semester of the first year Certificate, after submitting a portfolio of their work to be assessed and approved. Students applying for the Professional/Advanced Certificate Program must provide proof of a solid background in the selected area. An admissions committee will review the application and accept only those students who meet the entrance requirements.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 37 ONE-SEMESTER CERTIFICATES

Art in Food: Balance in Nutrition: Italian Gastronomy the Art of Cooking CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE

Core courses: Core courses: ANT 198 F / CLT 198 F / NUH 280 F NUH 198 F Sustainable Food Food and Culture 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs NUH 240 F NUH 220 F Topics in Nutrition: Current Trends Italian Style Cooking in Italian Cuisine 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs NUH 232 F NUH 245 F Vegetarian Cuisine in Italy Italian Food and Culture: 3 cr. / 45 hrs Pairing Food & Wine 3 cr. / 45 hrs Track courses: (students are required to Track courses: choose two courses from (students are required to the following) choose two courses from the following) ITL xxx F / ITC xxx F Italian Language ITL xxx F / ITC xxx F 3 cr. / 45 hrs Italian Language 3 cr. / 45 hrs NUH 220 F Current Trends NUH 160 F in Italian Cuisine The Food of Italy 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs NUH 249 F NUH 250 F The Science of Food, Italian Cuisine: Health and Wellbeing History and Practice 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs NUH 245 F NUH 234 F / PHO 234 F Italian Food and Culture: Fundamentals of Food Pairing Food & Wine Design, Styling 3 cr. / 45 hrs and Photography 3 cr. / 90 hrs

38 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN IN PRODUCT DESIGN TOWARDS VISUAL COMMUNICATION IN URBAN CONTEXT CONTEMPORARY LIVING SUSTAINABILITY FOR FASHION CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE

Core courses: Core courses: Core courses: Core courses: INT 181 F INT 181 F INT 181 F FAS 100 F Technical Drawing Technical Drawing Technical Drawing Introduction to 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs the Fashion Industry 3 cr. / 45 hrs ARC 320 F INT 250 F INT 293 F Sustainable Architecture Interior Design II Product Design II FAS 160 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs Fashion Illustration I 3 cr. / 90 hrs ARC 340 F INT 210 F INT 365 F Architecture in its Design for Living Spaces Sustainable Design GRA 280 F Environment 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 60 hrs Creative Processes in 3 cr. / 90 hrs Visual Communication Track courses: Track courses: 3 cr. / 90 hrs Track courses: (students are required to (students are required to (students are required to choose two courses from choose two courses from Track courses: choose two courses from the following) the following) (students are required to the following) choose two courses from FAS 195 F ARC 220 F / INT 220 F the following) ARC 269 F Textile Science Aesthetics of Design: Public Space Design 3 cr. / 45 hrs Theory and Practice PHO 185 F 3 cr. / 60 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs Principles of Fashion INT 330 F Photography ARC 380 F Lighting Design INT 240 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Architecture Studio: 3 cr. / 90 hrs Design Materials Special Topics 3 cr. / 90 hrs FAS 235 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs INT 380 F Visual Merchandising Furniture Design ENV 180 F 3 cr. / 45 hrs ART 286 F / ARC 286 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Introduction to Contemporary Architecture Environmental Issues ANT 185 F / FAS 185 F 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs Anthropology of Fashion and Desirability: Beyond the Catwalk 3 cr. / 45 hrs

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 39 ONE- and TWO-YEAR CERTIFICATES

FASHION DESIGN FASHION DESIGN FASHION MARKETING FINE ARTS CERTIFICATE PROFESSIONAL AND MERCHANDISING CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE

(Year 1) (Year 2) (Year 1) (Year 1) 1ST SEMESTER 1ST SEMESTER 1ST SEMESTER 1ST SEMESTER (FALL ONLY) (FALL ONLY) (FALL ONLY) (FALL ONLY) FAS 100 F FAS 220 F FAS 100 F PRI 120 F Introduction to the Fashion Fabric Styling Introduction to the Fashion Basic Printmaking Industry 3 cr. / 60 hrs Industry 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs FAS 290 F PDM 130 F FAS 150 F Patternmaking II FAS 225 F Principles of Drawing Design Sewing Techniques 3 cr. / 90 hrs Fashion Consumer and Composition 3 cr. / 60 hrs Behavior 3 cr. / 60 hrs FAS 325 F 3 cr. / 45 hrs FAS 160 F Product Development SCU 130 F Fashion Illustration I 3 cr. / 45 hrs FAS 160 F Ceramics 3 cr. / 90 hrs Fashion Illustration I 3 cr. / 90 hrs FAS 340 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs FAS 180 F Apparel Construction PDM 140 F Patternmaking I 3 cr. / 90 hrs FAS 200 F Foundation Oil Painting 3 cr. / 90 hrs Fashion Design Computer 3 cr. / 90 hrs FAS 285 F Principles I FAS 200 F ART 186 F History of Costume 3 cr. / 60 hrs Fashion Design Computer 3 cr. / 45 hrs Art History II: High Principles I FAS 215 F Renaissance to the Present 2ND SEMESTER 3 cr. / 60 hrs Fashion Marketing 3 cr. / 45 hrs (SPRING ONLY) 3 cr. / 45 hrs ITL xxx F ITL xxx F FAS 270 F Italian Language ITL xxx F Italian Language Knitwear I 3 cr. / 45 hrs Italian Language 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs 2ND SEMESTER 2ND SEMESTER FAS 320 F (SPRING ONLY) 2ND SEMESTER (SPRING ONLY) Draping II (SPRING ONLY) FAS 195 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs PDM 190 F Textile Science FAS 195 F Fundamentals of Art and FAS 400 F 3 cr. / 45 hrs Textile Science Design: Color Theory

Collection Production 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 60 hrs FAS 225 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Fashion Consumer FAS 265 F PRI 220 F FAS 335 F Behavior Retailing Management Etching 3 cr. / 45 hrs Fashion Design Computer 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs Principles II FAS 245 F 3 cr. / 45 hrs FAS 235 F PDM 260 F Fashion Illustration II Visual Merchandising Intermediate Drawing FAS 415 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 60 hrs Fashion Employment FAS 250 F Seminar BUS 232 F / COM 232 F PDM 270 F Draping I 1 cr. / 15 hrs Event Planning Intermediate Painting 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs FAS 355 F / JWY 355 F / FAS 300 F ART 370 F INT 355 F Fashion Buying Concepts Avant-garde and Modernist Trend Forecasting 3 cr. / 45 hrs Art (1900-1950) 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs ITL xxx F ITL xxx F Italian Language ITL xxx F Italian Language 3 cr. / 45 hrs Italian Language 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs

40 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 ONE- and TWO-YEAR CERTIFICATES

FINE ARTS ADVANCED GRAPHIC DESIGN AND GRAPHIC DESIGN AND INTERIOR DESIGN CERTIFICATE VISUAL COMMUNICATION VISUAL COMMUNICATION CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE

(Year 2) (Year 1) (Year 2) (Year 1) 1ST SEMESTER 1ST SEMESTER 1ST SEMESTER 1ST SEMESTER (FALL ONLY) (FALL ONLY) (FALL ONLY) (FALL ONLY) SCU 160 F COM 182 F GRA 280 F INT 160 F Introductory Sculpture New Media: Creative Processes in Interior Design I 3 cr. / 90 hrs Communication in the Visual Communication 3 cr. / 90 hrs Digital Age 3 cr. / 90 hrs PDM 305 F INT 170 F 3 cr. / 45 hrs New Genres: Intermedia GRA 305 F Product Design I Arts Exploration GRA 170 F Workshop in Creative 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs Graphic Design Advertising INT 180 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs PDM 340 F Perspective Drawing Advanced Drawing I: GRA 185 F GRA 315 F and Rendering Observation and Digital Graphic Techniques Professional Blog Design 3 cr. / 90 hrs Interpretation Fundamentals 3 cr. / 45 hrs GRA 185 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs GRA 325 F Digital Graphic Techniques PDM 350 F GRA 190 F / COM 175 F Character Design Fundamentals Advanced Painting I: Foundations of Visual 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs Observation and Communication GRA 330 F INT 190 F Interpretation 3 cr. / 90 hrs

3 cr. / 90 hrs Rendering Essentials CAD for Interior Design I GRA 215 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs ART 310 F Web Design GRA 290 F ITL xxx F Artists in Italy Today 3 cr. / 45 hrs

3 cr. / 45 hrs Web Marketing Italian Language ITL xxx F 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs 2ND SEMESTER Italian Language 2ND SEMESTER 2ND SEMESTER (SPRING ONLY) 3 cr. / 45 hrs (SPRING ONLY) (SPRING ONLY) SCU 170 F 2ND SEMESTER GRA 370 F INT 240 F Marble and Stone (SPRING ONLY) Motion Graphic Techniques Design Materials Sculpture PDM 190 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs Fundamentals of Art and GRA 382 F INT 250 F PDM 390 F Design: Color Theory Brand Design Interior Design II Advanced Drawing II 3 cr. / 60 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs GRA 262 F GRA 392 F INT 290 F PDM 392 F Workshop in Graphic Mobile Web Design CAD for Interior Design II Advanced Painting II Design 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs GRA 400 F ARC 202 F / ART 202 F PDM 420 F GRA 295 F Graphic Design for 20th Century Design and Major Project in Fine Arts Dynamic Web Design

3 cr. / 60 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs Advertising Architecture 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs ART 355 F / CLT 355 F GRA 310 F GRA 405 F / INT 375 F ITL xxx F Images and Words Graphic Design Project Computer 3D Animation Italian Language 3 cr. / 45 hrs Development 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs GRA 360 F GRA 320 F Graphic Center Internship Web Animation

3 cr. / 45 hrs LdM Printing Center 3 cr. / 135 hrs ITL xxx F Italian Language 3 cr. / 45 hrs

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 41 ONE- and TWO-YEAR CERTIFICATES

INTERIOR DESIGN JEWELRY ART PROFESSIONAL AND DESIGN RESTORATION RESTORATION AND CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE AND CONSERVATION CONSERVATION CERTIFICATE PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE (Year 2) (Year 1) 1ST SEMESTER 1ST SEMESTER (Year 1) (Year 2) (FALL ONLY) (FALL ONLY) 1ST SEMESTER 1ST SEMESTER (FALL ONLY) (FALL ONLY) INT 293 F JWY 150 F Product Design II History of Jewels RES 160 F RES 230 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs and Their Symbolism Fresco Painting Theory of Conservation 3 cr. / 45 hrs and Restoration I 3 cr. / 45 hrs INT 300 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Retail Design JWY 155 F RES 340 F / CHM 340 F RES 175 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Jewelry Design I: Drawing Science for Conservators II Painting and Polychrome and Rendering Techniques 3 cr. / 45 hrs Wooden Sculpture 3 cr. / 90 hrs INT 330 F Conservation I Lighting Design 3 cr. / 90 hrs RES 345 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs JWY 180 F Historical Painting Lab II Jewelry Making I RES 185 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs INT 350 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Drawing for Conservators Computer Rendering for 3 cr. / 90 hrs RES 360 F Interior Design JWY 195 F Advanced Fresco Painting 3 cr. / 90 hrs The Professional Jewelry CHM 135 F and Restoration Designer General Chemistry I 3 cr. / 90 hrs INT 365 F 3 cr. / 60 hrs with Laboratory Sustainable Design 4 cr. / 90 hrs RES 375 F 3 cr. / 60 hrs JWY 215 F Advanced Painting and ART xxx F Gemology Polychrome Wooden 3 cr. / 90 hrs Art History (to be selected 2ND SEMESTER by candidate) Sculpture Conservation (SPRING ONLY) 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs ITL xxx F INT 360 F Italian Language ITL xxx F 2ND SEMESTER Web Portfolio Presentation 3 cr. / 45 hrs Italian Language (SPRING ONLY) 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs 2ND SEMESTER RES 140 F INT 370 F (SPRING ONLY) 2ND SEMESTER Furniture, Wood Objects Concepts and Strategies (SPRING ONLY) and Gilding Conservation for Design JWY 170 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs Wax Carving and Casting RES 245 F Techniques Historical Painting Lab I RES 399 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs INT 380 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Special Topics Furniture Design RES 260 F in Restoration JWY 235 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Fresco Painting and 3 cr. / 60 hrs Jewelry Design II Restoration II INT 390 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 90 hrs RES 400 F Exhibit Design Working Group Project for 3 cr. / 90 hrs JWY 255 F RES 275 F Painting and Polychrome Jewelry Making II Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture INT 400 F / CLT355F 3 cr. / 90 hrs Wooden Sculpture Conservation Working Group Project in Conservation II 3 cr. / 60 hrs Interior Design JWY 270 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs 3 cr. / 60 hrs Stone Setting RES 405 F 3 cr. / 90 hrs CHM 136 F Working Group Project for General Chemistry II Fresco and Mural Painting FAS 355 F / JWY 355 F / with Laboratory 4 cr. / 90 hrs Restoration INT 355 F 3 cr. / 90 hr Trend Forecasting ART xxx F 3 cr. / 45 hrs Art History (to be selected ART xxx F by candidate) Art History (to be selected ITL xxx F 3 cr. / 45 hrs by candidate) Italian Language 3 cr. / 45 hrs 3 cr. / 45 hrs ITL xxx F 42 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Italian Language 3 cr. / 45 hrs student artwork

1 5

3 4

1. Justine Arinda Johnson 3. Audrey Magniette 5. Amanda Larkins 2. Michelle Hallstrom 4. K Niemand 6. Kristen Livecchi

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 43 student artwork

1 3

2 GUERRILLA CAMPAIGN The guerrilla campaign would consist of bright pink columns covering the street lines to represent the signal bars of a cellphone. This is to promote the good service TalkTalk provides. The pink is so that the bars stand out and it’s also the color of the logo of the company.

2 4 5

1. Barbara Gonnelli 2. Andrea Oliveros 3. MarinaKyte 4. Laura Provost 5. Irene Riojas 6. Aimelie Moen

44 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 6 | FLORENCE | Course Descriptions

Welcome to LdM Florence! In the pages that follow, courses are divided first by academic School (School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences, School of Italian Language and Culture, School of Sciences, School of Creative Arts, School of Design) and then by discipline (e.g., ANT - Anthropology, ART - Art History, BUS - International Business, etc.). Please consult the following table in order to see exactly which disciplines are offered at which site.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 45 Course Descriptions - Florence

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences FLORENCE ROME TUSCANIA ANT Anthropology • • • ART Art History • • BUS International Business • • • CLA Archaeology and Classical Studies • • • CLT Cultural Studies • • COM Communications • • • EDU Education • ENV Geography and Environmental Studies • • GND Gender Studies • HIS History • • • LIT Literature • • • MCT Music, Cinema and Theatre Studies • • • PHR Philosophy and Religious Studies • • • POL Political Science and International Studies • • PST Peace Studies • • PSY Psychology • • • SOC Sociology • • • WRI Writing • • • School of Italian Language and Culture ITC Italian Language and Culture • • • ITL Italian Language • • • School of Sciences BIO Biological Sciences • CHM Chemistry • • EVS Environmental Sciences • MAT Mathematics • • School of Creative Arts FVM Film, Video and Multimedia Production • • NUH Nutrition, Culinary Arts and Culture • • • PDM Painting, Drawing and Mixed Media • • • PER Performing Arts • • PHO Photography • • • PRI Printmaking • RES Restoration • SCU Sculpture and Ceramics • School of Design ARC Architecture • FAS Fashion Design, Marketing and Merchandising • GRA Graphic Design • INT Interior Design • JWY Jewelry Design •

46 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 6.1 | Florence School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 47 and preserved through food. Through personal essays and the ANT - Anthropology interdisciplinary secondary literature, students will be guided to analyze the complex and fascinating relationships between Introduction to Anthropology people and food, helping them to understand how cultures ANT 160 F (including their own) ultimately determine all human food FLORENCE Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 choices. This course will introduce students to the wide range of social and cultural diversity that exists in the world in order to develop Anthropology and Development a comprehensive approach to thinking about the human ANT 200 F; Dual listed: PST 200 F condition. We will examine all aspects of human life through Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 anthropology’s sub-fields. These include cultural anthropology The course provides an up-to-date and in-depth understanding (the diverse ways of life, how people give meaning to their of anthropological perspectives on policy and practice in experiences), biological anthropology (the study of human contemporary international development aid, and gives a evolution and adaptation), archaeology (the study of past theoretical overview of the relationship between development human societies through their material remains) and linguistic aid and anthropology. Students explore the contribution of anthropology (how language and symbols are used). anthropology to contemporary development aid debates, on poverty, human rights, violence and complex emergencies, and Anthropology of Fashion and Desirability: the “market” as a core metaphor of globalized development. Beyond the Catwalk The politics of humanitarian aid, shifting aid frameworks, and ANT 185 F; Dual listed: FAS 185 F concrete intervention programs in developing countries will Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 be examined, bridging the disparate worlds of planners of international agencies and beneficiaries of poor countries. How are anthropology and fashion related? How can this social School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal Concepts and debates are then probed further through science help us in analyzing both Western fashion and global examination of real study cases of development projects in fashion trends today? How can artifacts become fashion? What Africa and South America, with the contribution of international is the relationship between fashion and art? How is beauty consultants working in the sector of humanitarian aid and constructed in fashion and visual culture? And how are gender development cooperation. Simulations of “participatory and the body represented? Such questions, of more than methods” will be also included as a manner of exploring the specialized interest, have been raised since fashion started to meaning of the key concepts of community development, be studied in academia in the 1980s. This course considers popular “participation” and “empowerment.” the particular contribution of anthropology to the study of fashion as an academic discipline and hence to understanding fashion as a significant cultural expression. We will study how Anthropology of Violence and Conflict meanings are constructed in fashion and visual culture, using ANT 230 F; Dual listed: PST 230 F the cross-cultural and transnational framework provided by Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 anthropological research. We will also consider how fashion The course aims to analyze the dynamics of conflict in social interacts with material culture through the production and and cultural relations and to investigate the circumstances consumption of “fashion items,” making fashion an interesting under which violence – in differing forms, scales and meanings field of inquiry in the context of the anthropology of things. – may erupt and substantially affect the structuring of “human” experience. The underlying assumption is that while conflict Archaeology Workshop can play a positive role in social life, by no means the same ANT 193 F; Dual listed: CLA 193 F; RES 193 F can be said of violence. Concomitantly, different theoretical Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 approaches will be presented to the students, showing historical, cultural and political contexts in which conflicts and violence This course combines an introduction to archaeology with may take forms that threaten moral, political and cultural order hands-on work on 2500 year-old archaeological finds in LdM’s as represented by states, ethnic groups and communities. Archaeology Lab. These finds have recently been unearthed Among the fundamental questions looming over the course in central Italy in the archaic settlement of Accesa, under the are the reasons why violence seems not to be eradicable scientific direction of the University of Florence, and in the from human life, and why the globalization process, far from Hellenistic necropolis of Bosco della Riserva, near Tuscania, paving the way for a more just and peaceful world, seems where an excavation project is being conducted by LdM rather to have unleashed “obscure” forces hurling humanity Students will learn what happens to the finds once they leave in an ever-growing spiral of violence. The course is structured their recovery contexts and arrive in Florence: here, under the into four main parts. The first part provides a comprehensive expert guidance of the instructors, students will be involved phenomenological framing of violence and conflict within in the fundamental activities of restoration, conservation, human experience in general, the tradition of Western thought, documentation,study and storage of the finds. This course and also the relationships between cultures. The second part will also give students a general survey of the evolution of concentrates on how conflict and violence affect political the discipline of archaeology over time and it will introduce constituencies and democratic orders in a constitutive manner. them to the ancient Etruscan civilization, which forms such an The third part goes into more depth by articulating conflict and important part of Italy’s culture and heritage. Students will also violence in terms of a phenomenology of “exclusion(s).” The have the opportunity to sign up to the summer workshop in fourth and final part of the course addresses the crucial issue Tuscania which operates directly at one of the archaeological of the transformation of conflict and violence by analyzing two sites. main socio- and politico-anthropological categories: peace and reconciliation. Food and Culture ANT 198 F; Dual listed: CLT 198 F; NUH 198 F Anthropology of Religion: Death and Ritual in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the Past If “you are what you eat”, just why do you eat the way you do? This course considers the relationships between the multiple ANT 252 F; Dual listed: CLA 252 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 meanings of food and the acts of preparing and eating food, and further explores food and personal and social identity. Religion is a complex subject which can be addressed from a Students will examine why different people make different number of different perspectives. Anthropology deals with the food choices in their daily lives, why individuals from certain social dimension of religion, both in contemporary and ancient social classes will avoid or esteem particular foods, and in societies. The latter are ideal avenues for investigating this topic general how food serves as a factor in self-definition. Because because of the diPST 230rect link between beliefs and practices a person’s attitude toward food can reveal not just personal in all different aspects of life. This course aims at pursuing an identity traits but a whole food ideology, this course will also investigation of religion in relation to that fundamental cultural analyze the role of food in the construction of ethnic identity, in theme which is death, in the context of ancient societies, by the display of religious beliefs, and in the negotiation of gender using archaeological data and historical sources. To achieve roles. Students learn how cultures and values are transmitted this goal, the course will be subdivided into two parts: the first

48 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 will focus on theoretical and methodological issues related to Anthropology of Art the study of religion and ritual practice while the second will ANT 265 F; Dual listed: ART 265 F address specifically the question of how ancient societies dealt Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 with death and treated their dead. Questions regarding beliefs, rituals and practices upon death and beyond will be explored Art is a human universal, and for this reason it can be by referring to specific study-cases across the Mediterranean understood and studied as a characteristic of our species, like FLORENCE and the Ancient Near East, from prehistoric societies until the other products of human evolution. At the same time, art is also beginning of the classical period. a sociocultural product and a personal creation: it is a place where biology and evolution intersect with culture viewed in terms of both social dimensions and individualized expressions Contemporary Anthropology: – psyche, personality and choice. Such a complex reality can Words and Action best be comprehended and appreciated in its entirety through ANT 260 F the holistic approach offered by anthropology, by analyzing Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 every dimension of art: evolutionary, sociocultural, historical Anthropology is the study of humankind. Its subject matter is and psychological. The course is structured in two parts: often quite “exotic.” In fact, anthropologists study the traditions during the first half we will explore the emergence of art and and the belief systems of remote and, often primitive, non- creativity in the human species, gathering data from the many western societies. As such anthropology is the science of the disciplines that are involved: paleoanthropology, primatology, far-away, cultural Other. In a sense, we all do anthropology neurosciences, and evolutionary psychology. During the because we are all curious about other people around the globe. second half of the course we will explore the sociocultural Still, the aim of anthropology is also to advance knowledge of aspects of art and creativity, using many different ethnographic ourselves and of where we may go in the future. The scope of sources. Students will have the opportunity to test the theories the present course is to focus and to engage with contemporary developed in class by exploring Florence as their research field: phenomena and problems, such as: globalization, insecurity, they will meet with local artisans, artists, and gallery owners, Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal violence, vulnerability, technological advances and (social) discussing the topics they explore in class with people who are media. These topics will be explored and discussed in relation directly engaged with art and creativity. to language, the main trait of the human species. Hence the principal focus of this course will be on linguistic anthropology. Intercultural Communication However, since language contributes to the reproduction, ANT 290 F; Dual listed: COM 290 F transmission and transformation of culture, it must be studied Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 from within a broader perspective, i.e. the transformation of The course, which introduces students to the basic patterns contemporary society and culture. of cross-cultural psychology and communication, proposes Language is constitutive of who we are, but is also deeply an analysis of communication behavior in interpersonal and intersubjective: when we speak we always address the other. intercultural, individual and group environments. Along with a It is also an extremely powerful tool that can be used both to study of the influence of culture on identity, viewpoints, and empower and oppress. Violent words and hate speech enjoy a communication, it progressively proposes all the theoretical particular privilege in our contemporary society. This kind of concepts that are necessary to analyze communication in “toxic” language also informs, constrains and motivates our an interpersonal and intercultural context. Topics include: actions and relationships in the world. The course will bring common communication difficulties, communication roles students to explore the ethical, political and environmental and proxemics. Special emphasis is placed on rituals, message implications of this language of violence, with the ultimate patterns, clothing, myths, ideologies, and on the influence of aim of exploring and developing an alternative discourse. the mass media on our cross-cultural representation of reality. The underlying pedagogical philosophy of this course is the Prerequisites: Junior standing advancement of the students’ personal growth (empowerment) by making them less dependent on the thought of others and by learning them to think critically. To this purpose students will write an autobiographical narrative on a personal experience ART - Art History and create (in small groups) a short film depicting situations of ordinary live in Florence. In this way, they will learn to listen to History of Architecture themselves and the world around them while relinquishing their ART 165 F own predetermined ideas and judgments. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course surveys the major periods and key monuments Co(ok)quinarius: Ancient Sources in the history of architecture from antiquity to the present, of Italian Cuisine focusing on the Western world. Emphasis is on the historical ANT 264 F; Dual listed: CLA 264 F; NUH 264 F periods from classical antiquity through the Middle Ages, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Renaissance, Modern Age, and contemporary developments. It examines representative monuments and architects from Co(ok)quinarius, which takes place within the fascinating ancient Greece (the Parthenon in Athens) to the present day. context of the Florentine Central Food Market, explores the The architect’s pursuit of changing ideas of beauty is a leitmotif main elements of ancient Mediterranean food culture as that links the development of architecture with such masters as the forerunner of modern Italian cuisine. Students learn to Iktinos, Brunelleschi, Borromini, and Le Corbusier. Typologies, understand, prepare, taste, and evaluate ancient Etruscan, materials and construction technology, theory, urbanism, and Greek, Roman as well as Near Eastern dishes within their cultural context, are addressed. The course also explores the social dimensions and cultural perspective. Starting from the great variety of architectural traditions, orders, styles and distinction between consumption of food and use of food, movements. By experiencing actual buildings of various periods students explore Etruscan, Greek and Roman culinary traditions. in the urban context, students learn how to critically analyze a Topics include the meanings of food, its social dimensions, the work of architecture. history of specific commodities; everyday eating habits and etiquette; rituals and taboos. This knowledge permits the class to accurately understand, recreate, cook, and taste ancient Art History I: Antiquity to Early Renaissance recipes. During interactive lessons students will improve their ART 180 F practical skills, learn how to prepare different recipes, and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 develop their knowledge of both the theory and practice of This course is a survey of the visual arts in Western Europe, food anthropology. Students will be able to recognize and from ancient Greece to the Early Renaissance. Throughout appreciate ancient traditions and to link them to modern this course students encounter the principal monuments, cuisine and interests. artists and themes in painting, sculpture and architecture, and discover the changes in styles and taste in this period. The course explores the historical, philosophical and cultural contexts essential to understanding the visual arts and the impact they have had through the ages. Great importance

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 49 is given to the interpretation of subjects and symbols, to the traditional and transgressive, with broad implications for our different techniques and styles used by artists, and to the role understanding of art and humanity. This course explores these of public and private patrons. On-site teaching provides the themes with special attention to the period from the late 18th incomparable experience of studying important works of art century to the late 20th century.

FLORENCE and architecture first-hand. The material is approached as an introduction to the discipline of art history, with the aim of The World of Museums: Museology fostering appreciation and the desire to further investigate this ART 230 F field. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The aim of this course is to provide an integrated approach to Art History II: High Renaissance to the Present museum theory and practice in Italy. It will consider museum ART 186 F definitions and classification, and the century-long history of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 art collecting, examining the various forms and meanings of This course is a survey of the visual arts in Western Europe, gathering beautiful, precious or even curious objects in various covering the early 16th century through the present. Throughout places, including the creation of world-famous museums such this course students encounter the principal monuments, artists as the Uffizi or the Louvre. The concept of cultural heritage will and themes in painting, sculpture and architecture, and discover be analyzed, considering its increasing value for society, as well the changes in styles and taste in this period. The course as the legal and ethical issues involved. The course will also explores the historical, philosophical and cultural contexts provide the student with the basic knowledge of the main issues essential to understanding the visual arts and the impact in museum curatorship: research, methods of documentation, they have had through the ages. Great importance is given cataloguing systems, display, basic communication techniques, to the interpretation of subjects and symbols, to the different the importance of education in museums, preventive and techniques and styles used by artists, and to the role of public remedial conservation of collections, environmental monitoring School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal and private patrons. On-site teaching provides the incomparable and control, safety plans and storage systems. experience of studying important works of art and architecture first-hand. The material is approached as an introduction to the Mysteries and Sacred Knowledge in discipline of art history, with the aim of fostering appreciation Architecture and the desire to further investigate this field. ART 243 F; Dual listed: PHR 243 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The Built Environment of Florence This course explores the architecture of various past cultures ART 201 F; Dual listed: ARC 201 F relative to their belief systems, and links this to contemporary Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 practice. It reads buildings and spaces as the products of This course will explore the factors that have led to the diverse forms of special sacred knowledge or wisdom, whose development of Florence, its architecture and open spaces. language can be reconstructed, understood, and enjoyed. Key The construction of the city up to the architecture of the 19th themes include: esotericism; concepts of harmony, proportion century will be studied from the architectural and historical and geometry; numerology; astrology and cosmology; the points of view. This course is divided into lectures in class, architect as creator; symbolism; ornament. Cultures examined walking tours, visits, field trips and sketching on site, all include ancient Egypt, classical antiquity (Greece and Rome), fundamental for the understanding of the city. We will draw ancient India (vaastu), ancient and modern China (feng shui), on the parallel history of the town of Florence to understand medieval, Renaissance and Enlightenment Europe. From the the growth of the city, but the main interest will be on the proportions of a pyramid to a freemason’s lodge, from the architecture and the way it developed. To better understand capitals of a cathedral to the planning of a residence or square the historical development of the city the course will also in ancient or Renaissance Rome, the course seeks common focus on the history, the artistic productions of the time, the elements that may connect all cultures. Students discover new philosophical currents and the powerful families that ruled and interpretative keys that offer profound perspectives on the art determined different architectural choices. and craft of architecture, from antiquity to today.

20th Century Design and Architecture Palaces of Florence ART 202 F; Dual listed: ARC 202 F ART 245 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The aim of the course is to give the students the instruments The aim of this course is to introduce students to the history and methodology to understand and recognize interior design of the palaces of Florence from 13th to 17th centuries. Public styles. During the lessons the students will become familiar and private palaces had an important role in the life of the city with the work of the outstanding masters that often applied through the centuries, and, by studying them, students will their talent to the small scale (object or interior design) as well have the opportunity to understand not only the development as to the large one (architecture) from the mid 19th century to of their architectural style, but also the social, economic, 1960. Because interior design is so strongly related to object cultural, and political history of Florence, in an interdisciplinary design and architecture, the course analyses the history of approach to the subject. Students will study the evolution of these three fields as a whole, from the industrial revolution Florentine palaces directly in front, and inside, of the buildings: to the present time, by studying the influence of society, art, many of the lessons will be held on site, and site visits form a economy, political events and scientific and technological crucial dimension of the learning experience. discoveries. The course provides students with the tools for understanding new and innovative elements that a new trend Architectural History: Italian Urban Design introduces and for keeping updated with the latest news in this ART 248 F; Dual listed: ARC 248 F ever-changing field. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The course embraces ancient design to modern Italian urban The Nude in Modern Art landscape, analyzing the formal layout as well as the cultural and ART 225 F social background of Italian cities. Students will study Etruscan Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and pre-Roman towns, Roman imperial towns, medieval and Since the beginning of art history, the human body has fascinated Renaissance towns, the Baroque environment, the cities of countless generations of artists, becoming since ancient times the 19th century, new towns which were developed during the the supreme form of artistic expression. The nude became a Fascist era, post-war reconstruction, and contemporary town genre in itself, used to represent religious and mythological planning. The aim of the course is to give students the tools to figures, gods and goddesses, legendary heroes and even ideas, “read” the landscape of Italian towns as complex environments despite the negative reaction that sometimes followed the created during a long phase of different superimposed urban unveiling of the work. But if for the more conservative the nude textures. was scandalous and sinful, for the artist it was an expression of freedom and human beauty and sensuality, of the pureness of being. The nude in the history of art is thus a subject both

50 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art impact, cataloguing and information, networking). The course taps into the remarkable world-class experience and innovation ART 255 F; Dual listed: PHR 255 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 concentrated in Italy and especially Florence. The project may relate to a real space in Florence. Local spaces and temporary The course focuses on the links between artworks and exhibitions are studied, and visits with specialists such as astrology, alchemy, geometry, numerology, and selected architects, exhibition designers and museum curators, are FLORENCE philosophical themes in Western art between 1300 and 1800. special features of the course. Art has served various functional and aesthetic purposes in different cultures and periods. In some eras art has also Prerequisites: Art History or Restoration majors and sophomore standing embodied a symbolic language, mysterious to the majority but highly significant to the minority able to read or decode it. For example, what we may call the secret messages of certain The Genius of Michelangelo paintings and sculptures of past centuries can be interpreted in ART 270 F terms of astrology. A specific field of art history, iconography, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 studies subject matter, symbolism, and signification in works This course focuses on Michelangelo Buonarroti (1475-1564) of art. Students use elements of this approach to examine the and offers students the opportunity to explore in depth the life fascinating and complex range of meanings that some artworks and work of one of the most gifted and revolutionary artists were intended to transmit and which can still be recovered. of the sixteenth century. It will look on his long artistic career as a painter, sculptor, architect and poet. The artist’s personal World Art and artistic relations with other outstanding artists of his time, ART 260 F in particular to Leonardo and Raphael, whom Michelangelo Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 perceived as great rivals, will also be a central theme of the course. The course will be based on recent literature, sources

This course explores Western and non-Western artistic Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal of the time and Michelangelo’s own writings (mainly his letters traditions from ancient era to the 20th century. Major artistic and poetry). It will also explore artistic questions like the trends, monuments and artworks from all over the world will hidden meanings in his works and Michelangelo’s influence on be discussed stressing differences, analogies and reciprocal contemporary and later artists. The course will also explore influences. Parallel to the study of western art, this course relations with his commissioners, especially the Medici in offers a non-Western perspective which considers artworks Florence and the papal court in Rome under pope Julius II. from Egypt, the ancient Near East, China, Japan and India. Students will gain a detailed knowledge of Michelangelo’s work, The emphasis of the course is to develop an understanding and will be able to identify and analyze major works in painting, and appreciation of various art forms from cultures scattered sculpture and architecture. Site visits will form an essential part around the world which have existed for thousands of years, of the course. representing multiple distinct lines of development. Artistic trends will be related to their social, political and economical Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, context by considering broad thematic areas such as religion or equivalents and cultural continuity, rulership and political integration, patronage and social status. Links, differences and cultural Materials and Techniques: from Antiquity to interactions between different civilizations will be stressed to the Renaissance better understand the concept of “cultural identity” in the era of globalization. ART 272 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Anthropology of Art The course aims to provide students with a basic background about various materials and techniques used in art from Antiquity ART 265 F; Dual listed: ANT 265 F up to the Renaissance, from painting on panel and canvas, to Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the fresco, from the lost wax bronze casting to the creation of Art is a human universal, and for this reason it can be hard-stone inlay, metal work and printmaking. Very often, in the understood and studied as a characteristic of our species, like study of art history, the main artistic techniques are neglected, other products of human evolution. At the same time, art is also if not completely ignored, while these were, on the contrary, a sociocultural product and a personal creation: it is a place very important in the creation of the greatest masterpieces that where biology and evolution intersect with culture viewed in we still can admire. Using Powerpoint presentations, videos, terms of both social dimensions and individualized expressions and Renaissance sources, by authors like Cennino Cennini, – psyche, personality and choice. Such a complex reality can Benvenuto Cellini and Giorgio Vasari, the course will analyze best be comprehended and appreciated in its entirety through various artistic processes, demonstrating how they contributed the holistic approach offered by anthropology, by analyzing to the final artistic result. Visits to museums and especially to every dimension of art: evolutionary, sociocultural, historical local craft shops, as well as showing students the materials, and psychological. The course is structured in two parts: tools and the way these have been used by the Renaissance during the first half we will explore the emergence of art and artists will be an essential part of the course. creativity in the human species, gathering data from the many Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, disciplines that are involved: paleoanthropology, primatology, or equivalents neurosciences, and evolutionary psychology. During the second half of the course we will explore the sociocultural aspects of art and creativity, using many different ethnographic Italian Renaissance Art sources. Students will have the opportunity to test the theories ART 278 F developed in class by exploring Florence as their research field: Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 they will meet with local artisans, artists, and gallery owners, Florence, “the cradle of the Renaissance”, is the setting for this discussing the topics they explore in class with people who are introduction to the history of Renaissance art. The course is directly engaged with art and creativity. intended to give the beginning student a general overview of the main facts, causes and conditions that led artists from Giotto in Exhibition Management the fourteenth century to Masaccio, Donatello, Brunelleschi and ART 267 F Botticelli in the fifteenth century, up to Leonardo, Michelangelo Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and Raphael in the sixteenth century, to create one of the most fascinating periods in art history. In Italy these years witnessed In this course students learn the main procedures involved in an extraordinary coming together of artistic talent, a passionate planning and managing a museum exhibition. Most of the course interest in antiquity, civic pride and an optimistic belief in “man revolves around the development by each student of a complete as the measure of all things.” This course examines the most and viable exhibition proposal. Major effort is dedicated to the important monuments from the Renaissance period in Italy and proposal (research and development), the budget plan (key the major artists and architects who contributed to the birth elements and procedures), logistics and security (transport, of western art. Works are always compared with each other to insurance, timetables), promotion (marketing research and show various relationships, remembering how important it is to materials, sponsorship issues), physical planning (viewer flow, view Renaissance art in the context of its creation. display principles), and curatorship (scholarly validity and

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 51 Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, social, political and devotional context. This century underwent or equivalents an extraordinary renewal in all fields of human knowledge, from literature and philosophy to the visual arts, the latter being Lifestyle in Renaissance Florence an important way of investigating nature for the Renaissance mentality. Painters, sculptors, goldsmiths, and architects

FLORENCE ART 280 F; Dual listed: HIS 280 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 were greatly inspired by antiquity, they studied ancient written sources and were supported by the interpretations of Important Renaissance works of art, paintings, sculptures, contemporary humanists, who also contributed to establishing and art objects like wedding chests and furniture, ceramics, the civic pride that characterized the Italian Renaissance. and jewels and luxurious clothing are often characterized Ghiberti, Brunelleschi, Donatello, Masaccio and Botticelli as by coats of arms, by family, individual, or wedding emblems, well as Mantegna and Piero della Francesca are the artists on and by symbols that are deeply related to their powerful whom emphasis is placed, although they are never examined commissioners (such as the Medici, Rucellai, Strozzi, and Pitti in isolation since constant references are made to social and families in Florence). The course will illustrate and investigate political conditions, patronage, the artists’ personalities, their their possible meanings and connections with history, families, training, and the materials and techniques they used. The course and artists of the Renaissance, as well as with philosophy, starts with the contest for the Baptistery Doors (1401) which astrology, and iconography from the end of the 15th to the 16th involved Ghiberti and Brunelleschi, two of the main artists of century. the time in Florence, and ends with the careers of Botticelli and Ghirlandaio. Great importance is given to iconography and to Florence Villas and Gardens cultural developments that affected works of art (for example ART 282 F Christian and mythological interests, and humanistic and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Neoplatonic philosophy), to the different styles and techniques used by the artists and to the relationship between works of art

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal This course examines the development of villas and, secondarily, the design of gardens, from ancient Rome to the modern era. and patronage. The Italian villa offered a model of structure and pleasant Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, living, rooted in Italian life and thought, that was enormously or equivalents influential for centuries and that still delights today. The focus is on the Renaissance and Baroque in central Italy, with detailed Renaissance Architecture study of major examples in the city and its territory. Guiding ART 291 F themes: formal architectural analysis of individual buildings in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 relation to major period styles; social and economic functions of villas and gardens; their decoration with statuary and other This course deals with the treatment of the principal architectural works of art; heraldry and symbolism; changing concepts of works of the Renaissance age. Strong emphasis will be given nature and relations to the environment. Close observation, and to Florentine architecture (studied in the classroom as well as experience of the spatial dimension, are developed through site on site) The goal of the course is to give students a general visits to selected villas and grounds. knowledge of principles and characteristics of Renaissance architecture. Part of the course will be about pre-Renaissance Prerequisites: ART 165 History of Architecture, or ART 180 Art architecture to give students who are new to the subject a History I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents context for the subject. Prerequisites: ART 165 History of Architecture, or ART 180 Art Medieval Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents ART 285 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Leonardo: the Renaissance Genius at Work The course deals with Early Christian and Medieval art, and ART 295 F its political, social and cultural implications. Topics discussed Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 range from the origins of Christian art to Carolingian art; from proto-Romanesque art to the development of Romanesque Leonardo, more than any other figure, represents the art in Europe; from classicism in Florentine Romanesque art Renaissance confidence in the boundless faculties of the human to the Gothic style in architecture and sculpture. The course mind. This course will examine Leonardo’s life and works in includes a detailed study of Italian Gothic painting: the schools their historical contexts. It will concentrate on the analysis of his of Siena and Florence, as well as Giotto’s works. The particular paintings, as they epitomize Leonardo’s relentless quest for the Florentine experience during the Gothic period and the social, knowledge of man and nature. We will consider paintings in the political, economic, and cultural implications that form the Uffizi Gallery in Florence, with reference to Leonardo’s writings background of Renaissance civilization, will be considered. from the Book on Painting, which provide indispensable Students gain understanding of the vitality and variety of interpretive keys to his masterpieces. In addition, the course will art in the Middle Ages. Visits to Romanesque, Gothic, and also include an analysis of Leonardo’s most significant drawings, Renaissance monuments help to understand the transitions, showing his elaboration of a highly articulated visual language; either linked to or in contrast with earlier styles. and an examination of the manuscripts and collections of miscellaneous papers compiled by Leonardo, who throughout Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, his life kept records of all his research embracing every field or equivalents of learning. The course will cover the breadth and variety of Leonardo’s artistic and scientific interests, highlighting his Contemporary Architecture ability to transfer visual analogies from one field of research ART 286 F; Dual listed: ARC 286 F to another. Finally, students will have an appreciation for the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 extraordinary legacy of Leonardo as an artist, scientist and This course examines major developments in architecture, inventor. interior design and planning from 1960 to the present. Special Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, focus is given to developments of the last two decades. The or equivalents survey includes consideration of sociocultural developments, as well as debates in aesthetics and theory, such as the decline International Art Business of Modernism. Key architects and studios are examined. ART 297 F; Dual listed: BUS 290 F The perspective is global but European and Italian figures, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 movements, works and events are not ignored. The course is designed to introduce students to the arts market Prerequisites: ART 165 History of Architecture, or equivalent and the institutional networks that support and promote the art business, as well as giving them an understanding of the Early Renaissance current art market and auction house environment. Through ART 290 F this course, students will meet specialists to develop the ability Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 to identify and analyze works of art, learn how to recognize This course is an in-depth exploration of the artistic production marketing opportunities, and determine appropriate strategies. of 15th century Italy with a special focus on Florence and its The figures of the art dealer and the art administrator will be 52 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 analyzed in depth, together with the main principles of the Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, international laws that govern this special field. or equivalents Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents Renaissance Art at the Italian Courts

ART 330 F FLORENCE Art in 14th Century Florence Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ART 305 F This course explores all aspects of artistic activity at the major Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Italian courts during the fifteenth century. This analysis will not Intensive study of the visual arts in Trecento Florence, with some only be confined to an art historical approach, but will also attention to other artistic centers such as Siena and Padua. consider various aspects of court life - the chivalric tradition, The course examines major monuments and artists including hunting, jousting, scholarship, and court festivals - which have Giotto, but with particular focus on patronage and socio- an influence on the visual arts. Comparisons will be made cultural contexts, and on the interrelationship between the arts. with Northern European courts of the same period. The main The extraordinary growth that took place in Italian art between focus of attention will be Pisanello and the courts of Ferrara 1290 and 1420 was connected to important developments in and Mantua, Mantegna and the Gonzaga court in Mantua, society and the humanities, and in both respects Florence is Francesco Cossa at the D’Este court in Ferrara, Piero della exemplary. Factors including the rise of the mendicant orders, Francesca and Laurana at the court of Federigo da Montefeltro the affirmation of the Comune or municipality, and private in Urbino, and Piero della Francesca and Alberti at the wealth generated by the wool-trade and banking, directly Malatesta court in Rimini. The student will become familiar with encouraged artistic patronage and changed the role of the the special patronage conditions which dictated the nature of artist. While many civic and monastic commissions altered Renaissance art at the princely courts of Italy. The student will the physical aspect of Florence in important ways, private have a detailed knowledge of the work of five court artists and commissions in the form of palaces, chapels, and altarpieces a broader familiarity with three others. Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal served spiritual as well as family needs. A premise of the course is that in many cases artworks combine painting, sculpture and High Renaissance and Mannerism even architecture, in ensembles. For this reason, many lessons ART 340 F involve direct observation of works “in situ” in their unique Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 physical contexts. This course traces the major trends of Italian art in the sixteenth Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or equivalent century. It is a period dominated by the achievements of Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Titian, and above all, Michelangelo. Artists in Italy Today These three artists are examined in great detail. This analysis ART 310 F is not confined to their works of art, but also includes their Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 personalities and the social framework within which they lived and worked. Great emphasis is therefore put on the dual This course examines the latest trends in the arts of themes of patronage and the social position of the artist in contemporary Italy through the direct experience of the work of the period. The course also explores the complex and refined living artists. Has globalization abolished the barriers between style known as Mannerism - a style held to have emerged from countries and continents? The so-called “globish” (globalized tendencies present in Michelangelo’s work. Students learn to artistic languages) has been replacing regional languages, on identify and examine in detail the works of the leading artists the one hand leveling experiences, on the other allowing more of the period, and gain the ability to discuss High Renaissance exchange and interaction between peoples of different and and Mannerist developments of major subjects and genres, distant geographical areas. How does the art world respond to such as portraiture and the nude. In the host city students visit this process of globalization? How do today’s artists from Italy, various unique churches, galleries, residences, and squares a country with such an important cultural heritage, position related to the period, and examine in person masterworks by themselves, maintaining their own individuality and regional representative artists. traits, while at the same time engaging with a global panorama that tends to flatten differences? Students in this course will Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, analyze the work of important Italian artists today. They will or equivalent have the opportunity to become familiar with the strategies and means they adopt: mixed media, video, digital art, as Baroque Art well as the more traditional media of painting and sculpture. ART 350 F Part of the course will include direct encounters with cutting- Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 edge contemporary artists who will personally illustrate their This course covers the Baroque style in art and architecture, tensions, aesthetics, and production. Meetings will take place with with particular emphasis on seventeenth-century Italy. This either in their studios or in class and are organized in order consideration of Baroque art is not only limited to a stylistic to allow direct engagement with these leading figures of the analysis but involves continual reference to the religious, Italian and international art scene. This course is particularly political, cultural and social framework of the period. The suitable for students interested in becoming artists and gallery social rise of the artist in the seventeenth century is illustrated curators as well as those with an interest in the history of art. through the career of Bernini. Special focus is placed on major Prerequisites: two Art History courses artists including Carracci, Caravaggio, Bernini, Borromini, Pietro da Cortona and their workshops, and on their role in the Hidden Meanings in Renaissance Art development of a wider Italian and European artistic language. ART 320 F Students will become familiar with the main characteristics Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of the Baroque style and with key issues and trends and issues, such as iconography and emblem culture, Naturalism, This course introduces students to the richness and complexity Classicism, and Triumphalism. of Renaissance art, focusing mainly on iconography and iconology. Students will learn how to understand major works Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, of Renaissance art (mainly paintings) within the context of or equivalents religious, classical and humanistic elements of 15th- and 16th- century culture. The course is based on a series of case studies Images and Words which are investigated weekly, and will include masterpieces ART 355 F; Dual listed: CLT 355 F by Jan Van Eyck, Piero della Francesca, Sandro Botticelli, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Michelangelo and Holbein. The works chosen demonstrate how In this interdisciplinary course different disciplines converge the system of Renaissance figurative arts, full of symbols and to enhance students’ skills as readers of visual as well as allegories, was meant to be understood by a learned public. verbal texts. It aims to open up new ways of seeing and Each work will be analyzed with reference to the three levels of perceiving works of art by exploring the relationship between meaning involved in an iconographic approach as defined by us (spectators and/or creators), images and words, involving Erwin Panofsky: primary or natural subject matter, secondary questions such as What is art? Where do we see art? How do or conventional, and intrinsic meaning or context. we look at art? What words do we use while talking about a LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 53 work of art, explaining and/or describing it? Can we “read” course is to introduce students to the philosophical and critical images? Can we “see” stories? Students analyze a selection of discourses of Modernist painting. A mandatory one-day field fundamental theoretical texts and produce close examinations trip may be included. of visual and written works, including narrative prose and poetry. Prerequisites: ART 186 Art History II, or equivalent Students have the opportunity to become active spectators FLORENCE who, through activities of observing, reading, sketching and writing, experience different modes of looking at art while Contemporary Art learning about art theory, art history, literature, museum culture ART 375 F and sociology. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: Junior standing The aim of this course is to give students a thorough and comprehensive grounding in the conceptual and stylistic trends governing the art of the late 20th century. This period Museum and Gallery Internship deals specifically with the transition from Greenbergian High ART 360 F Modernism of the 60’s, through the dematerialization of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 art object in the 70’s, to the postmodern and deconstructive This internship entails individual work experience in a museum, theories of the 80’s and 90’s. The course is divided into two main gallery or church in the Florentine area, supervised by a faculty sections: Section One (1960-1980): Pop Art - Photo-Realism member and the cooperating museum, or Florentine curia staff. (Europe and USA); Section Two (1980-1990’s): Postmodernism The internship provides students with practical experience, - Current Trends (Europe and USA). The objective of this especially in the field of cultural mediation and museum course is to introduce students to the philosophical and critical education, through direct observation of the various activities discourses relating to Modernism and Postmodernism. A developed at the hosting museums and churches, individual mandatory one-day field trip may be included. study and direct participation in guided tours at museums and ART 186 Art History II, or equivalent School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal Prerequisites: churches, gallery management in art galleries. Through this experience students have the opportunity to learn and apply professional skills, while directly interacting with institutional Art Expertise staff and the visitors. The intern is monitored by both the onsite ART 405 F supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly The function of art expertise is to make a precise assessment reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly of a work of art in terms of its aesthetic significance, its at the internship site; student internship schedules and onsite material evidence, its documentary importance (history) and duties may vary. Please note that the Museum and Gallery its market value. With the birth of the art market, in addition internship requires interns to fulfill part of their internship hours to the art collector and the art dealer we now find the art on Saturdays. consultant: an expert in the field of visual arts who is able to Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to recognize the characteristics of specific periods, schools and change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference artists. Furthermore, he or she is able to distinguish an original letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit work from a copy or an imitation and assess its market value. supporting documentation by the application deadline, and Beginning with the definition of what a work of art is and a acceptance is conditional upon result of an on-site interview discussion of the criteria to define quality, the course leads during the first week of the term. students through the ins and outs of both selling and buying. The following issues are addressed: the roles of the connoisseur Prerequisites: Art History / Museum Studies majors of and the art consultant; classification and cataloguing of sophomore standing. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous works of art (dossiers and publications); scientific diagnostic but is not required procedures; fakes and artistic revivals; Italian and international art legislation; auctions (with visits to the Pandolfini auction 19th Century Art: from Neoclassicism to Post- house in Florence). Impressionism Prerequisites: Art History majors ART 365 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course examines European art between c.1790 and c.1900. ART - Art History – M.A. in Museum The start of this period corresponds to the passage from Neoclassicism to Romanticism, while the end corresponds to Studies program movements including Post-Impressionism that heralded the avant-gardes of the Twentieth Century. The Nineteenth Century Museums and the Public I: People and Ideas was an era of enormous changes of many kinds (from politics ART 501 F to technology) in European society, and links between society, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 375 ideology, culture and the visual arts are explored. Themes explored include: critics and the public; exhibitions and salons; This course addresses the various roles museums play in society, naturalism and realism; nationalism; Orientalism and Japonisme; accentuating the position of the museum as a significant cultural nature and landscape; Impressionism; dreams and inspiration; institution whose form and very existence depends upon a rich heroism; literary and historical themes. Special focus is given to interchange with its community, local and global. It is designed changing notions of modernity. Artists studied include David, largely as a series of invited lectures by museum professionals Goya, Delacroix, Turner, Courbet, Monet, Degas, Van Gogh, such as museum directors, curators, donors, fundraisers, docent Cezanne, Seurat, Gauguin, Ensor and Munch. Attention is also trainers, web designers etc., with both theoretical and practical given to Italian artists and movements. knowledge of museums. These lectures, combined with weekly readings, will serve as springboards for individual Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents analysis and class discussion.

Avant-garde and Modernist Art (1900-1950) Museums, Galleries and the History of ART 370 F Collecting Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ART 502 F The aim of this course is to give students a thorough and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 375 comprehensive grounding in the conceptual and stylistic This course provides the student with a thorough background trends affecting artistic development in the first half of the in the history of collections, collecting, and private and last century. The course includes a survey of both European public display of objects from a European perspective, with and American art of this period. The course is divided into two some comparison to non-Western habits of collecting. Issues main sections: Section One (1900-1940): Post- Impressionism addressed include the concept of collecting and systems of - The Modern Movements; Section Two (1940-1960): Abstract classifying in Europe and America; the relationship between Expressionism - Neo-Dada/Assemblage. The objective of this collecting, classifying and the birth of museums; the role of

54 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 travel in the formation of collections; and the shaping of taste various architectural and technological means used to enhance and religious, cultural, political and financial impacts on the the public experience of the content of those spaces. Virtual display of collections in museum contexts. Visits to historical museums and web presence will also be addressed insofar as collections form an integral part of the course. these are related to and often derived from the experience of physical displays in the museum. Special attention will be given Museum Development, Management and to issues of sustainability and the importance of local context FLORENCE in creating museum experiences. Leadership ART 503 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 375 Museum Education ART 604 F This course provides a basic understanding of how modern Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 37.5 museums are structured, administered and financed in various parts of the world while offering leadership and management Using case studies and theoretical analyses, this course skills at various levels of the museum hierarchy. Some issues to explores how museums reach out to their communities, be addressed include what makes an effective non-profit leader including the staging of events for public outreach, teaching and manager, potential controversies and legal problems that from objects and teaching others (guides, volunteers, interns) can arise in museums and developing strategies for dealing to teach from objects, and the educational use of technologies. with them, operational issues, growth potential, and strategic It will also examine the role of the museum educator and his or planning and capital expense budgeting in a museum context. her engagement with the phenomena of formal, informal, and lifelong learning. Students interested in pursuing a career as a museum educator are strongly encouraged to enroll. Art and Objects in Museums and in Context ART 504 F Conservation and Historic Preservation

Cr: 1; Contact hrs: 375 Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal ART 605 F This course addresses address the problems of the meaning, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 37.5 context, and display of art and objects through three case studies, each covered by a different instructor for one third of This course investigates the ethical, historical and cultural issues the semester. Case studies will be in 1) Florentine Renaissance in the conservation and preservation of museum objects using art objects in context and in museum settings in Florence, selected case studies. Topics include the assessment of the 2) contemporary art and the special problems it poses to historical significance of objects, risk management approaches museums and 3) non-art museums (such as history or history to the management of cultural property, and issues relating of science museums) and the objects they house. Students will to the care, handling, and storage of art objects and museum assess the effectiveness and sustainability of museum displays buildings. according to various parameters including viewer expectations, cultural biases and the fostering of aesthetic systems, religious Museums: Ethics and the Law and conservation issues. ART 606 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 37.5 Research Methods I: Methodologies and This course introduces the student to the legal and ethical Resources issues faced by museums as repositories of cultural property across the world. Issues explored on a comparative international ART 507 F Cr: 1; Contact hrs: 175 basis include copyright, censorship, public interest, appropriate conservation, theft, dubious provenance, and repatriation of art Students will develop and hone critical analytical skills by and artifacts. critiquing published papers in a variety of museum studies fields and being introduced to a variety of methodologies. In the process they will be introduced to modes and places of Research Methods II: The Thesis Proposal research in Florence. ART 607 F Cr: 1; Contact hrs: 17.5 Museums and the Public II: Objects and Completed in the early months of the Spring term, this course follows “Research Methods I: Methodologies and Resources” Audience and essentially serves a forum in which the students choose ART 601 F their area of concentration and develop the prospectus for Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 37.5 the Master’s thesis. In the class sessions, students will propose Designed to follow “Museums and the Public I: People and thesis topics, present draft thesis proposals, critique each Ideas”, this course offers the student a guided, hands-on other’s proposals, and revise proposals. Concurrently, students experience in the creation, planning, researching, financing, are expected to meet with prospective faculty advisors. structuring, installation, and marketing of a focus show for the general public at a Florentine institution, such as the Fondazione Museum Studies Internship Palazzo Strozzi. It involves 15 taught hours and roughly 200 ART 620 F hours of guided student work on the various aspects of the Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 200 exhibition outlined above. Upon the successful completion of “Research Methods II: The Thesis Proposal” in which the student’s thesis prospectus is Transcultural Aesthetics, Ethnography and approved (usually in April) and the faculty advisor chosen, he Cultural Bias or she may begin the internship. While students may initiate ART 602 F the internship anytime after the approval of the Master’s Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 37.5 Thesis prospectus, most will opt to undertake the bulk of this This course seeks address the relationships between aesthetics, work experience once they have completed their Spring term religion and the socioc-cultural function of objects and the courses as they will have more time and more flexibility to offer delicate role of museums in fostering aesthetic systems. The their host institution. The student will choose an internship of differences between art museums, archaeology museums and a minimum of 200 hours which will bring her/him in contact ethnography museums will be reviewed as will definitions of with a real working museum institution, giving her/him the art and artifact. The role of photography and other didactic opportunity to test the theoretical knowledge and the practical measures will be evaluated historically and conceptually. Most skills acquired while taking “Museums and the Public II: Objects of this analysis will take place though case studies. and Audience”. The internship may be completed. in Florence or elsewhere and will be jointly supervised by LdM staff and the host institution. All approved internships will comply with Museum Spaces and Technologies Italian health and safety codes. Students who wish to intern in ART 603 F Florence are strongly encouraged to enroll in Italian language Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 37.5 courses during the academic year in Florence or elsewhere and This course investigates the design of museum spaces and the will be jointly supervised by LdM staff and the host institution.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 55 Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject of markets. Macroeconomics studies the behavior of the entire to change. Students who enroll must submit supporting economy. It explains phenomena like growth, business cycle, documentation by the registration deadline, and acceptance is inflation and unemployment. This course is an introduction to conditional upon result of an onsite interview during the first economics. The basic principles of economics will be presented week of the term. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous. and applied in order to explain some features of the modern FLORENCE economy. Master’s Thesis Prerequisites: BUS 178 Principles of Microeconomics, or ART 625 F equivalent Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 0 Upon the successful completion of “Research Methods II: The International Marketing Thesis Proposal” in which the student’s thesis prospectus is BUS 220 F approved and his faculty advisor chosen, he or she may begin Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 to research and write the masters thesis. This course has no International competition makes international marketing formal requirements other than periodic meetings with the one of the most critical skills for business survival. In their faculty advisor and many hours of research, writing and revising. continuing quest for new ways to establish and maintain their competitiveness, many firms are recognizing the advantages of operating in an international market. These benefits includes BUS - International Business sourcing materials, capital, labor and expertise, relocating manufacturing, and distributing product and services to new markets. While there are many benefits, each company must Introduction to Business identify the potentially huge risks taken when operating BUS 130 F overseas and the uninformed company may suffer tremendous School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 set backs before realizing any benefits. This course is an This course will introduce you to the world of business and help introduction to the complexities and implications of foreign prepare you for the economic roles of consumers, workers and markets. Emphasis is on the various economic, social and citizens. This course will also serve as a background for other cultural factors that impact on international marketing, the 4 business courses you may take in college. Students will be Ps (product, price, places of distribution and promotion) and introduced to each of the functional area of business, including how these aspects of marketing are influenced by international marketing, finance, HRM, and business intelligence. The course business environment. is designed to help students appreciate the interrelationship of Prerequisites: BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing, or equivalent these business functions and more generally, the role and the context of business in society. Event Planning BUS 232 F; Dual listed: COM 232 F Introduction to Marketing Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 BUS 150 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course introduces students to special event planning processes and techniques. Emphasis is on creating, organizing, Marketing is a dynamic and an exciting field, a key tool in identifying sponsors for, marketing and implementing large- confronting the challenges that enterprises are facing every scale community events, as well as show rooms and trade day. The purpose of this course is to introduce marketing shows to photoshoots and fashion shows. We will explore this principles and concepts. In this course students will learn about very detail-oriented field as it deals with vendors, contracts, the “real” nature and scope of marketing management . They fundraising, budgeting, ethics, and other aspects. Students will be introduced to aspects of marketing, such as: Marketing will research product, competition and target market to Strategy, 4 P’s, Market Planning, Retailing and Wholesaling, determine best possible exposure and success. As part of the Target Marketing, Market Segmentation, Services Marketing. course students may organize a real event in interdisciplinary You will also learn about the strategic importance of marketing collaboration with other departments. to an enterprise, whether it be a profit oriented business firm or non-profit organization. Wine Business and Marketing BUS 252 F; Dual listed: NUH 252 F Principles of Microeconomics Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 BUS 178 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course explores the business and marketing of wine, with special focus on U.S. markets. Wine trade and consumption in Economic analysis is one of the most useful tools for the US have constantly increased in recent years. If until the understanding social phenomena. Principles of Microeconomics early 1990’s wine consumption was concentrated in a few introduces students to the bases of economic ways of thinking. major states, today wine is consumed by a large part of the Economic theory is explained through the study of the entire US population. Italian wine, counting for 30% of U.S. wine methods of analysis, assumptions and theories about how firms imports, is a major part of this economic and cultural scenario. and individuals behave and how markets work. The course is In addition, new wine markets have emerged worldwide. This a necessary basis for students wishing to continue the study growing interest has strengthened the role of traditional key of economics and business in their academic careers and is players of the wine trade such as importers, distributors, also useful for students in applied social sciences. The course wholesalers, retailers, while helping to create new professional is divided in four parts: the first is an introduction to languages, figures such as wine writers, wine club managers, and event methods, and modeling used in microeconomics; the second promoters. In this course students learn skills that help equip part focuses on the firm production process and market them to take on such roles. Given the notable diversity and strategy; the third analyses consumer theory and the way in quality of Italian wines, students examine issues of sourcing, which individual behavior is modeled by economists; and the shipment chains and trading channels, and market impact. The concluding part of the course studies how the competitive course includes business simulations, and students produce a and non competitive market works. The teaching includes the start-up or marketing project. extensive use of case studies and policy issues which will be open to discussion with students. Prerequisites: BUS 130 Introduction to Business, or BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing, or equivalents

Principles of Macroeconomics Human Resources Management BUS 180 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 BUS 260 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Economics is the study of choice under conditions of scarcity: The course explores the Human Resource Management the resources needed to produce goods and services are function in a corporate setting and focuses on the development limited compared to human desires. Economics is divided of knowledge and skills that all managers and leaders need. into two major areas. Microeconomics studies the choices of Students learn the basic principles of designing and operating consumers, firms, and governments, and describes the working

56 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 business organizations, from developing their mission, vision International Art Business and strategy to their key organizational features and processes. BUS 290 F; Dual listed: ART 297 F Students face issues of managing people in organizations, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 including hierarchy, leadership, and communication; systems of reward and recognition; and personnel (from recruitment The course is designed to introduce students to the arts market to training and development). Some attention is given to the and the institutional networks that support and promote the FLORENCE expanding role of corporations in dealing with social problems art business, as well as giving them an understanding of the and issues. The course trains students to build skills relevant current art market and auction house environment. Through to leadership and management. These include public speaking this course, students will meet specialists to develop the ability and presenting, conflict resolution, teamworking, and business to identify and analyze works of art, learn how to recognize project management. Class content is delivered through marketing opportunities, and determine appropriate strategies. lectures, group discussions, practical and experiential exercises, The figures of the art dealer and the art administrator will be and case studies. analyzed in depth, together with the main principles of the international laws that govern this special field. Integrated Marketing Communication Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents BUS 262 F; Dual listed: COM 262 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Marketing communication is one of the most exciting and Workplace Psychology: Building Effective stimulating areas in modern marketing. Its importance has Managers grown dramatically in the recent decades. The means through BUS 302 F; Dual listed: PSY 302 F which we communicate all around the world have been Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 affected by the new technological advances. These advances, The course examines organizational issues - such as stress, such as the Internet, have enabled and eased interaction on a conflict, discrimination, and others - through the social lenses Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal global scale. Therefore, marketers are looking for new means of of psychology. The course is a journey through the science communication that can better gain the attention of customers. of the psyche that will open windows of understanding This course will examine the theory and techniques applicable beyond managerial perspectives. An organization is strategy, today to all the major marketing communication functions: ads, marketing, planning, budgeting, and at its very core, it is direct marketing, sales promotion, public relations, personal human. This is the element the course will focus on: the human selling and the Internet. It will allow students to research and psychology of an organization. The course leads students evaluate a company’s marketing and promotional situation and to consider approaches that develop the individual with the use this information in developing effective communication objective of improving and helping to grow the organization strategies and programs. as a whole. In other words, the course connects individual Prerequisites: BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing, or equivalent. strategy and well-being with those of organizations and the Recommended: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent wider society. Through lectures, experiential exercises, readings and reflections, and teamwork, students will gain a thorough Crosscultural Communication in the understanding of individual behavior, group functioning, and organizational processes and dynamics. The first part of the Workplace course focuses on the individual and teams. Only when one BUS 270 F; Dual listed: COM 271 F gains awareness about who one is can one effectively work and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 grow with others. The second part of the course will venture People from more than one culture increasingly have to work into specific themes: the importance of conflict, the impact together, work side by side, or collaborate on international of technology, the unavoidable certainty of uncertainty, and projects, both at home and abroad. How easy is it to step substance abuse within an organization. Ultimately, the course outside our own cultural expectations? This is an intercultural enables students to move between themes with critical acumen communication course aimed specifically at understanding and creativity, seeking realistic and implementable solutions to intercultural interactions in business or in the workplace from real problems. both theoretical and practical standpoints. On a practical Prerequisites: Junior standing level, this course will involve the students’ active participation in role play exercises and observations, and will help them to predict and manage intercultural misunderstandings both in Sociology of Consumerism the workplace and in more informal social settings. Business BUS 303 F; Dual listed: SOC 303 F practices in different countries, in particular Italy and the USA, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and individual case studies will be assessed and discussed The course will focus on the rise and development of consumer according to these frameworks. cultures. The aim is to study and to apply interdisciplinary theoretical approaches to the study of consumer society Global Business and Society now and in the past. The course will explore key substantive themes in the history and sociology of consumption, including BUS 282 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the following: 1) an overview of developments in the different theories of consumer culture; 2) the rise of commercial This course explores challenges facing modern corporations society, the relation between freedom of choice and the power in organizing cross border activities. Specifically, it appraises of commercial systems, models of consumer psychology the main economic theories of determinants of international and behavior, the nature of selves and identities in a post- business activities, and it offers a global perspective on traditional world, prosperity and progress; 3) the way class, long-term change in the world economy and the interaction gender, ethnicity and age affect the nature of our participation between countries. Special attention is focused on the in consumer culture; 4) the evolution of capitalism to the dynamics of international trade and investment, including present day, as well as the history of commodities in a number the relationship between trade and economic growth, trade of different settings (advertising, food and drink, fashion imbalances and protectionism. The course also looks at the and clothes); 5) the social, cultural and economic context of role of economic and political institutions (WTO, IMF, etc.) and specific consumer groups, as well as case studies of specific examines the main characteristics of the emerging economies, commodities. for instance India and China. Themes include competition, development, exchange rate theory, the international monetary Prerequisites: an introductory social science or business course system, ethics, decision-making, and strategic operations in an international environment. Finally, the course examines a variety of alternative perspectives on the origins and processes Communication and Leadership of globalization. BUS 304 F; Dual listed: COM 304 F Note: this course is offered in partnership with the School of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Management, Marist College, which is AACSB accredited. In time of crisis, the demand for responsible leadership is Prerequisites: BUS 178 Principles of Microeconomics, or BUS urgent. It is necessary to transform this urgency into a reality 180 Principles of Macroeconomics, or equivalents when there is a lack of future prospects for young people, LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 57 communities, and business institutions and organizations. This The placement is at a Communication Agency. Interns develop interactive practical course is designed to introduce students and carry out various activities which may include but are to the tasks, strategies, and skills of effective leadership. Course not limited to: market research; developing marketing, price, activities will move students from theories and concepts to the distribution and promotional strategies; creating advertisements practical processes of leadership. Students will be exposed for local and international print & e-publications; newsletters, FLORENCE to the nature of leadership through presentation of objective mailing lists; website content and social media management. material and group activities. Topics will include motivation, Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to credibility, influence, power, communication styles, negotiation, change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference ethics, diversity, and current models of leadership. letters, formal letter of intent, sample of marketing work (ie. blog writing, social media campaign example, press release, Economics of the European Union advertising project). Students who enroll must submit BUS 315 F supporting documentation by the application deadline, and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview As the economic significance of the EU and its role at a world during the first week of the term. level have increased, and as the integration of the economies of Prerequisites: Marketing/Advertising majors of junior standing the EU members has advanced, so the need for sustained study with at least 2-3 prior courses in the field. Recommended: of the development and impact of this new economic reality social networking experience. Fluency in Italian may be has grown. The basic objective of this course is the examination advantageous but is not required of the economic foundations of the European Union. The course starts with an in-depth analysis of the historical evolution of Marketing Internship: LdM Marketing Office European integration and it then moves to the examination BUS 362 F of its economic aspects. The course is structured as follows: Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal From the EEC to the EU (historical evolution), the expansion This internship provides practical and professional experience in of the EU into eastern Europe, the economic aspects of EC law the field of Marketing. The intern is monitored by both the onsite within specific areas of EC law and policy (such as competition supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by policy, agricultural policy, etc.), the European Monetary system the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly (from the ECU to the euro) and finally the external relationships reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly of the EU. This course is particularly designed for students at the internship site; student internship schedules and onsite majoring in International Business, Marketing, Political Science, duties may vary. International Politics, Geopolitics, International Relations and European Union Law. The placement is with the LdM Marketing Office. Interns develop and carry out various activities which may include but are not Note: students shall be familiar with advanced topics in limited to: market research based on social media; marketing mathematics strategy focused on merchandising; price strategy, distribution Prerequisites: BUS 180 Principles of Macroeconomics or and promotional strategy; business development strategy. equivalent Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference Corporate Social Responsibility letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit BUS 340 F supporting documentation by the application deadline, and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview Planet Earth is a global system of interconnected and during the first week of the term. interdependent factors including society, business and the Prerequisites: Marketing majors of junior standing with at least environment. Sustainability refers to the capability of the global 2-3 prior courses in the field. Recommended: social networking system to endure a prosperous growth for generations to come, experience. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous but is not a goal that can only be achieved through the synergetic efforts required of personal and social responsibility. Never before have business and society become so intrinsically connected. Organizations Marketing / Event Planning Internship and firms are vigilantly scrutinized by stakeholders, which BUS 367 F are represented by all those groups affecting and affected by Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 corporate performance: employees, shareholders, creditors, This internship provides practical and professional experience suppliers, customers, distributors, wholesalers, retailers, in the field of Marketing and Event Planning. The intern is communities, governments, NGOs, media and the general monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty public. member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) addresses two kinds of supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, responsibilities: companies’ commercial responsibility to run and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship their business successfully, and their social responsibilities site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. to local communities and wide society. The course aims to The placement is at an Event Management company. Interns develop students’ general theoretical knowledge of corporate develop and carry out various activities which may include social responsibility in contemporary economies and analyze but are not limited to: participating in onsite events, assisting CSR as an evolving management practice. In this perspective vendors with site visits and clients; working on social media capitalism is viewed as a system of social cooperation rather marketing campaigns; designing marketing materials; analyzing than a system of competition. Students attending this course brand image, market appeal and customer projections; clerical will be the social entrepreneurs of tomorrow. The course and administrative work as required. will equip participants with ideas and skills to play a future in shaping socially responsible businesses and exploit their Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to professional talents to the fullest. change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference letters, formal letter of intent, writing sample. Students Prerequisites: an introductory business, management or economics course who enroll must submit supporting documentation by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview during the first week of the term and an Marketing/Advertising Internship Italian language placement test. BUS 361 F Prerequisites: 1) Marketing / PR / Event Planning majors of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 junior standing with at least 2-3 prior courses in the field; 2) This internship provides practical and professional experience in Intermediate Italian 2 completed (ITL 202 level) and concurrent the field of Marketing and Advertising. The intern is monitored enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects Global Marketing Management assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall BUS 370 F evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 internship schedules and onsite duties may vary.

58 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 The marketing process may be defined as follows: analysis, image are only two of the aspects students will learn that planning, implementation, and management of programs are vital to keeping their brand in the news. The course will designed to bring about desired exchanges with target markets further discuss: private, store and national brand labels, core for the purpose of achieving the organization’s objectives. It benefit proposition, luxury and global brand management, relies heavily on designing the organization’s offering in terms development, and extension, as well as franchising, licensing, of the target market’s needs and desires and on using effective patents, trademarks and copyright. Although focused on FLORENCE pricing, communication and distribution to inform, motivate fashion the course has applicability to many other product and and service the market. The course focuses on developing the service sectors. necessary skills to manage this process effectively, with the Prerequisites: BUS 282 Global Business and Society, or BUS objective of creating value for the customer and the firm. 370 Global Marketing Management, or equivalents Prerequisites: Marketing majors/minors of junior standing with at least 2 prior courses in the field CLA - Archaeology and Classical Web Marketing Internship BUS 372 F Studies Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 260 This internship provides practical and professional experience Archaeology Workshop in the field of Web Marketing. The intern is monitored by CLA 193 F; Dual listed: ANT 193 F; RES 193 F both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects This course combines an introduction to archaeology with assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall hands-on work on 2500 year-old archaeological finds in LdM’s evaluation. Twenty hours weekly at the internship site; student Archaeology Lab. These finds have recently been unearthed School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The placement in central Italy in the archaic settlement of Accesa, under the is with an international postgraduate and post-doctoral teaching scientific direction of the University of Florence, and in the and research institute. Interns develop and carry out various Hellenistic necropolis of Bosco della Riserva, near Tuscania, activities which may include but are not limited to: create where an excavation project is being conducted by LdM. international marketing strategies, social media management, Students will learn what happens to the finds once they leave web content update, communication and marketing research. their recovery contexts and arrive in Florence: here, under the Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to expert guidance of the instructors, students will be involved change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference in the fundamental activities of restoration, conservation, letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit documentation,study and storage of the finds. This course supporting documentation by the application deadline, and will also give students a general survey of the evolution of acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview the discipline of archaeology over time and it will introduce during the first week of the term. them to the ancient Etruscan civilization, which forms such an Prerequisites: International Business/Marketing majors, important part of Italy’s culture and heritage. Students will also minimum Junior standing. Fluency in Italian may be have the opportunity to sign up to the summer workshop in advantageous but is not required Tuscania which operates directly at one of the archaeological sites. Global Financial Markets BUS 380 F Ancient Rome Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 CLA 210 F; Dual listed: HIS 200 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course offers a broad introduction to the workings of the global financial system, the dynamics of the main financial This course offers a comprehensive introduction to the history markets (US, Europe and Asia), the nature and the goals of the and growth of the ancient Roman empire from the early key financial institutions and the crucial role played by central settlements in Latium, through the republican and imperial banks and regulatory agencies. An important part of the course periods, to the formation of a new Roman world after the crisis focuses on the global economic and financial crisis, reviewing of the 3rd century. A series of themes and issues will be explored: its causes and consequences, as well as evaluating the merits of the range of primary sources available for ancient history; the numerous government intervention schemes in the US and the political organization of the Roman state; the territorial in Europe. The course ends with an assessment of the dramatic expansion and its influence on the cultural and administrative changes taking place in the global financial architecture as a sphere; Roman religion and the spread of Christianity; the result of the recent crisis. Roman frontiers and the barbarian populations; and the end of the Roman world and the birth of a new society. In order Prerequisites: Finance/Economics majors/minors of junior to stimulate students’ critical skills in observing historical standing with at least 2 prior courses in the field phenomena, a problem-oriented approach will be supported by readings of primary sources. Students will also have the Operations Management chance to observe different approaches to understanding BUS 388 F the past and will develop a sense of the role of historians and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 history in society. Topics common to both production and service operations are emphasized. Includes quantitative decision-making techniques; Florentia: the Ancient Roots of Florence forecasting; various planning techniques involved in capacity, CLA 215 F; Dual listed: HIS 215 F location, and process; resource and materials planning; and the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 design of job and work measurement systems. Also included This course analyzes the ancient past of Florence from its origins are inventory systems and models, materials management, and to the end of the Roman Empire. A few aspects concerning quality-control methods. the Barbarian rulers will also be considered. The ancient town Prerequisites: 1) Calculus I, or Calculus with Management of Florentia will be discovered during each lesson through a Applications 2) Introductory Statistics 3) Managerial variety of sources: written texts from ancient and medieval Accounting or Introduction to Business, or equivalents. authors, archaeological evidence, past excavations and recent Recommended: Principles of Microeconomics and Principles discoveries, artifacts and items housed in local museums as well of Macroeconomics as objects unearthed in recent years. Emphasis will be placed on the urban pattern by tracing and locating the main temples Brand Management and Promotion and sacred spaces, public buildings and private houses. Beyond BUS 425 F acquiring a basic chronology and a timeline, students will Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 closely examine selected topics about Roman civilization, art and architecture, lifestyle and customs. To better understand Companies selling products or services come and go and only certain themes, a number of visits and field trips are planned, few survive the economy’s ups and downs. Knowing how to including to the National Archaeological Museum of Florence strategically position a brand and maintain the company’s and little-known archaeological areas. LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 59 War in the Greek and Roman Worlds the meanings of food, its social dimensions, the history of specific commodities; everyday eating habits and etiquette; CLA 246 F; Dual listed: HIS 246 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 rituals and taboos. This knowledge permits the class to accurately understand, recreate, cook, and taste ancient An exploration of warfare in ancient Greece and Rome in terms recipes. During interactive lessons students will improve their FLORENCE of values and ideology, impact on society, practices, arms and practical skills, learn how to prepare different recipes, and artefacts, and representations. For Greece the focus is on the develop their knowledge of both the theory and practice fifth-century through the Hellenistic era, while for Rome the of food anthropology. The key of the analysis is the Food entire time-span from monarchy through the empire and late Sign, a specially-developed tool with two inseparable sides: Antiquity is considered. Students analyze the strategy and anthropological meaning and gastronomy. This instrument the unfolding of major wars and events, as well as the careers helps to show that in Antiquity any given dish wasn’t a mere of outstanding figures including Alexander the Great and the result of a recipe to prepare food in a particular way as part of emperor Augustus, promoter of the pax romana. Students a meal, but was inevitably linked to sacral and social meanings. come to grips with the mindset and actual experiences of Students will be able to recognize and appreciate ancient commanders and common soldiers as they prepared for traditions and to link them to modern cuisine (when a particular campaigns and engaged in battles and sieges. The civilian tradition has continued) and interests. experience of war is not ignored. Space is dedicated to the problematic relationship between modern regimes and ancient military culture, notably the Italian fascist excavations of The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, imperial Roman sites for propagandistic ends. and the Origins of Western Literature CLA 306 F; Dual listed: LIT 306 F Anthropology of Religion: Death and Ritual in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The course is a general overview of ancient literature through

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal the Past the analysis and comparison of some of the oldest works of CLA 252 F; Dual listed: ANT 252 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Western civilization. Through a reading of the most significant chapters of the Iliad and the Odyssey, students will get in Religion is a complex subject which can be addressed from a contact with the aristocratic world and heroes described by number of different perspectives. Anthropology deals with the Homer in 8-7th century BCE, in order to reconstruct the society social dimension of religion, both in contemporary and ancient of early Greece in the Mycenaean period. The stories presented societies. The latter are ideal avenues for investigating this in the Iliad and Odyssey, considered the “Bible” of classical topic because of the direct link between beliefs and practices civilization, show how Greeks used myth to express archetypal in all different aspects of life. This course aims at pursuing an values which became immortal for successive generations. investigation of religion in relation to that fundamental cultural Myths are analyzed not only as amazing stories but also as theme which is death, in the context of ancient societies, by bearers of important messages about life within society, and using archaeological data and historical sources. To achieve as primary forms of communication and instruction in a non- this goal, the course will be subdivided into two parts: the first literate and oral society. The great influence of Greek myths on will focus on theoretical and methodological issues related to Roman legends will also be seen through the reading of some the study of religion and ritual practice while the second will passages of the Aeneid - the national poem of Rome written address specifically the question of how ancient societies dealt by Virgil in the 1st century BCE - focusing on the link between with death and treated their dead. Questions regarding beliefs, Roman history and Greek tradition. The hero of the work, rituals and practices upon death and beyond will be explored Aeneas, was the survivor of the fall of Troy and the ancestor of by referring to specific study-cases across the Mediterranean Rome’s leaders. A comparison between Aeneas’ and Odysseus’ and the Ancient Near East, from prehistoric societies until the wanderings will conclude the course. beginning of the classical period. Greek and Roman Mythology Egyptian Art and Archaeology CLA 310 F CLA 255 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The traditional stories about the Greek gods and heroes have The course provides an overview of ancient Egyptian always been a fundamental part of Western art and literature, civilization. It examines the material culture and human life of the especially since their “rediscovery” by Renaissance humanism. inhabitants of the Nile Valley, and surveys major sites, objects, A selection of the great works of ancient Greek literature will and texts to discover the essentials of Egyptian culture, politics, present the most important stories, and will also show how the art, religion, and literature. The course covers 4000 years of Greeks used myth to express the traditional ideals and personal ancient Egyptian civilization, from the origins of its culture reflections that captivated and shaped subsequent European in the late fourth millennium BCE to the late Roman Empire. culture. The pictorial narratives, so common in Greek and Roman This introduction to the art and archaeology of ancient Egypt monuments and objects, will introduce the sophisticated visual also looks at the discipline of Egyptology, in which Italy has language created by the Greeks to tell such elaborate tales, played an important part, and it will allow students to answer the first such iconographic system and one which was to some such questions as How did Ancient Egypt originate? How were extent “revived,” together with the gods, heroes and heroines, the pyramids built? How do you read hieroglyphics? What in Renaissance art. To know Roman mythology and understand did the afterlife signify for Egyptians? What was the Amarna its similarities and differences with Greek mythology is to revolution? The course will explain these and other topics using understand the real essence of the ideals and aspirations of a archaeological data and historical sources, starting from the great people that built a great empire. In particular, Virgil and pieces present in the notable Egyptian Museum of Florence. Ovid, the most widely known writers of Roman mythology, and also other Roman writers, will help students develop a new Co(ok)quinarius: Ancient Sources of Italian interest for Roman myth, history and art. Cuisine CLA 264 F; Dual listed: NUH 264 F; ANT 264 F Magna Graecia: Ancient Greeks in Italy Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 CLA 346 F; Dual listed: HIS 346 F Co(ok)quinarius, which takes place also within the fascinating Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 context of the Florentine Central Food Market, explores the Study of the extraordinary flourishing of ancient Greek culture main elements of ancient Mediterranean food culture as the in the region corresponding to present-day southern Italy. The forerunner of modern Italian cuisine. Following the guidelines course utilizes archaeological, literary, historical, and epigraphic of the Experimental Archaeology students learn to understand, evidence to provide an interdisciplinary understanding of prepare, taste, and evaluate ancient Etruscan, Greek, Roman the area where Western civilization and its classical heritage as well as Near Eastern dishes within their social dimensions developed. The Homeric age of the 8th and 7th centuries BCE and cultural perspective. Starting from the distinction between saw the end of the Trojan War. Just as Odysseus went westward, consumption of food and use of food, students explore so did many Greek adventurers, traders, and refugees from Etruscan, Greek and Roman culinary traditions. Topics include the East. Greek city-states soon colonized the coastal areas of

60 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 southern Italy and Sicily, an area that became known as Magna of the idealized image of Italy propagated by many famous Graecia, “Greater Greece.” Its settlers mingled and intermarried foreigners throughout the ages, the course will then focus with the local population, while the great city-states of Sicily, on the representation of Italy offered by its own writers and including Syracuse and Selinus, more closely tied to mainland filmmakers. The texts that we will look into encompass many Greece, even hosted such renowned Greeks as the philosopher different peripheral voices that are nonetheless very powerful Plato and the tragedian Aeschylus. Indeed, the Greek alphabet and fundamental to a true understanding of the Italian culture: FLORENCE and traditions, mythology, religion, art and artifacts, philosophy, southern Italians, Jewish Italians, emigrants (and Italian and political institutions all profoundly influenced the wealthy Americans), political dissidents, women, and more recently, Etruscans in central Italy and eventually the Romans (Horace immigrants from the global East and South are the voices spoke of “Graecia capta”). Significantly, this influence did not that have contributed to create a country of intrinsically great supplant the deeply-rooted local languages and religions. The and complex ethnic, religious, linguistic and political diversity; Etruscan and Roman worlds, unique classical civilizations in voices that often remain unheard. their own right, never became wholly Greek. Italian Culture through Music CLT 292 F; Dual listed: MCT 292 F CLT - Cultural Studies Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course offers students an approach to understanding Food and Culture Italian culture and society through an exploration of its rich CLT 198 F; Dual listed: ANT 198 F; NUH 198 F and varied musical traditions. Mountainous geography and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 political struggles have given Italy a wide variety of musical styles and cultures. Taking the form of a musical journey across If “you are what you eat”, just why do you eat the way you do? Italy, the course explores sacred, secular and dramatic music This course considers the relationships between the multiple from the major Italian cities and also strays off the beaten Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal meanings of food and the acts of preparing and eating food, path to discover the vibrant folk traditions of villages and rural and further explores food and personal and social identity. communities. The course also explores the origins and influence Students will examine why different people make different of Italy’s dramatic and lyrical tradition, from the early multi- food choices in their daily lives, why individuals from certain media spectacles of 16th-century Florence to the patriotic social classes will avoid or esteem particular foods, and in operas of Verdi and the realism of Puccini. Classes will include general how food serves as a factor in self-definition. Because musical illustrations and demonstrations and students will also a person’s attitude toward food can reveal not just personal be encouraged to go to related concerts and musical events in identity traits but a whole food ideology, this course will also Florence and Tuscany. Music offers an original and important analyze the role of food in the construction of ethnic identity, in perspective on the culture of Italy. the display of religious beliefs, and in the negotiation of gender roles. Students learn how cultures and values are transmitted and preserved through food. Through personal essays and the Broadcasting: Italian Culture and Television interdisciplinary secondary literature, students will be guided CLT 305 F; Dual listed: COM 305 F; SOC 305 F to analyze the complex and fascinating relationships between Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 people and food, helping them to understand how cultures This course examines the development of commercial (including their own) ultimately determine all human food television broadcasting, its beginnings in radio and its creation choices. of distinctive genres in Italy. Italian state and private television are analyzed and compared. The course also considers Women, History and Culture different theoretical approaches to the analysis of television by CLT 250 F; Dual listed: GND 250 F investigating the various theories of its effects and the impact Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 on other media. The course will examine today’s main trends, strategies and broadcast in Italian television. A strong link is The course surveys the changing roles and perceptions of also provided between Italian television and Italian culture. women in Western history and culture from ancient times to the present. The relatively recent political enfranchisement Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent of women and the rise of feminist thought and theory offer a framework and a destination. Students examine a wide Images and Words variety of exemplary roles (wife, mother, priestess, nun, etc.) CLT 355 F; Dual listed: ART 355 F and individuals. Matrifocal societies and the widespread cult of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the Mother Goddess were supplanted by patriarchal traditions, In this interdisciplinary course different disciplines converge examined through Judaism and the Classical Greek world and to enhance students’ skills as readers of visual as well as their ideas, texts, mythologies, and social strategies. Students verbal texts. It aims to open up new ways of seeing and next explore the religious, social, and medical views of the first perceiving works of art by exploring the relationship between millenium and a half of the CE. With the Renaissance arrive us (spectators and/or creators), images and words, involving new and better-documented perceptions by and of women. questions such as What is art? Where do we see art? How do Social policies and both high and popular culture reveal we look at art? What words do we use while talking about a persistent prejudices. The Early Modern era brings changes work of art, explaining and/or describing it? Can we “read” in social position as women become agents in the arts and images? Can we “see” stories? Students analyze a selection of sciences. Women’s Rights are inscribed upon wider social and fundamental theoretical texts and produce close examinations cultural struggles of the modern world. In conclusion, students of visual and written works, including narrative prose and poetry. encounter constructions of women present in today’s culture Students have the opportunity to become active spectators and media, and still unresolved issues. who, through activities of observing, reading, sketching and Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent writing, experience different modes of looking at art while learning about art theory, art history, literature, museum culture Many Italies, Other Italies: Modern Literary and sociology. Representations Prerequisites: Junior standing CLT 285 F; Dual listed: LIT 285 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Focusing on Italian and Anglo-American literature and some COM - Communications films, this course will explore the multiple representations of Italy in the twentieth and twenty-first Century. Far from being Public Speaking and Presentation Skills the homogeneous culture that is often perceived from abroad, COM 105 F Italian culture is a very complex text where many different, and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 sometimes conflicting voices and images encounter. This course aims to look beyond what may be seen as mainstream Italy This course provides an introduction to public speaking in group to discover peoples often marginalized by dominant cultural and whole-class situations. It will help students to develop their norms and stereotypes. Starting with the critical examination delivery skills as well as the content of their presentations, LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 61 including the development and organization of ideas and make the most of the visual and cultural experience offered by use of research material. Students will analyze a variety of the city of Florence. speeches, in written and oral formats, and will be required to develop working outlines for their own presentations. Classes Mass Communication will also involve voice and body language exercises and will FLORENCE COM 180 F teach strategies for overcoming performance anxiety. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This is an introductory course to mass communication, focusing Introduction to Communication on a wide range of old and new media. Thus, the major themes COM 130 F will be two: “traditional” media (newspapers, magazines, radio, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 telephone, Motion Pictures, TV) and “digital” media (personal This course surveys the theories of communication relevant computers, Internet, digital TV). Through a “social history” of to all contexts (including interpersonal, group, organizational, the development of mass communication, much attention will mediated, and cultural) and the ways in which contexts affect be paid to the “convergence” of old and new, as well as the most the form of communication. The course introduces students to relevant marketing topics (product marketing, advertising). The essential concepts and fundamental theories that describe the course will show how technological changes have influenced processes, functions, natures, and effects of communication. mass media in modern times by increasing their variety and General goals of the course are to familiarize students with power. Secondly, it will examine how these changes brought the basic concepts of communication and to help them about new communication possibilities, either as completely understand and improve basic skills in relation to interpersonal new concepts or in conjunction with existing media. Finally, communication. Students deal with ethical issues and global the main cultural changes resulting from this evolution will opportunities and challenges offered by communication, and be analyzed and discussed with regards to individual and they have an opportunity to develop their critical thinking and social changes, and political and economic impact and the

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal writing, as well as group work and presentation skills. role of information in our society. Semiotics is fundamental to approaching mass communication as a wide-scale linguistic Foundations of Visual Communication phenomenon in which transmitters, receivers and messages can be identified, analyzed and critically interpreted at any COM 175 F; Dual listed: GRA 190 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 possible level. This course is essential for all students that, either as beginners in graphic design or with previous experience in digital graphics, New Media: Communication in the Digital Age desire to learn the secrets of “good design.” The aim of the COM 182 F course is to assist students in developing intellectual skills and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 familiarity with the rules which underpin the creation of graphic What do we really mean when we use the term “mass media” works that convey both aesthetic quality and communicative today? Is it really the same thing we could have meant twenty power. The course is structured into a series of projects, lectures, years ago, when television was still the main tool for mass analyses and drawing exercises which, through the application information? The digital age has introduced new communication and study of design theories, aim at offering students a devices (laptops, digital cameras, smart phones, iPods, iPads) methodology for solving graphic and visual projects. Topics and new virtual places (blogs, chat rooms, social networks, include: B/W techniques, layouts and grids, colors and shape online shops, peer-to-peer platforms), shaped around our balance, mirror and rotational symmetries, repetitive patterns, wants, though often perceived/imposed as “needs.” Following archetypes and primary shapes, fonts and typography, studies a two-step program, the student will learn about causes and of visual languages and cultural backgrounds, analysis of styles effects of the digital revolution: first analyzing features and and artwork, rules to derive families of shapes and colors, functions of all main digital communication devices (and formats and harmonic proportions such as the diagonal of places), then discussing their influence on us as citizens, artists, the square, icons, logotypes and trademarks, studies of 3D professionals, individuals. models and packaging. The course places emphasis on the learning of graphic design principles and concepts that are Introduction to Journalism independent from the tools used for production (digital or COM 185 F; Dual listed: WRI 185 F manual techniques). There is a focus on learning from the great Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 tradition of Italian design, and the student is encouraged to make the most of the visual and cultural experience offered by Journalism covers a huge range of output across all media the city of Florence. and is an influential form of communication in almost every country of the world. Journalism involves the sifting and editing of information and events; it is about putting ideas Foundations of Visual Communication and controversies into context, and it is about the assessment (Summer only) of the validity and truthfulness of actions or comments. This COM 176 F; Dual listed: GRA 191 F course will offer an introduction to the history and practical Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 skills of print and broadcast journalism. Students will be guided This course is essential for all students that, either as beginners in researching and interviewing techniques and in writing news in graphic design or with previous experience in digital graphics, articles, reviews and features for a variety of media. They will desire to learn the secrets of “good design.” The aim of the also have hands-on experience in preparing, recording and course is to assist students in developing intellectual skills and editing a radio program or webcast. familiarity with the rules which underpin the creation of graphic Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent works that convey both aesthetic quality and communicative power. The course is structured into a series of projects, lectures, Advertising Principles analyses and drawing exercises which, through the application COM 204 F and study of design theories, aim at offering students a Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 methodology for solving graphic and visual projects. Topics include: B/W techniques, layouts and grids, colors and shape Advertising is not a simple or random combination of images in balance, mirror and rotational symmetries, repetitive patterns, an ad. The task of advertising is to build a positive perception archetypes and primary shapes, fonts and typography, studies of the product in the consumer’s mind. Every commercial, of visual languages and cultural backgrounds, analysis of styles every ad in magazines, every TV advertisement is designed and artwork, rules to derive families of shapes and colors, to deliver a particular message to a particular audience. This formats and harmonic proportions such as the diagonal of course will deal with contemporary advertising and also with the square, icons, logotypes and trademarks, studies of 3D the media and graphic modes used to convey it. Topics include models and packaging. The course places emphasis on the the philosophy of advertising and its role in society; how learning of graphic design principles and concepts that are advertising relates to life, society and economy; current trends independent from the tools used for production (digital or in advertising as viewed from the creative, marketing and manual techniques). There is a focus on learning from the great media standpoints; the stereotypes that advertising proposes tradition of Italian design, and the student is encouraged to to us and the reaction of our society to these suggestions; how advertising is made, created and projected.

62 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or BUS 150 Literature and Journalism Introduction to Marketing, or equivalents COM 260 F; Dual listed: LIT 260 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Body Language and Communication This course will examine the principle relationships between

Techniques literature and journalism in a comparative context, focusing on FLORENCE COM 212 F; Dual listed: PER 212 F American and Italian writers. Authors extending from Poe to Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Buzzati, from the exponents of American New Journalism (T. This course teaches students to use the body to achieve greater Wolfe, N. Mailer, G. Talese, etc.) to postmodern writers Fallaci, professional and social success by increasing the relational and Tabucchi, among others, are considered. The course gives communication capacities of every student, preparing them particular attention to the reporter as a character, to fiction and to enter the working world. The training is aimed at acquiring nonfiction style, and to ideas and theories of information, news, transversal expertise linked to communication, verbal and non chronicles, and the art of communication. verbal, working in groups, motivation, and body language control. The “learning by doing” methodology is very practical Integrated Marketing Communication and involves the student in a pro-active way, through exercises COM 262 F; Dual listed: BUS 262 F and improvisation, testing individual attitudes and personal Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 capacities. Neutral mask and participative and creative Marketing communication is one of the most exciting and techniques will be employed, from a theatrical approach to non stimulating areas in modern marketing. Its importance has verbal communication, team building, self-presentation, body grown dramatically in the recent decades. The means through language exercises, movement, and motivation, guiding each which we communicate all around the world have been student to discover his or her strengths, and to better identify affected by the new technological advances. These advances, the working path coherent with individual expectations and

such as the Internet, have enabled and eased interaction on a Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal capacities. global scale. Therefore, marketers are looking for new means of communication that can better gain the attention of customers. Event Planning This course will examine the theory and techniques applicable COM 232 F; Dual listed: BUS 232 F today to all the major marketing communication functions: ads, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 direct marketing, sales promotion, public relations, personal This course introduces students to special event planning selling and the Internet. It will allow students to research and processes and techniques. Emphasis is on creating, organizing, evaluate a company’s marketing and promotional situation and identifying sponsors for, marketing and implementing large- use this information in developing effective communication scale community events, as well as show rooms and trade strategies and programs. shows to photoshoots and fashion shows. We will explore this Prerequisites: BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing, or equivalent. very detail-oriented field as it deals with vendors, contracts, Recommended: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent fundraising, budgeting, ethics, and other aspects. Students will research product, competition and target market to Crosscultural Communication in the determine best possible exposure and success. As part of the course students may organize a real event in interdisciplinary Workplace collaboration with other departments. COM 271 F; Dual listed: BUS 270 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Screenwriting People from more than one culture increasingly have to work together, work side by side, or collaborate on international COM 242 F; Dual listed: MCT 242 F; FVM 242 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 projects, both at home and abroad. How easy is it to step outside our own cultural expectations? This is an intercultural The aim of this course is writing for film. Feature-length communication course aimed specifically at understanding screenplays demand a specific architecture. Students enter the intercultural interactions in business or in the workplace from class with an idea for a film, which can be based on something both theoretical and practical standpoints. On a practical they experience during their stay in Italy, a memory, a story they level, this course will involve the students’ active participation heard, a concept based on novel they read, or anything that in role play exercises and observations, and will help them to inspires them. The course is articulated in three parts. 1. Through predict and manage intercultural misunderstandings both in lectures, workshop discussions and scene work, students the workplace and in more informal social settings. Business explore and develop an understanding of the basic principles practices in different countries, in particular Italy and the USA, of screenwriting. Topics include: style, format, development, and individual case studies will be assessed and discussed geography, image, scene, sequence, plot vs. character, hearing according to these frameworks. voices. Students develop the subject. 2. Students learn how to build a coherent treatment — a summary of the events and major emotional arcs of the film’s three acts. They develop the Sport, Culture and Communication subject into a treatment. 3. Students complete their feature- COM 282 F length screenplay. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course explores the various meanings of sport, how these Media Ethics meanings may be interpreted, and how sports fits into the larger context of society. Students will examine how sport can COM 245 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 communicate cultural values, promote health, play an important role in prevention of chronic diseases and work effectively for Today’s communications are so complex and the problems social integration. Particular areas of interest include sport in they encounter happen so suddenly that we may not have time the context of the following: nationalism and civic pride, health to consider all of the ethical implications. Journalists, editors, and wellness, social deviance, gender, race, social stratification, professionals in advertising and public relations are called upon scholastic sport and higher education, and politics. Students will to weigh up potential benefits and harm by their actions in examine various texts and films that highlight the importance covering stories, in revealing facts that might otherwise be kept of sport in society. Special emphasis will be given to European private, and in respecting conflicting loyalties. They also find and Italian approach to sports. themselves confronted by situations in which they must choose between actions that seem equally right, or equally wrong. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Wartime and peacetime propaganda, the Western world’s information system, the PR industry, digital convergence and Intercultural Communication new frontiers for mass communication: everyone encounters COM 290 F; Dual listed: ANT 290 F ethical dilemmas. The goal of this course is to train you to face Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 what you will inevitably face in your professional careers and in The course, which introduces students to the basic patterns your private lives. of cross-cultural psychology and communication, proposes an analysis of communication behavior in interpersonal and intercultural, individual and group environments. Along with a LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 63 study of the influence of culture on identity, viewpoints, and Communication and Leadership communication, it progressively proposes all the theoretical COM 304 F; Dual listed: BUS 304 F concepts that are necessary to analyze communication in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 an interpersonal and intercultural context. Topics include: common communication difficulties, communication roles In time of crisis, the demand for responsible leadership is FLORENCE and proxemics. Special emphasis is placed on rituals, message urgent. It is necessary to transform this urgency into a reality patterns, clothing, myths, ideologies, and on the influence of when there is a lack of future prospects for young people, the mass media on our cross-cultural representation of reality. communities, and business institutions and organizations. This interactive practical course is designed to introduce students Prerequisites: Junior standing to the tasks, strategies, and skills of effective leadership. Course activities will move students from theories and concepts to the Conflict Resolution and Mediation Skills practical processes of leadership. Students will be exposed COM 292 F; Dual listed: PSY 292 F to the nature of leadership through presentation of objective Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 material and group activities. Topics will include motivation, This intensive course grounds students in the theory of the credibility, influence, power, communication styles, negotiation, methods of collaborative conflict resolution strategies and trains ethics, diversity, and current models of leadership. them to use those methods for a range of real-world situations. Central are techniques of proven professional effectiveness, Broadcasting: Italian Culture and Television in particular those of the National Conflict Resolution COM 305 F; Dual listed: CLT 305 F; SOC 305 F Center. The course includes an overview of interest-based Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 conflict resolution, effective communication skills (to prevent This course examines the development of commercial escalation), negotiation from a problem-solving (rather than television broadcasting, its beginnings in radio and its creation competitive) perspective, approaches for managing conflicts

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal of distinctive genres in Italy. Italian state and private television in personal and professional settings, and a strategy for leaders are analyzed and compared. The course also considers on campuses, communities, and workplaces. Students further different theoretical approaches to the analysis of television by learn the art of formal mediation with individuals and large investigating the various theories of its effects and the impact groups. Further techniques serve to deal with more intractable on other media. The course will examine today’s main trends, disputes in the realm of high-intensity, complex, and large-scale strategies and broadcast in Italian television. A strong link is conflicts. In addition to a highly structured process, students also provided between Italian television and Italian culture. learn culturally appropriate adaptations, how to manage impasse, and how to handle highly emotional people. Taught Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent by NCRC instructors. Creating the Multimedia Sports Narrative Public Relations COM 351 F COM 300 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 In this course, students gain first-hand experience in We will study the definitions, functions and evolution of public using various media tools to create sports narratives. This relations, including the application of PR theory and ways to includes using text, video, audio, and still pictures to create plan a PR campaign (planning process, issue analysis, research dynamic sports stories. Students will begin by studying and methods and strategies). The different fields in which public discussing successful multimedia sports stories for journalistic, relations practitioners operate will be presented in relation to promotional, and literary functions, examining the role of case studies and exercises: media relations, event management, author, audience, and goal. Particular focus will be given crisis management, corporate identity, internal/external to successful sports blogs that maintain a distinctive voice. communications, community relations, international PR and Students will also examine the role of culture and context in marketing support, and effectiveness evaluation. Finally, future creating these narratives. Students will connect with local perspectives and new technological opportunities will be taken sports organizations and sporting communities to develop into account, trying to define new boundaries for a discipline story ideas and establish visual elements. Then, in consideration too often underrated or misunderstood. of the digital tools available, students will create and publish their own multimedia sports stories, ranging from photo essays Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent personality to video driven content to written narratives to stories containing all these elements. In the class, each student War and Media will be responsible for building their own multi-media spots COM 301 F; Dual listed: POL 301 F; PST 301 F “blog” that will serve as the foundation and portfolio of their Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 work. Students will be responsible for filing weekly “stories,” This course analyses the role played by the media in the using all the aforementioned techniques, while working towards evolution of national and international wars. We will investigate a substantial, final project. Students will share and critique each the extent to which the media either influence decision-making other’s work each week during class. about military interventions or serve as tools in the hands of government officials seeking to influence public opinion. A Global Sports Marketing number of media-related phenomena will be studied including COM 352 F the CNN effect, agenda setting, real time policy, media diplomacy, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 media war, news management and propaganda, through the This course will cover the practice of sports marketing in the examination of key international conflicts, especially since increasingly globalized athletic economy. Students will begin 1950. Several different topics will be explained to understand by discussing the global sports economy and the creation of the intersection between war and media: the proliferation international sports brands. Students will study the different of satellite technologies and the internet; the importance of aspects of sports marketing, from sponsorships to event the international TV networks (like CNN and al Jazeera); the planning to understanding publics and publicity, all within the role of still and moving images; the importance of journalists complex nature of international sporting events and audiences. and journalistic routines; the relevance of press conferences, Students will examine the difference in marketing practices briefings, and official statements; the representation of war across nations and cultures and study the challenges of in movies and artists’ works; the media gap between “North” marketing international sporting events to varied audiences. and “South”; the emergence of “non-Western” media; and also Students will also look at the impact of globalization on the the spread of ethnic conflicts and terrorism, and the more and needs of corporate sponsorships, as well as the impact of more asymmetric nature of war. global sporting events on local and international communities. Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or HIS 130 Students will examine case studies of various global sporting Western Civilization, or POL 150 Introduction to Political events to better understand best practices. By the end of the Science, or equivalents class, students will create a strategic marketing plan for an international sporting event.

64 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Sport in Global Cinema and Television Journalism Internship COM 353 F COM 363 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 This course will examine portrayals of sport in various forms This internship provides practical and professional experience in movies and television programs from different nations and in the field of Journalism. The intern is monitored by both FLORENCE cultures. Students will begin by examining the history of sport the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The in film and television. Students will look at the techniques and grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects narratives used to portray sport, noting various themes, ideas, assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall and stylistic choices that are commonplace in the creation of the evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student sport narrative in these mediums. Students will look at the way internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The placement in which sport speaks to and exists within the society in which is with a local newspaper. Interns develop and carry out various the film was produced, with a particular focus on similarities activities which may include but are not limited to: researching and differences amongst different countries and societies. news outlets, pitching and writing news and feature articles; The course will also examine the way in which the “other” is translation from Italian into English; photojournalism; street portrayed in sport films and programs, again looking for how journalism; copy editing and proofreading; picture research; this varies across the globe. Primary discussion topics include administrative work on secondary publishing projects (books, race, gender, class, national identity, and various social issues apps, digital content); attending press conferences and events. built into the sports narrative. Films and television programs Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to will include fiction, non-fiction, as well as documentary projects change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference focused on sport. Throughout the course, students will present letters, formal letter of intent, writing sample. Students papers and presentations on assigned films and readings. who enroll must submit supporting documentation by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result Communications Internship: LdM Web TV of an onsite interview during the first week of the term and an Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal COM 361 F; Dual listed: FVM 361 F Italian language placement test. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 Prerequisites: 1) English/Writing/Journalism majors of This internship provides practical and professional experience junior standing; 2) Intermediate Italian 2 completed (ITL 202 in the field of Communications. The intern is monitored by level) and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The Exceptional written English required. Recommended: strong grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects writing and communication skills assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student Communication in Public Administration internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The placement Internship is with the LdM Web TV. Interns develop and carry out various COM 364 F; Dual listed: ITC 364 F activities which may include but are not limited to: script Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 writing, multimedia writing, interviews, research, video work, editing, and website management. This internship provides professional experience in the field of Communications at a prestigious public office. The intern Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, supporting documentation by the application deadline, and and an overall evaluation. Ten/twelve hours weekly at the acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview internship site; student internship schedules and onsite duties during the first week of the term. may vary. The internship provides an inside look into Florence’s Prerequisites: Communications/Journalism/Film majors of Public Administration. With this unique experience the students junior standing. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous but establish themselves as part of a communications team and is not required learn valuable technical skills, while providing information to the English speaking community of Florence. Interns develop and Communications Internship carry out various activities which include but are not limited COM 362 F to: translating important news and announcements from Italian Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 into English; finding the main points of an official document and making a short summary of those points for online publication; This internship provides practical and professional experience using specific databases and maintaining a website; working as in the field of Communications. The intern is monitored by a liaison with external offices; drafting translations from English both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The into Italian. grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The placement letters, writing sample in English, formal letter of intent in Italian. is with a Communications agency. Interns develop and carry Students who enroll must submit supporting documentation out various activities which may include but are not limited to: by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional writing new articles; updating and adapting pre-existing articles upon result of an Italian language placement test and an onsite for different media formats; database entry; contributing to interview during the first week of the term. Proficiency in Italian blogs, social media, websites; developing new projects. required. Since the translations are from Italian into English, high proficiency in written and read English is expected. Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference Prerequisites: Advanced Italian 1 completed (ITL 301 level) letters, formal letter of intent, writing sample. Students and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). who enroll must submit supporting documentation by the Recommended: strong writing and communication skills; application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result translation experience of an onsite interview during the first week of the term and an Italian language placement test. Public Relations Internship Prerequisites: 1) English/Writing/Journalism majors of COM 365 F junior standing; 2) Intermediate Italian 2 completed (ITL 202 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 level) and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). This internship provides practical and professional experience Exceptional written English required. Recommended: strong in the field of Public Relations. The intern is monitored by writing and communication skills both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The placement is at a local company. Interns develop and carry out various

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 65 activities which may include but are not limited to: drafting issues such as population growth, natural resource pitches and press releases; social media management; blog management, biodiversity and global changes, wilderness, writing; marketing research on effective and creative PR food production, and changing habitats. Emphasis is placed on strategies and client possibilities in various markets; analyzing situating global environmental issues within an earth-systems client materials and online presence to improve and expand its science framework including climate change, pollution, land FLORENCE marketing communications; give creative input for innovative and coastal degradation, water resources, and habitat loss. Public Relations solutions for new projects. Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to Tuscany and its Environment change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference ENV 230 F letters, formal letter of intent, writing sample. Students Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 who enroll must submit supporting documentation by the Particular emphasis is given to the relationship between the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result geography and history of the region, from the Etruscans, the of an onsite interview during the first week of the term. first inhabitants of the area, to modern Tuscany. We will focus Prerequisites: Public Relations majors of junior standing with on the rural heritage of Tuscany, in particular on its influence on at least 2-3 prior courses in the field. Fluency in Italian may be the society and economy of the region. In the second part the advantageous but is not required course we will focus on the main geographical, historical and cultural features of Tuscan cities (Florence, Siena, Arezzo, Pisa, Livorno and Lucca) and on the relevant geographical areas EDU - Education or the region (Mugello, Casentino, Garfagnana, Apennines, Chianti and Maremma). The main economic characteristics (craftsmanship, industry and tourism) of the region will be Peace Education highlighted. The last part of the course is centered on the

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal EDU 302 F; Dual listed: PST 302 F importance of the perception of Tuscany and of Tuscan Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 landscapes by English-speaking cultures from the 19th century This course moves from the description of crucial personalities onwards. to the development of an educational framework for peace. Students will investigate some historical cases such as the Sustainable Food inspiring ideas and practical experiences of Gandhi in India and ENV 280 F; Dual listed: NUH 280 F Maria Montessori in Italy, who founded houses for children at Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the beginning of the last century. Students will also explore the experiments of Danilo Dolci and his collaborators in Sicily, and This course explores food and gastronomy in the light of the achievements of Lorenzo Milani in Tuscany. We will explore environmental preservation, sustainable agricultural practices, possible resonances between these activities and those of the conservation of biological and culinary diversity and young Americans in the 1960s, who moved to the southern US global justice. Drawing on a multi-disciplinary perspective and founded popular schools as part of the struggle against which brings together academic research and the traditional racial segregation. Arriving at the present, we will give examples knowledge of farmers and producers, students will explore the of the reciprocal maieutical method applied to adolescents in complexity of food and food systems through an analysis of schools by using the autobiographical approach. What kind of their nutritional, social, and environmental aspects. They will needs do they express? What kind of ideals? What do peace, be encouraged to reflect on the sustainable food movement in intercultural relations and social participation mean in their a holistic manner, and to question the roles of individuals and daily lives? consumers in today’s global food system. Prerequisites: Junior standing

Education Internship GND - Gender Studies EDU 361 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 Women, History and Culture This internship provides practical and professional experience in GND 250 F; Dual listed: CLT 250 F the field of Education, for the pre-school, kindergarten, primary, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 or secondary levels. The intern is monitored by both the onsite The course surveys the changing roles and perceptions of supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by women in Western history and culture from ancient times to the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly the present. The relatively recent political enfranchisement reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly of women and the rise of feminist thought and theory offer at the internship site; student internship schedules and onsite a framework and a destination. Students examine a wide duties may vary. The placement is with a private school. Interns variety of exemplary roles (wife, mother, priestess, nun, etc.) develop and carry out various activities which may include but and individuals. Matrifocal societies and the widespread cult of are not limited to: teaching the English language to children the Mother Goddess were supplanted by patriarchal traditions, and adolescents aged 3 to 18, organizing didactic plans and examined through Judaism and the Classical Greek world and activities, taking care of children aged 18 months to 3 years. their ideas, texts, mythologies, and social strategies. Students Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to next explore the religious, social, and medical views of the first change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference millenium and a half of the CE. With the Renaissance arrive letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit new and better-documented perceptions by and of women. supporting documentation by the application deadline, and Social policies and both high and popular culture reveal acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview persistent prejudices. The Early Modern era brings changes during the first week of the term. in social position as women become agents in the arts and sciences. Women’s Rights are inscribed upon wider social and Prerequisites: Education or Child/Adolescent Psychology cultural struggles of the modern world. In conclusion, students majors of junior standing. Fluency in Italian may be encounter constructions of women present in today’s culture advantageous but is not required and media, and still unresolved issues. Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent

ENV - Geography and Environmental Women’s Contemporary History Studies GND 255 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Introduction to Environmental Issues The aim of this course is to introduce students to the history of ENV 180 F women’s rights’ movements (educational, political, economic, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 sexual and reproductive) around the world and for the past century and a half. We will consider how “women’s issues” Introduction to ecological concepts that provide a foundation have changed over time, how feminism and feminist questions for understanding present and future critical environmental

66 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 have arisen in very different contexts, and how movements for Roman traditions, the Christian Middle Ages, to the Renaissance women’s liberation have developed. We will analyze and discuss and Reformation eras. In our analysis, interdisciplinary a variety of primary sources (like historical documents, photos, approaches are of great importance, allowing us to move literary sources, movies and documentaries etc.), which should between history, religion and mythology, philosophy, visual provide students with a framework, chronological historical arts, literary sources and legal documents. Includes discussions overviews and resources for enriching their knowledge of this to build comprehension of the phenomenon of prostitution FLORENCE complex set of cultural traditions. We will initially consider in our contemporary Western societies, for necessary insight some of the implications of the study of women’s history, into where we stand at the moment in terms of the extent and dealing with the broad themes necessary to understanding nature of the phenomenon and how we perceive, research and women’s history around the world. During the first part of the understand it. course we will examine issues that have shaped the history of Prerequisites: Junior standing women in particular places and during particular eras, starting with the European and American movements for human and women’s emancipation in the mid-nineteenth century. Later, Women Characters in 20th Century Fiction in the second part of the course we will approach the subject GND 303 F; Dual listed: LIT 303 F of global feminism as it has developed over the last decade, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 discussing current trends in gender and women’s history from This course explores some of the most interesting and a regional perspective. important women characters in 20th-century European and Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent American fiction. Such characters will include those created by male writers such as Molly in James Joyce’s Ulysses, Connie in D. H. Lawrence’s Lady Chatterley’s Lover, Sarah in John Fowles’ Love, Beauty and Natural Selection: the The French Lieutenant’s Woman, and Vladimir Nabokov’s Lolita. Science and the Myths However, the course also seeks to compare and contrast such GND 280 F; Dual listed: PSY 280 F creations with female characters emerging from fiction written Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 by women, for example Virginia Woolf’s Orlando, Anna in Doris Evolutionary psychologists claim that men and women differ Lessing’s The Golden Notebook, Christa Wolf’s Cassandra, or substantially in their attitudes and abilities; they theorize that Villanelle in Jeanette Winterson’s The Passion. We will assume a beauty and attractiveness are signals of good health, good gendered perspective to compare men and women writers and genes, or other qualities, and that all forms of human love are their different interpretations of womanhood; yet we shall also unconscious strategies for passing on these qualities to the next try to overcome the enclosures of critical theories and show generation. These theories make excellent stories for popular how great literature can never be reduced to a mere system. science writers, which will often present them as proven facts Our position as readers will be of the utmost importance: the that are very relevant to everyday life. However, this is far main focus of the course will be on reading and the pleasures from true. Even a shallow examination of the theories and the it might offer. data supporting them will demonstrate that, although entirely plausible, many hypotheses made by evolutionary psychologists Women in Religion are controversial, have very little empirical evidence supporting GND 316 F; Dual listed: PHR 316 F them, and will usually have very little practical relevance to Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 people. Throughout the course we will learn the theoretical Women have been by turns defined by, harmed by, excluded bases of modern evolutionary biology, review the most popular from, but also enriched by religions. Often they have been theories of evolutionary psychology (e.g. psychological gender and still are barred from equal spiritual footing with men in differences, sexual love, marriage, parental love, female beauty, many religious institutions. But how do sacred texts and rituals male beauty, sperm competition, female orgasm), observe the define who we are and what roles we have as men and women? way they are presented in the media, and critically examine the What do religious traditions teach communities about gender, science that supports them. The case studies we will encounter bodies, sexuality, and the divine? This course considers the will inspire a more general reflection on the potential limitations difficult question of gender (im)balances from within 3 major of the scientific method, and on the potential flaws of modern monotheistic Abrahamic religious traditions, namely Judaism, popular science communication. Christianity and Islam. Students will examine both the influences that religions have on women - through texts that have been Women of the Medici written for, about and against women, - and also the interrelated GND 290 F; Dual listed: HIS 295 F influence that women have on religions - through texts written Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 by women as individual participants of the religious experience This course is an introduction to the important women of the or by feminist religious scholars who are challenging gender- house of the Medici (1368 - 1743). Particular emphasis will be exclusive language, roles and institutions. This course asks given to their biographies and their unique roles in history. The questions of current relevance about the changing roles of Medici are the best-known and most prestigious Italian family, women inside religious communities, in the public sphere of their history developed over four centuries and embraced leadership and authority, in the family and in everyday life. By thirteen generations. Their name is linked to the history of examining traditional cultural beliefs and values derived from Florence. From simple bankers and merchants they became religions, and by using interfaith and gender perspective lenses, one of the most important families in Europe. In the story of the course aims to offer resources to understand, evaluate and the Medici family only a few of the women lived and acted as possibly challenge traditional roles. equals to men. Yet, some of these Medici women were more intelligent, more open and more positive than many of their masculine counterparts. We will explore four centuries of the HIS - History Medici family, its men, its children, its power and its role in Florentine, Italian and European life, looking through the lens Western Civilization of the Medici women’s lives. HIS 130 F Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent, or Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 sophomore standing Survey of cultural, social and political developments in the western tradition between its origins in the Ancient Near East History of Prostitution and the present. Themes include: the Judeo-Christian and Greco- GND 295 F Roman heritages, medieval to modern Europe, nationalism, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 industrialization, western imperialism, totalitarianism and The course analyzes the historical evolution of the concepts of two World Wars, challenges of the later 20th and early 21st sexuality and the body in the Western tradition, focusing on centuries. prostitution as a complex phenomenon where gender roles, sexual practices, religious and moral views, social power and legal boundaries intersect. The time period covered goes from the earliest historic cultures, through the classical Greek and

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 67 Making of Modern Europe from Antiquity to official acceptance of Christianity, and the imposition of humanistic culture. In culture, politics and society, this long French Revolution period witnessed a reorientation of values and enormous HIS 150 F shifts in the configuration of Europe. In the visual arts, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 efforts to interpret classical artistic language were flanked FLORENCE The course will explore the vast physical, social, political and by innovative contributions from different cultures. As mental changes that occurred in European societies from the students study historical and literary sources, archaeology as rise of Mediterranean civilization until the French Revolution. well as architecture, sculpture and painting, they acquire a This long-term perspective will help students to understand chronological map of the essential developments, learning to the turning points in European history and the historical roots distinguish between eras, and to interrelate political, social, of contemporary European states. Particular attention will be economic and cultural trends. Rejecting the popular notion of devoted to the influence of Roman civilization on subsequent a “dark age” of culture in the Middle Ages, we shall emphasize European empires and states. The evolution of Europe’s external the concept of historic evolution. Topics include: the Late relations will be another key topic of the course. The imperial Roman Empire, the Barbarian invasions, monasticism, medieval expansion of Rome, the barbaric invasions, the Crusades and Christianity, the Crusades, the rise of the Italian city-states, the finally the new forms of European colonialism will be analyzed Black Death, and the roots of the Renaissance; Early Christian, and explained. The third main theme of the course will be the Carolingian, Ottonian, Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic Art. process of nation building in modern Europe, the rationale Italian developments and monuments receive special attention, for the rise of nations and empires and the dynamics of the and site visits in Florence and Tuscany form an essential new system of states and international relations that appeared component of the course. with the so-called Ancien Régime. This part of the course will provide students with a very important tool for understanding Florentia: the Ancient Roots of Florence contemporary Europe and elements of historical methodology

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal HIS 215 F; Dual listed: CLA 215 F as well as elements of political theory which will be useful for Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 other courses on European history and politics. This course analyzes the ancient past of Florence from its origins to the end of the Roman Empire. A few aspects concerning Europe from 1815 to the Present the Barbarian rulers will also be considered. The ancient town HIS 155 F of Florentia will be discovered during each lesson through a Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 variety of sources: written texts from ancient and medieval The course explores the major developments in society, politics, authors, archaeological evidence, past excavations and recent culture, and outlook in Europe between 1815 and the present. discoveries, artifacts and items housed in local museums as well Themes include the technological and ideological revolutions as objects unearthed in recent years. Emphasis will be placed of the nineteenth century, nationhood and national problems on the urban pattern by tracing and locating the main temples (some still unsolved), the two World Wars, and the difficult and sacred spaces, public buildings and private houses. Beyond path to contemporary united Europe. The values of the French acquiring a basic chronology and a timeline, students will Revolution (liberty, equality, brotherhood) affected European closely examine selected topics about Roman civilization, art history in an unprecedented way, partly through Napoleon’s and architecture, lifestyle and customs. To better understand empire. The rise of new ideologies including liberalism, certain themes, a number of visits and field trips are planned, socialism, imperialism, and nationalism changed the shape of including to the National Archaeological Museum of Florence Europe forever, as did the upheavals of the Industrial Revolution. and little-known archaeological areas. We will relate totalitarian regimes (chiefly Bolshevik Russia, Fascist Italy, and Nazi Germany) to the origins and aftermath The Holocaust: Jewish and Christian of World War II. The postwar balance of world power forced European nations to redefine their identities and global roles. Responses If the Cold War, symbolized by the Berlin Wall, expressed deep HIS 235 F; Dual listed: PHR 240 F breaches within Europe, today’s European Union represents Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 a new approach to overcoming national divisions through This course is an introduction to the legacy of the Holocaust political and economic integration. This course provides tools and its religious implications. The course explores Christian for understanding contemporary Europe, and elements of anti-Judaism as one of many factors in the Nazi rise to power historical methodology and political theory useful for further and the “Final Solution”. It then proceeds to various accounts study of European history and politics. of life in the Nazi ghettoes and death camps and deals with Christian and Jewish efforts to remember the Holocaust within Ancient Rome particular communities and places. The course will focus on the Holocaust of the Italian Jews. It will begin with an analysis HIS 200 F; Dual listed: CLA 210 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of the emergence of the Fascist movement in Italy, which led to the Racial Laws. It will proceed with the study of specific This course offers a comprehensive introduction to the history stories of persecution, deportation and salvation in the various and growth of the ancient Roman empire from the early cities of Italy. We will study in depth the reaction of the Vatican settlements in Latium, through the republican and imperial to the Holocaust. In addition we will analyze the reactions of periods, to the formation of a new Roman world after the crisis Italian society, starting right after the war up until today, to the of the 3rd century. A series of themes and issues will be explored: Holocaust. the range of primary sources available for ancient history; the political organization of the Roman state; the territorial expansion and its influence on the cultural and administrative War in the Greek and Roman Worlds sphere; Roman religion and the spread of Christianity; the HIS 246 F; Dual listed: CLA 246 F Roman frontiers and the barbarian populations; and the end Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of the Roman world and the birth of a new society. In order An exploration of warfare in ancient Greece and Rome in terms to stimulate students’ critical skills in observing historical of values and ideology, impact on society, practices, arms and phenomena, a problem-oriented approach will be supported artefacts, and representations. For Greece the focus is on the by readings of primary sources. Students will also have the fifth-century through the Hellenistic era, while for Rome the chance to observe different approaches to understanding entire time-span from monarchy through the empire and late the past and will develop a sense of the role of historians and Antiquity is considered. Students analyze the strategy and history in society. the unfolding of major wars and events, as well as the careers of outstanding figures including Alexander the Great and the Medieval Civilization and Culture emperor Augustus, promoter of the pax romana. Students come to grips with the mindset and actual experiences of HIS 212 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 commanders and common soldiers as they prepared for campaigns and engaged in battles and sieges. The civilian This course explores the remarkable series of transitions experience of war is not ignored. Space is dedicated to the that Western civilization underwent between the years 313 problematic relationship between modern regimes and ancient and 1400 CE, dates corresponding to Emperor Constantine’s

68 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 military culture, notably the Italian fascist excavations of Lifestyle in Renaissance Florence imperial Roman sites for propagandistic ends. HIS 280 F; Dual listed: ART 280 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The Social World of Renaissance Italy Important Renaissance works of art, paintings, sculptures, and

HIS 248 F art objects like wedding chests and furniture, ceramics, and FLORENCE Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 jewels and luxurious clothing are often characterized by coats of From the age of communal civilization to the splendor of the arms, by family, individual, or wedding emblems, and by symbols Renaissance and beyond, this course explores the main social, that are deeply related to their powerful commissioners (such as cultural and religious developments that defined one of the the Medici, Rucellai, Strozzi, and Pitti families in Florence). The most intense periods in Italian history. The course is centered course will illustrate and investigate their possible meanings and around a gallery of portraits, common and uncommon people, connections with history, families, and artists of the Renaissance, each one representative of its own age. The peasant, the citizen, as well as with philosophy, astrology, and iconography from the the merchant and the friar will introduce us to the country and end of the 15th to the 16th century. city life in the age of the Commune. The scholar, the artist, the patron and the courtesan will bring us into the world of cultural Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science renewal in the age of the Renaissance. The religious rebel, the HIS 281 F; Dual listed: PHR 281 F inquisitor and the heretic will testify to the downfall of one age Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and the rise of a new cultural atmosphere. This approach will allow us to analyze the social and cultural movements through This course introduces science students to the historic the concrete lives of the individuals and to examine the historical developments of the basic principles and theories of modern phenomena in terms of individual choices and experiences. To physics, astronomy, engineering, chemistry, and biology. this purpose both the members of the élite and the common Students learn about the contributions of great Italian people will be explored in their behavior and values, daily scientists and mathematicians, from the early modern period, Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal practices and mentality. The city of Florence will provide vivid through the Enlightenment era, and the Twentieth Century. illustrations of the various developments dealt with. Figures studied include Leonardo da Vinci, Galileo, Vincenzo Viviani, Alessandro Volta, Enrico Fermi, and others. Ideas and discoveries are contextualized by exploring their impact (and The Quarters of Florence: History and Culture that of related technologies) on history and society. HIS 250 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The Renaissance Theory of Love The course offers students a first-hand experience of the HIS 285 F; Dual listed: PHR 285 F historical city of Florence, which from 1252 was divided into four Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 “quartieri” or quarters. Each quarter, which was named after the main church of the district, presents its own particular social, “Love” is a fundamental concept in our culture. A glance into political and urban characteristics, and these form the central contemporary literature, poetry and cinema will demonstrate themes of the course. Students will discover the prestigious the centrality of this notion still in modern days. During the families, major buildings, artistic masterpieces, economic Renaissance, the concept of “love,” which draws its basic activities and historical events that have characterized the tenets from Marsilio Ficino’s interpretation of Platonic love, development of each quarter from the medieval period to was even more central and predominant. This course will the modern age. Site visits will form an essential part of the begin with the study of the Neoplatonic metaphysical theory, learning experience. the basis of the Renaissance theory of love, as interpreted by Ficino in the fifteenth century, and will follow its development to more encompassing theories, such as that of Leone Ebreo, The Catholic Church and Society in Italy and especially to the manifestation of these theories in art and HIS 254 F; Dual listed: PHR 254 F literature (at times very light courtly literature), which became Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 very fashionable in the sixteenth century and known to a very Over the centuries the Catholic Church has had a major large and varied public. The course will consist of the study impact on Italian society, and its beliefs and traditions form a of various types of fifteenth and sixteenth primary sources central part of modern Italian culture. This course explores the (philosophical and literary) and of the study of the works of art, interaction of religion and society in Italy over a long period, especially of Titian and Michelangelo, backed with the reading beginning with the birth of Christianity, and moving onto early of up-to-date secondary sources. developments in Latin Roman times, the Middle Ages, the Prerequisites: PHR 130 Western Philosophy, or HIS 130 Western Renaissance, the Reformation and Counter Reformation, up to Civilization, or equivalents contemporary issues in the present day. Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or PHR 210 World The 1960’s: a Global Counter Cultural Religions, or equivalents Movement HIS 290 F The Jewish Experience in Italy: Traditions and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Culture The course aims to study this seminal decade through an HIS 262 F analysis of the most important historical, social, cultural and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 artistic achievements of the period, specifically in the USA, This is a general introduction to the rich and varied world of Italy, Great Britain and France. In the first part of the course the Jews in relationship to the history of Italy from the first students will explore the cultural climate marking the end of Jewish settlements till today. We shall examine the early the 1950’s and beginning of the 1960’s in the USA and in Europe history of the Jews of Italy from their arrival as imperial slaves (for example McCarthyism and Eurocommunism). Students during the ancient Roman Empire. Next we shall discover the will investigate how these elements contributed to the birth fascinating and dynamic relationships of the Jews as bankers, of a new public sensibility towards politics, minorities, women, artisans, authors and physicians. We shall see how the Jews, culture and social values. The central part of the course will while separated from the mainstream culture of Christian Italy, focus on some of the leading personalities of the time, such as gave a remarkable contribution to the ideas of Renaissance Martin Luther King, J. F. Kennedy and D. Cohn Bendit, and on civilization. Finally the course will examine the modern the main themes of the cultural debate of that time (pacifism, experience, from Napoleon and the Italian Risorgimento, new social values, individual creativity and racial integration). through the catastrophe of the Nazi Holocaust, to the Jewish The last part of the course will provide the opportunity to contribution to contemporary Italy. evaluate the achievements of the decade and reflect on its Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization recommended subsequent consequences.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 69 Women of the Medici much the same place held by natural science in today’s society. This course explores the spiritual and magical world conjured in HIS 295 F; Dual listed: GND 290 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the thought of important Renaissance thinkers such as Marsilio Ficino, Pico della Mirandola and Giordano Bruno, examining their This course is an introduction to the important women of the texts and visiting sites in Florence which made this city one of FLORENCE house of the Medici (1368 - 1743). Particular emphasis will be the great centers of Renaissance magic. By reinterpreting the given to their biographies and their unique roles in history. The Renaissance in the light of magic and imagination, the course Medici are the best-known and most prestigious Italian family, offers a fresh perspective on the origins of the modern world. their history developed over four centuries and embraced thirteen generations. Their name is linked to the history of Prerequisites: PHR 130 Western Philosophy, or HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalents Florence. From simple bankers and merchants they became one of the most important families in Europe. In the story of the Medici family only a few of the women lived and acted as Muslims, Jews and Witches: Outsiders in equals to men. Yet, some of these Medici women were more Medieval and Renaissance Europe intelligent, more open and more positive than many of their HIS 320 F masculine counterparts. We will explore four centuries of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Medici family, its men, its children, its power and its role in Florentine, Italian and European life, looking through the lens In the Medieval and Renaissance period Christianity provided of the Medici women’s lives. Europeans with a strong cultural identity that determined both the perception of otherness and the mechanisms of social Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent, or exclusion. This course analyzes European attitudes toward sophomore standing “outsiders” and examines the different patterns of relationship, discrimination, and persecution that emerged. The “others” lived Europe since 1945 far from Europe. The relationship with Muslims will be analyzed School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal HIS 299 F through the concept of holy war (in both versions, Jihad and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Crusade) while Columbus will guide us to the encounter with The course focuses on the history of Europe after World War II the Native Americans. The “others” lived in Europe. Because of until the present. It covers both Western and Eastern Europe, their religious diversity Jews were often perceived as potentially dealing with the political, economic and social developments dangerous, suffering discrimination and persecution. Likewise on the two sides of the iron curtain. It investigates the main for heretics, whose doctrinal and theological errors were not Western and Eastern European issues: the immediate post-war tolerated, or witches, who were believed to be inspired by the situation in the West (France, Great Britain and Italy) and in the devil, and thus blamed for crimes that ultimately originated in East (Poland, Czechoslovakia, Yugoslavia); the German problem collective fears, Europe’s inner demons. and German division; the Cold War in Europe and European Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent reactions (East and West); the Hungarian and the Suez crisis in 1956; the 1968 unrest and the Prague Spring; German-German Rise and Fall of the Medici relations; the roots of the crisis in the East and the events of the HIS 340 F 1980s (Poland); the end of the Cold War in Europe and German Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 reunification; the disintegration of the Eastern bloc and its consequences (Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Rumania, The course deals with the full story of this extraordinary family, former Yugoslavia); European integration from its origins to whose fortunes are traced over three hundred years (from the Eastern enlargement. These and many other themes will be late 14th century up to the early 18th century), from the rise discussed, considering the international background and the of the bank under Cosimo the Elder to the final collapse of relationships between the two superpowers. the house of Medici with the death of the last Medici in 1737. Since the power of the Medici family enabled its members Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent to rule Florence, control the papacy, act as the “needle of the Italian compass,” and sometimes influence the policies Italian Renaissance Civilization and Culture of an entire continent, the course will provide students with HIS 300 F an understanding of the history, politics and civic life of this Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 period. The Medici were statesmen, scholars, patrons of art, This course explores the historical, literary and cultural collectors, entrepreneurs and impresarios. Some of them were developments of one of the most remarkable and vibrant poets, others were popes. The course introduces students to periods of Italian history: the Renaissance. Students will philosophy and artistic movements by discussing the most be introduced to the main historical developments of the important achievements and the people who worked for the Renaissance period from the late fourteenth century to the end Medici, like Michelangelo, Poliziano, Donatello, Botticelli, and of the sixteenth century. The Renaissance is above all the age several musicians who worked at the Medici court in the 16th of the individual and the affirmation of his/her achievements, and 17th centuries. Visits to churches, museums, palaces and best summed up by the credo “Man – the measure of all things”. galleries, which are a significant part of the study of the Medici The focus of this course is therefore upon great personalities family, will supplement classes. of the Italian Renaissance mainly in the fields of the visual arts, Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent literature and philosophy, but also drawn from those of politics and civic life. These include key figures of the most prominent Magna Graecia: Ancient Greeks in Italy Italian families: the Medici, the Sforza, the Della Rovere; artists HIS 346 F; Dual listed: CLA 346 F and architects: Brunelleschi, Leon Battista Alberti, Leonardo Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 da Vinci, Michelangelo; writers, poets and philosophers: Dante, Petrarca, Boccaccio, Pico della Mirandola, Machiavelli, as well as Study of the extraordinary flourishing of ancient Greek culture merchants and bankers. All these individuals left their mark in in the region corresponding to present-day southern Italy. The Italy between the early 1400s and the late 1500s. course utilizes archaeological, literary, historical, and epigraphic evidence to provide an interdisciplinary understanding of Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent the area where Western civilization and its classical heritage developed. The Homeric age of the 8th and 7th centuries BCE The Role of Magic in Renaissance Thought saw the end of the Trojan War. Just as Odysseus went westward, HIS 318 F; Dual listed: PHR 318 F so did many Greek adventurers, traders, and refugees from Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the East. Greek city-states soon colonized the coastal areas of During the Italian Renaissance an extraordinarily talented southern Italy and Sicily, an area that became known as Magna collection of writers and thinkers embarked on a voyage of Graecia, “Greater Greece.” Its settlers mingled and intermarried rediscovery, uncovering the rich body of knowledge left by with the local population, while the great city-states of Sicily, ancient civilizations and creating a new and exciting synthesis including Syracuse and Selinus, more closely tied to mainland from what they found. In this synthesis magical thought Greece, even hosted such renowned Greeks as the philosopher exerted a central and prestigious influence. Regarded as the Plato and the tragedian Aeschylus. Indeed, the Greek alphabet key to understanding the nature of reality, magic occupied and traditions, mythology, religion, art and artifacts, philosophy, and political institutions all profoundly influenced the wealthy 70 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Etruscans in central Italy and eventually the Romans (Horace Literature and Journalism spoke of “Graecia capta”). Significantly, this influence did not LIT 260 F; Dual listed: COM 260 F supplant the deeply-rooted local languages and religions. The Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Etruscan and Roman worlds, unique classical civilizations in their own right, never became wholly Greek. This course will examine the principle relationships between literature and journalism in a comparative context, focusing on FLORENCE American and Italian writers. Authors extending from Poe to International Terrorism Buzzati, from the exponents of American New Journalism (T. HIS 380 F; Dual listed: POL 380 F Wolfe, N. Mailer, G. Talese, etc.) to postmodern writers Fallaci, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Tabucchi, among others, are considered. The course gives Examination of the phenomenon of terrorism, which may be particular attention to the reporter as a character, to fiction and defined as the calculated use of violence (or threat of violence) nonfiction style, and to ideas and theories of information, news, against civilians in order to attain goals relating to political chronicles, and the art of communication. ideology. The first part will deal with the “terror regimes” of the 20th century (including totalitarianism and Latin Florence in the Literary Imagination American dictatorships); the second part will study different LIT 275 F forms of terrorism in terms of (1) their geopolitcal arenas Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and (2) their goals among which political independence, or the destabilization of governments and democratic systems. Florence and Tuscany have long occupied a special place in the Includes close analysis of recent and current events. Anglo-American literary imagination. Since the Renaissance, English literature and culture have been permeated by Italian Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or POL 150 influences and specifically Tuscan ones. This course will take Introduction to Political Science, or equivalents the student through the early Tuscan influences on English

literature to then focus, through the study of travel notes, Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal The Second World War journals, novels and poems, on the works of those authors, HIS 390 F both British and American, who were inspired by the Tuscan Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and Florentine environment. The course will focus on a range The Second World War caused the death of about 50 million of novelists and poets such as P.B. Shelley, George Eliot, people and enormous destruction all over the world. The Elizabeth Browning, D.H. Lawrence, E.M. Forster, Thomas Harris, course examines the causes of the war, focusing upon the rise Magdalena Nabb, John Mortimer, Sarah Dunant and Salman of Nazism in Germany. It then focuses on the course of the Rushdie. Particular attention will also be given to films drawn war from a political, social and military point of view, taking from novels with Florentine settings - such as Romola (George into account the political strategies of the main powers, the Eliot) and A Room with a View (E.M. Forster). most important war campaigns and the suffering of the civilian populations. A special session will be devoted to the Many Italies, Other Italies: Modern Literary great tragedy of the Holocaust. The course will conclude by Representations examining the political consequences of the conflict: the new balance of power that was to last for almost 50 years, until the LIT 285 F; Dual listed: CLT 285 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 collapse of the Soviet Union. Focusing on Italian and Anglo-American literature and some Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent films, this course will explore the multiple representations of Italy in the twentieth and twenty-first Century. Far from being the homogeneous culture that is often perceived from abroad, LIT - Literature Italian culture is a very complex text where many different, and sometimes conflicting voices and images encounter. This course Survey of Western Literature aims to look beyond what may be seen as mainstream Italy to discover peoples often marginalized by dominant cultural LIT 150 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 norms and stereotypes. Starting with the critical examination of the idealized image of Italy propagated by many famous This course is an exploration of major texts from antiquity to foreigners throughout the ages, the course will then focus the present that have shaped and expressed Western cultural on the representation of Italy offered by its own writers and traditions (all readings are in English translation). Emphasis filmmakers. The texts that we will look into encompass many will be placed on the nature of genre, period, and style. The different peripheral voices that are nonetheless very powerful course also offers the opportunity to develop an awareness of and fundamental to a true understanding of the Italian culture: literature and the skills required to approach and understand it. southern Italians, Jewish Italians, emigrants (and Italian Americans), political dissidents, women, and more recently, Italian Crime Fiction immigrants from the global East and South are the voices LIT 220 F that have contributed to create a country of intrinsically great Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and complex ethnic, religious, linguistic and political diversity; From the middle of the twentieth century, Italian writers such voices that often remain unheard. as Gadda and Sciascia began to integrate into their novels and short stories certain aspects of the crime genre, in such a way Contemporary European Literature that the mystery element became an instrument for analyzing LIT 300 F contemporary Italian realities. By the 1990’s a new generation of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 writers such as Camilleri, Ammaniti and Lucarelli had developed The course will focus on European contemporary literature a specifically Italian approach to an international literary genre, surveying some of the most important authors of the last the “Italian noir”, which aims at revealing unpleasant truths to fifty years. Students will become familiar with Italian, English, a vast audience in an entertaining way. The goal of this course Spanish, German and French authors. The course will deal with is to explore some of the most representative works of the Nobel Prize winners such as Samuel Beckett (France/Ireland), crime fiction genre in contemporary Italian literature, from its Heinrich Böll (Germany), William Golding (England) and with early forms to the present. The study of these works will also other important novelists such as Martín Gaite (Spain), Italo involve an analysis of the strong socio-cultural dimensions Calvino, Antonio Tabucchi, Alessandro Baricco (Italy), Angela of contemporary Italy, which are the result of a complex Carter (England). The course will also take into consideration combination of geographical, historical, political and linguistic non-European authors who, living in Europe, have had a huge factors. These in turn affect different forms of organized and impact on European literature, among others Jorge Luis Borges unorganized crime, and differences in the relationship between and the Nobel Prize winner Gabriel García Márquez. citizens and the law. During the course students will also study LIT 150 Survey of Western Literature, or the relationship between Italian crime fiction and its foreign Prerequisites: equivalent counterpart, including the works of authors such as Dibdin, Highsmith and Harris.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 71 Shakespeare’s Italy required to develop an individually chosen project based on a complete translated work. At the end of the term, each student LIT 302 F; Dual listed: MCT 302 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 will be required to write a paper on a chosen text and then give a presentation in class about his/her own work. Shakespeare, the greatest English-language dramatist of all

FLORENCE time, set approximately one-fourth of his plays in Italian cities Prerequisites: LIT 150 Survey of Western Literature, or equivalent such as ancient Rome, Verona and Venice. In this course, we will focus on a small selection of his “Italian plays,” including “Romeo and Juliet” and “The Merchant of Venice,” in order to Dante, Petrarca, Boccaccio: Italian Literature see how Shakespeare combined historical evidence and fiction, of the 14th Century past and present, for dramatic effect and social commentary. LIT 315 F Students will work with primary sources; for the same purpose Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 they may also perform selected scenes. This course allows students to learn more about Shakespeare’s works and This course deals with the three most important figures of Italian personality, and about relations between Elizabethan literary literature of the 14th century: Dante, Petrarca and Boccaccio. All and theatrical culture and Renaissance Italy. authors will be placed in their historical context and appropriate political, artistic, philosophical and theological discussions will Prerequisites: LIT 150 Survey of Western Literature, or be integrated into the reading of their works. For example, equivalent discussion of Dante’s political thought will be developed through a reading of the relevant Cantos of his masterpiece the Women Characters in 20th Century Fiction Divine Comedy as well has some readings from the Monarchia. LIT 303 F; Dual listed: GND 303 F Together with Dante’s Divine Comedy, the literary works which Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 will receive the most attention will be Petrarca’s Canzoniere and Boccaccio’s Decamerone. The focus will be on how the School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal This course explores some of the most interesting and important women characters in 20th-century European and three poets contributed to the new Italian vernacular, rather American fiction. Such characters will include those created by than Latin, as a literary form. Previously the Italian language male writers such as Molly in James Joyce’s Ulysses, Connie in was only regarded as a means of communication and thus D. H. Lawrence’s Lady Chatterley’s Lover, Sarah in John Fowles’ considered a minor language until the literary revolution of the The French Lieutenant’s Woman, and Vladimir Nabokov’s Lolita. Trecento (14th century). However, the course also seeks to compare and contrast such Prerequisites: Junior Standing or LIT 150 Survey of Western creations with female characters emerging from fiction written Literature, or equivalent by women, for example Virginia Woolf’s Orlando, Anna in Doris Lessing’s The Golden Notebook, Christa Wolf’s Cassandra, or Italian Grand Tour: Italy through the Eyes of Villanelle in Jeanette Winterson’s The Passion. We will assume a gendered perspective to compare men and women writers and Famous Travellers their different interpretations of womanhood; yet we shall also LIT 350 F try to overcome the enclosures of critical theories and show Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 how great literature can never be reduced to a mere system. This course is an introduction to the literature generated by Our position as readers will be of the utmost importance: the the “Grand Tour” experiences between the 18th and the 19th main focus of the course will be on reading and the pleasures centuries and to its continuation and development in the it might offer. 20th century. The main focus will be the textual analysis of the memoirs, letters and diaries written by some of the most The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, famous artists, writers and intellectuals who resided and traveled in Italy. Our selection will include British, German and and the Origins of Western Literature American writers. Another important aspect of the course will LIT 306 F; Dual listed: CLA 306 F be the study of the history, the works of art, the monuments Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and the folklore events of the main Grand Tour destinations: The course is a general overview of ancient literature through Venice, Florence, Rome. Students will learn about the different the analysis and comparison of some of the oldest works of experiences of famous foreign travelers in Italy through the Western civilization. Through a reading of the most significant centuries and will be able to understand some stereotypes, chapters of the Iliad and the Odyssey, students will get in prejudices and idealized visions about Italy and Italians that still contact with the aristocratic world and heroes described by survive today. Homer in 8-7th century BCE, in order to reconstruct the society of early Greece in the Mycenaean period. The stories presented in the Iliad and Odyssey, considered the “Bible” of classical civilization, show how Greeks used myth to express archetypal MCT - Music, Cinema and Theatre values which became immortal for successive generations. Studies Myths are analyzed not only as amazing stories but also as bearers of important messages about life within society, and Italian Cinema and Society as primary forms of communication and instruction in a non- literate and oral society. The great influence of Greek myths on MCT 200 F; Dual listed: SOC 201 F Roman legends will also be seen through the reading of some Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 passages of the Aeneid - the national poem of Rome written This course explores Italian cinema from its origins to the by Virgil in the 1st century BCE - focusing on the link between present time, within the socioeconomic and historical context Roman history and Greek tradition. The hero of the work, of Italian culture and society. The course is based on the Aeneas, was the survivor of the fall of Troy and the ancestor of premise that film can be usefully employed for studying a Rome’s leaders. A comparison between Aeneas’ and Odysseus’ society’s history and culture, including such areas as customs, wanderings will conclude the course. ideologies, discourses, gender roles and social problems. Areas of particular focus will include Fascism, World War II, the Masterpieces of Italian Literature economic miracle, the southern question, political terrorism of the 1970s, commercial television, the Second Republic, the LIT 307 F Mafia, and the contemporary phenomenon of immigration. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Along the way we will be looking at some of the major works The focus of this course is on Italian writers and literary of key directors, as well as at the most important genres of movements from the 13th century to the present. Its goal is popular cinema, giving particular attention to the intellectual, to read some of Italy’s most representative literary works in historical, cultural, and literary matrix of each movie. Through translation and to examine their structure, novelty and relevance analyzing the ways in which Italian cultural, social and political to their times, and to our own times as well. This course is conflicts are portrayed and worked out both in art films and designed to bring works of Italian literature to the attention popular cinema, students will be encouraged to reach an of students who may have or may not have any knowledge understanding of the possibilities of film both as work of art of Italian. Topics will be introduced, followed by readings to and as cultural document. be commented on by the students. Each student will also be 72 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Introduction to Acting major emotional arcs of the film’s three acts. They develop the subject into a treatment. 3. Students complete their feature- MCT 205 F; Dual listed: PER 205 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 length screenplay. This course develops the skills and individual creative potential of students in expressing themselves in a theatrical context History of World Cinema: from Lumière to FLORENCE before an audience. Students learn the capacity to connect to Tarantino the imaginary life of a character, and a series of techniques to MCT 258 F act effectively in public. Course activities include a range of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 exercises, script analysis, and a performance in a public space The course is an introduction to the history, analytic concepts, (not necessarily a theatre). The course starts with observation and critical vocabulary necessary for understanding cinema and the relaxation of muscular tension, and goes on to the as a major art form of the 20th century. This course will look creation of a bridge between body and imagination, activating in particular at the history of different types of film style and the senses through a series of improvisations. In analyzing the storytelling, focusing on such movements and trends as early script, students learn to understand the meaning of “actions” cinema, European avant-garde, classical Hollywood cinema, and to find the script’s super-objective. Students will perform a Italian Neorealism, French New Wave, Postmodernism. It will specially selected “dramatic” story, which may be comedic, and also examine key directors, producers, stars and other pertinent which is either an adaptation of a published contemporary play, figures involved in the film industry. Along the way we will cover or else an original piece developed as a series of improvisations important developments in technology and trends in what was from on a novel or short story, under the teacher/director’s popular, critically acclaimed, experimental and socially relevant. guidance. Music and Film Understanding Movies: Theory and Practice

MCT 270 F Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal MCT 215 F; Dual listed: FVM 215 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This is an introductory course which explores the role of Moving images are among the most distinctive innovations and music in one of the most important 20th century artistic and experiences of the last century and remain one of the most entertainment media: film. The course surveys film music from enduring. In a media-dependent culture, developing a critical its silent era origins, in which music was a major component in understanding and practical knowledge of this form are vital. conveying emotions, up to the present. Topics for discussion This course studies the theory as well as the techniques of will include film music history and the history of films. In the filmmaking. It analyzes the ever-evolving cinematic language process, students will study the dramatic function of music as an in terms of both its historical development and its essential element of cinematic “diegesis” and emphasis, the codification elements, techniques and tools. Through the study of stylistic of musical iconography in the standard cinematic genres, choices and the construction of images and sequences, the basics of filmmaking musical forms, associative listening, students learn aesthetic and technical terms, rules, conventions, the important basic musical elements, film music techniques, and social assumptions used to build meaning. In a series of and how composers use them in film scoring. Some of the stylistic exercises, students engage in hands-on experience of cinema’s iconic scores and accompaniments will be discussed, video shooting. from silent era movies through he films of such directors as Hitchcock, Kubrick, and Fellini. Masterpieces of Western Art Music MCT 230 F Italian Theatre Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 MCT 275 F This course explores the major works of important composers in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 different periods of western music history from the Middle Ages This course covers the origins of Italian theatre from the early to the late 20th century. A wide variety of musical genres, from period to the beginning of the 20th century. Topics covered will Gregorian chant to modernist compositions, will be examined. include the Renaissance theatre (among others, Gli Ingannati, Students analyze works by such composers as Vivaldi, J. S. Ariosto, Secchi), Baroque theatre, Commedia dell’Arte, the Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Chopin, Verdi, Wagner, Puccini, 17th century and Goldoni, the 19th century theatre and its Tchaikovsky, Mahler, Stravinsky and Gershwin. The course connections with Opera (including Rossini and Verdi). The fosters both an understanding of the technical aspects of music course will conclude with the rise of modern theatre with a and of the cultural and social role that particular composers particular focus on Pirandello. and music have played in Western history and culture. Further, the course brings music history to life music through primary documents such as letters, reviews, biographical sketches, World Beat: Exploring Global Music memoirs, scores and other documents by composers, critics, MCT 280 F and educators that touch on virtually every aspect of Western Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 music. The course helps students to develop close listening This class, which deals with individuals and societies around skills and a shared vocabulary with which to discuss musical the world, aims to explore human musical life in its fullness experience. It also invites them to cultivate personal interests and diversity. It provides an overview of the most important and tastes (for example, by attending local musical events). musicians’ works with emphasis on their characteristics and Combining active listening and classroom discussion with roles in the technological development and survival of musical lecture format, the course is designed for students with no traditions in a global context of constant intercultural contact prior formal study of music. and change. It also proposes an original approach to so-called “ethnic music” via the study of the “world beat” or “world music” Screenwriting phenomenon, which represents the most contemporary aspect MCT 242 F; Dual listed: FVM 242 F; COM 242 F of ethnic music on the global market. All artists are presented in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 relation to their own musical roots, their traditional background and their socio-political statements and legacy. The aim of this course is writing for film. Feature-length screenplays demand a specific architecture. Students enter the class with an idea for a film, which can be based on something Italian Opera they experience during their stay in Italy, a memory, a story they MCT 285 F heard, a concept based on novel they read, or anything that Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 inspires them. The course is articulated in three parts. 1. Through The course surveys the historical and artistic evolution of lectures, workshop discussions and scene work, students Italian Opera, from its beginnings in the classical atmosphere explore and develop an understanding of the basic principles of the late Renaissance, through the extravagant Baroque, the of screenwriting. Topics include: style, format, development, passionate period of Romanticism up to the last exciting works geography, image, scene, sequence, plot vs. character, hearing of the early modern age. The bulk of the program is dedicated voices. Students develop the subject. 2. Students learn how to the great repertoire of the 1700s and 1800s, still today the to build a coherent treatment — a summary of the events and most popular and frequently performed. The course follows

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 73 a special approach exploring the social, philosophical and Shakespeare’s Italy literary forces that shaped Opera. Particular emphasis is placed MCT 302 F; Dual listed: LIT 302 F on the musical aspects of Opera, like the style of singing, the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 different roles on stage, the evolution of the orchestra and its instruments. The major operatic composers (Mozart, Rossini, Shakespeare, the greatest English-language dramatist of all FLORENCE Verdi, Puccini) are studied in depth, exploring the musical and time, set approximately one-fourth of his plays in Italian cities dramatic values of their masterpieces. such as ancient Rome, Verona and Venice. In this course, we will focus on a small selection of his “Italian plays,” including “Romeo and Juliet” and “The Merchant of Venice,” in order to Italian Culture through Music see how Shakespeare combined historical evidence and fiction, MCT 292 F; Dual listed: CLT 292 F past and present, for dramatic effect and social commentary. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Students will work with primary sources; for the same purpose This course offers students an approach to understanding they may also perform selected scenes. This course allows Italian culture and society through an exploration of its rich students to learn more about Shakespeare’s works and and varied musical traditions. Mountainous geography and personality, and about relations between Elizabethan literary political struggles have given Italy a wide variety of musical and theatrical culture and Renaissance Italy. styles and cultures. Taking the form of a musical journey across Prerequisites: LIT 150 Survey of Western Literature, or Italy, the course explores sacred, secular and dramatic music equivalent from the major Italian cities and also strays off the beaten path to discover the vibrant folk traditions of villages and rural communities. The course also explores the origins and influence Masters of Italian Cinema: Fellini of Italy’s dramatic and lyrical tradition, from the early multi- MCT 303 F media spectacles of 16th-century Florence to the patriotic Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal operas of Verdi and the realism of Puccini. Classes will include Italian cinema has been extremely influential in the development musical illustrations and demonstrations and students will also of international cinema. Completely reinvented after the Second be encouraged to go to related concerts and musical events in World War, the Italian “seventh art” has produced important Florence and Tuscany. Music offers an original and important directors who have combined an interest in national, social and perspective on the culture of Italy. political issues with a very strong personal style. The course, which focuses on a single master for the entire semester, Film Studies engages students in close analysis of several films, pertinent film studies criticism, and a range of interdisciplinary issues. MCT 295 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The master studied this term is one of the most acclaimed Italian directors, Federico Fellini. Winner of multiple Oscars, This course is an introduction to the study of film as an art form. including one for lifetime achievement, Fellini is a true Rather than take the Hollywood model as the “natural” form iconoclast, for whom the adjective “Fellinesque” had to be for a film, students will be encouraged to regard it as only one, invented. The course explores his innovative and bizarre style albeit predominant, form of film-making among many others. which magically blended reality and fantasy, broke common This exploration will be undertaken through an analysis of the filmmaking codes, changed cinema history, and continues to different elements and formal principles that make up a film and influence cinema. Students will analyze his major themes that an exploration of how these have evolved historically in a variety address relationships, family, society, and religion, obtaining a of movements. Students will view a number of landmark films unique and ironic perspective on Italian culture and society. and study how they combine different elements, such as sound, editing and mise-en-scène, to construct different narratives. Although the primary emphasis will be on aesthetics, films will Cinema of the Real: Documentary Films also be placed in their historical, political, technological and MCT 305 F economic contexts. The basic goal of this class is to develop Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 an understanding of the art and history of film, and to think The aim of this course is to explore documentary filmmaking critically about filmmaking. by analyzing - through extensive readings and screenings - its history and its peculiarities as a film genre. The evolution History of Italian Cinema of the documentary film genre will be studied from the birth MCT 298 F of cinematography to today’s productions and technology, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 focusing on representative directors and works. We will examine major modes and trends of non-fiction movies This is an intermediate level course dealing with the through over 100 years of cinema history, exploring fields development of Italian cinema from Neorealism to the present like ethno-anthropology, political propaganda, war, historical time. Renowned directors such as Rossellini, De Sica, Visconti, events, art and sociology in order to provide students with Fellini, Antonioni, Pasolini, and the most significant works of both theoretical and historical understanding. The course will both Neorealist and post-Neorealist times (Rome Open City, also focus on contemporary filmmakers and on the possibilities The Bicycle Thief, Riso Amaro, La Strada, etc.), will be analyzed. offered by new media and new devices for non-fictional The influences of Fascism, post-war crisis, the economic miracle, depiction of reality. and the protests of 1968 will be taken into consideration, along with the most common themes in Italian cinema such as Prerequisites: an introductory course in Film Studies social injustice, psychological and existential analysis, neurotic alienation, crisis and decadence of the bourgeoisie and the The Venice Film Festival overall ironic portrayal of Italian society. Genre, techniques, MCT 315 F style, language and symbolism will be discussed. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The course surveys the history of the Venice Film Festival, the Italian and European Theatre oldest of international film festivals, from its birth in 1932 up to MCT 300 F the present. Initially, the task was to launch Italian films abroad, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and to present international movies to an Italian audience; today, This course is a survey involving the growth and structure of the Festival aims to promote all aspects of world cinema “as an Italian comedy and its influence on European theatre, from the art, as an industry and as entertainment, in a spirit of freedom Latin sources (Plautus and Terence) to the Commedia dell’arte. and tolerance”. The course will explain the role and influence Topics covered will include Italian and European playhouses and that the Festival has had on the history of cinema, underscoring their development, Renaissance comedy, Renaissance court how many directors, actors, films and even national film theatre, Baroque comedy, “Commedia dell’arte.” The course will industries have attained renown by receiving awards at the present the work of playwrights such as Machiavelli, Ariosto, Venice Film Festival. Some iconic and representative films will Goldoni. The influence on European theatre will be studied be analyzed and discussed. taking into consideration mainly English drama (dealing with Prerequisites: an introductory course in Film Studies dramatists such as Gascoigne, Shakespeare and Ben Jonson), but also Spanish and French theatre.

74 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 PHR - Philosophy and Religious Environmental Philosophy PHR 230 F Studies Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Global warming, the energy crisis, land degradation, nuclear

Western Philosophy issues and pollution. These are only some of the many FLORENCE PHR 130 F environmental issues caused by human activities. For many Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 people science and technology offer the ultimate hope for This course presents major questions and thinkers of western solving these problems. However, environmental issues raise philosophy. Key methods and terms of philosophical inquiry fundamental questions about how to balance conservation are explored. Provides a broad overview of major historical with the use of natural resources: how should we relate to directions, systems and schools of philosophy in the western the environment? Which ends should we pursue? Hence, the tradition from the pre-Socratics to the present. Discussion principal focus of the course will be on environmental ethics. centers upon perennial themes such as the existence of God, Science and technology can, at best, provide us with some the nature of knowledge, proof and reasoning, and ethics. means for attaining these ends. The reason for calling this Serves as the basis for further courses in philosophy. course environmental philosophy and not merely environmental ethics comes from the belief that ethical issues relating to the environment require a wider field of discourse before they can Introduction to Italian Philosophy be intelligently settled. For this purpose, the course embraces PHR 185 F environmental philosophy in its broadest sense, including not Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 only environmental ethics, but also environmental ontology, While introducing students to philosophy as a discipline in term aesthetics and theology. The course explores a variety of of methods, contents and questions, the course examines the schools of environmental thought with special emphasis on evolution of the main schools of Italian philosophical thought. traditional human-centered as well as on alternative bio-centric Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal The focus is on its main thinkers and fundamental concerns ethical theories. from the Middle Ages through the rich debates of the late Renaissance, with its reforms and Age of Science. However, The Holocaust: Jewish and Christian since the roots discussions by Italian philosophers over time lie in ancient philosophy the course begins with study of some key Responses ideas of Greek, Roman and Early Christian thinkers. Attention PHR 240 F; Dual listed: HIS 235 F is given to the cross-influences between Catholicism and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 philosophy that are one of the special traits of the the Italian This course is an introduction to the legacy of the Holocaust cultural heritage. Among the thinkers analyzed are Socrates, and its religious implications. The course explores Christian Plato, Aristotle, St. Augustine, St. Thomas Aquinas, Dante, anti-Judaism as one of many factors in the Nazi rise to power Petrarch, Marsilio Ficino, Pico della Mirandola, Machiavelli, and the “Final Solution”. It then proceeds to various accounts Giordano Bruno and Galileo Galilei. of life in the Nazi ghettoes and death camps and deals with Christian and Jewish efforts to remember the Holocaust within World Religions particular communities and places. The course will focus on PHR 210 F the Holocaust of the Italian Jews. It will begin with an analysis Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of the emergence of the Fascist movement in Italy, which led to the Racial Laws. It will proceed with the study of specific This course is designed as an historical and cultural survey stories of persecution, deportation and salvation in the various of the basic teachings and doctrines of the major religious cities of Italy. We will study in depth the reaction of the Vatican traditions of the world: Judaism, Christianity and Islam, to the Holocaust. In addition we will analyze the reactions of Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. The course will Italian society, starting right after the war up until today, to the examine a significant number of specific themes in all religions Holocaust. studied such as the nature of this world and of the universe; the relationship between the individual and the transcendent; ultimate reality; the meaning and goals of worldly life; the Mysteries and Sacred Knowledge in importance of worship and rituals; ethics and human action. Architecture Excerpts from important texts of each tradition will be analyzed PHR 243 F; Dual listed: ART 243 F such as The Torah, The Bible, The Koran, The Upanishads, The Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Bhagavad Gita, The Tao Te Ching, Chuang-Tzu, Buddhist Sutras, This course explores the architecture of various past cultures The Tibetan Book of the Dead, and The Confucian Canon. relative to their belief systems, and links this to contemporary During the course students will also learn the basic principles practice. It reads buildings and spaces as the products of of meditation. diverse forms of special sacred knowledge or wisdom, whose language can be reconstructed, understood, and enjoyed. Key Logical Thinking themes include: esotericism; concepts of harmony, proportion PHR 225 F and geometry; numerology; astrology and cosmology; the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 architect as creator; symbolism; ornament. Cultures examined This introduction to logic provides students the tools to develop include ancient Egypt, classical antiquity (Greece and Rome), logical thinking and sound reasoning skills. Logic is an essential ancient India (vaastu), ancient and modern China (feng shui), tool in many academic fields, and it constantly plays a vital medieval, Renaissance and Enlightenment Europe. From the role in our daily lives. Logic is the basis for valid arguments to proportions of a pyramid to a freemason’s lodge, from the convince others, while analytical and critical thinking skills serve capitals of a cathedral to the planning of a residence or square to evaluate positions taken by others, including the powerful in ancient or Renaissance Rome, the course seeks common and persuasive appeals made by commercial and political elements that may connect all cultures. Students discover new advertisers in this digital age. Students will analyze both media interpretative keys that offer profound perspectives on the art and internet sources and learn how to construct well-reasoned and craft of architecture, from antiquity to today. arguments on a variety of topics The course deals with traditional logic, with concepts and techniques of modern logic, Anthropology of Religion: Death and Ritual in and with some philosophical issues related to critical reasoning. the Past Basic concepts explored early in the course include logic itself, PHR 252 F; Dual listed: CLA 252 F; ANT 252 F the structure of arguments, how to distinguish arguments from Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 non-arguments, deductive from inductive arguments, and how to evaluate such arguments in terms of their validity, strength, Religion is based on a combined system of beliefs and practices soundness and cogency. In addition, the course examines into that allows people to answer fundamental questions regarding formal logic and categorical propositions and syllogisms, and human life. What can archaeology tell us about religion? The some attention is given to propositional logic, how to use truth course explores key questions regarding the role and evolution tables and predicate logic. of religious beliefs and practices by systematically analyzing the archaeological remains of ancient religious material culture

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 75 across the Mediterranean and the Ancient Near East, between Responsibility and Justice Towards Future the prehistoric and early classical periods. Direct links between religious practices and beliefs are strongly evident in ancient Generations societies, where the construction of large physical structures PHR 264 F; Dual listed: POL 264 F (such as temples) appears to be pivotal in the evolution Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 FLORENCE of mankind. Students learn to use archaeological data and The demand for a comprehensive theory of justice and historical sources for the period. They address broad theoretical responsibility towards future generations constitutes a and methodological issues, explore how architecture was used central issue within the domain of current public discourse. by ancient societies in creating their cosmological landscape, This is attested by the growing concern at all levels (national and evaluate interpretations of the first appearance of family institutions, transnational governance, media, public opinion) ancestor cults. The first part of the course treats theoretical regarding issues related to global warming and climate change, and methodological issues in the study of religious thought, sustainable economic growth, as well as the protection of genetic while the second part reinforces understanding through close and cultural inheritances. Philosophically speaking, however analysis of ancient written sources, architecture, and other paradoxical as it may seem, the mere fact that an undeniable examples of material culture. sensibility and concern for future generations exist says nothing about the related call for a necessary responsibility towards The Catholic Church and Society in Italy them. In other words, the perception of being responsible for PHR 254 F; Dual listed: HIS 254 F future beings represents by no means a sufficient philosophical Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 grounding thereof. On the contrary, if one looks attentively, there are several very well-designed counter-arguments Over the centuries the Catholic Church has had a major claiming for non-responsibility. Furthermore, the questions impact on Italian society, and its beliefs and traditions form a regarding responsibility towards “remote” future inhabitants of central part of modern Italian culture. This course explores the the planet are still more complex and raise the philosophical School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal interaction of religion and society in Italy over a long period, stakes still higher. The main aim of the course is to offer a beginning with the birth of Christianity, and moving onto early general understanding and discuss the relevance of the most developments in Latin Roman times, the Middle Ages, the representative positions about this philosophical predicament, Renaissance, the Reformation and Counter Reformation, up to some claiming for responsibility, others claiming against the contemporary issues in the present day. very possibility of making present generations accountable for Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or PHR 210 World future ones. Approaches considered include the Contractarian, Religions, or equivalents Utilitarian, Metaphysical, Libertarian, Communitarian, and the Phenomenological. Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art PHR 255 F; Dual listed: ART 255 F From Machiavelli to the present: Modern Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Political Thought The course focuses on the links between artworks and PHR 265 F; Dual listed: POL 265 F astrology, alchemy, geometry, numerology, and selected Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 philosophical themes in Western art between 1300 and 1800. This course will analyze some landmarks of the western Art has served various functional and aesthetic purposes philosophical tradition. Its aim is to discuss concisely the views in different cultures and periods. In some eras art has also of some major Western political thinkers in order to demonstrate embodied a symbolic language, mysterious to the majority how their ideas about politics and society are critical to but highly significant to the minority able to read or decode it. understanding the politics of our time. The course aims to For example, what we may call the secret messages of certain analyze on the one hand the philosophies and ideas that have paintings and sculptures of past centuries can be interpreted in been sustaining our present world view, and on the other hand terms of astrology. A specific field of art history, iconography, the roots of some recurrent key themes in these philosophies, studies subject matter, symbolism, and signification in works such as the idea of utopia, as well as the anti-utopian vision of art. Students use elements of this approach to examine the whose originator can be considered Niccolò Machiavelli. This fascinating and complex range of meanings that some artworks last theme thus introduces students to the reaction against were intended to transmit and which can still be recovered. the so-called ‘Platonic ideal’ that has taken place during the twentieth century. The concept of totalitarianism is related to From Plato to Machiavelli: Classical Political these pivotal philosophical perspectives and this concept will Thought also be studied with particular attention. More specifically, PHR 260 F; Dual listed: POL 260 F special emphasis will be placed on the analysis of a series of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 concepts connected to one another, including the concept of liberty; relativism versus pluralism; freedom, equality and The course examines the evolution of that branch of fraternity. The course is structured as a chronological analysis philosophical thought that gave birth to the modern concept of of the most important periods and personalities in the evolution political science and political thinking, exploring major periods of political philosophy with special attention to the Age of and personalities in the development of political thought. It Enlightenment and Romanticism. thus covers a very long historical period from the time of the “dawn” of Western philosophy to the most relevant issues of Prerequisites: PHR 130 Western Philosophy, or POL 150 the modern era. Emphasis will be placed first on the Golden Introduction to Political Science, or equivalents, or sophomore Age of Greek-Athenian democracy, through the analysis of standing thinkers such as Plato and Aristotle; then, the course will move on to the main philosophical schools of the Middle Ages (the Astrology, Alchemy and Western Thought Scholastics) through the analysis of authors such as Thomas PHR 280 F Aquinas, Dante and Ockham. Students will then encounter Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the extraordinarily rich period of the Italian and European This course studies the general principles of two of the main Renaissance, both as a vast cultural revolution and as a cradle domains of the magical tradition - astrology and alchemy of new ideas and thought systems: the personalities and works - linked by the assumption of the existence of a universal of Thomas More, Machiavelli and Erasmus will be carefully sympathy in the cosmos: “as above, so below” (as in the planets, studied, without underestimating the importance of the rising so in metals, etc.), says Hermes Trismegistus. The first part of ideas of Luther and Calvin. Finally, the course will investigate the course deals with the subject of Astrology first through a the early modern adaptations of these thought systems as historical and mythological approach. More technical aspects manifested in the rationalism of Hobbes. - such as the Zodiac, the Signs and their meaning, the Planets Prerequisites: PHR 130 Western Philosophy, or POL 150 and the Houses of Astrology - are then considered. Students Introduction to Political Science, or equivalents, or sophomore will be able not only to understand the significance of the Chart standing of the Heavens, but also to cast their own astrological charts. The second part of the course deals with alchemy, pre-Socratic philosophies, the Hermetic tradition and its Renaissance revival. The focus will be on the philosophical background to

76 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 alchemical operations, and on their ethical and psychological Arab League, etc.). Starting from the consequences of the connections. In addition, students will come to understand the fall of the Ottoman Empire – which can dramatically improve symbols, images, procedures and phases of alchemy, which the understanding of events today – the course will cover will help them discern the meaning of the attainment of the the main events of the area, addressing critical issues such Philosophers’ Stone. as the formation of cultural and religious identities, the role of political ideologies, and the logistics of land partition. FLORENCE Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science Through the analysis of documents, political plans, religious manifestos, maps and statistical data, students will better their PHR 281 F; Dual listed: HIS 281 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 understanding of the relationship between systems of beliefs, political interests, and cultural norms. This course introduces science students to the historic developments of the basic principles and theories of modern Prerequisites: POL 150 Introduction to Political Science, or equivalent physics, astronomy, engineering, chemistry, and biology. Students learn about the contributions of great Italian scientists and mathematicians, from the early modern period, Women in Religion through the Enlightenment era, and the Twentieth Century. PHR 316 F; Dual listed: GND 316 F Figures studied include Leonardo da Vinci, Galileo, Vincenzo Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Viviani, Alessandro Volta, Enrico Fermi, and others. Ideas and Women have been by turns defined by, harmed by, excluded discoveries are contextualized by exploring their impact (and from, but also enriched by religions. Often they have been that of related technologies) on history and society. and still are barred from equal spiritual footing with men in many religious institutions. But how do sacred texts and rituals The Renaissance Theory of Love define who we are and what roles we have as men and women? PHR 285 F; Dual listed: HIS 285 F What do religious traditions teach communities about gender, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 bodies, sexuality, and the divine? This course considers the Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal difficult question of gender (im)balances from within 3 major “Love” is a fundamental concept in our culture. A glance into monotheistic Abrahamic religious traditions, namely Judaism, contemporary literature, poetry and cinema will demonstrate Christianity and Islam. Students will examine both the influences the centrality of this notion still in modern days. During the that religions have on women - through texts that have been Renaissance, the concept of “love,” which draws its basic written for, about and against women, - and also the interrelated tenets from Marsilio Ficino’s interpretation of Platonic love, influence that women have on religions - through texts written was even more central and predominant. This course will by women as individual participants of the religious experience begin with the study of the Neoplatonic metaphysical theory, or by feminist religious scholars who are challenging gender- the basis of the Renaissance theory of love, as interpreted by exclusive language, roles and institutions. This course asks Ficino in the fifteenth century, and will follow its development questions of current relevance about the changing roles of to more encompassing theories, such as that of Leone Ebreo, women inside religious communities, in the public sphere of and especially to the manifestation of these theories in art and leadership and authority, in the family and in everyday life. By literature (at times very light courtly literature), which became examining traditional cultural beliefs and values derived from very fashionable in the sixteenth century and known to a very religions, and by using interfaith and gender perspective lenses, large and varied public. The course will consist of the study the course aims to offer resources to understand, evaluate and of various types of fifteenth and sixteenth primary sources possibly challenge traditional roles. (philosophical and literary) and of the study of the works of art, especially of Titian and Michelangelo, backed with the reading of up-to-date secondary sources. The Role of Magic in Renaissance Thought Prerequisites: PHR 130 Western Philosophy, or HIS 130 Western PHR 318 F; Dual listed: HIS 318 F Civilization, or equivalents Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 During the Italian Renaissance an extraordinarily talented Contemporary Issues in Bioethics collection of writers and thinkers embarked on a voyage of rediscovery, uncovering the rich body of knowledge left by PHR 288 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ancient civilizations and creating a new and exciting synthesis from what they found. In this synthesis magical thought This course analyzes some of the main ethical arguments and exerted a central and prestigious influence. Regarded as the positions related to medical care and biotechnology. After a key to understanding the nature of reality, magic occupied brief introduction to the history of bioethics, the course explores much the same place held by natural science in today’s society. ethical issues in the practice of health care, including patient This course explores the spiritual and magical world conjured in autonomy, informed consent, surrogate decision making, truth the thought of important Renaissance thinkers such as Marsilio telling, confidentiality and problems in the allocation of health Ficino, Pico della Mirandola and Giordano Bruno, examining their care resources. The course then focuses on beneficial and non texts and visiting sites in Florence which made this city one of beneficial clinical research with human subjects and stem cell the great centers of Renaissance magic. By reinterpreting the research, as well as end-of-life issues including palliative care, Renaissance in the light of magic and imagination, the course physician assisted suicide, euthanasia, the foregoing or the offers a fresh perspective on the origins of the modern world. withdrawal of treatment and the notion of sanctity of life. The course examines the main questions regarding the beginning Prerequisites: PHR 130 Western Philosophy, or HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalents of life, such as pre-natal screening, assisted reproductive technologies and abortion. Finally the course turns to emerging genetic technologies such as personalized medicine and human enhancement. Through both writing and discussion students POL - Political Science and will learn to think carefully and critically about the merits of competing responses to various bioethical questions. They will International Studies also learn to develop and defend their own position on these issues. Introduction to Political Science POL 150 F Religion and Politics in the Middle East Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 PHR 314 F; Dual listed: POL 314 F This course will introduce you to the formal study of politics. You Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 will become familiar with the basic vocabulary of the discipline, This course is a study of the role of Judaism, Christianity and learn about the different ways that political issues are studied Islam in the history and politics of the Middle East. The course and develop critical reading and thinking. Furthermore, this will address critical issues in the Middle East such as land, course will define basic concepts such as politics, government, water, language, community, and sacred sites from multiple nation, state, types of political systems and development of perspectives including a cross section of resident populations political institutions. (Israeli Jews, Israeli Arabs, recent immigrant populations and Palestinians) as well as key interested “outsiders” (USA,

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 77 Globalization and its Consequences general understanding and discuss the relevance of the most representative positions about this philosophical predicament, POL 250 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 some claiming for responsibility, others claiming against the very possibility of making present generations accountable for “Globalization” has been a very popular term in recent years. future ones. Approaches considered include the Contractarian, FLORENCE Technological change, business strategies, cultural interactions Utilitarian, Metaphysical, Libertarian, Communitarian, and the and other aspects of human activity are occurring more and Phenomenological. more on a planetary scale. The course aims at providing students with a basic understanding of the complexity of the phenomenon, by taking a historical approach covering the From Machiavelli to the present: Modern entire 20th century, and then focusing on the most recent Political Thought political, social and economic processes of the late 20th and POL 265 F; Dual listed: PHR 265 F early 21st centuries. The course starts by defining the concept Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of globalization and then offers a brief but clear reconstruction This course will analyze some landmarks of the western of the trends towards globalization in previous phases of human philosophical tradition. Its aim is to discuss concisely the views history. It will then focus on specific questions: is economic of some major Western political thinkers in order to demonstrate globalization an inevitable phenomenon or, rather, a reversible how their ideas about politics and society are critical to one? Is economic globalization necessarily tied to western understanding the politics of our time. The course aims to capitalism? Has globalization taken in the past, and could it take analyze on the one hand the philosophies and ideas that have in the present, other forms than the laissez-faire capitalist one? been sustaining our present world view, and on the other hand What are the origins and the present role of global institutions the roots of some recurrent key themes in these philosophies, such as the IMF and the World Bank? What role is played by such as the idea of utopia, as well as the anti-utopian vision nation states? The conclusive part of the course will address whose originator can be considered Niccolò Machiavelli. This School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal specific issues that have been the subject of heavy debate in last theme thus introduces students to the reaction against recent times, such as the “global protests” of the late 1990s, the so-called ‘Platonic ideal’ that has taken place during the the relationship between globalization and poverty and that twentieth century. The concept of totalitarianism is related to between globalization and global warming. these pivotal philosophical perspectives and this concept will also be studied with particular attention. More specifically, From Plato to Machiavelli: Classical Political special emphasis will be placed on the analysis of a series of Thought concepts connected to one another, including the concept of liberty; relativism versus pluralism; freedom, equality and POL 260 F; Dual listed: PHR 260 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 fraternity. The course is structured as a chronological analysis of the most important periods and personalities in the evolution The course examines the evolution of that branch of of political philosophy with special attention to the Age of philosophical thought that gave birth to the modern concept of Enlightenment and Romanticism. political science and political thinking, exploring major periods and personalities in the development of political thought. It Prerequisites: PHR 130 Western Philosophy, or POL 150 Introduction to Political Science, or equivalents, or sophomore thus covers a very long historical period from the time of the standing “dawn” of Western philosophy to the most relevant issues of the modern era. Emphasis will be placed first on the Golden Age of Greek-Athenian democracy, through the analysis of Italy and the EU thinkers such as Plato and Aristotle; then, the course will move POL 272 F on to the main philosophical schools of the Middle Ages (the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Scholastics) through the analysis of authors such as Thomas The relationship between European integration and Italy is Aquinas, Dante and Ockham. Students will then encounter an odd one. Italians are widely known as the most convinced the extraordinarily rich period of the Italian and European supporters of European integration. On the other hand, the Renaissance, both as a vast cultural revolution and as a cradle EC/EU is at times used by Italian politicians to legitimize of new ideas and thought systems: the personalities and works their own actions. European constraints were in fact often of Thomas More, Machiavelli and Erasmus will be carefully recalled in order to justify otherwise unpopular fiscal and studied, without underestimating the importance of the rising monetary measures. The EC began to be perceived as the only ideas of Luther and Calvin. Finally, the course will investigate possibility of bringing order to the national system. Thus, the the early modern adaptations of these thought systems as demand of supranational structures became also a demand manifested in the rationalism of Hobbes. for repair of the inefficiency of the Italian system. Italy’s non- Prerequisites: PHR 130 Western Philosophy, or POL 150 implementation of EC legislation and lack of respect for the Introduction to Political Science, or equivalents, or sophomore obligations imposed by EC treaties are well known. Even when standing EC norms are implemented, this does not mean that they are necessarily enforced. Is it “a question of culture,” as defined Responsibility and Justice Towards Future by The Economist? Now that a new political class has come to power, will the disintegrative tendency of Italy creep back Generations in, or will the country continue as an unambiguous champion POL 264 F; Dual listed: PHR 264 F of integration? Which variables affect the Italian input in the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 EU? In order to better understand the Italian integrative and The demand for a comprehensive theory of justice and disintegrative forces toward European integration, the course responsibility towards future generations constitutes a is divided into two parts: in the first part, attention is given to central issue within the domain of current public discourse. the Italian system – its origins and how it functions – while in This is attested by the growing concern at all levels (national the second part, the relationship between Italy and the EU - the institutions, transnational governance, media, public opinion) main participants and their policies – will be examined. regarding issues related to global warming and climate change, sustainable economic growth, as well as the protection of genetic The European Union and cultural inheritances. Philosophically speaking, however POL 281 F paradoxical as it may seem, the mere fact that an undeniable Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 sensibility and concern for future generations exist says nothing about the related call for a necessary responsibility towards Europe is at the forefront of international regional integration: them. In other words, the perception of being responsible for no other group of nation states has proceeded further in pooling future beings represents by no means a sufficient philosophical sovereignty. This advanced course gives a broad overview of grounding thereof. On the contrary, if one looks attentively, developments in the European Union (EU) from the aftermath there are several very well-designed counter-arguments of the Second World War to the 2004 wave of expansion that claiming for non-responsibility. Furthermore, the questions admitted countries of Central and Eastern Europe and the 2009 regarding responsibility towards “remote” future inhabitants of ratification of the Lisbon Treaty. The approach of this course is the planet are still more complex and raise the philosophical political and aims at helping students to understand the nature stakes still higher. The main aim of the course is to offer a and the peculiar characteristics of European integration. The

78 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 course is organized in three parts. First, it reviews the ideas, number of media-related phenomena will be studied including events, and actors that led to the foundation of the European the CNN effect, agenda setting, real time policy, media diplomacy, Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) and the European Economic media war, news management and propaganda, through the Community (EEC) and to its enlargement from 6 to 27 countries. examination of key international conflicts, especially since Second, the course takes an in-depth look at EU institutions and 1950. Several different topics will be explained to understand policies, casting a critical eye on the crucial period from 1985 the intersection between war and media: the proliferation FLORENCE to 1993 that led to the acceleration of European integration of satellite technologies and the internet; the importance of through the Single European Act, further enlargements, and the international TV networks (like CNN and al Jazeera); the the Maastricht Treaty. Finally, the course reflects on three major role of still and moving images; the importance of journalists questions facing the EU in the new millennium: What is the EU and journalistic routines; the relevance of press conferences, as a political subject? What is its purpose? What should be briefings, and official statements; the representation of war its role in a global world? To explore the resonances of these in movies and artists’ works; the media gap between “North” questions the course considers practical policy dilemmas that and “South”; the emergence of “non-Western” media; and also the EU faces in various fields such as economic and monetary the spread of ethnic conflicts and terrorism, and the more and policy, regulatory and distributive questions, the democratic more asymmetric nature of war. deficit, the challenge of enlargement to the East, the Lisbon Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or HIS 130 Treaty, and common foreign and security policy. Western Civilization, or POL 150 Introduction to Political Science, or equivalents International Politics POL 288 F Religion and Politics in the Middle East Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 POL 314 F; Dual listed: PHR 314 F This course aims to introduce the basic concepts of International Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45

Politics and to get acquainted with the most important events This course is a study of the role of Judaism, Christianity and Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal in the world and the structure of international relations since Islam in the history and politics of the Middle East. The course the Peace of Westphalia (1648), outlining the main differences will address critical issues in the Middle East such as land, between the traditional inter-state system and the present water, language, community, and sacred sites from multiple global order, with the growing importance of international perspectives including a cross section of resident populations organizations and of the principles related to peace, democracy (Israeli Jews, Israeli Arabs, recent immigrant populations and human rights. This aims to give students a general and Palestinians) as well as key interested “outsiders” (USA, overview and an understanding of contemporary world politics, Arab League, etc.). Starting from the consequences of the according with the idea that international politics are not distant fall of the Ottoman Empire – which can dramatically improve from ordinary people, but the contrary a matter that concerns the understanding of events today – the course will cover and can be influenced by the citizens. It is therefore important the main events of the area, addressing critical issues such that students are aware of what is happening around the world as the formation of cultural and religious identities, the role and of how the same event can be perceived differently by of political ideologies, and the logistics of land partition. different peoples. In the first part of the course we will examine Through the analysis of documents, political plans, religious the importance of studying world politics and the methods to manifestos, maps and statistical data, students will better their do it. We will also cover the difference between nationalism understanding of the relationship between systems of beliefs, and globalization, and the growing emergence of international political interests, and cultural norms. organizations. At the end of this part we will analyze the role Prerequisites: POL 150 Introduction to Political Science, or of international law and diplomacy. In the second part we will equivalent focus on the globalization of economics by studying the main economic organizations and the process of regional integration. Special attention will be given to human rights protection and International Law to international terrorism and the way it is affecting present POL 315 F international relationships. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: POL 150 Introduction to Political Science, or International relationships are characterized by a reciprocal equivalent respect for rules, the strict observation of which is considered mandatory by nation states. These rules are usually known International Conflict Resolution as International Law. International society is made up of independent entities who are free to make their own choices. POL 292 F; Dual listed: PST 290 F However, they are also, of necessity, interdependent and thus Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 there is a need to establish regularized relationships through the The course presents concepts and theories related to the creation of mutually agreed rules and regulations. In this course peaceful transformation of international violent conflicts, students will learn the rules that nation states use to regulate illustrating them with examples driven both from global peace their international relationships, and thus they will come to initiatives and Italian experiences in the field. Approaches to understand how states conduct their foreign policy and what International Conflict Resolution have become widely used and rules they must respect in their international relationships. The discussed in the last decade. New roles and tasks have emerged main topics under discussion will be: subjects of International for international organizations such as the United Nations and Law; international organizations (with especial emphasis upon the OSCE. At the same time, civil society organizations have the United Nations), international treaties; international liability increasingly played an important role in conflict resolution, and international crimes (for example, terrorism). through “second-track” or citizens’ diplomacy, conflict sensitive Prerequisites: POL 150 Introduction to Political Science, or approaches to development, as well as third party nonviolent majors in legal studies, or equivalents intervention. In Italy, several peace organizations have their roots in Christian Catholic values. The strong tradition of self- government has also encouraged municipalities and regions to Non-Profit Management Internship work on development and peace issues. At the end of the course POL 361 F participants will have a clear understanding of international Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 conflict resolution and will have gained an insight into concrete This internship provides practical and professional experience examples both of global and Italian organizations. in the field of Non-Profit Management. The intern is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The War and Media grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects POL 301 F; Dual listed: COM 301 F; PST 301 F assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. This course analyses the role played by the media in the evolution of national and international wars. We will investigate The placement is with a local non-governmental organization. the extent to which the media either influence decision-making Interns develop and carry out various activities which may about military interventions or serve as tools in the hands of include but are not limited to: creating, writing, translating government officials seeking to influence public opinion. A and proofreading projects in English for communication and LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 79 fundraising purposes; analyzing and writing grants for European rather to have unleashed “obscure” forces hurling humanity Union funds; drafting or editing press releases; managing social in an ever-growing spiral of violence. The course is structured networking websites; attending and helping run fundraising into four main parts. The first part provides a comprehensive events and rallies. phenomenological framing of violence and conflict within human experience in general, the tradition of Western thought,

FLORENCE Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference and also the relationships between cultures. The second part letters, formal letter of intent, writing sample. Students concentrates on how conflict and violence affect political who enroll must submit supporting documentation by the constituencies and democratic orders in a constitutive manner. application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result The third part goes into more depth by articulating conflict and of an onsite interview during the first week of the term and an violence in terms of a phenomenology of “exclusion(s).” The Italian language placement test. Fluency in Italian required. fourth and final part of the course addresses the crucial issue of the transformation of conflict and violence by analyzing two Prerequisites: 1) Political Science / Gender Studies / Economics main socio- and politico-anthropological categories: peace and major of junior standing; 2) Intermediate Italian 2 completed reconciliation. (ITL 202 level) and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). Multilingual skills (especially French and Spanish) recommended Participation, Empowerment and Social Change International Terrorism PST 280 F POL 380 F; Dual listed: HIS 380 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The course offers a general introduction to the basic concepts Examination of the phenomenon of terrorism, which may be of empowerment and public participation of citizens in the defined as the calculated use of violence (or threat of violence) definition of public policies. The two concepts are closely School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal against civilians in order to attain goals relating to political related to each other: In this context, the term “empowerment“ ideology. The first part will deal with the “terror regimes” means reinforcing citizens’ and groups ability to raise concerns of the 20th century (including totalitarianism and Latin and wage conflicts constructively, to become aware of their American dictatorships); the second part will study different own strengths and their voice in collective negotiation and forms of terrorism in terms of (1) their geopolitcal arenas decision-making processes. The course will present the main and (2) their goals among which political independence, or theories, models and practical examples related to public the destabilization of governments and democratic systems. participation and empowerment processes. The relationship Includes close analysis of recent and current events. between public participation and empowerment processes Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or POL 150 with conflict resolution will be explored.Several techniques Introduction to Political Science, or equivalents and practical tools for fostering empowerment processes and participative democracy, such as communication skills, conflict analysis and transformation, facilitation and Open Space Technology, will be illustrated. Most recent developments of PST - Peace Studies web-based participation (use of social networks, flash mobs, and the like) will also be discussed. During the course, students Anthropology and Development will have the opportunity of practising the tools and techniques PST 200 F; Dual listed: ANT 200 F presented in practical exercises and role plays. Cinema and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 video material will also be used in the training. The course provides an up-to-date and in-depth understanding of anthropological perspectives on policy and practice in International Conflict Resolution contemporary international development aid, and gives a PST 290 F; Dual listed: POL 292 F theoretical overview of the relationship between development Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 aid and anthropology. Students explore the contribution of The course presents concepts and theories related to the anthropology to contemporary development aid debates, on peaceful transformation of international violent conflicts, poverty, human rights, violence and complex emergencies, and illustrating them with examples driven both from global peace the “market” as a core metaphor of globalized development. initiatives and Italian experiences in the field. Approaches to The politics of humanitarian aid, shifting aid frameworks, and International Conflict Resolution have become widely used and concrete intervention programs in developing countries will discussed in the last decade. New roles and tasks have emerged be examined, bridging the disparate worlds of planners of for international organizations such as the United Nations and international agencies and beneficiaries of poor countries. the OSCE. At the same time, civil society organizations have Concepts and debates are then probed further through increasingly played an important role in conflict resolution, examination of real study cases of development projects in through “second-track” or citizens’ diplomacy, conflict sensitive Africa and South America, with the contribution of international approaches to development, as well as third party nonviolent consultants working in the sector of humanitarian aid and intervention. In Italy, several peace organizations have their development cooperation. Simulations of “participatory roots in Christian Catholic values. The strong tradition of self- methods” will be also included as a manner of exploring the government has also encouraged municipalities and regions to meaning of the key concepts of community development, work on development and peace issues. At the end of the course popular “participation” and “empowerment.” participants will have a clear understanding of international conflict resolution and will have gained an insight into concrete Anthropology of Violence and Conflict examples both of global and Italian organizations. PST 230 F; Dual listed: ANT 230 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 War and Media The course aims to analyze the dynamics of conflict in social PST 301 F; Dual listed: POL 301 F; COM 301 F and cultural relations and to investigate the circumstances Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 under which violence – in differing forms, scales and meanings This course analyses the role played by the media in the – may erupt and substantially affect the structuring of “human” evolution of national and international wars. We will investigate experience. The underlying assumption is that while conflict the extent to which the media either influence decision-making can play a positive role in social life, by no means the same about military interventions or serve as tools in the hands of can be said of violence. Concomitantly, different theoretical government officials seeking to influence public opinion. A approaches will be presented to the students, showing historical, number of media-related phenomena will be studied including cultural and political contexts in which conflicts and violence the CNN effect, agenda setting, real time policy, media diplomacy, may take forms that threaten moral, political and cultural order media war, news management and propaganda, through the as represented by states, ethnic groups and communities. examination of key international conflicts, especially since Among the fundamental questions looming over the course 1950. Several different topics will be explained to understand are the reasons why violence seems not to be eradicable the intersection between war and media: the proliferation from human life, and why the globalization process, far from of satellite technologies and the internet; the importance of paving the way for a more just and peaceful world, seems

80 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 the international TV networks (like CNN and al Jazeera); the compare and contrast the influence of culture on individuals. role of still and moving images; the importance of journalists Living even for a short period in another country helps you to and journalistic routines; the relevance of press conferences, see and understand the relationship between the individual briefings, and official statements; the representation of war (self) and society. in movies and artists’ works; the media gap between “North”

Prerequisites: PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology, or FLORENCE and “South”; the emergence of “non-Western” media; and also equivalent the spread of ethnic conflicts and terrorism, and the more and more asymmetric nature of war. Child Psychology Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or HIS 130 PSY 210 F Western Civilization, or POL 150 Introduction to Political Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Science, or equivalents This course is about the study of child development, from the prenatal period through adolescence, examining theories, Peace Education findings, approaches and methods of developmental PST 302 F; Dual listed: EDU 302 F psychology. We will explore such questions as: What knowledge Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 do infants have at birth? Is aggressiveness a stable attribute? This course moves from the description of crucial personalities Does early exposure to two languages confuse children? What to the development of an educational framework for peace. do children understand about the causes of emotion? How do Students will investigate some historical cases such as the infants become attached? Why do school-age children pay more inspiring ideas and practical experiences of Gandhi in India and attention to their peers than their parents? Who raises altruistic Maria Montessori in Italy, who founded houses for children at children? We will cover the major domains of development the beginning of the last century. Students will also explore the -biological, cognitive, linguistic, social, and emotional, putting experiments of Danilo Dolci and his collaborators in Sicily, and emphasis on discovering the many different biological and the achievements of Lorenzo Milani in Tuscany. We will explore experiential factors that influence behavior, as well as the roles Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal possible resonances between these activities and those of familial and extra familial factors play in the course of early young Americans in the 1960s, who moved to the southern US human development. We will look at the causes and methods and founded popular schools as part of the struggle against of reducing aggression, as well as exploring altruism, and moral racial segregation. Arriving at the present, we will give examples development. The course will include practical exercises where of the reciprocal maieutical method applied to adolescents in students will be expected to conduct observations of children schools by using the autobiographical approach. What kind of in real-life and/or on video, and plan appropriate methods to needs do they express? What kind of ideals? What do peace, collect developmental data, with the opportunity to explore the intercultural relations and social participation mean in their differences between their own culture and Italian culture. daily lives? Prerequisites: PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology, or Prerequisites: Junior standing equivalent

Love, Beauty and Natural Selection: the PSY - Psychology Science and the Myths PSY 280 F; Dual listed: GND 280 F Introduction to Psychology Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 PSY 150 F Evolutionary psychologists claim that men and women differ Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 substantially in their attitudes and abilities; they theorize that This course introduces students to the major areas of psychology beauty and attractiveness are signals of good health, good through current empirical research and theoretical debate. genes, or other qualities, and that all forms of human love are Scientific and non-scientific approaches to the explanation unconscious strategies for passing on these qualities to the next of psychological phenomena are examined critically. Topics generation. These theories make excellent stories for popular include: anthropological assumptions and implications, science writers, which will often present them as proven facts deontology, sensation and perception, cognitive processes, that are very relevant to everyday life. However, this is far consciousness, language, learning, personality, development from true. Even a shallow examination of the theories and the and psychopathology. Students will be introduced to the main data supporting them will demonstrate that, although entirely theories for each of these topics from different perspectives plausible, many hypotheses made by evolutionary psychologists (e.g. biological, behavioral, cognitive, and psychodynamic). are controversial, have very little empirical evidence supporting Students will also look at the different types of scientific them, and will usually have very little practical relevance to research (e.g. experiments, correlational research, review, meta- people. Throughout the course we will learn the theoretical analysis), and will analyze the typical structure of a research bases of modern evolutionary biology, review the most popular paper (introduction, method, results, discussion, limitations theories of evolutionary psychology (e.g. psychological gender and implications). differences, sexual love, marriage, parental love, female beauty, male beauty, sperm competition, female orgasm), observe the way they are presented in the media, and critically examine the Social Psychology science that supports them. The case studies we will encounter PSY 200 F will inspire a more general reflection on the potential limitations Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of the scientific method, and on the potential flaws of modern This course is about the study of human social behavior, popular science communication. examining theories, findings and methods of social psychology, viewed from an interpersonal perspective. What is the essential Conflict Resolution and Mediation Skills nature of our personality, and what impact do social groups PSY 292 F; Dual listed: COM 292 F (whether that group is the family, school, or society) have on Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 our development and everyday behavior? Topics include: social cognition, the role of others in shaping self-concepts, as well This intensive course grounds students in the theory of the as the formation of person perception, attitudes, attribution methods of collaborative conflict resolution strategies and trains theory, obedience, conformity, interpersonal attraction, and them to use those methods for a range of real-world situations. social relations. We will look at the causes and methods Central are techniques of proven professional effectiveness, of reducing prejudice and aggression, as well as exploring in particular those of the National Conflict Resolution altruism, the development of gender roles, stereotypes, non- Center. The course includes an overview of interest-based verbal behavior, and social influence. Students will acquire conflict resolution, effective communication skills (to prevent a new framework for interpreting social behavior. Among escalation), negotiation from a problem-solving (rather than the topics explored in the course are socialization, language competitive) perspective, approaches for managing conflicts acquisition, interpersonal behavior, and persuasion. Students in personal and professional settings, and a strategy for leaders will also have the opportunity to develop the ability to analyze on campuses, communities, and workplaces. Students further their own and others’ behavior. In addition, since this course learn the art of formal mediation with individuals and large is taught in Florence, Italy, it provides a natural opportunity to groups. Further techniques serve to deal with more intractable LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 81 disputes in the realm of high-intensity, complex, and large-scale conflicts. In addition to a highly structured process, students SOC - Sociology learn culturally appropriate adaptations, how to manage impasse, and how to handle highly emotional people. Introduction to Sociology SOC 160 F

FLORENCE Taught by NCRC instructors. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Workplace Psychology: Building Effective Sociology is the study of human groups, organizations and societies and the patterns of similarity and difference among Managers them. In this course, we will examine the major questions PSY 302 F; Dual listed: BUS 302 F that guide sociological analysis. We will also practice “doing” Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 sociology by exploring our everyday social worlds and the The course examines organizational issues - such as stress, oftentimes invisible or taken-for-granted social forces that conflict, discrimination, and others - through the social lenses shape it. Sociologists are concerned with a vast array of of psychology. The course is a journey through the science topics, and they approach the investigation of these topics in of the psyche that will open windows of understanding numerous ways. This course will introduce and draw students beyond managerial perspectives. An organization is strategy, into our ways of seeing the world, provide them with tools for marketing, planning, budgeting, and at its very core, it is understanding our own social position and the conditions in human. This is the element the course will focus on: the human which we live, and fuel our passion and vision for a just, equal psychology of an organization. The course leads students and diverse society. to consider approaches that develop the individual with the objective of improving and helping to grow the organization Italian Cinema and Society as a whole. In other words, the course connects individual SOC 201 F; Dual listed: MCT 200 F

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal strategy and well-being with those of organizations and the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 wider society. Through lectures, experiential exercises, readings This course explores Italian cinema from its origins to the and reflections, and teamwork, students will gain a thorough present time, within the socioeconomic and historical context understanding of individual behavior, group functioning, and of Italian culture and society. The course is based on the organizational processes and dynamics. The first part of the premise that film can be usefully employed for studying a course focuses on the individual and teams. Only when one society’s history and culture, including such areas as customs, gains awareness about who one is can one effectively work and ideologies, discourses, gender roles and social problems. Areas grow with others. The second part of the course will venture of particular focus will include Fascism, World War II, the into specific themes: the importance of conflict, the impact economic miracle, the southern question, political terrorism of technology, the unavoidable certainty of uncertainty, and of the 1970s, commercial television, the Second Republic, the substance abuse within an organization. Ultimately, the course Mafia, and the contemporary phenomenon of immigration. enables students to move between themes with critical acumen Along the way we will be looking at some of the major works and creativity, seeking realistic and implementable solutions to of key directors, as well as at the most important genres of real problems. popular cinema, giving particular attention to the intellectual, Prerequisites: Junior standing historical, cultural, and literary matrix of each movie. Through analyzing the ways in which Italian cultural, social and political Psychology of Crime conflicts are portrayed and worked out both in art films and PSY 305 F popular cinema, students will be encouraged to reach an Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 understanding of the possibilities of film both as work of art and as cultural document. This course approaches the knowledge and understanding of criminal behavior and its impact upon individuals and society from developmental, cognitive-behavioral, and other Regions of Italy psychological perspectives. The basic premise of this course SOC 225 F is that multiple variables affect people’s behavior and for this Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 reason this study requires attention to personality factors and Historically, Italy has passed more years as a patchwork of how they interact with situational variables. Topics include: independent or semi-independent states than as one unified criminological theories, biological and psychological models of country. Even today, in the era of a single Italian state, this criminal behavior, crime and mental disorders, human aggression history of division and diversity has left a strong mark on the and violence, sexual assault, and criminal homicide. Students regions of Italy. This course will help students to understand the will acquire a new framework for interpreting criminal behavior. historical, artistic, linguistic and cultural characteristics of each Students will be familiarized with different perspectives on region and the many forces that have given rise to powerful criminal behavior as well as etiology, risk factors, assessment local identities across the country. Students will discover a and treatment in relation to different criminal behaviors. Recent plurality of Italies, each with its own rich culture, and in doing so research findings will be incorporated. they will be encouraged to reflect on broader issues concerning Prerequisites: PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology, or nationhood and identity. equivalent Organized Crime: Sociology and History of Forensic Psychology Italian Mafia PSY 315 F SOC 260 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The course offers an introduction to the field of forensic One of a long list of Italian words adopted in many other psychology, starting from the definition of crime and theories languages, “mafia” is now applied to a variety of criminal on development of criminal and delinquent behavior. Topics of organizations around the world. This course examines organized the course include: criminal homicide, stalking, sexual assault, crime in Italy in historical, social and cultural perspective, tracing family violence and child abuse. Students will acquire basic its growth from the nineteenth century to the present. The chief knowledge of investigative psychology including geographical focus is on the Sicilian mafia as the original and primary form. and criminal profiling. Special emphasis is given to consulting Similar organizations in other Italian regions, as well as the with courts and the rehabilitation process in correctional mafia in the United States, an outgrowth of Sicilian mafia, are facilities. also considered. The course analyzes sociological aspects of Prerequisites: PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology, or the mafia including language, message systems, the “code of equivalent. Recommended: PSY 305 Psychology of Crime or silence,” the role of violence, structures of power, and social equivalent relationships. Also examined are the economics of organized crime and its impact on Italian society and politics.

82 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Italian Family and Society investigating the various theories of its effects and the impact on other media. The course will examine today’s main trends, SOC 280 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 strategies and broadcast in Italian television. A strong link is also provided between Italian television and Italian culture. The course explores the Italian family from a sociological point of view, placing the family in the context of Italian tradition Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent FLORENCE and culture. It is subdivided into two main sections. In the first section we will begin with an historical analysis of the Italian Contemporary Italians and Italy family from the Romans to the present age, in order to analyze SOC 345 F changes and traditions through several centuries. We will see Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 that the patriarchal system underlies the entire history of the This course analyses the history of Italians and the image of Italian family until recent times. We will analyze the meaning of Italy during the contemporary era, from the unification of the the family at the present time and the importance of marriage country to today. Italy has always been a country with very in the past and cohabitation in present society. We will also profound differences and social contrasts, a nation where consider key moments of transition in the life cycle of families, very underdeveloped rural contexts existed in the shadow of such as the constitution of a conjugal agreement, the place a magnificent historical past. From this point of view, poverty of children, divorce, the elderly, and adoption. The impact of made Italy a land of emigration, but it remained the cradle immigration on the development of family lifestyles will also be of antiquity and the Renaissance, a place where travelers examined. In the second part of the course each class will analyze have always loved to come to learn about its art and culture. in detail the single members of the family. We will investigate After the Second World War, the Italian economic miracle rights and duties of wives, mothers, husbands, fathers and added another dimension to those contrasts. Italy became children in the family and we will evaluate the relationship an industrialized country of fashion, design and cinema. A between tradition and change in the evolution of these roles. new image evolved: the image of the Italian “dolce vita.” The We will also compare the traditional and conservative southern perception of Italians from abroad has always been influenced Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal family to that of northern Italy. by these contradictions: Italians are seen as immigrants and underdeveloped people, while at the same time as artists, The Italian-American Experience craftsmen and representatives of a unique and relaxed way of SOC 290 F life that does not exist anywhere else. The course also deals Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 with the history of contemporary Italians through cinema, The course captures the depth and the richness of the Italian literature, music and TV, both in Italy and abroad, in order to American experience from the historical, social, political and contribute to the identification of the many aspects that have artistic point of view. Topics include: struggle for survival; made Italy one of the most controversial countries in the world. adaptation and success of Italians in the US; their search for Prerequisites: Junior standing an identity; and their impact and contribution to the evolution of American life and culture. The first part traces the role of Italians in the discovery and settlement of the New World and in the struggle for American independence from England. It WRI - Writing also provides a survey of conditions in Italy that encouraged, just after the unification of the country, millions to leave their Writing for College homes for more promising economic opportunities available WRI 150 F in the cities of the United States in the decades after 1880. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The second part is an examination of various aspects of This instructional Writing Intensive course explores themes the immigrant experience, including housing, jobs, politics, that fall into the category of cultural diversity, nature and community institutions and the family. The third part traces the environment, civic engagement, or quantitative reasoning. emergence of ethnic consciousness among Italian Americans in Since students write regularly on demand, this course teaches the post immigration era and the search for a new self-identity. and reinforces writing skills in standard written English. Special attention is given to the fundamentals of academic writing, Sociology of Consumerism including documentation and common issues like difficulties in SOC 303 F; Dual listed: BUS 303 F word choice, overcoming clichés of thought and expression, and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 plagiarism. The purpose of the course is for students to learn how to become their own best critics, by gaining awareness of, The course will focus on the rise and development of consumer and respect for, the complexity, and pleasure, of the non-linear cultures. The aim is to study and to apply interdisciplinary recursive nature of the writing process. theoretical approaches to the study of consumer society now and in the past. The course will explore key substantive themes in the history and sociology of consumption, including Introduction to Journalism the following: 1) an overview of developments in the different WRI 185 F; Dual listed: COM 185 F theories of consumer culture; 2) the rise of commercial Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 society, the relation between freedom of choice and the power Journalism covers a huge range of output across all media of commercial systems, models of consumer psychology and is an influential form of communication in almost every and behavior, the nature of selves and identities in a post- country of the world. Journalism involves the sifting and traditional world, prosperity and progress; 3) the way class, editing of information and events; it is about putting ideas gender, ethnicity and age affect the nature of our participation and controversies into context, and it is about the assessment in consumer culture; 4) the evolution of capitalism to the of the validity and truthfulness of actions or comments. This present day, as well as the history of commodities in a number course will offer an introduction to the history and practical of different settings (advertising, food and drink, fashion skills of print and broadcast journalism. Students will be guided and clothes); 5) the social, cultural and economic context of in researching and interviewing techniques and in writing news specific consumer groups, as well as case studies of specific articles, reviews and features for a variety of media. They will commodities. also have hands-on experience in preparing, recording and Prerequisites: an introductory social science or business editing a radio program or webcast. course Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

Broadcasting: Italian Culture and Television Creative Writing SOC 305 F; Dual listed: CLT 305 F; COM 305 F WRI 220 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course examines the development of commercial This course is geared toward students seriously motivated to television broadcasting, its beginnings in radio and its creation write creatively and constructively through inspiration and of distinctive genres in Italy. Italian state and private television self-discipline. The professor will stimulate students’ creativity are analyzed and compared. The course also considers through the confrontation with different aids in order to help different theoretical approaches to the analysis of television by students create different kinds of written products. This class LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 83 focuses on both theoretical and practical aspects of creative writing by providing the basic principles and techniques that should be used when producing a written piece. Through inspirational exercises, the student will use the art of creative writing as a tool for literary expression and self-awareness. FLORENCE Reading work out loud for discussion and in-class critiquing allows the students to develop a critical awareness of their own writing as well as following the inspirational and editing process of fellow classmates. Mid-term and final projects will reflect students’ writing progress. This course may be taken by students of English as a second language with advanced writing skills. Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

Writing about the Self WRI 280 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This class is designed for those students who wish to use writing as an instrument to come into contact with their own unique perception of the world and its infinite creative potentialities. It is also aimed at students who would like to learn how to use their intuitive senses and inspirations in order to better both School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal their writing skills and their ability to write about personal thoughts and experiences. In-class writing assignments and group discussions will be used as a source of motivation and encouragement. Readings by prominent writers will be used to provide instructive models. Writing assignments will be given weekly.

Travel Writing WRI 290 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Throughout history, Italy has inspired writers and poets to wax lyrical as few other countries have done. Countless English- language novels, stories and poems have woven a bel paese of words around the Italian experience. This course provides an opportunity for students to focus first-hand on the art and craft of travel writing, with particular emphasis on cities in Italy, but also with excursions into other worlds - real or imaginary. Through reading, writing, and visits in and around the city center, students will explore places of historic, artistic, cultural and personal interest. They will learn “by example” from a selection of great travel literature about the world in general, and about Italy in particular. And they will learn “by doing,” via a series of guided exercises and assignments that explore the distinctive qualities of travel writing – its combination of history, culture, information, rumination, musings and memory – and the ways in which this particular art can lead to a deeper understanding of their own experiences and cultural identity. Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

Business Writing WRI 294 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course helps students to write and express themselves effectively in a business environment through the study of specific forms of correspondence, their purposes, and the research and precision writing each requires. In addition, the classroom experience lends itself naturally to the study of collaborative writing, which is especially important for web based communication and surveys, but also for reports, projects and presentations. To these ends the course also covers basic grammar and means of expressions in English. Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

84 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 6.2 | Florence School of Italian Language and Culture

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 85 Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 ITC - Italian Language and Culture or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Italian through Cultural Experience a different level (in Italian only) FLORENCE FLORENCE ITC 150 F Italian for Tourism (in Italian only) Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ITC 270 F This Italian language and culture course addresses the four Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 language competencies (reading, writing, listening, speaking) The course is addressed to students in hospitality and tourism and includes both in-class lessons and explorative cultural study programs who have a basic knowledge of the Italian activities in the streets, piazzas and public buildings of Florence. language. It is meant for developing and practicing oral and This very dynamic course has a rapid learning pace. Through written skills for communicating in the tourist industry through language the student is enabled to explore local culture, a set of practical tasks such as, for example: welcoming tourists, interacting outside class on the basis of specific assignments. providing information, making and confirming reservations. The course is highly flexible and is designed for students Students will gain an overview of the industry, and learn about studying a variety of disciplines. The course emphasizes the popular destinations, customer care, working procedures, travel explorative ability and independent learning of students who, and tourism products and services, product advertising and besides carrying out homework, discover on their own new promotion. Moreover, they will become familiar with technical aspects of language and culture. Some themes examined in terms and texts in the field of hospitality management and the course: young people in Italy, fashion, local history, popular tourism. The course develops practical skills across a range of traditions, etc. working roles, besides providing original perspectives on travel School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1, and tourism in Italy. or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the a different level. Students who have completed Intermediate placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Italian 1 or above not admitted a different level

Italian through Cooking (in Italian only) Italian Renaissance Art (in Italian only) ITC 220 F ITC 305 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This intermediate course is taught entirely in Italian. Through Florence, “the cradle of the Renaissance,” is the setting for the study of Italian regional food students will expand their this introduction to the history of Renaissance art. The course, cultural and linguistic competence. Italian regional cuisine is taught entirely in Italian, is intended to give the beginning naturally linked to local history, geography, lifestyle and culture. student a general overview of the main facts, causes and Each class includes a grammar topic, brief hands-on cooking conditions that led artists from Giotto in the fourteenth century session of one main popular Italian dish. Frequent oral and to Masaccio, Donatello, Brunelleschi and Botticelli in the written reports will be arranged, so that students will naturally fifteenth century, up to Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael strengthen the four main linguistic skills. in the sixteenth century, to create one of the most fascinating Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 periods in art history. In Italy these years witnessed an or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the extraordinary coming together of artistic talent, a passionate placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into interest in antiquity, civic pride and an optimistic belief in “man a different level. Students who have completed Intermediate as the measure of all things.” This course examines the most Italian 2 or above not admitted important monuments from the Renaissance period in Italy and the major artists and architects who contributed to the birth Italian through Film (in Italian only) of Western art. Works are always compared with each other to show various relationships, remembering how important it is to ITC 225 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 view Renaissance art in the context of its creation. The use of film in teaching Italian allows students to be exposed Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the to different models of language, to develop their communicative placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into skills (by focusing on the roles of the protagonists and the a different level importance of situation and context), and to compare and contrast different cultural systems. Drawing on Italy’s world- famous cinematic tradition, this course will explore language Reading and Writing for Academic Purposes and communication in a variety of films that provide stimulating (in Italian only) images of Italian society. Much class time will be devoted to ITC 310 F analysis of language, in particular to the ways in which grammar Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and vocabulary are used in film dialogues portraying realistic This advanced level course of Italian Language aims to give situations from everyday life. students who have a solid background in Italian language the Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 opportunity to consolidate and improve their competence by or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the working with original literary and non-literary texts. This course, placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into taught entirely in Italian, includes the reading of selected Italian a different level writers, e.g. Alberto Moravia, Italo Calvino, Dacia Maraini, Stefano Benni and others. It is designed to strengthen fluency Italian for Conversation (in Italian only) in reading and writing as well as speaking skills. Different ITC 260 F types of reading techniques will be practiced. Readings will be Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 followed by comprehension questions, discussions of issues, The course, taught entirely in Italian, aims to improve summarizing of arguments and comparison of viewpoint. conversational fluency through different structured teaching Vocabulary and grammar exercises connected to the readings techniques (i.e. dramatization, role play, role taking, oral and weekly writing of short compositions stressing accuracy presentation) and also to promote different strategies for will be implemented. Readings will be analyzed and discussed listening, another important skill to be developed in order in their context of Italian society in the 20th century. to become a real active participant in conversation. The Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate improvement of speaking and listening abilities, together with 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the reading and writing, will go hand in hand with broadening placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into knowledge of the Italian culture. In this context class discussions a different level and students’ oral presentations on themes regarding Italy and Italian people will help them become familiar with Italian society.

86 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Italy Today: Italians and Italy through the Media within which they lived and worked. Great emphasis is therefore put on the dual themes of patronage and the social (in Italian only) position of the artist in the period. Titian, in Venice, receives ITC 320 F similar attention with particular emphasis on his portraits. The Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 course also explores the complex and refined style known as FLORENCE The course, taught entirely in Italian, will cover reading and Mannerism - a style held to have emerged from tendencies FLORENCE discussion of articles from representative magazines and present in Michelangelo’s work. Mannerist art is particularly well newspapers in Italy, including considerable use of television represented in Florence in the works of Pontormo, Bronzino and radio broadcasts, documentary films. New media are also and Cellini. Students learn to identify and examine in detail the addressed. Many aspects of modern Italian life are examined: works of the leading artists of the period, and gain the ability politics, education, religion, the economy, the arts, science, and to discuss High Renaissance and Mannerist developments of others, with frequent oral and written reports. This course is major subjects and genres, such as portraiture and the nude. designed to strengthen fluency in reading and writing as well ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 as listening and speaking skills. Students will become familiar Prerequisites: or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the with the usage of the language in a very contemporary context. placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate a different level 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level Translation Techniques (in Italian only) ITC 350 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Food in Italian Culture (in Italian only) This course, held in Italian, is geared toward students motivated School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture ITC 335 F to learn the translating process from English into Italian with a Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 strong emphasis on different written genres. Solid knowledge This advanced course is taught entirely in Italian. Through the of both languages is required. This class focuses on both study of Italian regional food students will expand their cultural theoretical and practical aspects of translating text by providing and linguistic competence. Italian regional cuisine is naturally the basic principles and techniques that should be used when linked to local history, geography, lifestyle and culture. Each producing a translation. After a preliminary introduction to class includes brief hands-on cooking session of one main the problem of non-equivalences at different language levels, popular Italian dish. The complex relationship between food, students will then explore the diversity of grammatical and culture and society will be analyzed through readings. Frequent lexical categories across languages as well. Translating skills oral and written reports will be arranged, so that students will will be encouraged through the comparison of different texts naturally strengthen the four main linguistic skills. in both English and Italian versions. Practice will include a wide Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate range of translated texts and studying comparisons between 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the sources such as: newspaper and magazine articles, modern placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into short stories, contemporary novels, screenplays for the film a different level dubbing industry, famous musicals and songs, scientific and technical translation for medicine, legal and business purposes, Italian through Service Learning extracts from travel guides, art and architecture books, comic strips, menu and cooking manuals, advertising and web (in Italian only) translations. ITC 340 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Note: Please note that the translations are from Italian into English, therefore high proficiency in English writing and This course, taught entirely in Italian, aims to give students a comprehension is expected singular experience of study abroad. The focus of the course is both on the Italian learning outcome and the opportunity to Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate experience and reflect upon community-based volunteer work 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into in the program city. Students are required to attend weekly a different level seminars (at least 15 hours) on cultural and language issues, sharing experiences based on their service learning. Particular attention will be dedicated to socially engaged subjects Italian for Business (in Italian only) like ethnicity and immigration, youth and volunteer work, ITC 360 F children and school, stereotypes and intercultural relations, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 globalization. The course also entails volunteer placements in The course is designed for advanced students of Italian who organizations engaged in socially meaningful tasks: working wish to further their linguistic knowledge in the specific areas with women, children, the elderly, students, immigrants, of business. It aims at providing students with the specific cultural associations, disabled people and the environment (at vocabulary and professional expressions that are most often least 15 hours of on-site activities per semester to be arranged used. It gives grounding in Italian business operations and by and starting from the fourth week of the semester). The environments, and recreates the types of communicative service learning will be supervised by the professor and local situations relevant to the business world, through which supervisors. Please consider that students will have to devote students will acquire transferable academic and professional additional hours for independent learning, preparation and skills. Besides including Italian grammar and vocabulary as follow-up of the activities and transport. Students will reflect on used in business, it incorporates simulations of meetings, their learning through case study reports and journals based on telephoning, negotiations, and presentations. Lessons will help participation and observation in the service learning location. students build confidence in using Italian in professional and Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate social scenarios. Students will also learn the Italian formats 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the for writing formal business letters, faxes, e-mails and curricula placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into vitae. a different level Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the High Renaissance and Mannerism placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into (in Italian only) a different level ITC 345 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Communication in Public Administration This course, taught entirely in Italian, traces the major trends Internship of Italian art in the sixteenth century. It is a period dominated ITC 364 F; Dual listed: COM 364 F by the achievements of Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael and, above Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 all, Michelangelo. These three artists are examined in great This internship provides professional experience in the field detail. This analysis is not confined to their works of art, but of Communications at a prestigious public office. The intern also includes their personalities and the social framework is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 87 faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship Contemporary Italian Literature supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten/twelve hours weekly at the (in Italian only) internship site; student internship schedules and onsite duties ITC 410 F may vary. The internship provides an inside look into Florence’s Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 FLORENCE Public Administration. With this unique experience the students This course covers 20th century Italian literature, concentrating FLORENCE establish themselves as part of a communications team and on the period 1900 - 1945. During each class, taught entirely in learn valuable technical skills, while providing information to Italian, the professor will introduce a topic and then will help the English speaking community of Florence. Interns develop students read and comment on the texts. Each student will and carry out various activities which include but are not also be required to develop an individual project based on the limited to: translating important news and announcements analysis of a complete work by a 20th century Italian author. from Italian into English; finding the main points of an official At the end of the term, each student will submit a written document and making a short summary of those points for paper and give an oral presentation in class about his/her own online publication; using specific databases and maintaining work. Readings include works by authors such as Gabriele a website; working as a liaison with external offices; drafting D’Annunzio, Giovanni Pascoli, Marino Moretti, Guido Gozzano, translations from English into Italian. Filippo Marinetti, Aldo Palazzeschi, Dino Campana, Federigo Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to Tozzi, Italo Svevo, Luigi Pirandello, Giuseppe Ungaretti, Vasco change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference Pratolini, Eugenio Montale, Elsa Morante, Pierpaolo Pasolini, letters, writing sample in English, formal letter of intent in Italian. Alberto Moravia, Italo Calvino, Alessandro Baricco, Niccolò Students who enroll must submit supporting documentation Ammanniti, and Simona Vinci. The course objective is to foster by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional the students’ ability to interpret and understand a literary text conceived in a different language and in a different cultural School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture upon result of an Italian language placement test and an onsite interview during the first week of the term. Proficiency in Italian environment. required. Since the translations are from Italian into English, Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 high proficiency in written and read English is expected. or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Prerequisites: Advanced Italian 1 completed (ITL 301 level) placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). a different level Recommended: strong writing and communication skills; translation experience Italian Cinema (in Italian only) ITC 425 F Contemporary Italian Politics (in Italian only) Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ITC 370 F This course, taught entirely in Italian, examines twentieth- Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 century Italian culture and society through film. The primary Politically, Italy is a country that combines a very old tradition sources for this course will be the masterpieces of classic with passionate debate about the current direction of the directors such as Federico Fellini, Roberto Rossellini and government and the state. The course, taught entirely in Italian, Michelangelo Antonioni, as well as the less well-known films of aims to provide students with an overview of contemporary the early Italian movements, Neorealism, Commedia all’italiana Italian politics by exploring its history from the end of the Second and contemporary Italian cinema. We will critically analyze how World War to the present day. Students will be encouraged Italian cultural and social conflicts are portrayed and worked to broaden their understanding and sharpen their political out in popular films. By watching, discussing, and writing about thinking through engagement with the complexity of the these films, we will examine how motion pictures create a Italian political landscape. A series of specific historical issues window into modern Italian society. Students will learn how to will be analyzed, such as the rise of mass political parties, the read films as cultural texts that help us better understand our postwar economic miracle, women’s right to vote, the political history and culture. debate among parties during the Cold War, the terrorism of Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 the Seventies, the instability of democracy and the interference or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the of the Mafia, the case of Bribeville (Tangentopoli), reform of placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into the electoral system, the power of Berlusconi, and finally a different level the unsolved question regarding the political integration of immigrants. Primary materials (newspapers, magazine articles Italian Civilization and Culture and videos) will be utilized as a basis for class discussion. (in Italian only) Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 ITC 430 F or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level This course will examine the ways both individual and collective identity have been shaped and portrayed in Italy Italian through Children’s Literature from the Middle Ages to the present by history, language, politics, literature and movies. In addition to studying cultural (in Italian only) production, students will explore major events, movements and ITC 400 F figures in Italy. While the course is organized chronologically, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 recurrent themes throughout Italian history will generate many This course, taught entirely in Italian, explores the most of our class discussions. important children’s books written in Italy. In our country this Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 genre only established itself firmly at the beginning of the or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the 19th century. Until then, children usually read foreign books placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into translated into Italian. Beginning with a general introduction a different level on literature for children, the course will be dedicated to the analysis of the most popular Italian children’s books. Readings Italian Women’s Literature (in Italian only) will include works by Collodi, Salgari, De Amicis, Vamba, Gianni ITC 435 F Rodari and Bianca Pitzorno. By the end of the course, students Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 should be able to have a better understanding of children’s This course will examine the representation of Italian women literature and they will be familiar with the structure and main from the Middle Ages to the present through a selection of themes of a book written for children. They will also practice contemporary writings and movies by Italian female authors. their ability to improve reading and understanding a text in Among the topics considered are the relationship between Italian. women and their cultural and social backgrounds; women’s Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 historical, cultural, and artistic contributions; continuities or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the and breaks with the dominant male tradition. Through group placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into discussion and written assignments, students will critically a different level analyze the value of the female experience as portrayed in

88 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 contemporary Italian literature and cinema. present and past subjunctive. Key thematic areas include: Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 Italian geography; food and cuisine; holidays; driving in Italy; or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the dwellings; health and body. Selected readings. placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 different level

FLORENCE or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the FLORENCE placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a Capping: Contemporary Italian Thought different level (in Italian only) 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 ITC 477 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ITL 202 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 In this course we will explore contemporary Italian thought through analysis and discussion of a selection of Twentieth- This course introduces students to contemporary Italian society century Italian novels, poems, critical essays and films. by exploiting different sources including literature, the media Emphasis is given to literary analysis and genres; literature in and press. By the end of the course students should be able to relation to culture, society, and identity; and language issues. show a high degree of understanding of complex written and Some themes that will be addressed include nonconformity, spoken texts and respond appropriately to them, both orally marginality, war, and nationalism, which will provide stimulus and in writing. Key grammatical topics include: review and for the capping thesis, a 15-20 page interdisciplinary research expansion of contents of previous levels; forms and use of the paper on a topic of specific interest to the student. At the end subjunctive mood; imperative with pronouns; introduction to of the course, students will formally present their research in a passato remoto; infinitive and gerund; degrees of comparison; passive voice; relative pronouns; reported speech (first School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture departmental capstone presentation. level). Key thematic areas include: famous Italians; issues of Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1, contemporary history, culture and society; local arts and crafts; or equivalent; restricted to seniors enrolled in B.A. in Italian Italian cinema. Selected readings of literary works. Language Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a ITL - Italian Language 3-Credit different level Courses 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 ITL 301 F 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ITL 101 F This course is designed for students who already have a solid Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 grammatical/lexical basis. By the end of the course students This course is for absolute beginner students who have should be able to understand most TV news and information never studied Italian before. Its aim is to give the basis of the on current affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write language, allowing students to deal with the most common texts about a wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of everyday situations by expressing themselves in the present confidence with the language that makes communication fluid and past tenses. Key grammatical topics include: definite and and clear. Key grammatical topics include: consolidation of indefinite articles; noun-adjective agreement; present tense of previous levels; impersonal forms; clauses and constructions regular and main irregular verbs; prepositions; direct pronouns; using the subjunctive; passato remoto; passive forms in contrast; present perfect; possessive adjectives. Key thematic areas relative clauses in contrast. Key thematic areas include: changes include: shopping for food; in a restaurant; daily life and spare in the Italian language and dialects; typical Italian products; time; travelling; vacations; the family. immigration in Italy; environmental issues. Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the ITL 102 F placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 different level This course is designed for students who already have a basic vocabulary and knowledge of elementary structures of the 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 language. By the end of the course students should be able ITL 302 F to complete simple and routine tasks requiring an exchange of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 information on familiar matters, to describe their background and issues related to everyday life. Key grammatical topics This course is designed for students who have a high degree include: review of Elementary 1 course contents; simple and of fluency in Italian both in speaking and in writing. By the end compound prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect of the course students should be able to formulate ideas and tense; indirect pronouns; introduction to present conditional. opinions with precision and recognize a wide range of idiomatic Key thematic areas include: shopping in Italy; daily routine; expressions and colloquialisms, as well as apply register habits in the past; Italian festivities; Italian food; in a hotel. shifts. Key grammatical topics include: review of previous Selected readings. levels; past perfect subjunctive; past conditional; indefinite adjectives pronouns; verbs and prepositions; conditional Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 clauses; trapassato remoto; gerund, infinitive, participle; tense or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the agreement; reported speech (second level). Key thematic areas placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level include: Italian regionalism; the Risorgimento; politics and the media; contemporary literature and cinema; cultural heritage. Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 ITL 201 F or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a This course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex different level structures of Italian language in order to express personal opinions and preferences. By the end of the course students should be able to enter unprepared into conversation on topics that are familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write correct texts on topics of personal interest. Key grammatical topics include: review of previous level contents; past perfect; prepositions; combined, indefinite and interrogative pronouns; present and past conditional; linking words; impersonal forms;

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 89 ITL - Italian Language 4-Credit 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 ITL 212 F Courses Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This course introduces students to contemporary Italian society

FLORENCE 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 by exploiting different sources including literature, the media FLORENCE ITL 111 F and press. By the end of the course students should be able to Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 show a high degree of understanding of complex written and This course is designed for absolute beginner students who spoken texts and respond appropriately to them, both orally have never studied Italian before. By the end of the course and in writing. Compared to a 3-Hour Intermediate 2 course, this students should be able to deal with the most common everyday course devotes more time to practicing the four main language situations by expressing themselves in the present and past abilities both in class and outside besides introducing some tenses. Compared to a 3-Hour Elementary 1 course, this course additional topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical devotes more time to practicing the four main language abilities topics include: review and expansion of contents of previous both in class and outside besides introducing some additional levels; forms and use of the subjunctive mood; imperative grammar topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical with pronouns; introduction to passato remoto; infinitive topics include: definite and indefinite articles; noun-adjective and gerund; degrees of comparison; passive voice; relative agreement; present tense of regular and main irregular verbs; pronouns; reported speech (first level). Key thematic areas prepositions; direct pronouns; present perfect; possessive include: famous Italians; issues of contemporary history, culture adjectives. Key thematic areas include: shopping for food; daily and society; local arts and crafts; Italian cinema. Selected life and spare time; vacations; at the restaurant; family; in town. readings of literary works. During the January Intersession at Selected readings. During the January Intersession at least 4 least 4 hours are dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture hours are dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural activities. activities. Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or ITL 211 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test ITL 112 F LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This course is designed for students who already have a basic 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 vocabulary of Italian and basic knowledge of elementary structures of the language. By the end of the course students ITL 311 F Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 should be able to complete simple and routine tasks requiring an exchange of information on familiar matters, to describe This course is designed for students who already have a solid their background and issues related to everyday life. Compared grammatical/lexical basis. By the end of the course students to a 3-Hour Elementary 2 course, this course devotes more should be able to understand most TV news and information time to practicing the four main language abilities both in on current affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write texts class and outside besides introducing some additional topics about a wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of confidence and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics include: with the language that makes communication fluid and clear. review of Elementary 1 level contents; simple and compound Compared to a 3-Hour Advanced 1 course, this course devotes prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect tense; indirect more time to practicing the four main language abilities both pronouns; introduction to present conditional. Key thematic in class and outside besides introducing some additional topics areas include: shopping in Italy; daily routine; habits in the past; and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics include: Italian festivities; Italian food; in a hotel. Selected readings. consolidation of previous levels; impersonal forms; clauses and During the January Intersession at least 4 hours are dedicated constructions using the subjunctive; passato remoto; passive to mandatory extra class cultural activities. forms in contrast; relative clauses in contrast. Key thematic areas include: changes in the Italian language and dialects; Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 or ITL 111 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 or equivalent; typical Italian products; immigration in Italy; environmental placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test issues. Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level authors. During the January Intersession at least 4 hours are dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural activities. 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or ITL 212 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; ITL 211 F placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level This course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex structures to express personal opinions and preferences. By the 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 end of the course students should be able to enter unprepared into conversation on topics that are familiar; to relate the plot ITL 312 F Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 of a book or film; to write correct texts on topics of personal interest. Compared to a 3-Hour Intermediate 1 course, this This course is designed for students who have a high degree course devotes more time to practicing the four main language of fluency in Italian both in speaking and in writing. By the end abilities both in class and outside besides introducing some of the course students should be able to formulate ideas and additional topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical opinions with precision and recognize a wide range of idiomatic topics include: review of previous level contents; past perfect; expressions and colloquialisms, as well as apply register shifts. prepositions; combined, indefinite and interrogative pronouns; Compared to a 3-Hour Advanced 2 course, this course devotes present and past conditional; linking words; impersonal forms; more time to practicing the four main language abilities both present and past subjunctive. Key thematic areas include: in class and outside besides introducing some additional Italian geography; food and cuisine; holidays; driving in topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics Italy; dwellings; health and body. Selected readings. During include: review of previous levels; past perfect subjunctive; the January Intersession at least 4 hours are dedicated to past conditional; indefinite adjectives pronouns; verbs and mandatory extra class cultural activities. prepositions; conditional clauses; trapassato remoto; gerund, infinitive, participle; tense agreement; reported speech (second Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or ITL 112 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or equivalent; level). Key thematic areas include: Italian regionalism; the placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test Risorgimento; politics and the media; contemporary literature LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level and cinema; cultural heritage. Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 or ITL 311 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level

90 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 ITL - Italian Language 6-Credit 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 and Advanced 1 Courses ITL 321 F Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 FLORENCE 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 and 2 This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This FLORENCE ITL 122 F course introduces students to contemporary Italian society Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 by exploiting different sources including literature, the media This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. and press. By the end of the course students should be able This course is for absolute beginner students who have never to understand most TV news and information on current studied Italian before. By the end of the course students should affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write texts about a be able to complete simple and routine tasks requiring an wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of confidence with exchange of information on familiar matters, to describe their the language that makes communication fluid and clear. Key background and issues related to everyday life. Key grammatical grammatical topics include: consolidation of all past tenses; topics include: definite and indefinite articles; noun-adjective relative and combined pronouns; past conditional; consolidation agreement; present tense of regular and main irregular verbs; of subjunctive mood; future perfect; reported speech (first present perfect; possessive adjectives; simple and compound level); passive voice; conditional clauses; gerund and Infinitive; prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect tense; direct some uses of the impersonal form. Key thematic areas include: and indirect pronouns; introduction to present conditional. foreign words commonly used in Italian; the media world; life Key thematic areas include: Italian food; spare time; travelling; in Italian towns; environmental issues; Italian novelists; family vacations; the family; shopping in Italy; daily routine; habits in today; Italian traditions and festivities. Selected readings of the past; Italian festivities; in a hotel. literary works by modern Italian authors. School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture Note: learning experience and activities involving the local Note: learning experience and activities involving the local community are integral to the program. community are integral to the program. Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 and or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Intermediate 1 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level ITL 221 F Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 6-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 and 2 This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This course is for those students who already have a basic ITL 322 F Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 vocabulary and knowledge of elementary structures of the language. By the end of the course students should be able This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This to enter unprepared into conversation on topics that are course is for students who already have a solid grammatical/ familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write correct lexical basis. By the end of the course students should be able texts on topics of personal interest. Key grammatical topics to formulate ideas and opinions with precision and recognize include: review of Elementary 1 level contents; direct, indirect a wide range of idiomatic expressions and colloquialisms, as and relative pronouns; impersonal form; possessive adjectives; well as apply register shifts. Key grammatical topics include: reflexive verbs; degrees of comparison: adverbs and adjectives; consolidation of previous levels; past conditional; subjunctive imperfect vs present perfect; introduction to conditional; clauses; conditional clauses; passive forms in contrast; relative imperative; irregular nouns; simple future; introduction to pronouns in contrast; impersonal forms; verbs + prepositions; subjunctive; past perfect; introduction to passato remoto. Key compound nouns; tense agreement with the indicative and grammatical topics include: daily routines; holidays; shopping the subjunctive moods; trapassato remoto; gerund, infinitive, in Italy; family and childhood; marriage in Italy; dietary habits; participle; reported speech (second level). Key thematic health and body; future plans; the working world; dwellings. areas include: changes in the Italian language and society; Selected readings. typical Italian products; Italian literature, music and cinema; immigration; politics and the media; cultural heritage; Note: learning experience and activities involving the local environmental issues. Selected readings of literary works by community are integral to the program. modern Italian authors. Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Note: learning experience and activities involving the local placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into community are integral to the program a different level Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 and 2 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level ITL 222 F Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex structures to express personal opinions and preferences. By ITL - Italian Language 16-Credit the end of the course students should be able to show a high Courses degree of understanding of complex written and spoken texts and respond appropriately to them, both orally and in writing. LEVEL SEQUENCES Key grammatical topics include: review of previous level contents; past perfect; prepositions; combined, indefinite and interrogative pronouns; present and past conditional; linking 16-Hour Italian Elementary 1 and 2, words; impersonal forms; forms and use of the subjunctive Intermediate 1 and 2 mood; imperative with pronouns; introduction to passato ITL 191-192-291-292 F remoto; infinitive and gerund; degrees of comparison; passive Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 voice; relative pronouns; reported speech (first level). Key thematic areas include: Italian geography; food and cuisine; This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a holidays; driving in Italy; dwellings; health and body; famous full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of Italians; issues of contemporary history, culture and society; Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be local arts and crafts; Italian cinema. Selected readings. covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 Note: learning experience and activities involving the local credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” community are integral to the program or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into and culture and enable students to interact directly with local a different level LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 91 community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS description of any single level please see ITL 191, ITL 192, ITL 291 and ITL 292. 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 ITL 191 F

FLORENCE 16-Hour Italian Elementary 2, Intermediate 1 FLORENCE Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 and 2, Advanced 1 This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is ITL 192-291-292-391 F designed for absolute beginner students who have never Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 studied Italian before. Its aim is to give the basis of the language, This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a allowing students to face the most common everyday situations full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of by expressing themselves in the present and in the past tense. Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be Key grammatical topics include: definite and indefinite articles; covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each regular and most common irregular verbs in the present course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 tense; modal verbs; most common prepositions; regular and credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” irregular present perfect; direct pronouns; the verb piacere; or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes interrogative pronouns; impersonal form. Key thematic areas are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities include: introducing oneself; at the restaurant; spare time; time, whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society weather, seasons; in town; at the hotel; vacations; shopping for and culture and enable students to interact directly with local food. community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the description of any single level please see ITL 192, ITL 291, ITL 4-Hour Italian language Elementary 2 School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture 292 and ITL 391. ITL 192 F Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is a different level designed for students who already have a basic vocabulary and knowledge of elementary structures of the language. By the end of the course students should be able to communicate in 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 1 and 2, simple and routine tasks requiring an exchange of information Advanced 1 and 2 on familiar and routine matters, to describe their background, ITL 291-292-391-392 F immediate environment and matters related to areas relevant Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 to everyday life. Students will learn new forms to express past This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a actions and future events. Key grammatical topics include: full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of reflexive verbs; possessives; comparatives; imperfect versus Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be present perfect; introduction to conditional; “stare” + gerund; covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each relative pronouns; direct and indirect pronouns. Key thematic course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 areas include: Italian festivities; shopping in Italy; family and credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” childhood; marriage in Italy. Selected readings. or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 or are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities equivalent; placement test upon arrival whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society and culture and enable students to interact directly with local 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the ITL 291 F description of any single level please see ITL 291, ITL 292, ITL Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 391 and ITL 392. This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 directed towards the acquisition of more complex structures or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the to express personal opinions and preferences. By the end of placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into the course students should be able to enter unprepared into a different level conversation on topics that are familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write correct texts on topics of personal 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 2, Advanced 1, 2 interest. Key grammatical topics include: imperative forms; and 3 degrees of comparison: adverbs and adjectives; future tense; ITL 292-391-392-393 F introduction to subjunctive; combined and relative pronouns; Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 trapassato prossimo; past conditional; intro to passato remoto. Key thematic areas include: dietary habits; health and body; This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a future plans; the working world; dwellings. Selected readings. full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each or equivalent; placement test upon arrival course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” 4-Hour Italian language Intermediate 2 or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes ITL 292 F are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is and culture and enable students to interact directly with local designed for students who already have an active knowledge community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the of the main structures of the Italian language. By completing description of any single level please see ITL 292, ITL 391, ITL the study of more complex language structures, students 392 and ITL 393. will be able to give reasons and explanations for opinions Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 and plans. By the end of the course students should be able or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the to understand the main points of radio and TV programs, placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into newspaper and magazine articles and simple literary passages. a different level Key grammatical topics include: passato remoto and trapassato prossimo; past conditional; consolidation of subjunctive mood; passive form; conditional clauses; implicit forms. Key thematic areas include: Italian society; fashion; immigration in Italy; stereotypes; famous Italians; typical Italian products; Italian music. Selected readings of literary works. Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival

92 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 ITL 391 F Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is

FLORENCE designed for students who have a solid grammatical/lexical FLORENCE background in Italian and have already completed the study of complex language structures. By the end of the course students should be able to understand most TV news and current affairs programs, contemporary literary prose, write clear texts about a range of subjects including reports, passing information, or giving reasons in support or against a particular point of view. They should be able to interact with a degree of fluency with native speakers to take active part in discussions. Key grammatical topics include: review of the subjunctive, conditional and indicative mood; passive forms in contrast; linking words; articles and prepositions. Key thematic areas include: issues in contemporary Italian arts, history and society; changes in the Italian Language. Literature: selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 ITL 392 F Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is designed for those students fluent in Italian. By the end of the course students should be able to understand most TV news and current affairs programs, contemporary literary prose, write clear texts about a wide range of subjects without much effort, interact with high degree of fluency and spontaneity with native speakers. By working with different types of authentic materials and by completing the in-depth grammar review students will achieve a high level of language fluency, they will be able to formulate ideas and opinions with precision, to understand television programs and movies without much effort. Key grammatical topics include: compound and loan words; tense agreement; reported speech; subordinate clauses; more complex impersonal and passive forms; gerund, infinitive, participle. Key thematic areas include: further issues in contemporary Italian arts, history and society. Changes in the Italian Language. Selected readings of literary works by modern and contemporary Italian authors. Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival

4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 3 ITL 393 F Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is designed for those students already fluent in Italian. By the end of the course students should be able to understand TV programs and movies, literary prose without much effort, write clear texts about a wide range of subjects, express themselves spontaneously. Focus will be on language changes, both from the grammatical and lexical points of view, according to the type of message or the kind of situation they are facing. By the end of the course students will understand the pragmatic functions of important grammatical forms in order to use them in proper situations. By working with different types of authentic materials they will refine their usage of idiomatic expressions. Key grammatical and thematic topics will include: review of advanced grammar structures; analysis of different language styles and registers; issues of Italian civilization and culture. Selected readings of literary works by modern and contemporary Italian authors. Prerequisites: ITL 302 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 93

6.3 | Florence School of Sciences

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 95 solvents, acidity and alkalinity, detergents, and consolidation CHM - Chemistry of porous materials. Some demonstrations of reactions and practical application will be shown to introduce the materials General Chemistry I with Laboratory used in conservation more effectively. CHM 135 F FLORENCE Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 Science for Conservators II FLORENCE An introduction to the fundamental theories of inorganic CHM 340 F; Dual listed: RES 340 F chemistry including the structure of atoms, electronic Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 structure, bonding, reactions in aqueous media, gas behavior, Addresses the scientific concepts and the nature of materials intermolecular forces, and properties of solutions. The three- concerning the conservation and restoration of works of art that hour weekly laboratory section demonstrates the lecture are needed by practitioners. Topics include the physical and material and emphasizes laboratory technique, data treatment, chemical properties of porous materials, synthetic materials, and report writing. deterioration and consolidation, the nature of dirt, mechanical School of Sciences School of Sciences Prerequisites: MAT 130 Topics in Mathematics for Liberal Arts, cleaning, liquids and solutions, organic solvents, cleaning with or equivalent water, acidity and alkalinity, and cleaning by chemical reaction. Prerequisites: CHM 135-136 General Chemistry I and II General Chemistry II with Laboratory with Laboratory, or RES 250 Science for Conservators I, or CHM 136 F equivalents Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 This course provides an introduction to the principles of physical chemistry (thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, MAT - Mathematics acid-base chemistry, kinetics and electrochemistry) as well to coordination chemistry. The three-hour weekly laboratory section demonstrates the lecture material and emphasizes Topics in Mathematics for Liberal Arts laboratory technique, data treatment, and report writing. MAT 130 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in CHM 135 General Chemistry I with Laboratory, or equivalent This is an elementary course for Liberal Arts majors. It deals with topics emphasizing fundamental ideas of mathematics, Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory selected from set theory, algebra and geometry. CHM 221 F Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 Finite Mathematics MAT 140 F This course is the first part of a two-semester introductory Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 sequence to organic chemistry. The course provides a thorough understanding of the relationship between structures, This course covers sets, real numbers, solution of equations, properties, functionalities and resulting reactions of organic inequalities, functions, and elementary linear algebra. Course compounds. The compounds covered include alkanes, alkenes, intended for students with majors outside science, technology, alkynes, alkyl halides, alcohols and ethers, which are studied with engineering and mathematics. regards to nomenclature, stereochemistry, stability, reaction Prerequisites: MAT 130 Topics in Mathematics for Liberal Arts, mechanism and structural analysis with spectroscopic methods. or equivalent Accompanying three-hour weekly laboratory provides hands- on experience that consolidates and expands upon theory and Calculus I concepts learned, with training in relevant techniques such as MAT 150 F purification, synthesis and analytical methods. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in CHM 135 & 136 General This course introduces students to derivatives, minimum and Chemistry I & II with Laboratory, or equivalents maximum problems, applications to graphing, exponential and logarithm functions, growth and decay, anti-derivatives, definite Organic Chemistry II with Laboratory integrals and areas. Course intended for students with majors CHM 222 F outside science, technology, engineering and mathematics, Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 who should take MAT 165 Calculus for Science Majors I. This course is the second part of a two-semester introductory Prerequisites: Precalculus, or equivalent sequence to organic chemistry. The course provides the extension of the principles of the relationship between The World of Chance: An Introduction to structures, properties, functionalities and resulting reactions of Statistics organic compounds. The compounds covered include alcohols, ethers, conjugated system, amines, carbonyl derivatives MAT 180 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and others. The course focusses on reaction mechanisms, stereochemistry, multiple step synthesis and advanced In this course statistical concepts are introduced through spectroscopic analytics. Accompanying three-hour weekly lectures, class discussions, activities and demonstrations. laboratory provides hands-on experience that consolidates The course will enable students to understand and appraise and expands upon theory and concepts learned, with training the use of statistics in their own respective disciplines and to in various techniques for separation, synthesis and analysis. critically access the statistical content of articles in the media and the world in general. Through the use of news articles Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in CHM 221 Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory, or equivalent the course aims to improve the understanding of some of the following topics: study design, graphical methods, descriptive statistics, probability, sampling, correlation, regression, Science for Conservators I surveys, estimation, testing of hypotheses, problem-solving CHM 250 F - Dual Listed: RES 250 F and decision making. This introduction to statistics employs a Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 method involving direct application and real-world examples. This course will provide conservation students with essential up-to-date tools for a more scientific approach to restoration practice. It will outline the basic concepts of chemistry in order to integrate a more in-depth knowledge of the materials and techniques used in the profession. The course covers the general function of molecules, chemical bonding and chemical equations, with an introduction to the materials found more specifically in frescoes and paintings. Causes of deterioration and the very important aspects of cleaning a work of art will be discussed from a scientific point of view. Topics will also include

96 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 School of Sciences FLORENCE School ofCreative Arts d Aaei Ctlg 2015-2016 Catalog Academic LdM 6.4 |Florence 97

School of Sciences FLORENCE assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall FVM - Film, Video and Multimedia evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student Production internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The placement is with the LdM Web TV. Interns develop and

FLORENCE Digital Filmmaking I carry out various activities which may include but are not limited to: script writing, multimedia writing, interviews, FVM 210 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 research, video work, editing, and website management. The course is based on the script, the language of images, Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to and the figurative and narrative components of the story. Idea, change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference story line, treatment and screenplay will be covered, as well letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit as literary and original screenplays. The different roles of the supporting documentation by the application deadline, and production team will be analyzed: preparation: casting and acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview work plan; technical means of directing (techniques of cinema during the first week of the term. / video shooting styles); lighting techniques and rudimental of Prerequisites: Communications/Journalism/Film majors of

School of Creative Arts School of Creative photography; editing: construction and definition of the film junior standing. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous but story line; editing methods with digital formats; audio post- is not required production (mixing). The course aims to connect the different stages of production to provide the student with a global view of the expressive power of the media from the creative to the realizable. NUH – Nutrition, Culinary Arts and Understanding Movies: Theory and Practice Culture FVM 215 F; Dual listed: MCT 215 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The Food of Italy Moving images are among the most distinctive innovations and NUH 160 F experiences of the last century and remain one of the most Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 enduring. In a media-dependent culture, developing a critical Although characterized by unique and distinctive features, understanding and practical knowledge of this form are vital. Italian cuisine is still perceived as the result of many different This course studies the theory as well as the techniques of regional culinary traditions that, although merged and diluted filmmaking. It analyzes the ever-evolving cinematic language over the centuries, still maintain their particular flavors and in terms of both its historical development and its essential distinct ingredients. The course focuses on the different elements, techniques and tools. Through the study of stylistic aspects of regional food in Italy, from ingredients to recipe choices and the construction of images and sequences, preparation and cooking techniques, with particular attention students learn aesthetic and technical terms, rules, conventions, to the following factors: historical origins and developments; and social assumptions used to build meaning. In a series of climate and environmental conditions; social issues; food stylistic exercises, students engage in hands-on experience of production; nutrition; and safety and health. Emphasis will be video shooting. placed on how food relates to the local lifestyle and culture. Regional economy and local resources will be analyzed and Screenwriting compared. Students will be introduced to the various local FVM 242 F; Dual listed: COM 242 F; MCT 242 F products through lectures and class demonstrations. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The aim of this course is writing for film. Feature-length Wine and Culture I: Wines of Italy screenplays demand a specific architecture. Students enter the NUH 170 F class with an idea for a film, which can be based on something Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 they experience during their stay in Italy, a memory, a story they This course investigates Italian wine in the context of the heard, a concept based on novel they read, or anything that extraordinary history, philosophy, culture and lifestyle of Italy. inspires them. The course is articulated in three parts. 1. Through In this context wine is not only a much-loved drink but forms lectures, workshop discussions and scene work, students an essential part of rich cultural traditions extending back to explore and develop an understanding of the basic principles the Etruscans and ancient Romans. From the study of wine of screenwriting. Topics include: style, format, development, we learn about the practices of earlier cultures, about their geography, image, scene, sequence, plot vs. character, hearing values and our own, and we gain a unique perspective on voices. Students develop the subject. 2. Students learn how Italy today. The course focuses on the distinct traditions and to build a coherent treatment — a summary of the events and economic, geographic and climatic aspects of each area of major emotional arcs of the film’s three acts. They develop the Italian wine production. Students explore grape varieties and subject into a treatment. 3. Students complete their feature- different techniques used to make wine, and the national and length screenplay. regional classifications. They also subject representative wines to organoleptic analysis (visual, olfactory and gustative). Each Digital Filmmaking II wine is studied in terms of its characteristics, history and FVM 275 F traditions, and in relationship to the particular foods meant to Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 accompany it. The course deals with the three phases of the production of a professional video. The aim of the course is to give students Wine and Culture II: Wines of Tuscany all the necessary means to produce and make a professional NUH 190 F video. Phase 1 - Pre-production: a) Structure and analysis of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 screenplay; b) Working plan organization of the film and video This course deals with the different wine areas of Tuscany, production. Phase 2 - Production: Set decoration, lighting, focusing on their distinct historical, traditional, economic shooting, directing. Phase 3 - Post-production: Editing (with and geographic aspects. Students will be introduced to wine up-to-date editing software), sounding, mixing. appreciation by studying the most representative Tuscan wines Prerequisites: FVM 210 Digital Filmmaking I, or equivalent and comparing them with famous Italian wines. The major grape varieties and wine-making techniques will be presented and each wine will be tasted with a complete organoleptic Communications Internship: LdM Web TV analysis: visual, olfactory and gustative. Students will also FVM 361 F; Dual listed: COM 361 F learn how to pair wines with food. Specific information on the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 marketing of the wine (classification, sale, market) will be also This internship provides practical and professional experience provided. During classes students will visit some of the most in the field of Communications. The intern is monitored by famous enoteche in Florence. both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects

98 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Food and Culture Current Trends in Italian Cuisine NUH 198 F; Dual listed: ANT 198 F; CLT 198 F NUH 220 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 If “you are what you eat”, just why do you eat the way you do? This course explores major trends in contemporary Italian

This course considers the relationships between the multiple cuisine that have been emerging in recent decades. These FLORENCE meanings of food and the acts of preparing and eating food, trends, revealed in both everyday and haute cuisine, involve and further explores food and personal and social identity. fresh reinterpretations of regional traditions, revaluation of local Students will examine why different people make different products, interest in lighter and healthier diet, and an emphasis food choices in their daily lives, why individuals from certain on creativity. Driving these trends are such diverse factors as social classes will avoid or esteem particular foods, and in interest in other cuisines, innovations by leading chefs, and general how food serves as a factor in self-definition. Because especially changes in Italian society and lifestyles. Students a person’s attitude toward food can reveal not just personal learn basic cooking skills as well as some specialized cooking identity traits but a whole food ideology, this course will also methods and techniques. They discover how to select quality analyze the role of food in the construction of ethnic identity, in ingredients, and they compare their eating habits with those

the display of religious beliefs, and in the negotiation of gender common in Italy today. Particular focus is given to the following Arts School of Creative roles. Students learn how cultures and values are transmitted aspects: historical origins and developments of food production, and preserved through food. Through personal essays and the regional dishes, seasonal and environmental conditions, social interdisciplinary secondary literature, students will be guided issues, nutrition, safety and health. In each lesson students to analyze the complex and fascinating relationships between learn how to prepare representative recipes, with attention to people and food, helping them to understand how cultures ingredients, nutritional values, and presentation. (including their own) ultimately determine all human food choices. Mediterranean and Middle Eastern Cuisines NUH 225 F Celebrating Italian Style: Food and Culture in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Contemporary Italy Western cuisine owes a lot of its ingredients, foods and methods NUH 200 F of cooking to the Middle Eastern trade routes. This course will Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 analyze Middle Eastern cooking and its influence on Italian and This course deals with the relationships between Italian Mediterranean cuisines. Students will discover that the roots of traditions, folklore and contemporary Italian society, for example pasta, pizza and ice cream, the most well known Italian foods, the links between festivals, food and wines, tourism and today’s can be traced through history to the Talmud and the Arab Italian economy. Nowadays the image of Italy in the world is colonies in Sicily. Students will travel virtually through North tightly connected with the global diffusion and promotion of Africa, the Near Middle East (Turkey, Greece), the Arab World, its leading “Made in Italy” products, among which food and Israel and Persia to get to know their traditions and something wines are the most important. The land of poor emigrants has about their history and music and learn to prepare their become the land of class and style, Italian chefs are as popular characteristic dishes. These cuisines all use a variety of herbs as Italian fashion designers, Italian wines feature among the and spices which were added not only for taste and aroma, but best wines of the world, and Italian recipes have found their way also for their healing properties. In the first half of the semester to the world’s most renowned restaurants’ menus. This course topics common to all the countries will be studied, in the second will give students the opportunity to discover the reasons for half the specific countries or areas. Particular attention will be this miracle through a wide range of hands-on cooking lessons, given to Mediterranean-vegetarian cuisine. The course aims to wine and food tasting, field trips and guest lectures. supply the main guidelines for recognizing, understanding and interpreting true Mediterranean cuisine. Herbs and Spices in Mediterranean Cuisine Vegetarian Cuisine in Italy NUH 215 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 NUH 232 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Herbs and spices have played an essential part in the history of the Mediterranean countries. From their early use in tribal magic This course focuses on the Mediterranean aspect of Italian and to cure ailments, they came to be studied systematically cuisine. Part of the fascination of Italian food is its incredible and dispensed by apothecaries and physicians during the diversity. The landscape, the vegetation and the climate all medieval period. Spices arrived from the East brought by the influence regional food products and the cuisine. The Italian sea merchants, while the Mediterranean’s natural environment diet is for the most part vegetarian, however vegetarianism is offered an abundance and variety of herbs. These combined not a common lifestyle choice; meat is an important element with the spices were used to preserve and enhance the flavor even though not the main event of the meal. of foods. Herbs provide us with many different flavors: from the The aim of the course is to practice traditional recipes from all delicate sweetness of angelica to the sour spiciness of sorrel. the regions of Italy and the nearby Mediterranean regions, such Utilizing them can be simple as chopping up mint for a sauce as Greece, Morocco, Tunisia, and Turkey: the dishes selected and a long drink, or complicated as making one of the herbal will reflect some classics of Italian vegetarian cuisine. liqueurs composing of dozens different herbs . However you employ them, herb and spices can impart a tangy flavor to Fundamentals of Food Design, Styling and many meals. Today even the most metropolitan Italians keep fresh herbs within easy reach by growing them at home in Photography gardens or in pots on terraces and in window boxes. Students NUH 234 F; Dual listed: PHO 234 F will not only learn how to use herbs and spices to zest up the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 simplest of dishes, but also as a salt substitute for a healthier Cooking involves not only the preparation but also the diet. Students will also learn to create and take care of their presentation of food products. Through this course students own home aromatic herb garden. During each lesson, besides learn how to style food and beverages, and how to capture the main topic, specific herbs and spices used in Italian and their essence in photography. Students have the opportunity Mediterranean cooking will be studied and dishes will be to develop their personal creativity, and learn how to exercise prepared with them for everyone to taste. Students will be also good technical and compositional control. Through lab practice given information on a) nutritional profiles, b) how different students learn to process, develop and print photographs herbs and spices affect the body (benefits, adverse effects correctly and to use Photoshop techniques especially pertinent etc.), and c) how they can be used as cosmetics, natural to Food Photography. Food Photography competencies remedies, etc. develop include specific lighting techniques, ability to arrange compositions and settings, and visual storytelling. To achieve this, the course grounds students in key theory elements of food design, involving visual and stylistic analysis. May include visits to special culinary venues. Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR digital camera with manual function and with at least one lens. LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 99 Topics in Nutrition: Italian Style Cooking the US have constantly increased in recent years. If until the early 1990’s wine consumption was concentrated in a few NUH 240 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 major states, today wine is consumed by a large part of the entire US population. Italian wine, counting for 30% of U.S. wine In an age of processed foods and widespread adulteration imports, is a major part of this economic and cultural scenario. FLORENCE of the environment, the importance of good diet is essential. In addition, new wine markets have emerged worldwide. This Appropriate use of eliminative or healing remedies may provide growing interest has strengthened the role of traditional key additional influence on dietary metabolism. Healing nutrition players of the wine trade such as importers, distributors, provides unique opportunities to convert food into useful wholesalers, retailers, while helping to create new professional nourishment. It gives dietary therapy much added value. By figures such as wine writers, wine club managers, and event studying the chemical structure of food and its effects on the promoters. In this course students learn skills that help equip human body’s metabolism, students are introduced to the them to take on such roles. Given the notable diversity and healthy side of Italian cuisine today, including the practical quality of Italian wines, students examine issues of sourcing, preparation of healthy dishes. The different food combinations shipment chains and trading channels, and market impact. The and the way they affect digestion and metabolism will also be course includes business simulations, and students produce a

School of Creative Arts School of Creative analyzed in order to plan a daily healthy diet. start-up or marketing project. Prerequisites: BUS 130 Introduction to Business, or BUS 150 Italian Food and Culture: Pairing Food & Wine Introduction to Marketing, or equivalents NUH 245 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Italian Food for Festivals and Festivities Italian cuisine is the result of many different regional culinary NUH 255 F traditions that, although merged and diluted over centuries, still Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 maintain their particular flavors and distinct ingredients. Thanks In Italy food is a fundamental element of every festivity. In in recent years to a greater availability of wines from different every region, all year round, each festa or sagra features regions, the pairing of food and wine, always a traditional delicious dishes, whether the event is held in honor of a saint, aspect of Italian cuisine, has become more important in the of a religious or secular festivity or in the spirit of the famous organization of a menu and the presentation of a meal. In this Italian joie de vivre. In this course all the main festivities will be course the various ways of pairing Italian food and wine will be analyzed through their history, religious or secular importance, analyzed and used for menu planning. This involves research and through the role they play in the local culture. All the various into aspects of both wine and food, with special emphasis on aspects of the Italian lifestyle will be introduced, together with classification and technical terminology, nutritional and health the cuisine and the rituals associated with them: customs, issues, chemical composition, sensory and other evaluation celebrations, table manners, social gatherings and their techniques, as well as cooking skills that will be practiced evolution throughout the centuries. The aim of the course is to regularly in class. Not suitable for vegetarians. teach students to make traditional and ritual recipes of Italy: the selection of dishes reflects what is really popular in Italy The Science of Food, Health and Wellbeing and concentrates on the classics of Italian cuisine (fresh pasta, NUH 249 F risotto, meat sauce etc.) that students can reproduce at home. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Traditional food products will be also introduced, through class The primary focus of this course is to analyze the biological demonstrations and tasting. properties of the body and the effects that foods have on it. Students learn the basics of nutrition (proteins, vitamins, Jewish-Italian Cooking Traditions minerals, antioxidants, natural supplements), including how NUH 260 F the phytochemicals and nutrients of foods can improve health, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and they will study habits, programs and dietary regimens for The importance of the Jewish influence on certain elements of healthy living. Nutritional healing and wider questions of well- the Italian traditions in cooking and serving food is an often being are also addressed. Includes hands-on preparation of neglected chapter in the splendid history of Italian cuisine. healthy dishes. The relationship between Jewish cooking traditions and the different regional Italian traditions is a rich case study because Italian Cuisine: History and Practice of the peculiar characteristics of such encounters. Whereas NUH 250 F Arabs, Greeks and others have dominated a specific area of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Italy at certain times, imposing their traditions and integrating This is a study of the evolution of food in Italy, starting from them with local habits, the very ancient Jewish presence in Italy ancient Roman times, continuing through the Middle Ages and has touched almost all Italian regions and has left its mark in the Renaissance, up to modern times. Students will look at diverse ways. Very often the cuisine of the Italian Jews was the the sumptuous ancient Roman table, the simple cuisine of the result of an adaptation of local ingredients and techniques to medieval monasteries and the spectacular feasts of the courts. the religious restrictions of the community. At the same time, Food will be examined in the historical context of each period some characteristic elements of the home cuisine of migrating and in relation to the society and culture of the times. The Jewish communities (for example from Spain or Germany) economic prosperity and cultural vitality of the Renaissance are were carried to Italy and integrated into this complex culinary explored through gastronomy: natural and sophisticated tastes, and cultural mixture. The purpose of this course is to analyze in culinary skills, famous cooks and their innovative recipes, table a detailed way the interrelations that contributed to the birth of settings and the code of manners. Particular attention will be a Jewish–Italian cuisine and its social, economic and historical paid to the important role of Caterina de’ Medici in exporting implications. Tuscan cuisine to France and how it developed there. In Italy, as nowhere else, ancient culinary traditions have persisted. Italians Co(ok)quinarius: Ancient Sources of Italian still prepare and eat foods almost as they did in the fifteenth Cuisine century. Students work with original recipes from past culinary treatises, sometimes discovering ancient tastes (herbs, spices, NUH 264 F; Dual listed: CLA 264 F; ANT 264 F sauces), but most of the time adapting old techniques to new Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 circumstances and ingredients. So many ancient customs have Co(ok)quinarius, which takes place also within the fascinating endured for such a long time. This is one of the most fascinating context of the Florentine Central Food Market, explores the aspects of Italian cultural history. This course is about original main elements of ancient Mediterranean food culture as the Italian cuisine and its timeless qualities. forerunner of modern Italian cuisine. Following the guidelines of the Experimental Archaeology students learn to understand, Wine Business and Marketing prepare, taste, and evaluate ancient Etruscan, Greek, Roman as well as Near Eastern dishes within their social dimensions NUH 252 F; Dual listed: BUS 252 F and cultural perspective. Starting from the distinction between Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 consumption of food and use of food, students explore This course explores the business and marketing of wine, with Etruscan, Greek and Roman culinary traditions. Topics include special focus on U.S. markets. Wine trade and consumption in the meanings of food, its social dimensions, the history of 100 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 specific commodities; everyday eating habits and etiquette; specific aim and forms part of a progressive buildup of skills rituals and taboos. This knowledge permits the class to through observation with a series of exercises. Still life, human accurately understand, recreate, cook, and taste ancient figure, architecture and nature will be investigated as subject recipes. During interactive lessons students will improve their matter and perspective will be analyzed in depth. Reference practical skills, learn how to prepare different recipes, and to the exceptional works of art in the city of Florence will be develop their knowledge of both the theory and practice investigated and analyzed as an integral part of the course. FLORENCE of food anthropology. The key of the analysis is the Food The aim of the course is to develop basic skills and a better Sign, a specially-developed tool with two inseparable sides: understanding and knowledge of drawing, and to encourage anthropological meaning and gastronomy. This instrument further studies. helps to show that in Antiquity any given dish wasn’t a mere result of a recipe to prepare food in a particular way as part of Foundation Oil Painting a meal, but was inevitably linked to sacral and social meanings. PDM 140 F Students will be able to recognize and appreciate ancient Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 traditions and to link them to modern cuisine (when a particular This course is an introduction to the traditional techniques tradition has continued) and interests. of oil painting for beginning students or students with no School of Creative Arts School of Creative previous training in Fine Arts. The course deals with the most Sustainable Food fundamental principles and elements of still-life painting, with NUH 280 F; Dual listed: ENV 280 F emphasis on perception and buildup of form, tone, and color Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 on a two-dimensional surface, as well as studies of perspective This course explores food and gastronomy in the light of and composition. Each lesson has a specific aim and forms part environmental preservation, sustainable agricultural practices, of a progressive buildup of skills through observation with a the conservation of biological and culinary diversity and series of exercises in highly structured lessons, including the global justice. Drawing on a multi-disciplinary perspective theory of color, supplemented by practical demonstrations. which brings together academic research and the traditional Exceptional works of art in the city of Florence will be referenced knowledge of farmers and producers, students will explore the and analyzed as an integral part of the course. The aim of the complexity of food and food systems through an analysis of course is for students to learn basic oil painting techniques. their nutritional, social, and environmental aspects. They will be encouraged to reflect on the sustainable food movement in Foundation Oil Painting (Summer only) a holistic manner, and to question the roles of individuals and PDM 141 F consumers in today’s global food system. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 This course is an introduction to the traditional techniques Food and Wine Product Retailing Internship of oil painting for beginning students or students with no NUH 361 F previous training in Fine Arts. The course deals with the most Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 fundamental principles and elements of still-life painting, with This internship provides practical and professional experience an emphasis on the perception and build up of form, tone, and in the field of Food and Wine Product Retailing. The intern color on a two-dimensional surface. Exercises are introduced is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM to students in highly structured lessons, including the theory faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship of color, supplemented by practical demonstrations. Reference supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, to the exceptional works of art in the city of Florence will be and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship investigated and analyzed as an integral part of the course. The site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. aim of the course is for students to learn the basic knowledge The placement is with an established international retail of oil painting techniques as well as to discover their personal chain of traditional Italian food products. Interns develop brush stroke, favorite colors, and the ability to personalize one’s and carry out various activities which may include but are composition. not limited to: promoting an in-depth understanding of high- quality food and drink culture; guiding visitors through the Expanding Creativity history and philosophy of sustainable food; implementing PDM 150 F; Dual listed: PER 150 F; PHO 150 F; SCU 150 F the communication strategies through social networking. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The internship provides students with practical experience in Problem solving in the field of fine arts is coupling inspiration the field of cultural mediation and food and wine education, with practical solutions. Viewing the situation with an artistic through training on the agricultural production of the products. eye, whether it be in drawing, painting, sculpture, graphic Note: placement opportunities are limited and subject to design, music or writing, the creator of the work must discover change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference how to “put the line where he/she wants it to go”, using his/ letters, formal letter of intent, writing sample. Students her talents to realize in a tangible form what he/she envisions who enroll must submit supporting documentation by the in his/her imagination. The primary goal of this class will be for application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon students to learn to express their true selves while transforming result of an onsite interview during the first week of the term media in an artistic and mindful way. Students will learn to and an Italian language placement test. Fluency in Italian is expand their thinking into areas of art other than their present advantageous. chosen media. Since the class is made up of students from Prerequisites: 1) Hospitality / Nutrition / Tourism majors of various artistic experiences, there is a wide variety of outlooks junior standing; 2) Elementary Italian 2 completed (ITL 102 to broaden perspectives. level) and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class. Exceptional English (written/spoken) required. Recommended: social Digital Sketchbook networking experience PDM 165 F; Dual listed: GRA 165 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 In this course students combine traditional and digital media. In drawing sessions in various locations in the historic center of PDM - Painting, Drawing and Mixed Florence, students learn basic drawing concepts, followed by one-on-one instruction with the instructor to create drawings Media suitable for the computer lab sessions. These manual drawing sessions focus on creating three-dimensional space through Principles of Drawing and Composition the use of linear perspective and construction of complex PDM 130 F forms using simple volumes, on the drawing of the sculpted Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 and live human figure, and on creating balanced and interesting This course will teach the basic techniques of figure and object compositions. In the computer sessions students learn to scan drawing. The program is designed to introduce the fundamental selected drawings from the city drawing sessions and paint principles and elements of drawing using charcoal, pencil and them digitally using Photoshop. Students explore painting various other media, such as red chalk. Each lesson has a concepts applicable to both traditional and digital painting

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 101 and the most relevant and useful Photoshop functions. In the Comic Art course students create multiple versions of each painting (for PDM 220 F; Dual listed: GRA 220 F example, day and night versions of one scene). Projects include Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 painting a set of images using gouache, and developing and modifying with Photoshop one or more of their traditionally In this course students learn how to write with pictures and FLORENCE painted images. In this way students discover benefits and as the final project create their own complete comic book. drawbacks of the traditional and graphic approaches. Students will learn how to write, draw and digitally color their story. The course first looks at the art of telling stories. Visits to various historical locations help to reveal how stories have Pastel Techniques been told in the past through images. Lessons train students PDM 170 F to apply basic drawing concepts, linear perspective, coloring Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 and composition to the art of comics. Teaching one-on-one, the This course introduces students to the various pastel instructor takes students through the entire process of making techniques: such as chalk, wax, watercolor, stabilo soft and comics, including the creation of pages suitable for painting in stabilo tone. Various color theory exercises will be investigated. the computer lab sessions. All successful comic artists share

School of Creative Arts School of Creative Students are also introduced to the various artists who have a grasp of effective body language and facial expression, and used pastel techniques as their chosen medium. Also, reference the ability to create a rich and believable world inhabited by to the exceptional works of art in the city of Florence will be convincing characters. The vast diversity of comics styles and analyzed as an integral part of the course. The course includes genres, including the graphic novel, will be presented and each subjects from still-life to models. student will be lead to work within those that are most suitable. Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition, The project emerges from students’ close understanding of or equivalent these and other specific elements and tools.

Fine Art Mosaics Florence Sketchbook - Intermediate PDM 180 F PDM 230 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 This course covers the various techniques of stone and glass This course consists of gathering research in the traditional mosaics (for example Pompeian, Venetian and contemporary). form of sketching from the museums, streets, and environments The students will create projects and decoration of architectural of Florence as artists have done for centuries. This includes illusion, panels, and scenographic design. Students will become sketches taking inspiration from sculptures, paintings, proficient in the various stages of building up traditional architecture, formal gardens and squares, as well as drawing mosaics. Reference to the exceptional Italian mosaic works of from life in streets and markets, with an in-depth study of art will be investigated and analyzed as an integral part of the foreshortening and perspective. Students will be encouraged to course. write annotations and observations as well as to investigate their areas of interest. Students gain firsthand knowledge of original works by direct observation in situ, learn drawing and painting Florence Sketchbook - Beginning skills in a refreshing way, and learn to create sketchbooks that PDM 183 F may serve as source material for future projects. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition, In this course students develop basic observation, drawing and or equivalent watercolor skills in a refreshing way. Students keep a series of sketchbooks and develop finished drawing projects from them. After initial training in fundamental drawing techniques for Sketchbook Workshop (Summer only) pencil, pen and other media, the course is dedicated principally PDM 240 F to sketching outdoors in the city and environs. Students develop Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 ability in representing a variety of subjects, including the human This special summer course takes place in Florence (three form, architecture, and landscape. Exploiting the advantages of weeks) and in another inspiring setting in Italy (one week). It the site, students explore such themes as historical monuments, offers training and guided practice in drawing and watercolor street life, and formal gardens. They encounter art of the past, techniques, with scope for extended work in techniques including efforts to sketch the same or similar topics. The of preference. In Florence, activities unfold in classrooms, course equips students to efficiently capture impressions by museums and the city, and they include working from sculptures, drawing in various media at various rates and scales, keeping paintings, architecture, formal gardens, as well as drawing from annotations, ideas, sketches, and analyses of artwork in a street and market life. In the second location students sketch journal, and developing personal interests. Students explore entirely in the field with a focus on a distinctive landscape or the monuments and vibrant street life of Florence, and observe cityscape. Typically this week takes place in the countryside numerous buildings, outdoor sculptures and squares that form and students stay in a converted farmhouse or agriturismo. part of the outstanding and entrancing artistic heritage of Students study the culture, history and art history of both medieval and Renaissance Florence. locations, as well as the development of traditional techniques and the practice of sketching itself. One course goal is to learn Fundamentals of Art and Design: to use the sketchbook well as an artistic record and tool.

Color Theory Watercolor and Tempera/Gouache PDM 190 F PDM 255 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 This course concerns the analysis and theory of colors. Students This course is a study of two-dimensional watercolor and will study harmony and contrast of colors: pure colors, light and tempera/gouache media and materials with importance dark colors (chiaroscuro), hot and cold colors, complementary on traditional concepts, form and imagery. Transparent colors, simultaneous contrast, quality contrast and quantity and opaque techniques will be analyzed. Emphasis is on contrast. The course will study the relationship between form creative interpretation, from observation of the figure, object and color, and how colors relate to space and composition, as composition, nature and open air painting. Form, value, line, well as the perception and chromatic balance: the illusion of and proportions will be studied as means of determining space, color. It will also analyze the expressive force of colors as an shape, volume, and composition. Various problems will be essential element in the creative process. Learning to develop given aimed at stimulating individual response and creativity. an eye for color through experience and trial and error; seeing Emphasis will be put on technical proficiency and creative the action of a color and feeling the relationships between expression. Reference to the exceptional works of art in the city colors will be achieved through practical exercises based on of Florence will be investigated and analyzed as an integral part various color theory criteria. Investigation of nature, master of the course. artists’ works, city life and architecture, and works of master artists will help to discover how colored light and shadow Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition, are perceived through the relationship between the “eye,” or equivalent “experience” and “color theory.” 102 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Intermediate Drawing of the mixed media assemblage installations will be placed on the conceptual rather than on form. Different relationships PDM 260 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 between meaning and context will be evaluated along with the Contemporary needs of artists seeking expression in mixed- This is a course for students wishing to improve the basic media works, identified as assemblage installation work. No techniques of object drawing and human figure drawing. video or lighting media will be included in this course. Students FLORENCE Students will work on figure and object drawing with emphasis will explore the use of distinct visual art media and elaborate on the structure and anatomy of the human body and works that combine these media in order to express a concept. analysis of the relationship between individual elements in the composition. The figure in space will be thoroughly investigated Prerequisites: Fine Arts majors of junior standing so as to assist the students in examining reality through his/ her personal observation and perception on the page. Analyses Contemporary Painting: Materials and of various mark-making techniques using diverse materials Techniques (charcoal, pencils, red chalk, ink) will be an integral part of this PDM 300 F course. Exceptional works of art in the city of Florence will be Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90

referenced and investigated. Arts School of Creative In this studio course students explore and apply a variety Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition, of techniques employed in contemporary painting in order or equivalent to better understand contemporary art, to realize the close relation dialogue between the use of materials and artistic Intermediate Painting expression, and to deepen their visual communication. Projects PDM 270 F relate to the works of a range of artists. Study of each artist’s Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 technique and use of materials leads to active demonstrations The course is structured for students who have already attended and the execution of specific class and individual projects the foundation-level course or have a similar background in involving special materials and choices. Students also maintain painting. It takes students into further studies of oil painting a sketchbook as a tool for developing the creative process techniques and methods. Focus is on the human figure as well and research. The course investigates the use of traditional as object painting using a number of different approaches to life two-dimensional media such as oil and acrylic paints, graphite painting. Some of the most essential techniques of oil painting pencils and charcoal sticks, integrated with non-traditional are covered to provide students with a sound foundation materials such as glue, straw, enamel paints, sand, textile scraps, preparing them for more ambitious work. Emphasis is on color stitched-up cloth, metal sheets, varnish, and plaster. A certain mixing, handling of brush strokes, glazing and scumbling, as emphasis is given to non-traditional materials and applications. well as traditional canvas preparation. Exceptional works of Among the Italian and international artists analyzed in terms art in the city of Florence will be investigated and analyzed as of materials, conception, perception and artistic movement an integral part of the course. The goal is to provide students are: Enrico Baj, Alberto Burri, Gianni Dova, Jean Fautrier, Lucio with an understanding of the most essential elements in life Fontana, Nancy Graves, Hans Hoffman, Helen Frankenthaler, painting. Anselm Kiefer, Jackson Pollock, Antoni Tapies, Mark Tobey and Cy Twombly. Prerequisites: PDM 140 Foundation Oil Painting, or equivalent Prerequisites: PDM 270 Intermediate Painting, or equivalent Intermediate Painting (Summer only) PDM 271 F New Genres: Intermedia Arts Exploration Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 PDM 305 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The course is structured for students who have already attended the foundation level course or have a similar background in This course is designed to guide students through work that painting. It takes students into further studies in oil and will explores new tendencies in contemporary art and numerous introduce the technique and methods of acrylic painting. ways to explore one’s own creative voice. In this course the Focus is on the nude as well as object painting using a number content of the work will take the front seat in order to bring of different approaches to life painting. Some of the most a refined understanding of how an idea can shift through essential techniques of oil and acrylic painting are covered to the application of various mediums. The mediums of sound, provide students with a sound foundation preparing them for installation, performance and video will be explored within more ambitious work. Emphasis is on color mixing, handling their historic contexts and through the student’s development of brush strokes, glazing and scumbling, as well as traditional of numerous projects in each area. A series of prompts will canvas preparation. Reference to the exceptional works of art be presented to the students during each class session in in the city of Florence will be investigated and analyzed as an order to stimulate a personalized project development. integral part of the course. The goal is to provide students with Alternative modes of critique and evaluation will be undertaken an understanding of the most essential elements in life painting. individually, by peers, and in groups. Collaboration and its role in contemporary art will be discussed in order to stimulate Prerequisites: PDM 140 Foundation Oil Painting, or equivalent new sources of inspiration. Encounters with everyday non-art production and artisan techniques will be elaborated in order Mixed Media & Assemblage to expand upon common notions of art. Developing a sense PDM 281 F of an active role of the viewer will force each student to think Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 beyond art-for-self mind states. The course consists of developing mixed media works as Prerequisites: Fine Arts / Performing Arts / Photography / well as assemblage installation works that allow students to Video majors of junior standing create new process artworks and to work with everyday & natural materials, “ready made” objects and images which are Advanced Drawing I: Observation and often chosen for their “evocative” qualities. The course will be organized in five different sections beginning with the study of Interpretation Tactile and Multiple surfaces, image and text, the appropriated, PDM 340 F the expanded picture plane and it will conclude with the multi- Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 dimensional image. Students will study textures, colors, forms, This course is designed for those students who need to patterns, layers and objects interlaced in meaning that are to consolidate their knowledge and understanding of the main be presented as one mixed media work , when on flat surfaces drawing techniques, such as charcoal, pencils, red chalk, ink and and/or mixed media assemblage installations, when including want to experiment different techniques with the use of color, sculptural, concept driven forms. Techniques related to the such as pastels and mixed media. It is designed for students history of Dada and beyond in Europe such as: collage, frottage, who have a mature understanding and practical application of photomontage, as well as more Contemporary techniques such figure and object drawing. All the techniques learned and used as image transfers and décollage techniques will be discussed in the previous courses will be further elaborated in order to and implemented in the studio, along with the incorporation of move on to more ambitious problems in drawing. Students will the ready made objects. Emphasis on the sculptural components depart from direct observation in the first part of the course,

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 103 moving onto more personal ideas and concepts which focus Advanced Painting II on individual means of expression, in the second part. Projects PDM 392 F and highly structured exercises will be given. Reference to the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 exceptional works of art inside and outside the city of Florence will be investigated and analyzed as an integral part of the This course is designed for students who have had considerable FLORENCE course. experience in painting and who wish to deal with individual projects focusing on original and personal issues, with strong Prerequisites: PDM 260 Intermediate Drawing, or equivalent emphasis on the technical quality of the work. Technical work is furthered in relation to the requirements of the project. Painting Advanced Painting I: Observation and projects may take the form of a series of works, of various sizes, Interpretation using mixed media. Students work on a more personal level in PDM 350 F order to find their own form, means of expression and originality. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 The perception of the world through observation and experience will be translated into a personal visual language. Students The emphasis of this course is on furthering students’ knowledge engage with a high technical level of painting, with focus on and practice of the traditional techniques of oil painting

School of Creative Arts School of Creative color, form, composition and surface investigation using and through figurative and/or object work, in order to refine and exploring various materials and techniques. Encouraging an improve the quality of work previously achieved. In addition, individual approach to the work along with a finer knowledge students will be introduced to different painting techniques, of the aesthetic construction of a painting, each student will be such as acrylic. Students will depart from direct observation in able to communicate his/her personal ideas into a more refined the first part of the course, moving onto more personal ideas and complete body of painted works. Exceptional works of art and concepts which focus on individual means of expression, inside and outside the city of Florence will be investigated and in the second part. The course focuses on subtleties within the analyzed as an integral part of the course. techniques of oil painting and encourages personal expression in the work. Various exercises and projects allow students to Prerequisites: PDM 350 Advanced Painting I: Observation and approach elements pertaining to color and composition, and Interpretation, or equivalent others pertaining to technical experimentation, such as glazing, impasto and painting mediums. At the end of the course Major Project in Fine Arts students will work on a personal project in order to prepare PDM 420 F them for more advanced work. Exceptional works of art inside Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 and outside the city of Florence will be investigated and Students will be guided and advised through successive stages analyzed as an integral part of the course. of an art project of their choice, from conceiving the idea to Prerequisites: PDM 270 Intermediate Painting, or equivalent researching and realizing the project, which will form part of the end of year art show. In small groups and individually students The Making of an Exhibition will have the advice of lecturers, but the emphasis of this course is upon independent learning and the skills associated with it, PDM 385 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 including the capacity to reflect critically on artistic production. The course is broadly divided into two phases: the first phase The purpose of this course is to provide students with first- is focused on research and experimentation and the second hand experience in preparing and organizing all aspects that phase on production and exhibition. go into the making of an art exhibition. From development of artwork to exhibition day, students will learn the steps required Prerequisites: Fine Arts majors of senior standing to participate in an art exhibition, including writing an artist’s biography & statement, developing exhibition invitations, cataloguing, labeling and pricing their artworks. The art PER – Performing Arts projects made within the course must conceptually derive from the given theme for the group exhibition, which is to be defined Introduction to Modern Dance at the beginning of the semester. The projects developed must be discussed and previously approved by the professor; these PER 142 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 may include a variety of media, such as paintings, drawings & mixed media installations. Students will have the possibility to In this introductory course students study elementary modern meet and discuss contemporary art world realities with gallery dance techniques. Emphasis is on alignment, movement managers and professional artists during scheduled visits and through space, and the use of body weight, while a range of lectures. The course will also provide students the opportunity movement qualities are developed. to exchange ideas and work together with students from the graphic design, and art history departments. Introduction to Ballet Prerequisites: Fine Arts majors of junior standing PER 143 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Advanced Drawing II A basic course that introduces students to the study of ballet’s PDM 390 F main concepts: correct body placement, basic positions of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 feet and arms, and preparation with both floor exercises and the barre. All exercises aim to shape the body into a beautiful This course requires a high proficiency in figure and object and graceful form in order to enhance the student’s expressive drawing as well as a sound understanding of all the principles capacity. In addition to practical classes, students will learn the and elements of drawing. It aims to start to play with prior history of ballet and its evolution up to the present day. knowledge of drawing, through exercises that deeply explore and question acquired concepts and approaches of traditional drawing, with strong emphasis on the technical quality of the Expanding Creativity work. It encourages a personal approach to the work by allowing PER 150 F; Dual listed: PDM 150 F; PHO 150 F; SCU 150 F for the possibility to explore individual concepts and themes in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the execution of several projects. The aim is to work toward Problem solving in the field of fine arts is coupling inspiration greater personal expression through more complex problems with practical solutions. Viewing the situation with an artistic in drawing, so as to achieve a high-quality result. Exceptional eye, whether it be in drawing, painting, sculpture, graphic works of art inside and outside the city of Florence will be design, music or writing, the creator of the work must discover investigated and analyzed as an integral part of the course. how to “put the line where he/she wants it to go”, using his/ Prerequisites: PDM 340 Advanced Drawing I: Observation and her talents to realize in a tangible form what he/she envisions Interpretation, or equivalent in his/her imagination. The primary goal of this class will be for students to learn to express their true selves while transforming media in an artistic and mindful way. Students will learn to expand their thinking into areas of art other than their present chosen media. Since the class is made up of students from

104 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 various artistic experiences, there is a wide variety of outlooks Renaissance Historical Dance to broaden perspectives. PER 270 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Flamenco The course introduces students to the different dance styles

PER 200 F during the Renaissance, including a practical approach to body FLORENCE Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 posture. The course presents the origins as well as the historical The course will cover two aspects. 1) Practical lessons on basic and social value of dance in the different social classes during techniques, body posture, vueltas (turns), and zapateado the 15th century. It also offers a practical approach to using (stamping of feet) plus coordination of arms and feet. Students steps, gesture, and movements of 15th century dances to will study the precise structure of the different rhythms, express feelings. A general historical overview will be covered starting with Tango, the easiest Flamenco rhythms, moving on by explaining the main differences among the various dance to more irregular rhythms, like slow soleares, medium alegria styles. and the fast bulerias. The basic choreographic concepts given by the instructor will allow students to improvise and create Intermediate Ballet

their own choreography. 2) Historical evolution of Flamenco, Arts School of Creative PER 300 F from its origins up to the present day. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course is for students who already have a basic knowledge Introduction to Acting of the studies listed in the elementary level course. In the PER 205 F; Dual listed: MCT 205 F intermediate level, barre and center exercises are more Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 detailed, complex and intensive. This course also includes This course develops the skills and individual creative potential adagio exercises, turn outs, jumps and point study. Studies on of students in expressing themselves in a theatrical context the history of ballet with a special look at the Romantic period before an audience. Students learn the capacity to connect to will be included. the imaginary life of a character, and a series of techniques to Prerequisites: PER 143 Introduction to Ballet, or equivalent act effectively in public. Course activities include a range of exercises, script analysis, and a performance in a public space (not necessarily a theatre). The course starts with observation and the relaxation of muscular tension, and goes on to the PHO - Photography creation of a bridge between body and imagination, activating the senses through a series of improvisations. In analyzing the Introduction to Classic Photography script, students learn to understand the meaning of “actions” PHO 120 F and to find the script’s super-objective. Students will perform a Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 specially selected “dramatic” story, which may be comedic, and The course provides a basic approach to how the photographic which is either an adaptation of a published contemporary play, analog camera works, while examining the technical aspects of or else an original piece developed as a series of improvisations developing and printing a photographic (black and white) film. from on a novel or short story, under the teacher/director’s Through technical and conceptual assignments, the student is guidance. expected to gain confidence in how to use the photographic medium in a creative and expressive way. In the final part Body Language and Communication of the course, the student develops personal ideas into an Techniques individual project. The aim is to impart a working vocabulary PER 212 F; Dual listed: COM 212 F of basic photography, in order to allow the student to become Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 familiar with the technical aspects of the photographic camera, as the main tool in converting visual and personal expression This course teaches students to use the body to achieve greater into photographic pictures. All basic black and white printing professional and social success by increasing the relational and techniques and some basic digital post-production techniques communication capacities of every student, preparing them will be covered. In the course students acquire confidence in to enter the working world. The training is aimed at acquiring knowing how to use their camera well, increased technical transversal expertise linked to communication, verbal and non control of the medium, and develop a more critical eye. This verbal, working in groups, motivation, and body language course is 80% film and darkroom and 20% digital. control. The “learning by doing” methodology is very practical and involves the student in a pro-active way, through exercises Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR film camera and improvisation, testing individual attitudes and personal with manual function and with at least one lens. capacities. Neutral mask and participative and creative techniques will be employed, from a theatrical approach to non Introduction to Classic Photography verbal communication, team building, self-presentation, body (Summer only) language exercises, movement, and motivation, guiding each student to discover his or her strengths, and to better identify PHO 121 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 the working path coherent with individual expectations and capacities. The course provides a basic approach to how the photographic analog camera works, while examining the technical aspects of Intermediate Modern Dance developing and printing a photographic (black and white) film. Through technical and conceptual assignments, the student is PER 242 F expected to gain confidence in how to use the photographic Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 medium in a creative and expressive way. In the final part This course focuses on building students’ musicality and of the course, the student develops personal ideas into an performance skills by exploring modern dance as an art form and individual project. The aim is to impart a working vocabulary as a means of expression. With respect to the introductory level, of basic photography, in order to allow the student to become techniques are reinforced and expanded. The course reflects familiar with the technical aspects of the photographic camera, on the historical development of modern dance and modern as the main tool in converting visual and personal expression music and it emphasizes a broader dance vocabulary as well into photographic pictures. All basic black and white printing as more complex dance combinations. Attention is also given techniques and some basic digital post-production techniques to analysis of a range of different modern and contemporary will be covered. In the course students acquire confidence in styles (Graham, Cunningham, Orton) through video projections knowing how to use their camera well, increased technical and viewing of live performances by professional dancers, and control of the medium, and develop a more critical eye. This the execution by students of more elaborate choreographies. course is 80% film and darkroom and 20% digital. Prerequisites: PER 142 F Introduction to Modern Dance Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR film camera with manual function and with at least one lens.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 105 Introduction to Digital Photography using Camera Raw and Photoshop (used to process and print photographic imagery). Particular attention will be given to PHO 130 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 on-location shooting and studio photography activities, with practice photographing models. As far as possible students The course provides a basic approach to how the photographic collaborate with the Fashion Department to develop fashion FLORENCE digital camera works. Students gain a broad knowledge of photography projects. For such projects students shoot the history of photography and an appreciation of aesthetic pictures to meet the fashion application requirements of the concerns that enable them to express themselves in a more project development team, thus experiencing a real working cohesive and creative manner. Basic classic photography skills situation. This course is 70% digital and 30% film and darkroom. including an understanding of focal length, aperture, shutter speed, composition, and quality of light are integrated with Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera techniques specific to digital capture and the manipulation of with manual function and with at least one lens. images in Photoshop. Photoshop software is used to process and print photographic imagery. During the semester specific Principles of Fashion Photography assignments help students to learn all basic digital techniques. (Summer only) School of Creative Arts School of Creative In the course students acquire confidence in knowing how PHO 186 F to use their camera well, increased technical control of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 medium, and a more critical eye. At the Florence site only this course is 80% digital and 20% film and darkroom, with some The course provides a basic approach to photographic practice, basic black and white developing and printing techniques. with a focus on the essentials of fashion photography. A broad knowledge of the history of photography and major aesthetic Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR digital concerns, combined with an overview of fashion photography camera with manual function and with at least one lens. to the present time (techniques, culture, esthetics, trends), help students increase their expressive and creative capacities. Introduction to Digital Photography The course concentrates on the main technical aspects such (Summer only) as lighting, settings, locations, use of flash units, portable and studio units, and light metering. Students learn basic and PHO 131 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 creative classic photography skills (including an understanding of the use of the camera) and digital techniques for fashion The course provides a basic approach to how the photographic applications, with emphasis on color digital photography digital camera works. Students gain a broad knowledge of using Camera Raw and Photoshop (used to process and print the history of photography and an appreciation of aesthetic photographic imagery). Particular attention will be given to concerns that enable them to express themselves in a more on-location shooting and studio photography activities, with cohesive and creative manner. Basic classic photography skills practice photographing models. As far as possible students including an understanding of focal length, aperture, shutter collaborate with the Fashion Department to develop fashion speed, composition, and quality of light are integrated with photography projects. For such projects students shoot techniques specific to digital capture and the manipulation of pictures to meet the fashion application requirements of the images in Photoshop. Photoshop software is used to process project development team, thus experiencing a real working and print photographic imagery. During the term specific situation. This course is 70% digital and 30% film and darkroom. assignments help students to learn all basic digital techniques. In the course students acquire confidence in knowing how Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera to use their camera well, increased technical control of the with manual function and with at least one lens. medium, and a more critical eye. At the Florence site only this course is 80% digital and 20% film and darkroom, with some Travel Reportage Photography Workshop basic black and white developing and printing techniques. (Summer only) Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR digital PHO 205 F camera with manual function and with at least one lens. Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 The scope of this course is to explore the psychological and Expanding Creativity physical preparation and the attitude of the photographer for PHO 150 F; Dual listed: PER 150 F; PDM 150 F; SCU 150 F travel reportage. Extreme atmospheres, difficult weather and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 working conditions, and sparseness of communication are Problem solving in the field of fine arts is coupling inspiration some of the problems analyzed in preparing the fundamental with practical solutions. Viewing the situation with an artistic techniques for best utilizing photographic equipment. The eye, whether it be in drawing, painting, sculpture, graphic classes will also consider all of the elements that compose design, music or writing, the creator of the work must discover a photo-reportage for publication purposes: landscapes, how to “put the line where he/she wants it to go”, using his/ architecture, portraits, social life, culture, flora and fauna. The her talents to realize in a tangible form what he/she envisions study of light, the composition of the image, the choice of in his/her imagination. The primary goal of this class will be for subject, how to approach difficult subjects, photography with students to learn to express their true selves while transforming mixed light, nighttime shooting and aerial photos will be the media in an artistic and mindful way. Students will learn to main topics of discussion. While three of the four course weeks expand their thinking into areas of art other than their present will be held in a fully equipped studio at the institute’s premises chosen media. Since the class is made up of students from in Florence, a fourth week will take place on-site at a distinctive various artistic experiences, there is a wide variety of outlooks Italian location, which may vary in a given year, to develop an to broaden perspectives. advanced approach to photographing landscapes, architecture, works of art and social life. Principles of Fashion Photography Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera with manual function and with at least one lens. An SLR film PHO 185 F camera is optional. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography, The course provides a basic approach to photographic practice, Prerequisites: or PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or equivalents with a focus on the essentials of fashion photography. A broad knowledge of the history of photography and major aesthetic concerns, combined with an overview of fashion photography Intermediate Digital Photography to the present time (techniques, culture, esthetics, trends), PHO 230 F help students increase their expressive and creative capacities. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 The course concentrates on the main technical aspects such This course consists of a series of workshops in which students as lighting, settings, locations, use of flash units, portable learn how to master professional photography techniques. and studio units, and light metering. Students learn basic and Students gain knowledge of the advanced artistic and creative classic photography skills (including an understanding commercial techniques in the field. The course is arranged as of the use of the camera) and digital techniques for fashion a series of lectures and practice sessions about these topics: applications, with emphasis on color digital photography digital photo theory (color spaces, color profiles, RAW),

106 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 optimization of the shot (advanced white balance settings, lab session for color. Under the instructor’s guidance, including bracketing, advanced exposure technique, advanced focus analysis of modern and contemporary work, students learn settings), and professional post-production. The latter involves how to select interesting subjects, and how to exercise good the workflow from the original RAW to Photoshop activity, a technical and compositional control. Focus is also placed on non-destructive adjustment method, techniques to manage the use of a large format 4”x5” view camera fundamental for noise and sharpness with external plug-ins, methods of architectural photography. Lab practice provides students FLORENCE managing the white balance, the professional HDR workflow, with the opportunity to learn to develop and print pictures the professional B&W workflow, and the workflow to prepare for correctly and to learn selected Photoshop techniques specific the final utilization of the image for the web, for publishing, or to Architecture and Landscape photography. This course is for large-format printing. B&W film work includes professional 40% film and darkroom and 60% digital. image archiving methods, use of the large format 4”x5” view Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera film camera, and selected darkroom techniques. Assignments with manual function and with at least one lens. An SLR film reflect in part individual student interests. Class activities camera is optional. include field trip and studio sessions to develop the projects. This course is 70% digital and 30% film and darkroom. Prerequisites: PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography or PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or equivalents. Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera Arts School of Creative with manual function and with at least one lens. Experimental Photography Prerequisites: PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography or PHO 260 F PHO 130 Digital Photography, or equivalent Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 This is an inspiring course to develop individual expression Intermediate Digital Photography via various techniques related to photography. Students (Summer only) will acquire familiarity with the many creative possibilities of PHO 231 F photogram, hand-coloring, photo collage, photomontage, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 partial developing of prints, and chemical alterations such as This course consists of a series of workshops in which students toning and bleach. The course is not a darkroom course, but learn how to master professional photography techniques. includes an introduction to black & white printmaking. The Students gain knowledge of the advanced artistic and lessons will be complemented by slide shows on history of commercial techniques in the field. The course is arranged as photomontage and relations with contemporary art. Students a series of lectures and practice sessions about these topics: will learn to combine multiple techniques, and to develop an digital photo theory (color spaces, color profiles, RAW), understanding of concept and perception which will result in a optimization of the shot (advanced white balance settings, final portfolio. bracketing, advanced exposure technique, advanced focus Note: each student must be equipped with (1) a photocamera settings), and professional post-production. The latter involves with (2) at least one lens (a choice of lenses is preferable). the workflow from the original RAW to Photoshop activity, a The camera can be of any type: manual or digital; for tourist non-destructive adjustment method, techniques to manage use, toy, compact or credit card type; small, medium, classic, noise and sharpness with external plug-ins, methods of automatic, autofocus, professional. A basic knowledge of film managing the white balance, the professional HDR workflow, and darkroom photography is useful but not required. the professional B&W workflow, and the workflow to prepare for Prerequisites: PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography, the final utilization of the image for the web, for publishing, or or PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or equivalents for large-format printing. B&W film work includes professional image archiving methods, use of the large format 4”x5” view Fashion Photography film camera, and selected darkroom techniques. Assignments reflect in part individual student interests. Class activities PHO 280 F inlcude field trip and studio sessions to develop the projects. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 This course is 70% digital and 30% film and darkroom. The course combines theory and practice as it explores technical, aesthetic, cultural, and historical aspects of fashion Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera with manual function and with at least one lens. photography. It starts with a history of fashion photography from the beginning of the 20th Century up to the present, reviewing Prerequisites: PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography or the continuous changes in fashion design styles and trends. As PHO 130 Digital Photography, or equivalent part of this analysis students address photographic composition as well as the target aspects of fashion photography. The course Fundamentals of Food Design, Styling and concentrates on the main technical aspects such as lighting, Photography settings, locations, use of flash units, portable and studio units, and light metering. Students learn advanced and creative PHO 234 F; Dual listed: NUH 234 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 digital techniques for fashion applications, with emphasis on color digital photography. Various B&W and darkroom Cooking involves not only the preparation but also the techniques covered include special creative B&W techniques, presentation of food products. Through this course students color toners for B&W prints, solarization, and colored filters for learn how to style food and beverages, and how to capture B&W. Particular attention will be given to on-location shooting their essence in photography. Students have the opportunity and studio photography activities, with practice photographing to develop their personal creativity, and learn how to exercise models. As far as possible students collaborate with the good technical and compositional control. Through lab practice Fashion Department to develop fashion photography projects. students learn to process, develop and print photographs For such projects students shoot pictures to meet the fashion correctly and to use Photoshop techniques especially pertinent application requirements of the project development team, to Food Photography. Food Photography competencies thus experiencing a real working situation. This course is 70% develop include specific lighting techniques, ability to arrange digital and 30% film and darkroom. compositions and settings, and visual storytelling. To achieve this, the course grounds students in key theory elements of Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera food design, involving visual and stylistic analysis. May include with manual function and with at least one lens. An SLR film visits to special culinary venues. camera is optional. PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR digital Prerequisites: equivalent camera with manual function and with at least one lens.

Landscape and Architecture Photography Photojournalism PHO 286 F PHO 245 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 This course supplies students with essential skills of This course, focusing on the architectural and landscape aspects photojournalism and documentary photography. Great of this art medium, is divided into field practice outdoor/indoor attention is given to the approach to subjects and to how shooting, darkroom technique sessions for B&W, and digital

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 107 to carry out an assignment. The choice of the appropriate Note: each student must be equipped with the camera and equipment, cameras, lenses, flash, is also discussed. Most materials of their choice. work is carried out with digital cameras. Digital and computer Prerequisites: PHO 230 Intermediate Digital Photography, or methods and tools important for modern photojournalists are another intermediate-level photography course incorporated in the students’ workflow. Students learn to use FLORENCE Apple Aperture 2 for picture archiving, and an introductory web sharing tool. Classic B/W film, shooting, processing and Photography Internship printing are included; students do their own darkroom work PHO 361 F during class time and open studio hours. Students closely Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 simulate the activity of professional photographers by carrying This internship provides practical and professional experience out regular assignments from the instructor. Coursework may in the field of Photography. The intern is monitored by both involve field trips for on-location shooting and interaction with the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The other departments so as to implement joint projects. For such grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects projects students must shoot pictures to meet the documentary, assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall promotional or other needs of the project development team, evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student

School of Creative Arts School of Creative thereby experiencing a real working situation. Problems related internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The placement to contacting press agencies and publishing companies are is with a communications agency. Interns develop and carry also introduced. Presentations on international movements out various activities which may include but are not limited and their influence on documentary and press photography to: shooting high resolution photography that is emotionally provide a historical base. This course is 80% digital e 20% film attractive to viewers; picture editing and finishing; work on and darkroom. reference database and/or catalog of products. Note: Each student must be equipped with an SLR digital Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to camera with manual function and with at least one lens. change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference Prerequisites: PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography, letters, formal letter of intent, portfolio of 20 digital images. or PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or equivalents Students who enroll must submit supporting documentation by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon Advertisement and Commercial Photography result of an onsite interview during the first week of the term. Photography majors of junior standing with at PHO 300 F Prerequisites: least 2-3 prior courses in the field. Fluency in Italian may be Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 advantageous but is not required The course combines theory and practice as it explores technical, aesthetic, cultural, and historical aspects of advertisement and commercial photography. It starts with a history of photography during the past 100 years. As part of PRI - Printmaking this analysis students address photographic composition and the target aspects of advertising and commercial photography. Basic Printmaking The course concentrates on a range of technical aspects of PRI 120 F commercial photography such as lighting, settings, locations, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 use of flash units, portable and studio units, and light metering. This course is an introduction to the various techniques of Some focus is placed on the use of a large format 4x5” view black and white printmaking, such as etching (hard ground, camera and on refining B&W darkroom work. Honing skills soft ground, aquatint, sugar lift, dry point, pastel, spit bite in advanced digital photography technique and Photoshop and mixed media), woodcut and linoleum cut. The art and make the course fundamental preparation for advertisement technique of reproducing and printing metal plates, wood and commercial applications. Particular attention is given to panels, linoleum and other matrixes will be thoroughly still-life and studio photography, with practice in still-life set- investigated and understood. In learning the above techniques up and shooting. Further activities may include on-location and methods, constant reference will be made to printmaking, shoots and inter-departmental projects. As far as possible not only as a very old process practiced in Italy and in the students work in contact with the Fashion, Interior Design and rest of Europe during and after the Renaissance (Mantegna, Graphic Design Departments to develop projects. For such Pollaiolo, Parmigianino, Rembrandt, Goya), but also as a projects students shoot pictures to fulfill the advertisement or modern approach (De Chirico, Carrà, Picasso, Munch, Seurat). commercial requirements of the project development team, thus experiencing a real working situation. This course is 80% digital and 20% film and darkroom. Basic Printmaking (Summer only) PRI 121 F Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR digital Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 camera with manual function and with at least one lens. An SLR film camera is optional. This course is an introduction to the various techniques of black and white printmaking, such as etching (hard ground, Prerequisites: PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or equivalent soft ground, aquatint, sugar lift, dry point, pastel, spit bite and mixed media), woodcut and linoleum cut. The art and technique of reproducing and printing metal plates, wood Photography Portfolio panels, linoleum and other matrixes will be thoroughly PHO 360 F investigated and understood. In learning the above techniques Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 and methods, constant reference will be made to printmaking, This course allows students to develop a personal approach not only as a very old process practiced in Italy and in the to the photographic medium. Emphasis is placed on the rest of Europe during and after the Renaissance (Mantegna, development and refinement of individual vision and style Pollaiolo, Parmigianino, Rembrandt, Goya), but also as a that will result in a complete and well-developed portfolio. modern approach (De Chirico, Carrà, Picasso, Munch, Seurat). The purpose of the course is to prepare students to enter the professional world while stimulating their individual Etching creativity. Close study of contemporary photography (and PRI 220 F photographers) and art are fundamental tools for learning how Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 to refine personal style. Students use equipment of their choice (digital camera, manual camera, medium format camera large The course is a study of the various techniques of color and format camera: all camera types are allowed), and involves black/white etching, such as intaglio, aquatints, soft ground, digital or manual activity in accordance with student interest. super aquatint and photo etching. Students will also study the In the course students improve their ability to edit pictures and printing process: the art and technique of reproducing a metal to show their own portfolios to galleries, critics, or collectors. matrix by means of a printing (calcographic) press. Emphasis All techniques needed by them for shooting, darkroom and will be put on two-dimensional pictorial constructions, creative digital lab work at the advanced level will be addressed by the interpretation of the figure, still-life compositions, nature and instructor. geometric structures. Students will also learn about form, value, line and composition. Through these processes, students

108 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 will enhance their personal expression as well as focus on all to the surrounding space (figure/ground relationships), and technical and skill-related information necessary to begin with other projects will suggest unusual points-of-view, such as the matrix and finish with the art print. Various problems will a particularly foreshortened form, focus, and detail. The be presented, aimed at promoting individual response and technique of tratteggio will be emphasized for shading in order creativity. Reference to the exceptional works of art inside and to obtain the effect of chiaroscuro found in historical drawings. outside the city of Florence will be investigated and analyzed Evaluation will focus on specific drawing techniques found in FLORENCE as an integral part of the course. the Renaissance with technical and stylistic considerations, and Prerequisites: PRI 120 Basic Printmaking, or equivalent a portfolio of anatomical drawings and portions of copies done with tratteggio. Homework to improve manual dexterity and Printmaking Portfolio exploration of technical ability is required. PRI 320 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Archaeology Workshop RES 193 F; Dual listed: CLA 193 F; ANT 193 F This course allows students to develop a personal and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 contemporary approach to the etching medium (color etching, photo gravure, plexiglas relief, computer process, This course combines an introduction to archaeology with Arts School of Creative etc.). Emphasis is placed on the development (planning and hands-on work on 2500 year-old archaeological finds in LdM’s execution) and style that will result in complete and refined Archaeology Lab. These finds have recently been unearthed art book production. The purpose of the course is to prepare in central Italy in the archaic settlement of Accesa, under the students to enter the professional world while stimulating their scientific direction of the University of Florence, and in the individual creativity and personal style. Hellenistic necropolis of Bosco della Riserva, near Tuscania, where an excavation project is being conducted by LdM Prerequisites: PRI 220 Etching, or equivalent Students will learn what happens to the finds once they leave their recovery contexts and arrive in Florence: here, under the expert guidance of the instructors, students will be involved RES - Restoration in the fundamental activities of restoration, conservation, documentation,study and storage of the finds. This course Furniture, Wood Objects and Gilding will also give students a general survey of the evolution of the discipline of archaeology over time and it will introduce Conservation them to the ancient Etruscan civilization, which forms such an RES 140 F important part of Italy’s culture and heritage. Students will also Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 have the opportunity to sign up to the summer workshop in Students will work on wooden pieces (antique furniture, Tuscania which operates directly at one of the archaeological wooden objects, and gold-gilded works of art and frames) by sites. using various methods of wood conservation appropriate for each individual subject found in the lab. Accurate lab records Florence and Southern Italy Restoration will be taken and actual hands-on practice with the guidance of an experienced professor will give the students a realistic idea Workshop (Summer only) of the maneuvers and methods found in a genuine professional RES 225 F studio environment. Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 The course comprises three weeks in Florence and a field week Fresco Painting and Restoration I in southern Italy. Students gain knowledge and practical skills RES 160 F concerning historical painting and restoration techniques, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 working with original polychrome wooden sculptures and mural paintings. In Florence participants learn the original The student will be introduced to all phases of the art of fresco fresco techniques, from the mixing of fresco mortar (intonaco) painting by preparing a small fresco which can be transported. to its application on support, and the use of pigments. Each Students will learn the ancient technique of fresco by using participant makes a sinopia (preliminary underdrawing for original techniques such as the enlargement of a master fresco) and completes a small fresco on a terracotta support. drawing (student’s choice), mixing fresco mortar (intonaco), Restoration techniques are pursued, including the detachment and the use of pigments for painting fresco. Each student of the participant’s own fresco from its support, a wall painting will also make a sinopia (preliminary painting for fresco), and conservation method. Participants work with original works of complete a small fresco to then be detached as an exercise in art from the 16th to 17th centuries as they learn how to use the fresco conservation. principal modern painting restoration techniques. The course surveys historical oil and tempera painting techniques, aided Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture by museum visits, and students learn to recognize the century Conservation I in which paintings were created. During the field workshop RES 175 F week students work in the main church of Rocca Imperiale near Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Cosenza in Calabria, southern Italy. This town near the Taranto Gulf, an important ancient Greek settlement and a notable This course covers all types of painting conservation methods archaeological area, is also famous for its medieval fortress. such as the preservation of a work of art, relining, consolidation, Students apply appropriate materials and conservation and cleaning and in-painting. Direct contact with minor original restoration techniques to authentic works of art. Following works of art allows beginning students to observe the problems diagnostic study of the artwork in order to understand dating and methods that are presented to a restorer. Students will learn and conservation conditions, students concentrate on cleaning how to apply basic conservation techniques through hands- and consolidating the artwork. Next students learn to use on experience in order to acquire confidence and knowledge different products for the restoration of the surface layers. As in the reconnaissance of old paintings and their conservation the last step students work on the pictorial layer and may do needs. Techniques for the conservation of polychrome wooden some painting. sculpture will be introduced, especially mechanical cleaning methods, preserving, and aesthetic in-painting methods. Florence and Chianti Restoration Workshop Drawing for Conservators (Summer only) RES 185 F RES 226 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 This course will present academic concepts and historical In this course, held partly in Florence and partly in the Chianti, methods of drawing in order to develop the capacity to see participants gain knowledge and practical skills concerning accurately through proportion, methods of measurement, historical painting and restoration techniques. During the and composition. The full form, plus sections of anatomy three weeks in Florence participants learn the original fresco such as hands, feet, and head, will all be studied. Some techniques, from the mixing of fresco mortar (intonaco), its attention will be dedicated to the relationship of the figure application on support, to the use of pigments. Each participant

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 109 makes a sinopia (preliminary underdrawing for fresco) and and the very important aspects of cleaning a work of art will be completes a small fresco on a terracotta support. Restoration discussed from a scientific point of view. Topics will also include techniques are pursued, in part through the detachment of solvents, acidity and alkalinity, detergents, and consolidation the participant’s own fresco from its support, a wall painting of porous materials. Some demonstrations of reactions and conservation method. Participants work with original works of practical application will be shown to introduce the materials FLORENCE art from the 16th to 17th centuries as they learn how to use used in conservation more effectively. the principal modern painting restoration techniques to bring period paintings back to their original states. The course also Fresco Painting and Restoration II briefly surveys the historical techniques used for making oil RES 260 F and tempera paintings, and students learn to recognize the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 century in which paintings were created. Museum visits help to explain techniques used in class. During the field workshop In this course students will begin “on-site” work, restoring week participants will work in the town of San Gusmè in the original frescoes. Techniques will vary according to the Chianti region between Florence and Siena. Participants will conservation needs of the work of art. Students will deal with ripristinate the original polychromatic surfaces of important the following preservation or aesthetic tasks: cleaning of the

School of Creative Arts School of Creative 16th-century altars in the principal church. They will remove fresco, repairing cracks in the fresco’s support, consolidating the pigments of the preceding restoration of about a century original intonaco, plastering of missing areas, and retouching ago, with scalpels, eliminating the chromatic distortion of this the painted surfaces where necessary. The teaching method overpainting. Participants then proceed to reconstruct the is focused on practical experience as a major source for work with colored stucco and tempera, with a final wax stratum understanding the principles of fresco restoration. to render the beautiful original effect. Prerequisites: RES 160 Fresco Painting and Restoration I, or equivalen Theory of Conservation RES 230 F Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Conservation II This course will discuss the techniques used in paintings RES 275 F on panel and on canvas, fresco, and polychrome wooden Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 sculpture in order for the student to become acquainted with Under the instructor’s supervision, students will begin working the actual historical materials and the conservation methods exclusively on authentic paintings to form a more independent used on each of these. Practical demonstrations using real approach to conservation. Depending on the project available, materials (pigments, glue, resin, plaster, canvas) will also help techniques will vary according to the conservation needs of illustrate theoretical dimensions of this topic. Classes will also the work of art. Students will be introduced to the various consider the ethics and issues encountered throughout the phases of conservation and may encounter any of the following field of restoration and its history. These concepts will also be preservative or aesthetic tasks: relining, cleaning, plastering discussed during museum visits in Florence and will be used missing areas, consolidating loose pictorial layers, and in class for discussion. Examination and discussion of a work retouching painted surfaces with various in-painting methods. of art are important elements before, during, and after every Accurate lab records are to be presented for mid-term and intervention. Lectures will examine various fresco techniques final evaluations, along with research relevant to that project. found throughout art history and specific examples of fresco Photographic documentation is required for monitoring the restoration applied to these works. We will visit Santa Croce progress of each painting being restored. and the Brancacci Chapel to illustrate the technique and the restoration used on specific works. The restoration of paintings, Prerequisites: RES 175 Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation, I or equivalent both on panel and canvas, will be discussed using visual images and, most importantly, museum visits, for a better understanding of techniques. For example a visit to the Bargello will highlight Science for Conservators II the collection of polychrome wooden sculpture and the various RES 340 F; Dual listed: CHM 340 F restoration techniques found on this medium. The course will Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 conclude with the students’ own opinions on restoration as a Addresses the scientific concepts and the nature of materials profession and will examine the various responsibilities that concerning the conservation and restoration of works of art that an art conservator encounters when working with art history’s are needed by practitioners. Topics include the physical and most precious documentation. chemical properties of porous materials, synthetic materials, deterioration and consolidation, the nature of dirt, mechanical Historical Painting Lab I cleaning, liquids and solutions, organic solvents, cleaning with RES 245 F water, acidity and alkalinity, and cleaning by chemical reaction. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Prerequisites: RES 250 Science for Conservators I, or CHM 135- The history of painting techniques used throughout the ages 136 General Chemistry I and II with Lab, or equivalents is an important part of the conservator’s role in recognizing how a work of art is made and what materials were used Historical Painting Lab II (fresco, tempera, oil, etc.). Students will make small panels RES 345 F using various samples so that they may become more familiar Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 with techniques used for the paintings they restore. Cennino Historical painting techniques learned in the first course will Cennini’s The Craftsman’s Handbook will be used as a textbook be used to make exact replicas of a chosen era (preferably for these ancient procedures to be done from scratch: egg of a work of art found in Florence). Students’ works will be tempera, self-made oil paints, the gesso-colletta primer for judged on accuracy of technique, drawing, and color. This full canvas and panels, gold gilding, decorative arts, etc. Maximum reproduction will demonstrate the student’s manual dexterity care is to be put into these partial “copies” in order for them to and eye for color, as well as sensitivity of observation toward be part of the conservation student’s portfolio. historical works of art. The finished replica will be an important asset for the students’ portfolio if they are to continue their Science for Conservators I educational career in conservation. RES 250 F - Dual Listed: CHM 250 F rerequisites: RES 245 Historical Painting Lab I, or equivalent Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course will provide conservation students with essential Advanced Fresco Painting and Restoration up-to-date tools for a more scientific approach to restoration RES 360 F practice. It will outline the basic concepts of chemistry in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 order to integrate a more in-depth knowledge of the materials Thanks to Florence’s Soprintendenza delle Belle Arti, students and techniques used in the profession. The course covers the will have the opportunity to work with original works of art general function of molecules, chemical bonding and chemical under the instructor’s supervision. A thesis paper regarding equations, with an introduction to the materials found more specific techniques or issues in fresco conservation will be specifically in frescoes and paintings. Causes of deterioration

110 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 outlined, researched and written independently. Lab records experience with clay or have only basic knowledge regarding and photographic documentation will be taken for every hand building and wheel throwing with clay. Students will be technique used on-site. instructed in the fundamental notions regarding this topic. Prerequisites: RES 260 Fresco Painting and Restoration II, or Special attention will be given to the correct and healthy positions for the spine, hands, fingers and wrist. Students will

equivalent FLORENCE receive technical information about clay and firing, and at the end of the course, they will be able to decorate their objects Advanced Painting and Polychrome Wooden with slips and glazes. Sculpture Conservation RES 375 F Ceramics (Summer only) Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 SCU 131 F Thanks to Florence’s Soprintendenza delle Belle Arti, students Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 will have the opportunity to work with original works of art This course is suitable for students who do not have any under the instructor’s supervision. A thesis paper regarding experience with clay or have only basic knowledge regarding specific techniques or issues in painting conservation will be

hand building and wheel throwing with clay. Students will be Arts School of Creative outlined, researched and written independently. Lab records instructed in the fundamental notions regarding this topic. and photographic documentation will be taken for every Special attention will be given to the correct and healthy technique used on each painting assigned. positions for the spine, hands, fingers and wrist. Students will Prerequisites: RES 275 Painting and Polychrome Wooden receive technical information about clay and firing, and at the Sculpture Conservation II, or equivalent end of the course, they will be able to decorate their objects with slips and glazes. Special Topics in Restoration RES 399 F Expanding Creativity Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 SCU 150 F; Dual listed: PER 150 F; PHO 150 F; PDM 150 F Advanced in-depth conservation or restoration work dealing Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 with various materials, specialized techniques, documentation Problem solving in the field of fine arts is coupling inspiration methods, current issues, or some combination of these, with with practical solutions. Viewing the situation with an artistic application to original works of art. Topics may vary from year eye, whether it be in drawing, painting, sculpture, graphic to year. design, music or writing, the creator of the work must discover Prerequisites: Restoration majors how to “put the line where he/she wants it to go”, using his/ her talents to realize in a tangible form what he/she envisions in his/her imagination. The primary goal of this class will be for Working Group Project for Painting and students to learn to express their true selves while transforming Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation media in an artistic and mindful way. Students will learn to RES 400 F expand their thinking into areas of art other than their present Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 chosen media. Since the class is made up of students from Thanks to Florence’s Soprintendenza delle Belle Arti, the various artistic experiences, there is a wide variety of outlooks artwork delegated to the Lorenzo de’ Medici Professional to broaden perspectives. Work Certificate for advanced conservation will give students the opportunity to work on valuable art under the instructor’s Introductory Sculpture supervision. The panel and canvas paintings and polychrome SCU 160 F wooden sculpture available at this level will give students Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 a realistic notion of the maneuvers and methods found in This course is an introduction to figurative work in clay. It covers the working group environment of a genuine professional the major techniques required in clay work, such as wedging, conservation studio. An individual portfolio will be put together joining, pinching, coiling and slabbing, as well as the techniques documenting every technique used in order to authenticate of building a figurative sculpture and the use of mark and the professional experience acquired during the working group surface in figurative work. Possibilities of various surfaces and project. finishes will be discussed. Students will be guided through Prerequisites: RES 375 F Advanced Painting and Polychrome exercises through the basic forms and anatomy of the body. Wooden Sculpture Conservation, or equivalent Work will be both from models in the studio as well as from museums and sculptures in Florence. No previous experience is Working Group Project for Fresco and Mural required, however it would benefit students to have studied the Painting Restoration foundations of drawing. RES 405 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Introductory Sculpture (Summer only) SCU 161 F Thanks to Florence’s Soprintendenza delle Belle Arti, the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 artwork delegated to the Lorenzo de’ Medici Restoration and Conservation Professional Certificate for advanced conservation This course is an introduction to figurative work in clay. It covers will give students the opportunity to work with valuable art the major techniques required in clay work, such as wedging, under the instructor’s supervision. Students will work as a team joining, pinching, coiling and slabbing, as well as the techniques in an authentic on-site environment in various locations locally of building a figurative sculpture and the use of mark and and often nationally. The fresco and mural painting group will surface in figurative work. Possibilities of various surfaces and work together and combine their on-site experiences through finishes will be discussed. Students will be guided through lab records and photographic documentation. Individual exercises through the basic forms and anatomy of the body. portfolios will be put together documenting every technique Work will be both from models in the studio as well as from used in order to authenticate the professional experience museums and sculptures in Florence. No previous experience is acquired during the working group project. required, however it would benefit students to have studied the foundations of drawing. Prerequisites: RES 360 F Advanced Fresco Painting and Restoration, or equivalent Marble and Stone Sculpture SCU 170 F SCU - Sculpture and Ceramics Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 This course focuses on sculpture using Carrara marble. The Ceramics aim is to introduce students to the basic technical information required to work with hard stone by utilizing sketches or small SCU 130 F scale prototypes in clay to execute their own marble sculptures. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 The first part of the course will be dedicated to acquiring skill This course is suitable for students who do not have any in using the various chisels and hammer in the “roughing out” LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 111 stage, through demonstration and practice. After gaining basic knowledge of the manual tools, students will begin using air tools. A part of the course will be dedicated to class discussion, the viewing of ancient and contemporary sculpture in stone and a field trip to Carrara where Michelangelo selected the marble for some of his most well-known statues. The last part of the course will be dedicated to acquiring refinishing and polishing techniques. No previous experience is required; however, it would be of benefit to know the foundations of drawing or subtractive sculpture.

Intermediate Sculpture SCU 260 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 This course is designed for students who have either covered the foundations of figurative sculpture or who have worked with other approaches and wish to improve their technical skills through class exercises. Students will work on independent projects focusing on subject matter from observation and reference to personal issues. The course is designed to introduce students to more sophisticated and critical approaches to their chosen areas of focus in the context of contemporary sculpture. Project work will revolve around given themes, and students will be taken through a process of how to develop their projects. The course covers work in clay, wire and plaster, casting from plaster and flexible molds in gesso, wax and paper. Structured exercises to assist the students will be given so that they will be able to better interpret relevant concepts. Prerequisites: SCU 160 Introductory Sculpture, or equivalent

Intermediate Sculpture (Summer only) SCU 261 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 This course is designed for students who have either covered the foundations of figurative sculpture or who have worked with other approaches and wish to improve their technical skills through class exercises. Students will work on independent projects focusing on subject matter from observation and reference to personal issues. The course is designed to introduce students to more sophisticated and critical approaches to their chosen areas of focus in the context of contemporary sculpture. Project work will revolve around given themes, and students will be taken through a process of how to develop their projects. The course covers work in clay, wire and plaster, casting from plaster and flexible molds in gesso, wax and paper. Structured exercises to assist the students will be given so that they will be able to better interpret relevant concepts. Prerequisites: SCU 160 Introductory Sculpture, or equivalent

Ceramics: Majolica and Porcelain SCU 290 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 When porcelain pottery arrived from China to Italy in the sixteenth century, artists tried to discover the secret of this beautiful white material, but it was not possible to do so because Italian lands were naturally poor in kaolin, the main compound in porcelain clay. As a result Italians developed competing products to meet the demand of a market enchanted with white and blue Ming porcelain: firstly a blue and white majolica, and then a clay mixture that is not real porcelain. This mixture was created in a ceramic studio in Boboli Gardens in Florence and is known as “Porcellana Medicea.” In this practical and theoretical course students explore majolica and porcelain, two almost opposite materials: their quality of expression, their value, their technical aspects, their differences in historical context and their potential as creative media. Students undertake written work as well as practical projects using majolica and porcelain, and there will be visits to some of the exceptional centres of ceramic collecting and production in Florence and beyond. Prerequisites: SCU 130 Ceramics or SCU 160 Introductory Sculpture, or equivalent

112 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 6.5 | Florence School of Design

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 113 ARC - Architecture Aesthetics of Design: Theory and Practice ARC 220 F; Dual listed: INT 220 F Foundations of Architectural Design Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ARC 175 F This course applies the methods and concepts of aesthetics FLORENCE Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 (the investigation of what makes something a work of art) to FLORENCE the field of design (including product design, interior design, The course will give the student an introduction to the system of architecture, and graphic design). Students investigate issues architectural representation in plan, section, elevation. Projects relating to the creation, value and experience of design, and they include a study and analysis of a particular space or building analyze and attempt to resolve problems relating to design as in Florence. It will consist in an investigation of the elements a form of art. One part of the course concentrates on meanings that compose and control it, using all means of analysis with of formalism and expressionism; another part explores issues the goal of appreciating the qualities of architectural space. A that are involved in the evaluation of design such as cultural,

School of Design final design project is assigned to expose the student to the social and political environments. Specific attention is given to School of Design processes and production of architectural design. Italian Design, from its Renaissance heritage to the decades that made it internationally famous (1960s-80s). Comparisons The Built Environment of Florence are made with Modern and Contemporary International Design. ARC 201 F; Dual listed: ART 201 F Students are encouraged to make the most of the visual and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 cultural experience offered by the city and by the international This course will explore the factors that have led to the environment of the institute. development of Florence, its architecture and open spaces. Prerequisites: INT 170 Product Design I, or ART 180 Art History The construction of the city up to the architecture of the 19th I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents century will be studied from the architectural and historical points of view. This course is divided into lectures in class, Architectural History: Italian Urban Design walking tours, visits, field trips and sketching on site, all ARC 248 F; Dual listed: ART 248 F fundamental for the understanding of the city. We will draw Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 on the parallel history of the town of Florence to understand the growth of the city, but the main interest will be on the The course embraces ancient design to modern Italian urban architecture and the way it developed. To better understand landscape, analyzing the formal layout as well as the cultural and the historical development of the city the course will also social background of Italian cities. Students will study Etruscan focus on the history, the artistic productions of the time, the and pre-Roman towns, Roman imperial towns, medieval and philosophical currents and the powerful families that ruled and Renaissance towns, the Baroque environment, the cities of determined different architectural choices. the 19th century, new towns which were developed during the Fascist era, post-war reconstruction, and contemporary town planning. The aim of the course is to give students the tools to 20th Century Design and Architecture “read” the landscape of Italian towns as complex environments ARC 202 F; Dual listed: ART 202 F created during a long phase of different superimposed urban Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 textures. The aim of the course is to give the students the instruments and methodology to understand and recognize interior design History and Theory of Landscape Architecture styles. During the lessons the students will become familiar ARC 260 F with the work of the outstanding masters that often applied Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 their talent to the small scale (object or interior design) as well as to the large one (architecture) from the mid 19th century to Gardens and plants are an integral part of Italian culture and 1960. Because interior design is so strongly related to object of Italian paintings. While the practical needs of agriculture design and architecture, the course analyses the history of dictate the regular landscape of the Tuscan hills, gardens these three fields as a whole, from the industrial revolution respond to other needs as well: religious meditation, artistic to the present time, by studying the influence of society, art, expression, display of wealth, theatrical settings, or botanical economy, political events and scientific and technological experimentation. This course explores the use of plants in discoveries. The course provides students with the tools for Tuscany. From productive olive groves and vineyards to understanding new and innovative elements that a new trend architectural hedges and topiary, the knowledge of plants introduces and for keeping updated with the latest news in this is essential to our understanding of art, history and society. ever-changing field. There is a constant interplay between horticulture and culture: imported plants such as citrus fruits are grown as an expensive challenge to the climate, while other plants such as the iris or Architecture and Fashion rose are represented in art and grown in gardens in part for ARC 211 F; Dual listed: INT 211 F their symbolic content. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Architecture and fashion design are becoming close fields. Public Space Design Important fashion districts are modifying the built environment ARC 269 F of many cities around the world and the major fashion labels Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 use their showrooms and headquarters as a display of their style. The form, technique and materials of some buildings The course will investigate the key role of public space in are increasingly intended to resemble clothing or fashion contemporary cities. Special attention will be placed on the accessories; architects staple, pleat, drape, cut and so on. At capability of places to attract people and emotional scenarios the same time some fashion designers are drawing inspiration linked to their reactions. Examples of recent works from world- from architecture. In this course students explore buildings renowned architects, landscape architects and artists will and interiors as an aspect of today’s visual culture, with special provide the student with different design methods. A specific emphasis on similarities and differences with contemporary site in Florence or elsewhere in its surroundings will represent fashion. The role of the human body and the architectural the core of the project; students will be asked to start off with movements which have led to these developments are also a conceptual idea and gradually give shape to it up to the final explored. Students will be stimulated to understand the common presentation through drawings, models, video, etc. The course basis of the two fields, exercising themselves in comparative will be mainly carried out in class although outdoor guided case studies. Considerable attention will be given to Florence’s surveys will also take place. fashion district. The last part of the course investigates ways in Prerequisites: INT 190 CAD for Interior Design I and ARC 175 which architects express the style of today’s fashion brands and Foundations of Architectural Design, or equivalents with what results.

114 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Contemporary Architecture FAS - Fashion Design, Marketing and ARC 286 F; Dual listed: ART 286 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Merchandising This course examines major developments in architecture,

FLORENCE interior design and planning from 1960 to the present. Special Introduction to the Fashion Industry FLORENCE focus is given to developments of the last two decades. The FAS 100 F survey includes consideration of sociocultural developments, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 as well as debates in aesthetics and theory, such as the decline This core class provides students with an overview of the of Modernism. Key architects and studios are examined. fashion industry from research and design to the marketing of The perspective is global but European and Italian figures, the finished product. Potential career opportunities within the movements, works and events are not ignored. field are examined, and the course briefly looks at the historical origins of fashion, especially the fabric, yarn and knitwear sector School of Design Prerequisites: ART 165 History of Architecture, or equivalent centered on Florence and the “Made in Italy” phenomenon. School of Design Sustainable Architecture Students will acquire knowledge of basic industry terms and of the process of apparel production, from the concept to the ARC 320 F consumer. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Sustainability is a characteristic of a process or state that can be maintained at a certain level indefinitely. Our current lifestyle Principles of Apparel Design is not sustainable because we base our energy requirements on FAS 120 F burning fossil fuels that are running out, causing global warming Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and pollution. The key aim of the sustainable architecture Students learn clothing terminology as it pertains to different approach is to help resolve the present energy crisis by garments, silhouettes, and their components. The course designing self-sufficient buildings. The two basic principles examines the elements and principles of fashion design, and applied are: reduction of energy needs and use of renewable introduces CAD software for the production of flats and forms of energy (solar, wind, geothermic, hydroelectric or presentations. biomass). Other topics touched upon in the course are: use of local building materials, study of the local traditional Fashion Figure Drawing passive strategies (to create a pleasant home despite climate FAS 130 F conditions), encouraging a sustainable lifestyle, co-housing. Cr: 1; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: Architecture majors of junior standing This entry-level drawing class studies the elements of the figure in fashion proportion and in fashion poses. Students Architecture in its Environment work to develop a personal line, style, and personality in figure ARC 340 F presentation. Students will be exposed to the tools, concepts Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 and techniques of figure drawing. They will discuss, explore and The course goal is to learn a method to understand the relation practice a variety of techniques, focusing on understanding between architecture and urban context and to be able to and recreating three-dimensional forms on paper. Through design a relevant architectural project. Emphasis is on the lectures, demonstration and a great deal of drawing students vertical and horizontal dimensions of cities and towns, and on will have the opportunity to develop their knowledge and skills the analysis of shapes and uses of the urban space. The main in replicating the human form. course project relates to a specific urban situation. The project process starts with extensive on-site case study analysis of the Design Sewing Techniques site (with outdoor walking and sketching), historical context, FAS 150 F and the urban surroundings. In class students will develop, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 examine and discuss the main elements, themes and issues This course is the first in a series of technical studio courses in of the project. The completed project includes sketches, site fashion design. In the production lab, students will learn to use plans, architectural plans, elevations and sections, as well as a different equipment, the process of assembling a garment and presentation delivered in class. study and execute construction methods used in the apparel Note: It is highly recommended that students be equipped with industry. Course will cover a variety of sewing techniques from a personal laptop for design projects. stitches and seam treatments to the application of zippers, Prerequisites: Architecture majors of junior standing collars, sleeves and more, while completing samples in muslin. A sample book is developed of industry construction techniques. At the end of the course each student will produce a basic Conservation of Historic Buildings garment integrating the skills learned. ARC 360 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Fashion Illustration I In this class students will be introduced to current tendencies FAS 160 F in theory and in practice of restoration, principles of criticism, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 and culture of restoration with an historical orientation. A restoration analysis project (diagnostics of materials, supports, This course for beginning students explores the world of fashion masonries, structures) will be developed considering the illustration. Students will learn how to sketch a fashion figure, scientific-technical investigation methods concerning existing add garments, and render different materials using media like buildings. colored pencils and markers. Special attention will be given to coloring and shading. During the semester there will be site Prerequisites: Architecture majors of junior standing visits to such locations as the Ferragamo Museum as well as fashion trade fairs and fashion design studios. Students will also Architecture Studio: Special Topics learn about the job of a fashion designer and the main steps to ARC 380 F organize a collection. In addition they will illustrate their own Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 designs on the fashion figure showing their own style and taste This course focuses on advanced design projects, which are in fashion. based largely on a theme of local or national importance. It is usually concerned with the comprehensive analysis and design Fashion Illustration I (Summer only) of modern medium/large scale complexes and public buildings FAS 161 F such as a museum, airport, railway stations, waterfront, or Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 emergency construction. The course is organized to equip This course for beginning students explores the world of fashion students with the skills for the comprehensive design and illustration. Students will learn how to sketch a fashion figure, implementation of architectural projects of notable complexity add garments, and render different materials using media like and scale. colored pencils and markers. Special attention will be given to Prerequisites: Architecture majors of junior standing LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 115 coloring and shading. During the semester there will be site Fashion Marketing visits to such locations as the Ferragamo Museum as well as FAS 215 F fashion trade fairs and fashion design studios. Students will also Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 learn about the job of a fashion designer and the main steps to organize a collection. In addition they will illustrate their own This course explores fashion marketing and merchandising. FLORENCE designs on the fashion figure showing their own style and taste It focuses primarily on brands, and their fashion marketing FLORENCE in fashion. strategies for product development, advertising, promotion and retailing. The course analyzes the thinking behind the strategies for fashion products, paying special attention to the emotional Patternmaking I aspects of fashion communication. Students will approach FAS 180 F current business practices and examine new and emerging Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 trends and issues that impact on the fast-moving environment Of the two methods of creating a garment, patternmaking of the fashion and textile industry, looking at the globalization School of Design is the more technical one. As such, it allows the designer to of the industry, trade shows and key events. Specialized topics School of Design manipulate already existing patterns efficiently and create new include the importance of the European fashion system, with patterns with custom measurements. Students will start with a comparison to some American brands and strategies. Case basic patterns, including darts and princess line variations, studies will provide a vision of how companies in today’s and how to manipulate them respecting the fundamental environment are evolving marketing strategies to meet the new rules of pattern making. There will be two basic projects consumer’s demand, in terms of product design, distribution during the semester: the skirt, with variations such as A-shape, and communication. gathered, with yoke, and the bodice, working with darts and princess line variations, and finally collars and sleeves. By Fabric Styling understanding pattern construction students will able to gain a FAS 220 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 wider understanding of the possibilities and limits of a fashion designer. In this course on surface design students learn many different textile techniques such as swatch weaving, dyeing yarns, Anthropology of Fashion and Desirability: direct painting and wet painting, tie dye or shibory, discharge print, block printing, silk screening, free motion stitching, Beyond the Catwalk embroidery, cords and yarns appliqué, beading, smocking, etc. FAS 185 F; Dual listed: ANT 185 F To emphasize the communication aspect, the students create a Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 number of mood boards with different themes, learning how to How are anthropology and fashion related? How can this social sketch quick shapes and “dress” them up. The projects carried science help us in analyzing both Western fashion and global out by students consist of samples with different techniques, fashion trends today? How can artifacts become fashion? What mood boards, and the creation of a personal trend book that is the relationship between fashion and art? How is beauty illustrates in a professional way the techniques learned during constructed in fashion and visual culture? And how are gender the course. and the body represented? Such questions, of more than specialized interest, have been raised since fashion started to Fashion Consumer Behavior be studied in academia in the 1980s. This course considers FAS 225 F the particular contribution of anthropology to the study of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 fashion as an academic discipline and hence to understanding Understanding the consumer is at the center of this course. fashion as a significant cultural expression. We will study how Through fashion concepts and theories, cultural influences, meanings are constructed in fashion and visual culture, using demographics, psychographics and consumer dynamics the cross-cultural and transnational framework provided by this course demystifies the decision-making process of anthropological research. We will also consider how fashion the omnipotent customer while analyzing perceptions, interacts with material culture through the production and communication, and ethics to determine how a customer can consumption of “fashion items,” making fashion an interesting turn into a consumer. Although aimed at the fashion student field of inquiry in the context of the anthropology of things. this course is applicable to any sector of consumption.

Textile Science Visual Merchandising FAS 195 F FAS 235 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This core class teaches the fundamentals of textile and This course explores contemporary visual merchandising fabric science, bringing awareness of the variety of materials strategies. It focuses primarily on understanding visual used in fashion and their applications. Students will receive merchandising techniques, concepts and processes, and a comprehensive overview of the textile industry. Special recognizes how visual merchandising efforts support retailing attention will be given to the dyeing, printing and finishing trends and sales success in retail store spaces. The course of textiles. Students will develop a basic knowledge of textile analyses the philosophy behind the creative process and terminology including fibers and their origin, structure, identifies a variety of resources for idea development such as: properties and characteristics. This course will also cover yarns, marketplace dynamics, consumer trends and sales forecasting. construction, basic weaves and knit structures, and will enable The aim of this course is to prepare students in the process of students to make appropriate fabric selections. designing, planning, budgeting and organizing visual displays and store design that effectively communicate brand identity. Fashion Design Computer Principles I Through lectures students will learn the foundation techniques FAS 200 F regarding visual displays. Through workshops, students will Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 apply this knowledge to the creation of mock window display This course is designed to familiarize students with the basic settings and/or in-store designs. Case studies will provide a tools and techniques of Computer Aided Design standard vision of how companies in today’s environment are adapting in the fashion industry. Using Adobe Illustrator® and Adobe visual merchandising strategies to meet the new consumer’s Photoshop® students create their own digital presentations demand, in terms of design, visual promotion and strategies of from concept phase to a complete and finished collection. The communication. rendering of technical flats, fashion sketches and presentational formats and techniques are included. The result of their Fashion Illustration II research consists of concept and trend boards, color cards, FAS 245 F fabric and line development. In addition to the prerequisites Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 listed below the student is advised to have an understanding This is an intermediate level design course for students who of garment structure. already have a basic knowledge of fashion design. Particular Prerequisites: FAS 160 Fashion Illustration I, or equivalent; or attention will be given to learning and improving fast sketching concurrent enrolment of life fashion models, and the rendering of the fit & fall of

116 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 different garments and textures. The fast sketching of models History of Costume and garments with the rendering of different textures is the FAS 285 F base for the development of a personal style in fashion design. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 At the end of the course students will be able to express design ideas based on research and creativity and render any kind of Students explore the historic styles of Western dress and FLORENCE garment on the fashion figure and express a stronger personal adornment through the ages from the ancient Egyptian period FLORENCE style. The professional side will be taken into consideration to the 20th century. Costume is viewed within the period context through on site visits to fashion fairs, design studios and special and is related to major historical developments, technology, exhibitions; also technical drawings will studied and explained production, and the economic situation. Also discussed are the in order to improve design skills. arts, societal values, events or specific individuals, insofar as these that can be seen to influence fashions. Prerequisites: FAS 160 Fashion Illustration I, or equivalent Prerequisites: Sophomore standing School of Design Draping I School of Design FAS 250 F Patternmaking II Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 FAS 290 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Draping, the second of two methods of pattern development to create a garment, starts with shaping muslin on the Advanced Patternmaking comprehends the following: sleeve, dressform. Students learn the basic rules of draping and collar, and neckline variations, gathers, pleats, and flares, lining, create a basic bodice and skirt, dart variations, princess lines, specialty fabrics. There is a brief introduction to one of the sleeves and collars. From the conceptual phase to the finished following categories: outerwear, active wear, or evening wear. garment, students will have an opportunity for creative use Prerequisites: FAS 150 Design Sewing Techniques and FAS 180 of construction details. Particular attention is given to the Patternmaking I, or equivalents expression of personal style, especially when executing the final project, which will show the different technical elements Fashion Buying Concepts learned. Accurate working and attention to detail are necessary FAS 300 F to be successful in this course. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: FAS 150 Design Sewing Techniques, or equivalent Retailing and the fashion business are stimulating, fascinating, and in a process of continual change. Understanding the Retailing Management dynamics and significance of retail buying concepts will be FAS 265 F critical to the success of anyone interested in buying, selling or Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 communicating retail consumer fashion products and services. Understanding the retail environment by looking at its history Students will study fundamentals of fashion buying including and new developments is the objective of this course. Knowing planning, assorting, pricing and purchasing retail fashion how a store operates and the formats it can take on will help inventories. The effect of different retail formats on purchasing, the student become a successful retailer. Multi-channel and identification and evaluation of resources and discussions on international retailing are introduced as well as supply chain ethical issues in sourcing are included. With global fashion management. Students will also learn the importance of Human industry constantly undergoing change, an important part of Resources Management and strategic planning as well as retail this class involves understanding current events and how they strategies. affect retail buying. This includes the luxury as well as other sectors of the industry, mass market brands and independents. Prerequisites: FAS 100 Introduction to the Fashion Industry, The course is targeted towards students who are looking for or equivalent (or concurrent enrolment), or an introductory careers in fashion buying, merchandising, marketing, design, business course advertising or public relations and should have already taken classes towards these majors. The ability to work in teams and Knitwear I communicate orally is strongly emphasized. FAS 270 F Note: prior fashion retailing and marketing knowledge are Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 beneficial This course is designed to familiarize students with the knitwear market in fashion and with the place of knitwear in History of Italian Fashion a modern fashion collection. It has drawing and experimental FAS 305 F components. At the end of the course students will be able Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 to organize and execute knitwear design ideas following a given brief; they will be able to make hand-knitted fabrics and This course introduces students to the main historical styles, garments, and will have a basic knowledge of the knitwear concepts and definitions of fashion and fashion design by fashion industry. following the evolution of Italian fashion from its birth to the present day. The history of fashion is studied using connections, FAS 160 Fashion Illustration I, or equivalent; or Prerequisites: historical documents and other materials to cover relevant concurrent enrolment time periods, styles or techniques, and focusing on the lives and careers of some of the most significant designers. Special Accessories Design emphasis will be put on the birth of Italian fashion in Florence FAS 280 F in 1951 and on major Italian designers including Schiaparelli, Cr.: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Ferragamo, Fontana, Capucci, Valentino, Pucci, Armani, Accessory design has increasingly gained importance in the Versace, Dolce e Gabbana, Prada, Gucci, and Cavalli. global fashion industry. While often contemporary fashion Prerequisites: Junior standing, or Fashion majors/minors designers have expanded their brand identity by developing accessories lines, the heritage of many European fashion luxury Working Group Project in Fashion Design brands originated in accessory design. This studio course is designed for students who already have an in-depth knowledge FAS 312 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 of fashion design and the fashion industry. The course includes the design, technical and business skills necessary in the In this course students will work together under the supervision creation of accessory products. Particular attention is given of the professor to realize a professional group project. to trend forecasting, design sketching and technical drawings. Prerequisites: three semesters in Fashion Design Students design a small range of accessories and develop a collection portfolio focused on handbags, millinery, shoes, Fashion Communication belts. Knowledge of CAD technology is required. FAS 314 F Prerequisites: FAS 200 Fashion Design Computer Principles I, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and FAS 160 Fashion Illustration I, or equivalents In this course students analyze how to convey fashion brand positioning and identity to the final consumer through both

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 117 traditional media channels and new digital media channels (both hand-knitted and machine-made) and creates a course that include social media, creative intelligence, fashion blogs portfolio of knitting stitches following fashion trends. and fashion web marketing channels. If our response to fashion Prerequisites: FAS 270 Knitwear I, or equivalent is intrinsically visual, communicating about fashion demands more than images with impact. Fashion communication FLORENCE includes not only monthly fashion magazines, but every facet Fashion Design Computer Principles II FLORENCE of information relating to fashion, in all available media — FAS 335 F from names of colors at the dye factory to the latest runway Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 reviews on fashion websites. The course covers trends and During this course students learn how to transform their technological solutions which must be implemented in order creative potential into fashion ideas and apply their ability to improve brand value communication. Students learn to to efficiently create original ideas by computer. This course analyze different e-commerce strategies, and how to apply prepares the student for designing entire collections from

School of Design such evaluations in the retail politics of a brand. They also the planning process, through the development of the details examine web marketing and communication strategies. Skills (print-patterns, color cards, accessories) and the presentation School of Design developed include: analytical tools for finding the best ways to of the project, to making the “2D rendering” and preparing integrate direct commercial channels and web-based channels; technical sheets for industry use. Students learn how to make the ability to find and use social media and marketing research a professional presentation of their own work using the fashion data; strategies that enable brand value to be improved and industry standard software Adobe Photoshop. conveyed to the expanding customer base of the global online Prerequisites: FAS 200 Fashion Design Computer Principles I, fashion market. or equivalent Prerequisites: FAS 215 Fashion Marketing, or BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing, or equivalents. Recommended: FAS Apparel Construction 235 Visual Merchandising, or equivalent FAS 340 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Draping II This is an advanced sewing course in which students will FAS 320 F construct complete garments including lining and interfacings. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Special attention will be given to proper fit and working with This is an advanced draping course in which students will focus specialty fabrics. Students will also be introduced to a variety on the cut and fit of garments. Students will further their pattern of couture techniques, bustier and jacket construction. development process and work on bias drape, variations of a Prerequisites: FAS 180 Patternmaking I and FAS 250 Draping collar and sleeve. In the second part of the course students I, or equivalents will execute three given projects to interpret according to a personal style and produce finished garments. Design Workshop FAS 180 Patternmaking I and FAS 250 Draping Prerequisites: FAS 345 F I, or equivalents Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course merges aspects of the design process from concept Product Development to realization. Students employ trend and historical research FAS 325 F with design principles to produce projects in important apparel Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 categories such as tailoring and special occasion. Fabric and This is an advanced course that introduces students to methods trim sourcing, surface decoration, and applied and structural used to plan, implement and manage the development of details are included in project work. apparel products. Target market description and analysis, trend Prerequisites: FAS 245 Fashion Illustration II, or FAS 312 forecasting, garment styling, materials selection, production Working Group Project, or equivalents and sourcing are all part of the product development and apparel manufacturing process that are presented in this course. Additional topics focus on private label techniques, Luxury Management costing and quality control in the development from concept FAS 352 F to product. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: Fashion majors/minors of junior standing This course offers students an opportunity to gain an understanding of the socioeconomics of luxury and key business practices related to it in management, marketing and retail. A Collection Development fascinating as well as a contentious subject, luxury crosses many FAS 330 F boundaries and disciplines, yet despite its growing importance Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 receives relatively little examination outside the industry itself. This is an advanced design course for students who already The course examines luxury both as concept and global reality have a good knowledge of fashion design and a complete and addresses historical development, contemporary political, overview of the world of fashion. The course is structured economic and social functions, and continuing impetus for to allow students to work like “real” fashion designers with design, popular culture, and the arts. Analysis of luxury’s professional collection planning and a detailed choice of fabrics, relationship with desire, status, exclusivity, excess, consumption yarns and accessories. Students will learn how to organize and and economic value helps to reveal why even during global plan a fashion collection based on a specific target customer economic recession the demand for luxury goods and services or concept. They will create their first collection, expressing a climbs to new levels. Students examine how the consumption strong personal style supported by a good presentation and of luxury is being questioned, expanded and transformed by layout and a deep knowledge of the fashion system. new variations such as “affordable luxury,” “sustainable luxury,” Prerequisites: FAS 245 Fashion Illustration II, FAS 250 Draping or “mass luxury.” Exploring a wide range of case studies, many I, FAS 290 Patternmaking II, or equivalents Italian and not limited to fashion, students learn management essentials from the luxury perspective, applying the critical tools that make the difference in developing successful strategic Knitwear II plans and managing the retailing element. FAS 332 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 Prerequisites: BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing and FAS 265 Retailing Management, or equivalents In this course students learn the principles of design and construction for fully-fashioned knitwear, including swatch development, garment construction, and industrial methods of Trend Forecasting measuring and size development. Analysis and identification of FAS 355 F; Dual listed: JWY 355 F; INT 355 F knit fabric structure is another important part of the course; Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 stiches examined in the first level Knitwear course are studied This course is designed to promote research and analytical skills in depth, and more advanced stitches (such as cables, links, by teaching the key methods to forecast fashion trends and by and lace) are developed. Each student develops four projects exploring processes and methods used to define short and long

118 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 term industry forecasts. Students will acquire key techniques majors of junior standing 2) Elementary Italian 2 completed in research and analysis, as well as skills to create impactful (ITL 102 level) and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class and accurate scenarios predicting future and emerging fashion trends. They will learn the difference between macro trends and Merchandise Planning and Control close-to-season trends, and why trend forecasting is primary to

FLORENCE FAS 365 F FLORENCE the fashion business. The course will also explore a key figure: Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the cool hunter, who decides today what the consumer will buy tomorrow, analyzing diverse preferences and social trends This course provides a basic knowledge of the mathematical from urban to suburban environment and from luxury to street concepts and calculations involved in profitable merchandising. influences. Students will examine the forecasting framework and Students work with actual retailing scenarios to apply the cool hunter’s position in the design product development merchandising formulas such as open-to-buy, mark-up, and process, passing through the analysis of trend information and stock turnover. Prerequisites: FAS 300 Fashion Buying Concepts, or equivalent School of Design reports, colors and material forecasting as well as marketplace dynamics and consumer research. Students will not only be School of Design trained to “foretell the future” but will also learn how to apply Portfolio in Fashion Design this information in the real world. Companies, from automotive FAS 380 F and apparel to household products, increasingly value this Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 information in order to stay a step ahead. This advanced fashion design course is structured in order to Note: knowledge of Adobe Illustrator/Photoshop required give students a personal professional portfolio. The course will Prerequisites: Fashion / Interior / Jewelry majors be divided in two parts: in the first part students will work on their fashion collection, starting with their previous projects Fashion Design and Apparel Construction and adding new specialized ones. In the second part of the course, these projects will be transferred to computer, creating Internship a digital portfolio that will add to the paper one. Special FAS 362 F attention will be given to a professional presentation of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 portfolios and to preparing students to enter in the job system This internship provides practical and professional experience by executing focused projects like the creation of a personal in the field of Fashion Design and Apparel Construction. The resume, business card and a digital brochure. Students will intern is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM improve their sketching and rendering skills, they will work on faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship up-to date trend research and present accurate and detailed supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, layouts. and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship Prerequisites: FAS 200 Fashion Design Computer Principles I, site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. FAS 245 Fashion Illustration II, or equivalents The placement is with small fashion boutiques and related businesses. Interns develop and carry out various activities Global Fashion Merchandising which may include but are not limited to: product development, FAS 382 F working on fabric/garment prototyping, cutting and sewing of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 garments and accessories, design assistance, window display, merchandising, customer relations. This course analyzes the multiple merchandising practices, in a global context, of both retail and wholesale fashion apparel Note: placement opportunities are limited and subject to companies use around the world. It explores diverse historical, change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference organizational and cultural concepts of emerging countries letters, formal letter of intent, portfolio. Students who enroll in eastern and western Asia, South America and Mexico must submit supporting documentation by the application where company managers and merchandisers source raw deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result of an materials and view potential production sites. The comparative onsite interview during the first week of the term and an Italian analysis with the American merchandising system includes language placement test. Fluency in Italian is advantageous. an examination of cultural, religious, and legal systems and Prerequisites: 1) Fashion Design / Product Development political landscapes and their impact. Students will learn the majors of junior standing 2) Elementary Italian 2 completed different practices necessary to work in a global environment. (ITL 102 level) and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class Prerequisites: FAS 100 Introduction to the Fashion Industry and BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing; or FAS 265 Retail Fashion Marketing, Retail Management and Management, or equivalents Merchandising Internship FAS 363 F Collection Production Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 FAS 400 F This internship provides practical and professional experience Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 in the field of Fashion Marketing, Retail Management and In this capstone course students will apply acquired knowledge Merchandising. The intern is monitored by both the onsite to realize a small collection with given requirements. They will supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by carry out from concept through line development three to five the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly complete outfits to be presented and judged during finals in reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly a fashion show or exhibition. Emphasis is placed on creativity, at the internship site; student internship schedules and onsite originality, technical skill and execution, as well as marketability. duties may vary. Prerequisites: FAS 340 Apparel Construction or equivalent Placements are with independent fashion and related businesses, boutiques, galleries, and offices. Interns develop Fashion Employment Seminar and carry out various activities which may include but are not FAS 415 F limited to: retail management, visual merchandising, events, Cr: 1; Contact hrs: 15 sales, customer service, sales and inventory reports, marketing and social media networking, photography and cataloguing This course for upper-level fashion students helps them to of products, development of advertising ideas, creation and launch themselves in a career in the world of fashion. It equips diffusion of press releases, and e-commerce. students already trained in some aspect of the fashion business to present themselves to fashion companies with a view to Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to acquiring a first full-time job in the business. Fashion Design change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference and Fashion Marketing and Merchandising students will work letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit on their portfolios, create resumés and business cards, write supporting documentation by the application deadline, and cover letters, and prepare interviews. acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview during the first week of the term and an Italian language Note: English composition and speech are highly recommended placement test. Fluency in Italian is advantageous. to be successful in this course. Students who have elements useful for portfolios are encouraged to bring them. Prerequisites: 1) Fashion Marketing / Fashion Merchandising LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 119 Prerequisites: Junior standing and three semesters of Fashion Graphic Design (Summer only) courses GRA 171 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Fashion Entrepreneurship This course gives students a theoretical and practical introduction

FLORENCE FAS 430 F to graphic design in the era of digital communication. Students FLORENCE Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 follow a program based on practical applications, realized In this course students plan a virtual company from concept to entirely with computer graphic techniques. The constant search creation. This entails writing a business plan, analyzing market for the harmony of shapes, colors and words goes together with & competition, creating the image, registering a name, selecting the learning of the most modern digital graphic techniques. a location, managing human resources. Although focused on During the course bidimensional vector graphics will be used fashion, this upper-level course has general applicability. for the realization of all the assigned projects. The fundamental Prerequisites: Fashion Merchandising majors/minors of junior concepts of the manipulation of the images, are also taught School of Design standing to complete the same projects. In consideration of the great School of Design importance that advertising has in this course, students projects address communication issues, exploring the principal media and investigating ways of working with different targets. GRA - Graphic Design Curiosity and an inclination for research are the essential characteristics of students interested in this course. Student History of Graphics and Illustration must be familiar with the computer environment. Professional GRA 150 F printing skills are developed in a commercial printing center. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Note: concurrent enrollment in GRA 185 Digital Graphic This course deals with the history of graphic design and Techniques Fundamentals is recommended. illustration and how it was interpreted in different cultures from the late 1800s to the present. We will investigate the origins Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals of modern graphic design developed in Europe, Russia and in GRA 185 F the United States and how it relates to ancient graphic design Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 created in the Near and Far East, Europe and the Americas. The course will present an in-depth study of graphics which can This course trains students in the basics of computer graphics, mean signs, letters of the alphabet, lines of a drawing, colors of developing foundational techniques and skills in the standard a painting, and dots of a photograph. They all form images and set of software applications for the design field. Image they all convey an idea. optimization and manipulation, graphic illustration basics and web design principles are covered extensively. Students work on individual practical projects, image make-ups, graphic Digital Sketchbook illustrations, and web layout design. Professional printing skills GRA 165 F; Dual listed: PDM 165 F are developed in the context of a commercial printing center. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 In this course students combine traditional and digital media. Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals In drawing sessions in various locations in the historic center of Florence, students learn basic drawing concepts, followed by (Summer and Intersession only) one-on-one instruction with the instructor to create drawings GRA 186 F suitable for the computer lab sessions. These manual drawing Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 sessions focus on creating three-dimensional space through This course trains students in the basics of computer graphics, the use of linear perspective and construction of complex developing foundational techniques and skills in the standard forms using simple volumes, on the drawing of the sculpted set of software applications for the design field. Image and live human figure, and on creating balanced and interesting optimization and manipulation, graphic illustration basics and compositions. In the computer sessions students learn to scan web design principles are covered extensively. Students work selected drawings from the city drawing sessions and paint on individual practical projects, image make-ups, graphic them digitally using Photoshop. Students explore painting illustrations, and web layout design. Professional printing skills concepts applicable to both traditional and digital painting are developed in the context of a commercial printing center. and the most relevant and useful Photoshop functions. In the course students create multiple versions of each painting (for Foundations of Visual Communication example, day and night versions of one scene). Projects include GRA 190 F; Dual listed: COM 175 F painting a set of images using gouache, and developing and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 modifying with Photoshop one or more of their traditionally painted images. In this way students discover benefits and This course is essential for all students that, either as beginners drawbacks of the traditional and graphic approaches. in graphic design or with previous experience in digital graphics, desire to learn the secrets of “good design”. The aim of the course is to assist students in developing intellectual skills and Graphic Design familiarity with the rules which underpin the creation of graphic GRA 170 F works that convey both aesthetic quality and communicative Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 power. The course is structured into a series of projects, lectures, This course gives students a theoretical and practical introduction analyses and drawing exercises which, through the application to graphic design in the era of digital communication. Students and study of design theories, aim at offering students a follow a program based on practical applications, realized methodology for solving graphic and visual projects. Topics entirely with computer graphic techniques. The constant include: B/W techniques, layouts and grids, colors and shape search for the harmony of shapes, colors and words goes balance, mirror and rotational symmetries, repetitive patterns, together with the learning of the most modern digital graphic archetypes and primary shapes, fonts and typography, studies techniques. During the course bidimensional vector graphics of visual languages and cultural backgrounds, analysis of styles will be used for the realization of all the assigned projects. The and artwork, rules to derive families of shapes and colors, fundamental concepts of the manipulation of the images are formats and harmonic proportions such as the diagonal of also taught to complete the same projects. In consideration of the square, icons, logotypes and trademarks, studies of 3D the great importance that advertising has in this course, student models and packaging. The course places emphasis on the projects address communication issues, exploring the principal learning of graphic design principles and concepts that are media and investigating ways of working with different targets. independent from the tools used for production (digital or Curiosity and an inclination for research are the essential manual techniques). There is a focus on learning from the great characteristics of students interested in this course. Students tradition of Italian design, and the student is encouraged to must be familiar with the computer environment. Professional make the most of the visual and cultural experience offered by printing skills are developed in a commercial printing center. the city of Florence. Note: concurrent enrollment in GRA 185 Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals is recommended.

120 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Foundations of Visual Communication explores all the theoretical, practical and technical aspects of the profession of the graphic designer, and gives students a (Summer only) detailed knowledge of bidimensional vector design. The skills GRA 191 F; Dual listed: COM 176 F of each student are taken into consideration in defining with the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 teacher the most appropriate individual program. Publishing FLORENCE This course is essential for all the students that, either as Design is a course for intermediate/advanced students. FLORENCE beginners in Graphic Design or with previous experience in Curiosity and an inclination for research are the essential Digital Graphics, desire to learn the secrets of “good design”. characteristics of students who are interested in this course. The aim of the course is to assist students in developing Professional printing skills are developed in a commercial intellectual skills and familiarity with the rules which underpin printing center. the creation of graphic works that convey both aesthetic Prerequisites: GRA 170 Graphic Design and GRA 185 Digital quality and communicative power. The course is structured into Graphic Techniques Fundamentals, or equivalents

School of Design a series of projects, lectures, analyses and drawing exercises School of Design which, through the application and study of design theories, Workshop in Graphic Design aim at offering students a methodology for solving graphic and visual projects. Topics include: B/W techniques, layouts GRA 262 F and grids, colors and shape balance, mirror and rotational Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 symmetries, repetitive patterns, archetypes and primary Conceived for students who have already learned how to shapes, fonts and typography, studies of visual languages and develop graphic design concepts and expect to test themselves cultural backgrounds, analysis of styles and artworks, rules to through more ambitious projects, the course gives them the derive families of shapes and colors, formats and harmonic opportunity of learning by working on real cases with effective proportions such as the diagonal of the square, icons, logotypes professional purposes. The core of assignments consists of and trademarks, studies of 3D models and packaging. The a professional brief to be analyzed and discussed in order to course places emphasis on the learning of Graphic Design develop successful solutions. Projects entail real challenges principles and concepts that are independent from the tools offered by firms or by competitions released by crowdsourcing used for production (digital or manual techniques). There is a platforms; the instructor will help students to understand focus on learning from the great tradition of Italian design, and specific project objectives, and to learn and refine the best the student is encouraged to make the most of the visual and techniques with which to realize their proposals. Activities cultural experience offered by the city of Florence. include work group sessions. Projects may be printed, web- based, or hybrid, and a presentation is required. This is a course Web Design for intermediate students. GRA 215 F Prerequisites: GRA 170 Graphic Design and GRA 185 Digital Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Graphic Techniques Fundamentals, or equivalents This course gives students the knowledge of the essential techniques of web design. When starting to study this vast Creative Processes in Visual Communication subject, students will follow a theoretical program structured GRA 280 F by the step-by-step learning of the fundamental concepts Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 of the world of Information and communication technology. This is an intermediate course in graphic design that places Students will first acquire the fundamentals, then they will emphasis on creativity and on learning the principles of use the most advanced techniques of digital editing to work aesthetic quality, both peculiar aspects of “Italian Style.” Visual on graphic design. The course is based on communication, perception rules, structural grids, harmonic proportions, color and students will be stimulated to realize projects oriented to contrasts and spatial relations of shapes as well as drawings multimedia communication. Curiosity and an inclination for and geometrical constructions, are among the subjects treated research are the essential characteristics of students interested throughout the lessons and developed through projects and in this course. Student must be familiar with the computer exercises. Students from all over the world will be offered a environment. unique experience given the fact that the instruction offered Note: concurrent enrollment in GRA 185 Digital Graphic is deeply rooted in the environment in which it takes places. Techniques Fundamentals is recommended. They will be surrounded by artworks and they will be taught how to understand and how to interpret them as a source of Comic Art creativity. This course is suitable for students with a graphic design background, willing to discover a new approach to GRA 220 F; Dual listed: PDM 220 F these studies. It is also appropriate for art students wishing to Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 learn more about graphic arts related to communications and In this course students learn how to write with pictures and advertising. as the final project create their own complete comic book. Prerequisites: GRA 170 Graphic Design, or equivalent Students will learn how to write, draw and digitally color their story. The course first looks at the art of telling stories. Visits to various historical locations help to reveal how stories have Web Marketing been told in the past through images. Lessons train students GRA 290 F to apply basic drawing concepts, linear perspective, coloring Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and composition to the art of comics. Teaching one-on-one, the This course guides students in the realization of Web marketing instructor takes students through the entire process of making projects. The rapid development of the web has had a great comics, including the creation of pages suitable for painting in impact on marketing activities. Internet is nowadays the most the computer lab sessions. All successful comic artists share powerful advertising medium able to reach specific targets. This a grasp of effective body language and facial expression, and course analyzes all the tools currently used by a web marketing the ability to create a rich and believable world inhabited by expert. Software and technological resources are used in a convincing characters. The vast diversity of comics styles and professional way, stimulating research as well as individual genres, including the graphic novel, will be presented and each and group investigation of specific topics. Web marketing is student will be lead to work within those that are most suitable. a course for anyone with basic know-how of Internet and the The project emerges from students’ close understanding of Web. On the first day of class students will be subjected to an these and other specific elements and tools. admission test including practical exercises.

Publishing Design Dynamic Web Design GRA 260 F GRA 295 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course guides students to the realization of projects that Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) have become the real state of have a real professional purpose. The course is based on the the art of web design. While standard XML and HTML rely on realization of the corporate identity of an existing business stylesheets for all stylistic presentation, the Web Accessibility and on the launch of a new commercial product. This course Initiative makes use of CSS for improving access, and future

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 121 work on HTML and XML will continue to make heavy use of Prerequisites: GRA 185 Digital Graphic Techniques CSS. In this course students learn how to design, develop and Fundamentals, or equivalent publish a web 2.0 dynamic publication. Students develop a preliminary working understanding of how to code for the web Web Animation using CSS and establish an awareness of the inconsistencies

FLORENCE GRA 320 F FLORENCE in rendering CSS between browsers. Secondary course goals Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 include increasing students’ abilities to create effective pages using CSS methods, based on php platforms. This course is geared toward the realization of digital animation for the web. The program is mainly based on the use of the Prerequisites: GRA 215 Web Design, or equivalent most popular techniques in this field. Students learn to use the best and most appropriate software on a methodological, Workshop in Creative Advertising theoretical and practical basis. They realize their own ideas GRA 305 F applying techniques learned through the intense use of software School of Design Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 for graphic animation and languages used for programming School of Design Why can one advertisement seem so “cool” and another one interactive applications. This is a course for intermediate/ look so uninspiring? Is it simply a matter of personal talent advanced students. or are those working in the advertising industry following a Prerequisites: GRA 170 Graphic Design and GRA 215 Web set of rules? Do you think you can do it better? Advertising Design, or equivalents is not a simple or random combination of images. The task of advertising is to build a positive perception of the product in the Character Design consumer’s mind. Every commercial, every magazine ad, every GRA 325 F TV promotion is designed to deliver an advertising message Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 to a particular audience. In marketing and advertising science this audience is called the “target audience”. This course gives Building on a basis of anatomy, perspective and visual students the possibility to express their own creativity within the communication principles, the course guides students toward boundary of the rules and limitations in an advertising project. the acquisition of confidence in the creation of artistic subjects Students will be required to realize different advertisements in the digital era. The main goal of the course consists in the on given themes, following strictly the briefing that they will creation of a set of characters delivered as vector graphic receive. Exercises will be undertaken using computer graphics. elements, ready to be implemented as comic-style and digitally The idea is to simulate as far as possible the conditions of work animated cartoons. The course covers all steps of the creative of a real advertising agency. This is a course for intermediate process, from initial hand-drawn sketches of the subjects to students. the creation of an illustrated storyboard to digital realization as cartoons and comic subjects. As this course is taught at an Prerequisites: GRA 260 Publishing Design (or GRA intermediate/near-advanced level, students must be familiar 262 Workshop in Graphic Design) and COM 180 Mass with both hand- and digital-drawing techniques. Communication, or equivalents Prerequisites: GRA 260 Publishing Design (or GRA 262 Workshop in Graphic Design), or equivalent Graphic Design Project Development GRA 310 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Rendering Essentials GRA 330 F This course is specifically designed for all those students who, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 having had previous experience in graphic design, desire to create a well presented portfolio of projects, highly refined The goal of this course is to give students the fundamental and developed through an approach that places emphasis on bases to integrate 2-D design environments with virtual aesthetic and functional quality. The first part of the semester rendering techniques. The theoretical and practical aspects of will cover all aspects of the most important areas of graphic the subjects are analyzed to provide students with a solid base design printed works such as: corporate identities, typography, of knowledge that they will use to solve practical applications icons, wrapping papers, packaging, logos, color palettes, photo during the course. The course is based on the development and and illustration management, fonts and creative book making. integration of 2D projects into the third dimension. Particular The second part will concentrate on the selection, definition emphasis is given to the rendering of three-dimensional and refinement of projects that will be presented in a nicely projects for professional purposes, for instance, projects of and effectively structured portfolio to be printed and either mass products, virtual spaces, graphic symbols and packaging. bent or packed. This class best meets the requirements of At the end of the course, students will have an essential those students who are willing to expand their experience in background for facing the demanding requirements of 3D. graphic design through an approach that is deeply rooted in Practical projects will be realized in order to provide students Italian culture and the Florentine environment. Students with with a professional approach to various problems. This is a a strong background in graphic design will improve their work course for intermediate/advanced students. by obtaining insights into the culture of aesthetic quality and Prerequisites: GRA 260 Publishing Design (or GRA 262 different ways of looking at projects. Workshop in Graphic Design), or equivalent Prerequisites: GRA 170 Graphic Design and GRA 185 Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals, or equivalents Graphic Center Internship: LdM Printing Center Professional Blog Design GRA 360 F GRA 315 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This internship gives participants an opportunity for hands- The term “web authoring” expresses the concept of on activity in the Graphic Design field. Through the internship “programming, by non-programmers.” All the practical and in the Tetriz Lab, (the Lorenzo de’ Medici printing center), functional aspects of interactive multimedia communication students learn everything about professional print services are analyzed using a large theoretical and informative base. such as the design and printing of brochures, leaflets, booklets, Students will become familiar with this large subject in order to posters, top-quality images, textiles, t-shirts, etc. Interns be able to operate strategic, rational and creative choices in the become part of the printing center staff, which provides field of web publishing. The teacher will stimulate the students fundamental services to the LdM community. Students acquire towards group collaboration for the realization of a practical a professional experience in establishing and maintaining project that is a collective blog. The most popular software business relationships, store administration and promotion, and technologies for the web will be analyzed in depth, and and problem solving. The intern is monitored by both the onsite discussed and employed for the realization of the goals of the supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by course. This is a course for intermediate students. Curiosity and the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly an inclination for research are the essential requirements for reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly students enrolling in this course. at the internship site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary.

122 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to Brand Design change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference GRA 382 F letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 supporting documentation by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result of an on-site interview Today a professional graphic designer is often called upon to FLORENCE during the first week of the term. extend his/her interest to fields that just a few years ago were FLORENCE very far from the natural focus of the designer. With this in Prerequisites: Graphic Design majors of junior standing. mind, the present course drives students through the process Fluency in Italian may be advantageous but is not required of inventing a new brand, starting from the analysis of pertinent economic trends, then understanding where the consumer’s Graphic Design Internship choice will be addressed in the near future and last, based on GRA 361 F these studies, finalizing everything into the creation of a new Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 brand complete with all the features that regard graphic design: School of Design This internship provides practical and professional experience name, logo related to corporate identity, general look & feel, School of Design in the field of Graphic Design. The intern is monitored by payoff, slogans and multi-media formats. This course carries both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The the range of activity of the graphic designer into the areas of grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects marketing and copywriting. This is an advanced course. assessment of weekly reports, two papers, and an overall Prerequisites: GRA 305 Workshop in Creative Advertising, or evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student equivalent internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The placement is with advertising and communications Web Authoring agencies. Interns develop and carry out various activities GRA 390 F which may include but are not limited to: graphic design, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 packaging, corporate identity, posters, catalogs, logos, layout This course will immerse the student in the processes of of applications and e-commerce websites, web programming, planning, designing, and building a professional website based art direction. on a web-log open source engine. Most of the semester will Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to be spent working in a creative team to create a corporate change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference news-blog for a real nanopublishing company. We will focus letters, formal letter of intent, portfolio. Students who enroll on pre-production planning, establishing the guidelines and must submit supporting documentation by the application setting the structure of the project; the mission is to build an deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interactive web-log ready to launch at the end of the course. interview during the first week of the term. We will investigate the concepts and technical skills required to Prerequisites: Graphic Design majors of junior standing. install and to manage an interactive web-log based on html, xml Technical requirements: proficiency in Adobe Photoshop, and php applications. Students will also design all the graphic Illustrator, InDesign, Dreamweaver, Mac computers. elements of the web-log, using professional software such as Recommended: creativity, drawing skills / web programming vector graphics software and raster software. The essentials knowledge. Fluency in Italian may be advantageou of on-line editing and site management will be mastered by the students. This is a course for intermediate and advanced Motion Graphic Techniques students. Curiosity and an inclination for research are the GRA 370 F essential requirements for students enrolling in this course. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Prerequisites: GRA 185 Digital Graphic Techniques This course is a guide to the professional aspects of multimedia Fundamentals and GRA 315 Professional Blog Design, or equivalents advertising. Through the employment of the most appropriate technological resources, the student learns all the essential elements for the realization of digital video productions. Mobile Web Design This course emphasizes creativity as well as personal and GRA 392 F collective research. Students acquire solid theoretical bases Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and advanced use of software to become editors of advertising This course guides students in the realization of projects to promotionals, video clips and motion trails. This is a course for be published on the so-called MobileWeb. The rapid increase advanced students. of mobile devices must be taken into consideration by Prerequisites: GRA 260 Publishing Design (or GRA 262 anyone involved in the web field. The social, but also financial Workshop in Graphic Design), or equivalent procedures that can be carried out by mobile devices are becoming more and more important. This course analyzes the Advanced Imaging graphical techniques useful to build up a mobile website. Some software and technological resources to test and improve the GRA 380 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 mobile project are considered. This is a course for intermediate/ advanced students. The image is the core of the creative process for advertising. The analysis, the choice and the manipulation of images are Prerequisites: GRA 315 Professional Blog Design, or equivalent essential activities to create the advertising message. This course guides the student through the logical and practical Graphic Design for Advertising processes for the transformation of the image into advertising GRA 400 F formats. Students analyze a variety of examples to study how Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 to develop the image. Through semiotics and the most modern Branding, naming, lettering, copywriting and imaging; these persuasive techniques, students learn how to stimulate in concepts and their techniques - the basis of the advertising consumers the desire for products and services. The program - will become familiar to students enrolled in this course. focuses on the functional aspects of the image. The most Starting by understanding the fundamentals of art direction advanced technological resources help students to manipulate and copywriting, students will learn how to analyze the images according to the goals of different projects. By the characteristics of a brand, a product, or a cultural event and end of the course students will have acquired a professional how to extract the key-points on which they will build an ability to act as image editor in the advertising field. This is a effective advertising campaign. An introduction oriented course for advanced students. Professional printing skills are toward marketing will guide students in the analytic process developed in a commercial printing center. by which they will be able to identify the appropriate target for Prerequisites: GRA 305 Workshop in Creative Advertising, or their campaign. The course is based on the creation of graphic equivalent illustrations, logotypes and trademarks, on the manipulation of images and the basics of typography and lettering. As essential tools in modern advertising productions, students will learn how to use computer hardware and software and digital devices such as printers, scanners, digital cameras and the

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 123 basis of global communication via the Internet. This is a course includes product design, industrial design and interior design. for advanced students. The aesthetic, cultural, philosophical and technical elements of Prerequisites: GRA 260 Publishing Design (or GRA 262 the subject will be redefined through lectures and exercises. Workshop in Graphic Design), or equivalent The teaching method is interactive and lessons involve slide lectures, readings, field trips to stores, exercises in basic design FLORENCE and discussions. Some classes focus on the history of design, FLORENCE Computer 3D Animation Italian production and semiotics. GRA 405 F; Dual listed: INT 375 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Perspective Drawing and Rendering The aim of the course is to introduce students who already INT 180 F have a basic knowledge of static rendering to the next level Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 of computer graphics: animation. Students learn to create animations of their projects in order to achieve a more striking This course aims to give students the ability to render and School of Design impact in their presentations. Typical subjects treated include: represent an interior space and a product design object. School of Design to represent flying and walking through 3D architectural Students will learn drawing techniques and their professional spaces; to design objects that will be assembled using applications, without the use of the computer, both freehand animation techniques; to control light changes during the day and with the aid of technical tools. The elements will be rendered in interior design projects with time lapse animation; to propose in detail, including finishes, fabrics, furniture and accessories different solutions/assets for open space offices that change of many different materials (wood, plastic, stones etc.), using dynamically; to animate logos. After having learned the basic rendering tools such as Promarker or other professional techniques of animation students will continue to the editing markers, chalks and watercolors. Issues of presentation and process, to scripting, and to how to distribute and make visible different methods of representation, including sketching, and their animated presentations in different media, from DVD to technical 2D and 3D drawing, will be covered. internet and mobile devices. Prerequisites: GRA 330 Rendering Essentials, or INT 350 Technical Drawing Computer Rendering in Interior Design, or equivalents INT 181 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The module aims at proving students with the necessary skills INT - Interior Design and notions to perform geometrical orthographic projections, axonometry and perspective. The different methods of geometrical presentations are taken into account and students Interior Design I will learn how to draw a plan, a section and elevations. Students INT 160 F will also enhance their ability in sketching and rendering for Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 interior and product design and in understanding construction The course is an overview of the interior design profession. It drawings with codes and dimensions. The module is taught introduces the student to the fundamental concepts of design, through lectures, case studies and graduated practical exercise basic space planning and furnishing. Starting from the survey of and assignments are designed to enable students to learn an existing space, the student learns how to present it through geometrical drawings to use as instruments for their future drawings. From a simple room like a kitchen or a bathroom project in interior and product design. and ending with a small residential apartment, the student Prerequisites: INT 180 Perspective Drawing and Rendering, or will face all the problems concerning designing; from drawing equivalent representation and the scale system, to the choice of materials and colors. Exercises and projects will be started in class under the supervision of the instructor and then continued and Perspective Drawing and Rendering finished individually. (Summer only) INT 182 F Interior Design I (Summer only) Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 INT 161 F This course aims to give students the ability to render and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 represent an interior space and a product design object. The course is an overview of the interior design profession. It Students will learn drawing techniques and their professional introduces the student to the fundamental concepts of design, applications, without the use of the computer, both freehand basic space planning and furnishing. Starting from the survey of and with the aid of technical tools. The elements will be rendered an existing space, the student learns how to present it through in detail, including finishes, fabrics, furniture and accessories drawings. From a simple room like a kitchen or a bathroom of many different materials (wood, plastic, stones etc.), using and ending with a small residential apartment, the student rendering tools such as Promarker or other professional will face all the problems concerning designing; from drawing markers, chalks and watercolors. Issues of presentation and representation and the scale system, to the choice of materials different methods of representation, including sketching, and and colors. Exercises and projects will be started in class under technical 2D and 3D drawing, will be covered. the supervision of the instructor and then continued and finished individually. CAD for Interior Design I INT 190 F Product Design I Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 INT 170 F This course introduces students to the use of the computer for Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 interior design, as a drawing tool and an important management Paolo Fossati, an Italian expert of industrial design, stated: tool in the process of developing a project. The course also “Design means to create a strict connection between ideation introduces students to the use of computer aided drawings and production.” Giovanni Klaus Koenig claimed that “design for interior design. Computer graphics concepts and theory is like a bat, half bird and half mouse”. Starting from these are presented through lectures and hands-on experience. two statements (one strictly formal, the other perceptive Topics include bitmap versus vector graphics, color theory and and witty) the aim of this course is to understand the term management, graphics file formats, and 2D applications as “industrial design” but chiefly the phenomena which modern they relate to design disciplines. The concepts and techniques human beings experience daily, if unconsciously. The design of creating, viewing, and manipulating technical drawings will of objects destined to be manufactured by industries should be examined. Through the generation of plans, sections and have an essential quality of art. Although “art” is difficult to elevation, students develop an in-depth understanding of the define, students learn that the designer’s work applies not only design process as a collaboration of different matters. to the study of techniques, types of materials, assembly and problems concerning serial production and so on, but also, and most importantly, to their formal and artistic values. The course deals with the subject of design in a broad perspective which

124 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Design for Living Spaces Design Materials INT 210 F INT 240 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 In this course students learn to focus their analytical and technical The course focuses on different aspects of materials for design,

FLORENCE skills in creating design solutions for living spaces as diverse in providing students with an understanding of materials and FLORENCE type as contemporary lifestyles and needs (single unit, family, methods of interior constructions. Through the use of slides social care, etc.). Students produce projects that must respond we will analyze the links between the emergence of a new to specific requirements of clients: space, technical, emotional design style and the use of an innovative material, from the atmosphere, accessibility, and so on. Students are encouraged Industrial Revolution to the present. The course will provide to explore design solutions that reflect definite decorative and information about the materials existing in the design and architectural approaches. Programming, building code issues, building industry and craftsmanship, but it will also stimulate space planning, and furniture arrangement receive special the student’s curiosity and creativity in searching new materials School of Design attention. In the project students consider functional as well (maybe already in use in other fields of technology or brand School of Design as aesthetic aspects, seeking to formulate a good solution, new materials). The course will analyze the main characteristics, appropriately presented. mechanical properties, durability and workability of a range of Prerequisites: INT 160 Interior Design I, or equivalent materials including: stone, wood, fabric, paint, plaster, ceramic, plastic, rubber, resin, metal, glass, composite materials, carbon fiber, Teflon coated fiberglass, Kevlar, fiber optic fabrics, acid Architecture and Fashion or laser cutting, ecological and reused materials. Particular INT 211 F; Dual listed: ARC 211 F attention is devoted to the study of finishing and surfaces, the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 choice of colors, according to the final image of the work to Architecture and fashion design are becoming close fields. design. The course provides the students with the tools for Important fashion districts are modifying the built environment analyzing the properties and requirements of interior spaces of many cities around the world and the major fashion labels or objects and choosing appropriate materials according to use their showrooms and headquarters as a display of their functional and aesthetic needs, sustainable and ecological style. The form, technique and materials of some buildings requirements, and the image they want to communicate. are increasingly intended to resemble clothing or fashion Students learn to explore different spaces or objects and how accessories; architects staple, pleat, drape, cut and so on. At they relate to the functional and aesthetic requirements of a the same time some fashion designers are drawing inspiration specific project, through the choice of appropriate materials. from architecture. In this course students explore buildings Prerequisites: 1) INT 160 Interior Design I or INT 170 Product and interiors as an aspect of today’s visual culture, with special Design I 2) INT 190 CAD for Interior Design I, or equivalent emphasis on similarities and differences with contemporary fashion. The role of the human body and the architectural movements which have led to these developments are also Interior Design II explored. Students will be stimulated to understand the common INT 250 F basis of the two fields, exercising themselves in comparative Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 case studies. Considerable attention will be given to Florence’s Starting from the survey of an existing place and learning how fashion district. The last part of the course investigates ways to present it through drawings (plants, sections, elevations), in which architects express the style of today’s fashion brands the student will deal with the solution of a given project in its and with what results. entirety from marketing through the identification of targets to the solution of technical problems and layout. The project Design for Living Spaces (Summer only) will consider the functional and the aesthetic aspects, trying to formulate a good solution and present it in the appropriate INT 212 F way. The project process starts with the visit or explanation of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the area. In class the students will examine and discuss some In this course students learn to focus their analytical and technical examples of finished projects and focus on the main elements skills in creating design solutions for living spaces as diverse in and aspects of the project theme. The project will be composed type as contemporary lifestyles and needs (single unit, family, of a general layout and inspiration board, plans, elevations, social care, etc.). Students produce projects that must respond sections, perspective drawings and sketches. Each project will to specific requirements of clients: space, technical, emotional be presented in class during the exam day; all the presentations atmosphere, accessibility, and so on. Students are encouraged will be colored and integrated with images, photos, materials. to explore design solutions that reflect definite decorative and INT 160 Interior Design I, or equivalent architectural approaches. Programming, building code issues, Prerequisites: space planning, and furniture arrangement receive special attention. In the project students consider functional as well CAD for Interior Design II as aesthetic aspects, seeking to formulate a good solution, INT 290 F appropriately presented. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Prerequisites: INT 160 Interior Design I, or equivalent The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of three- dimensional drawing and solid modeling. This course provides Aesthetics of Design: Theory and Practice students with the basic tools for studying and presenting design concepts in three-dimensional form, and exploring INT 220 F; Dual listed: ARC 220 F the methods and materials of model construction. Topics Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 include solid generation and composition, 3D orthographic This course applies the methods and concepts of aesthetics views, perspectives, shading and rendering, management of (the investigation of what makes something a work of art) to lights and materials. The goal of this course is the use of solid the field of design (including product design, interior design, modeling techniques not only as a representational method, architecture, and graphic design). Students investigate issues but also to control and verify the creative process, giving the relating to the creation, value and experience of design, and they students the basics for analyzing and visualizing the interior analyze and attempt to resolve problems relating to design as space. Particular attention will be given to different ways of a form of art. One part of the course concentrates on meanings representing items in order to emphasize the individuality of of formalism and expressionism; another part explores issues each project. that are involved in the evaluation of design such as cultural, INT 190 CAD for Interior Design I, or equivalent social and political environments. Specific attention is given to Prerequisites: Italian Design, from its Renaissance heritage to the decades that made it internationally famous (1960s-80s). Comparisons Product Design II are made with Modern and Contemporary International Design. INT 293 F Students are encouraged to make the most of the visual and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 cultural experience offered by the city and by the international A theme will be assigned and developed individually with the environment of the institute. teacher’s help. The students will propose sketches, rendering, Prerequisites: INT 170 Product Design I, or ART 180 Art History technical drawings with the appropriate dimensions, 3D I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents drawings, and will realize their final book, complete in all LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 125 parts. They will also make a model, in the material they prefer. the semester different projects about retail shops will be The students will be introduced to essential information developed. Students will carry out personal research on existing about design, such as design definitions, the most important projects similar to the one they have to design in class in order phenomena that have characterized the history of design, and to explore retail design and to develop personal sensitivity the works of some of the most famous Italian and international in creating project atmosphere. In projects students must FLORENCE designers. Students will be introduced to Bionics, the science consider functional and aesthetic aspects, trying to formulate a FLORENCE of how nature teaches designers. The students will be also good solution and present it in appropriate way. taught about the materials, both traditional and modern, and Note: Students are highly recommended to be equipped with the technologies that are used to realize industrial products. personal laptops for design projects The teacher will show the students the transformation of some products, from their birth to their present situation and Prerequisites: INT 250 Interior Design II and INT 290 CAD for Interior Design II characteristics. School of Design

Note: It is highly recommended that students be equipped with School of Design a personal laptop for design projects. Lighting Design INT 330 F Prerequisites: INT 170 Product Design I and the use of 3D Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 drawing programs at an advanced level (INT 290 CAD for Interior Design II recommended), or equivalents The course is an introduction to the world of light. It provides a compendium of information on illuminating design practice. The range of subjects covered is extensive. Methods of lighting Product Design II (Summer only) design in this course include a section on lighting hardware INT 294 F (lamps and luminaires) and a part dedicated to practical Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 experience through real lighting projects. The course will The course aims to introduce the students in to the world of start with a quick theoretical overview of the different light product design, giving them the instruments to evaluate how sources, analyzing all types of new lamps currently on the to develop a project, expressing them own creativity. The market. Information about lighting objectives, visual comfort course is divided into different parts. First the students will be and pleasantness, color rendering, decorative, architectural and introduced to the basic knowledge about design, its definitions, mood lighting, lighting control and application fields (offices, and the most important phenomena that have characterized its shops, exhibiting spaces) will be provided. history. The students will be also taught about the materials, Note: It is highly recommended that students be equipped with both traditional and modern, and the technologies that are a personal laptop for design projects. used to realize industrial products. The teacher will show the students the transformation of some products, from their Prerequisites: 1) INT 250 Interior Design II, or INT 293 Product birth to their present situation and characteristics. During this Design II 2) INT 290 CAD for Interior Design II, or equivalents theoretical analysis the students will be asked to sketch their own interpretations of objects described by the teacher, and to Lighting Design (Summer only) realize a book of all their projects. A theme will be assigned and INT 331 F developed individually with the teacher’s help. The students Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 will complete sketches, renderings, technical drawings with the The course is an introduction to the world of light. It provides appropriate dimensions, and 3D drawings plus realize their final a compendium of information on illuminating design practice. book, complete in all parts. They will also make a model in the The range of subjects covered is extensive. Methods of lighting material they prefer. design in this course include a section on lighting hardware Note: It is highly recommended that students be equipped with (lamps and luminaires) and a part dedicated to practical a personal laptop for design projects. experience through real lighting projects. The course will Prerequisites: INT 170 Product Design I and the use of 3D start with a quick theoretical overview of the different light drawing programs at an advanced level (INT 290 CAD for sources, analyzing all types of new lamps currently on the Interior Design II recommended), or equivalents market. Information about lighting objectives, visual comfort and pleasantness, color rendering, decorative, architectural and Retail Design mood lighting, lighting control and application fields (offices, shops, exhibiting spaces) will be provided. INT 300 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Note: It is highly recommended that students be equipped with a personal laptop for design projects. This course is structured to help students develop awareness of the importance of graphic arts in design and execution of Prerequisites: 1) INT 250 Interior Design II, or INT 293 Product presentations and promotions for consumer merchandise. Design II 2) INT 290 CAD for Interior Design II, or equivalents This course is intended to teach the students the different aspects of the professional approach to the design of shops Computer Rendering for Interior Design and showrooms. Students will learn to design complete layouts INT 350 F and how to represent them through technical drawings. During Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 the semester different projects about retail shops will be In this class students will be taught how to create a digital developed. Students will carry out personal research on existing image from a 3D model by means of a software program. Digital projects similar to the one they have to design in class in order images are produced using a variety of computer technologies. to explore retail design and to develop personal sensitivity Modeling, color theory, surface rendering, and light control in creating project atmosphere. In projects students must are emphasized in relation to technical illustration, hardware consider functional and aesthetic aspects, trying to formulate a characteristics, and software capabilities. good solution and present it in appropriate way. Prerequisites: INT 290 CAD for Interior Design II, or equivalent Note: Students are highly recommended to be equipped with personal laptops for design projects Trend Forecasting Prerequisites: INT 250 Interior Design II and INT 290 CAD for Interior Design II, or equivalents INT 355 F; Dual listed: FAS 355 F; JWY 355 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Retail Design (Summer only) This course is designed to promote research and analytical skills by teaching the key methods to forecasting fashion trends and INT 301 F exploring processes and methods used to define short and long Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 term industry forecasts. Students will acquire key techniques This course is structured to help students develop awareness in research and analysis, as well as skills to create impactful of the importance of graphic arts in design and execution of and accurate scenarios predicting future and emerging fashion presentations and promotions for consumer merchandise. trends. They will learn the difference between macro trends and This course is intended to teach the students the different close-to-season trends, and why trend forecasting is primary to aspects of the professional approach to the design of shops the fashion business. The course will also explore a key figure: and showrooms. Students will learn to design complete layouts the cool hunter, who decides today what the consumer will and how to represent them through technical drawings. During buy tomorrow, analyzing diverse preferences and social trends 126 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 from urban to suburban environment and from luxury to street will apply design to current multi-channel retail strategies in influences. Students will examine the forecasting framework and both bricks-and-mortar and web-based firms. Topics may the cool hunter’s position in the design product development include: development of a retail space format, target analysis, process, passing through the analysis of trend information and site selection, and corporate image management. Course reports, colors and material forecasting as well as marketplace assignments are designed to enable students to improve FLORENCE dynamics and consumer research. Students will not only be presentation skills and the ability to comunicate design FLORENCE trained to be the “foretell the future,” but will also learn how concepts in a clear and straightforward way. to apply this information in the real world. Companies, from Note: It is highly recommended that students be equipped with automotive and apparel to household products, increasingly a personal laptop for design projects. value this information in order to stay a step ahead. Prerequisites: INT 250 Interior Design II and INT 290 CAD for Note: knowledge of Adobe Illustrator/Photoshop required Interior Design II, or equivalents Prerequisites: Fashion / Interior / Jewelry majors School of Design Computer 3D Animation School of Design Web Portfolio Presentation INT 375 F; Dual listed: GRA 405 F INT 360 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 The aim of the course is to introduce students who already By attending this course, students will learn to choose the best have a basic knowledge of static rendering to the next level of solution and the most appropriate media to show their projects computer graphics: animation. in the digital era. Students will be assisted and supervised in Students learn to create animations of their projects in order to the preparation of their portfolios using design and computer achieve a more striking impact in their presentations. Typical drafting programs. They are taught to generate hard copies of subjects treated include: to represent flying and walking their work. All projects are developed taking each student’s through 3D architectural spaces; to design objects that will individual needs and interests into consideration. The course be assembled using animation techniques; to control light takes students through the creative process, from the objective changes during the day in interior design projects with time definition to the final comparison between the starting goals lapse animation; to propose different solutions/assets for open and the finished work. Students are requested to attend the space offices that change dynamically; to animate logos. After lessons and to take an active role in the creative process, sharing having learned the basic techniques of animation students their experiences with the others. An extensive overview of web will continue to the editing process, to scripting, and to how design concepts, including usability, accessibility, information to distribute and make visible their animated presentations in design, and graphic design in the context of the web will be different media, from DVD to internet and mobile devices. made, and common problems in web design and image formats GRA 330 Rendering Essentials, or INT 350 will be highlighted to plan a good website project. Prerequisites: Computer Rendering in Interior Design, or equivalents Prerequisites: GRA 185 Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals, or equivalent Furniture Design INT 380 F Sustainable Design Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 INT 365 F The course aims to provide students with a basic understanding Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 of the theories and techniques in furniture design. The lessons In a time of population growth, dwindling resources, climate examine the various design processes and procedures, while change, pollution, economic uncertainty, and mass throwaway also considering space and functional analysis of design. For consumption, sustainability means survival. Sustainable Design the most part, the class will be a workshop for design projects. is the art of designing for urban planning, mobility, architecture, The course will also consider the importance of targets and interior spaces and objects so as to comply with the principles visual communication signs. Students will carry out personal of economic, social and ecological sustainability. While all research on pieces of furniture, materials and designers in order three principles are closely related, this course emphasizes to explore furniture design and to develop a personal style. ecology. The sustainable designer, increasingly in demand, Students are highly recommended to be equipped with makes responsible decisions in full consciousness of the long- Note: personal laptops for design projects. term environmental impact of every aspect of the project, construction and maintenance. The course cultivates this Prerequisites: 1) INT 250 Interior Design II, or INT 293 Product holistic design attitude. On the one hand, it explores a range Design II 2) INT 290 CAD for Interior Design II, or equivalents of issues and possible solutions to them. Students consider design in relation to renewable energy sources like sun, wind, Exhibit Design biomass and geothermal power, as well as to energy reduction INT 390 F and efficiency. They examine recycling, re-use and reduction Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 of materials in both construction and packaging. On the other This course is based on an architectural approach to the project hand, students develop a feasible project which meets rapidly of exhibit areas. The project research is developed first in the evolving sustainability requirements while respecting creative field of temporary commercial fairs and students learn how to and functional needs, making real-world choices. control space both from the functional and the aesthetic point of Note: It is highly recommended that students be equipped with view and then in the field of temporary exhibitions in a museum, a personal laptop for design projects. dealing with the difficulty of organization and presentation. Prerequisites: INT 250 Interior Design II, or INT 293 Product During the course, students examine different basic themes Design II, or equivalents and are introduced to real professional applications. The proposed projects are developed emphasizing conceptual and Concepts and Strategies for Design design research and solution to the functional and distribution problems. INT 370 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Note: It is highly recommended that students be equipped with a personal laptop for design projects. This course provides the student with a comprehensive view of the role of design and of the designer in the development of Prerequisites: INT 250 Interior Design II and INT 290 CAD for a retail program, focusing in particular on the strategic use of Interior Design II, or equivalents space as a medium for communication and on the theoretical frameworks that underpin the design. Since design is a multi- disciplinary activity, this course is directed to a variety of students. Through a series of lectures, workshops, site visits, guest speakers, case studies and assignments students will explore issues and concerns that are involved in the strategies, conceptual structures and understanding of how design may serve retail programs, from product to interiors. They

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 127 Working Group Project in Interior Design Jewelry Making I (Summer only) INT 400 F JWY 181 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 In this course students will work together under the supervision This course is meant to give students a first approach to jewelry

FLORENCE of the professor to realize a professional group project. making. The main equipment and tools used (machinery, FLORENCE Note: It is highly recommended that students should be pliers, files, and saw), together with safety regulations will equipped with a personal laptop for design projects. be explained. Students will work at the silversmith’s bench, learning the basic techniques for creating simple pieces of Prerequisites: minimum three semesters in interior design jewelry with design transfer, sawing, filing, soldering, polishing, and simple settings for cabochon stones. The course will also introduce the lost wax casting methods and wax carving. The aim of the projects is to develop manual and creative ability.

School of Design JWY - Jewelry Design School of Design History of Jewels and their Symbolism The Professional Jewelry Designer JWY 150 F JWY 195 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 The course will cover the complete history of jewelry from the The course prepares students for the role of the professional simple primitive shell beads to the Renaissance period and the jewelry designer. In order to design and market a jewel accessory splendor of Art Nouveau, concluding with the developments successfully, students require interdisciplinary knowledge, of the modern jewelry masters. Through stylistic changes and ranging from semiotics (the study of signs) to methods for the different fashions, jewels offer a great opportunity to learn sale of the jewel itself. The course starts with a full definition more about the history of taste during Antiquity, the Middle of the jewel (history, forecasting, concept definition and Ages, and the Renaissance plus works of artists during the design), and the identification of which shapes, techniques and 19th and 20th centuries. We will analyze and examine pieces carats established by different goldsmith traditions can meet of jewelry and their symbolism in conjunction with paintings, the needs of various markets. Students analyze closely the architecture, and decorative artworks. Part of the course is characteristics and process of developing a valid and successful dedicated to famous personalities in history who wore jewelry jewelry design. The world of jewelry forms part of the fashion as symbolic items of power, and to the great jewelry designers system. Therefore students consider issues of marketing and from Benvenuto Cellini to Tiffany. This course also aims to give consumption, learning ways to acquire market knowledge, students an in-depth knowledge of artistic techniques, methods especially in relation to major national and international trade of documentation and a technical vocabulary. Use of slides and exhibitions, competitions and events. Students also study the visits to museums, exhibitions and workshops in Florence will various stages of industrial design and the use of semi-finished be integral parts of the course. components, defining the relationship between the jewelry designer and the product manager. The course explores career Jewelry Design I: Drawing and Rendering patterns, strategies and opportunities for jewelry designers. Techniques Gemology JWY 155 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 JWY 215 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Students are introduced to the creative design of jewels. They A complete training in the essentials of gemology for the start by learning first the main drawing techniques, such as practicing jeweler, this course deals with diamond certification, orthographic projections and 3D sketches, and second the pearl grading and the identification of colored stones. A general rendering techniques using watercolors, gouache, markers analysis procedure will be outlined and then applied to all and pastels. Study resources include projects by professional gemstones grouped according to color. The direct observation designers, publications, and selected museums and exhibitions. of numerous real specimens and simulants, practice using Techniques are explained, practiced and then applied in gemological instruments, the analysis of different certificate projects, so that students develop personal creativity while types, and the examination of current prices will enable students they build essential representational skills. to learn the different factors that determine the quality and influence the value of a gem. Wax Carving and Casting Techniques JWY 170 F Jewelry Design II Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 JWY 235 F Some casting techniques will be studied in depth, such as lost Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 wax casting process, cuttlebone casting and sand casting. The This course is meant for students who already have a basic course will include the creation of a mold in cuttlebone, an knowledge of jewelry design and its manual rendering in-depth study of wax working and carving methods, and the techniques. Students will learn axonometric representation, 3D duplication of a master model with a re-usable flexible “rubber sketches, and will be introduced to the use of the 3D program, mold”. This course focuses on getting students acquainted Rhino. During the course, students will learn how to develop with the hard wax carving method and the soft wax working a piece of jewelry’s volume, starting from sketches, passing techniques. Emphasis will be placed on preparing a design and through geometrical drawing to computer aided design. They a model for production. The course has been structured with will also learn how to render their jewels with Rhino, applying the objective of giving students the skills to make jewels in materials, textures and lights. The ultimate aim is to provide silver using the different casting techniques. the students with the technical and practical skills needed to Prerequisites: JWY 180 Jewelry Making I, or equivalent; or express their own creative style. concurrent enrolment Prerequisites: JWY 155 Jewelry Design I: Drawing and Rendering Techniques, or equivalent Jewelry Making I JWY 180 F Jewelry Making II Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 JWY 255 F This course is meant to give students a first approach to jewelry Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 making. The main equipment and tools used (machinery, This course aims to increase the manual and creative abilities pliers, files, and saw), together with safety regulations will of students through the in-depth study of several production be explained. Students will work at the silversmith’s bench, techniques at the goldsmith’s bench, with particular attention learning the basic techniques for creating simple pieces of to sawing and piercing, soldering, and the construction of a jewelry with design transfer, sawing, filing, soldering, polishing, hinge. Some surface production techniques will be examined. and simple settings for cabochon stones. The course will also A detailed study of the soldering techniques and assemblage introduce the lost wax casting methods and wax carving. The methods will be carried out together with the projects that aim of the projects is to develop manual and creative ability. 128 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 will be assigned during the course. In addition, some setting Jewelry Marketing, Retail Management and techniques for faceted stones will be introduced. Merchandising Internship Prerequisites: JWY 180 Jewelry Making I, or equivalent JWY 361 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 FLORENCE Relief Works in Metal This internship provides practical and professional experience FLORENCE JWY 260 F in the field of Jewelry Marketing, Retail Management and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Merchandising. The intern is monitored by both the onsite This class will enable students to work metal using chasing and supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by repousse techniques, and to forge metal into precious shapes the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly and objects. The chiseller is a craftsman who, using various reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours tools, shapes metal in order to give it mass and volume. This weekly at the internship site; student internship schedules and

School of Design course has been structured to give students a great amount onsite duties may vary. The placement is with independent of practical skills in this craft in a short period of time. The jewelry stores. Interns develop and carry out various activities School of Design students will learn to use their skills, their creativity, their tools, which may include but are not limited to: retail management, and basic design theory in order to plan and construct their visual merchandising, window display, sales, customer service, own piece of metal art. At the end of the course, students will marketing, assistance to the buyer. have acquired a new way to implement their artistic vision. Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to Prerequisites: JWY 180 Jewelry Making I, or equivalent change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit Stone Setting supporting documentation by the application deadline, and JWY 270 F acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 during the first week of the term. This course will introduce the student to the basic methods Prerequisites: Jewelry or Fashion majors of junior standing. used in the setting of both cabochon and faceted cut stones. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous but is not required The preparation of the various tools and their care will also be demonstrated. The principles of bezel, claw and grain setting will be explored, along with the various settings for round, oval, square and navette-shaped stones. These methods and principles will be shown through both demonstration and active practical exercises by the student. Prerequisites: JWY 180 Jewelry Making I, or equivalent

Alternative Materials in Contemporary Jewelry JWY 290 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This is an intermediate-level jewelry course, created for students who already have a basic background in jewelry making. The course introduces students to alternative media used in the realization of jewelry, exploring techniques and special methods to make jewels using unusual materials such as stainless steel, wood, paper and others. Special attention will be given to creativity and design approaches. The course covers the design approaches and special methods used in the manufacture of jewelry from common and industrial materials. Students design and produce prototypes for a small collection. Prerequisites: JWY 255 Jewelry Making II, or equivalent

Trend Forecasting JWY 355 F; Dual listed: FAS 355 F; INT 355 F Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course is designed to promote research and analytical skills by teaching the key methods to forecasting fashion trends and exploring processes and methods used to define short and long term industry forecasts. Students will acquire key techniques in research and analysis, as well as skills to create impactful and accurate scenarios predicting future and emerging fashion trends. They will learn the difference between macro trends and close-to-season trends, and why trend forecasting is primary to the fashion business. The course will also explore a key figure: the cool hunter, who decides today what the consumer will buy tomorrow, analyzing diverse preferences and social trends from urban to suburban environment and from luxury to street influences. Students will examine the forecasting framework and the cool hunter’s position in the design product development process, passing through the analysis of trend information and reports, colors and material forecasting as well as marketplace dynamics and consumer research. Students will not only be trained to be the “foretell the future,” but will also learn how to apply this information in the real world. Companies, from automotive and apparel to household products, increasingly value this information in order to stay a step ahead. Note: knowledge of Adobe Illustrator/Photoshop required Prerequisites: Fashion / Interior / Jewelry majors

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 129 130 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 7 | ROME | Course Descriptions Welcome to LdM Rome! In the pages that follow, courses are divided first by academic School (School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences, School of Italian Language and Culture, School of Sciences, School of Creative Arts) and then by discipline (e.g., ANT - Anthropology, ART - Art History, BUS - International Business, etc.). Please consult the following table in order to see exactly which disciplines are offered at which site.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 131 Course Descriptions - Rome

132 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 7.1 | Rome School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 133 ancient Greece (the Parthenon in Athens) to the present day. ANT - Anthropology The architect’s pursuit of changing ideas of beauty is a leitmotif that links the development of architecture with such masters as Anthropology of Fashion and Desirability: Iktinos, Brunelleschi, Borromini, and Le Corbusier. Typologies, ROME Beyond the Catwalk materials and construction technology, theory, urbanism, and ANT 185 R cultural context, are addressed. The course also explores the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 great variety of architectural traditions, orders, styles and movements. By experiencing actual buildings of various periods How are anthropology and fashion related? How can this social in the urban context, students learn how to critically analyze a science help us in analyzing both Western fashion and global work of architecture. fashion trends today? How can artifacts become fashion? What is the relationship between fashion and art? How is beauty constructed in fashion and visual culture? And how are gender Art History I: Antiquity to Early Renaissance and the body represented? Such questions, of more than ART 180 R specialized interest, have been raised since fashion started to Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 be studied in academia in the 1980s. This course considers This course is a survey of the visual arts in Western Europe, the particular contribution of anthropology to the study of from ancient Greece to the Early Renaissance. Throughout this fashion as an academic discipline and hence to understanding course students encounter the principal monuments, artists and fashion as a significant cultural expression. We will study how themes in painting, sculpture and architecture, and discover the meanings are constructed in fashion and visual culture, using changes in styles and taste in this period. The course explores the cross-cultural and transnational framework provided by the historical, philosophical and cultural contexts essential to anthropological research. We will also consider how fashion understanding the visual arts and the impact they have had interacts with material culture through the production and through the ages. Great importance is given to the interpretation

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal consumption of “fashion items,” making fashion an interesting of subjects and symbols, to the different techniques and styles field of inquiry in the context of the anthropology of things. used by artists, and to the role of public and private patrons. On-site teaching provides the incomparable experience of Food and Culture studying important works of art and architecture first-hand. ANT 198 R; Dual listed: CLT 198 R; NUH 198 R The material is approached as an introduction to the discipline Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of art history, with the aim of fostering appreciation and the desire to further investigate this field. If “you are what you eat,” just why do you eat the way you do? This course considers the relationships between the multiple meanings of food and the acts of preparing and eating food, Art History II: High Renaissance to the Present and further explores food and personal and social identity. ART 186 R Students will examine why different people make different Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 food choices in their daily lives, why individuals from certain This course is a survey of the visual arts in Western Europe, social classes will avoid or esteem particular foods, and in covering the early 16th century through the present. Throughout general how food serves as a factor in self-definition. Because this course students encounter the principal monuments, a person’s attitude toward food can reveal not just personal artists and themes in painting, sculpture and architecture, identity traits but a whole food ideology, this course will also and discover the changes in styles and taste in this period. analyze the role of food in the construction of ethnic identity, in The course explores the historical, philosophical and cultural the display of religious beliefs, and in the negotiation of gender contexts essential to understanding the visual arts and the roles. Students learn how cultures and values are transmitted impact they have had through the ages. Great importance is and preserved through food. Through personal essays and the given to the interpretation of subjects and symbols, to the interdisciplinary secondary literature, students will be guided different techniques and styles used by artists, and to the to analyze the complex and fascinating relationships between role of public and private patrons. On-site teaching provides people and food, helping them to understand how cultures the incomparable experience of studying important works of (including their own) ultimately determine all human food art and architecture first-hand. The material is approached as choices. an introduction to the discipline of art history, with the aim of fostering appreciation and the desire to further investigate this Intercultural Communication field. ANT 290 R; Dual listed: COM 290 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Popes, Cardinals and Courts in Renaissance The course, which introduces students to the basic patterns and Baroque Art of cross-cultural psychology and communication, proposes ART 236 R an analysis of communication behavior in interpersonal and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 intercultural, individual and group environments. Along with a The Renaissance and the Baroque (14th-18th centuries) are study of the influence of culture on identity, viewpoints, and surely two of the most fascinating artistic periods, which communication, it progressively proposes all the theoretical produced absolute masterpieces such as the Sistine Chapel and concepts that are necessary to analyze communication in the present Basilica of St. Peter. The course offers a particular an interpersonal and intercultural context. Topics include: focus on the relationships between patrons and artists in the common communication difficulties, communication roles span of time between the birth of Renaissance art in Florence and proxemics. Special emphasis is placed on rituals, message and the Trevi Fountain in Rome, to understand how much the patterns, clothing, myths, ideologies, and on the influence of popes, the cardinals, the noblemen and the lords of the Italian the mass media on our cross-cultural representation of reality. states influenced the contents of the works of personalities Prerequisites: Junior standing such as Masaccio, Botticelli, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Titian, Michelangelo, Caravaggio, Bernini, Borromini and many others. Site visits to museums, galleries and churches are a fundamental part of the course. ART - Art History Palaces of Rome History of Architecture ART 246 R ART 165 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course introduces students to the history of the palaces This course surveys the major periods and key monuments and also selected villas of Rome from the fifteenth to the in the history of architecture from antiquity to the present, eighteenth centuries. Since public and private palaces had an focusing on the Western world. Emphasis is on the historical important role in the life of the city through the centuries, by periods from classical antiquity through the Middle Ages, studying them students have the opportunity to understand Renaissance, Modern Age, and contemporary developments. not only the development of architectural style, but also the It examines representative monuments and architects from social, economic, cultural, and political history of Rome, in

134 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 an interdisciplinary approach to the subject. Works by major examples of Roman monumental buildings and works of art, architects including Michelangelo, Bramante and Bernini are crucial archaeological sites, and newly excavated areas. In examined, and issues such as building function, typology, addition to introducing students to analysis and interpretation sources, and urban design are addressed. Site visits form of styles, this course addresses a variety of current themes and a crucial dimension of the learning experience, and permit topics such as public and private architectural spaces, urban ROME students to study the evolution of Roman urban palaces and planning, traditions, innovations, patronage, past and current villas directly before, and inside of, a series of representative meaning of Roman art. The emphasis is on investigating Roman buildings. art and architecture in relation to cultural, political, social, and economic developments and through an interdisciplinary Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art approach. To facilitate the understanding of the multifaceted aspects of Ancient Rome, conventional classroom lectures are ART 255 R; Dual listed: PHR 255 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 supplemented with field trips to museums, archaeological sites, and excavations in progress. The course focuses on the links between artworks and astrology, alchemy, geometry, numerology, and selected philosophical Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents themes in Western art between 1300 and 1800. Art has served various functional and aesthetic purposes in different cultures and periods. In some eras art has also embodied a symbolic Art and Architecture of Medieval Rome language, mysterious to the majority but highly significant to ART 325 R the minority able to read or decode it. For example, what we Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 may call the secret messages of certain paintings and sculptures This upper level course investigates the art and architecture of past centuries can be interpreted in terms of astrology. of medieval Rome between the years 313 and 1308. In Rome, A specific field of art history, iconography, studies subject remaining churches allow to discover the major medieval matter, symbolism, and signification in works of art. Students periods and styles (Byzantine, Romanesque, Gothic) and Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal use elements of this approach to examine the fascinating and consider them in relation to the most representative medieval complex range of meanings that some artworks were intended buildings in Italy. In addition to introducing students to to transmit and which can still be recovered. analysis and interpretation of medieval buildings, images, and sculptures, this course addresses a variety of themes and topics The Genius of Michelangelo such as the power of icons and relics, the conflict between the ART 270 R Papacy and the Empire, pilgrimage, crusading, monasticism, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and liturgical processions. The emphasis is on studying the impact of cultural, political, economic, and social changes in This course focuses on Michelangelo Buonarroti (1475-1564) the creation of art and architecture during the early and high and offers students the opportunity to explore in depth the life Middle Ages. The course also reconstructs the “image” and and work of one of the most gifted and revolutionary artists cityscape of medieval Rome with its religious leaders and of the sixteenth century. It will look on his long artistic career multiethnic society while examining, among other issues, the as a painter, sculptor, architect and poet. The artist’s personal strategies developed to visually promote the Papacy, the causes and artistic relations with other outstanding artists of his time, for monastic popularity, the renewal of classicism during the in particular to Leonardo and Raphael, whom Michelangelo Carolingian period and the age of Frederick II. To facilitate the perceived as great rivals, will also be a central theme of the understanding of the multifaceted aspects of medieval Rome, course. The course will be based on recent literature, sources conventional classroom lectures are supplemented with visits of the time and Michelangelo’s own writings (mainly his letters to churches and other ecclesiastical buildings. and poetry). It will also explore artistic questions like the hidden meanings in his works and Michelangelo’s influence on Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, contemporary and later artists. The course will also explore or equivalents relations with his commissioners, especially the Medici in Florence and the papal court in Rome under pope Julius II. High Renaissance and Mannerism Students will gain a detailed knowledge of Michelangelo’s work, ART 340 R and will be able to identify and analyze major works in painting, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 sculpture and architecture. Site visits will form an essential part This course traces the major trends of Italian art in the sixteenth of the course. century. It is a period dominated by the achievements of Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Titian, and above all, Michelangelo. or equivalents These three artists are examined in great detail. This analysis is not confined to their works of art, but also includes their Rome Villas and Gardens personalities and the social framework within which they ART 282 R lived and worked. Great emphasis is therefore put on the dual Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 themes of patronage and the social position of the artist in the period. The course also explores the complex and refined This course examines the development of villas and, secondarily, style known as Mannerism - a style held to have emerged from the design of gardens, from ancient Rome to the modern era. tendencies present in Michelangelo’s work. Students learn to The Italian villa offered a model of structure and pleasant identify and examine in detail the works of the leading artists living, rooted in Italian life and thought, that was enormously of the period, and gain the ability to discuss High Renaissance influential for centuries and that still delights today. The focus and Mannerist developments of major subjects and genres, is on the Renaissance and Baroque in central Italy, with detailed such as portraiture and the nude. In the host city students visit study of major examples in the city and its territory. Guiding various unique churches, galleries, residences, and squares themes: formal architectural analysis of individual buildings in related to the period, and examine in person masterworks by relation to major period styles; social and economic functions representative artists. of villas and gardens; their decoration with statuary and other works of art; heraldry and symbolism; changing concepts of Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, nature and relations to the environment. Close observation, and or equivalents experience of the spatial dimension, are developed through site visits to selected villas and grounds. Baroque Art Prerequisites: ART 165 History of Architecture, or ART 180 Art ART 350 R History I, or ART 186 Art History II, or equivalents Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course covers the Baroque style in art and architecture, Art and Architecture of Ancient Rome with with particular emphasis on seventeenth-century Italy. This ART 315 R; Dual listed: CLA 318 R consideration of Baroque art is not only limited to a stylistic Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 analysis but involves continual reference to the religious, political, cultural and social framework of the period. The This upper level course examines the major developments in the social rise of the artist in the seventeenth century is illustrated art and architecture of ancient Rome from the foundation of the through the career of Bernini. Special focus is placed on major city to the age of Constantine, with an emphasis on significant LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 135 artists including Carracci, Caravaggio, Bernini, Borromini, from Post-Impressionism and related movements (such as Pietro da Cortona and their workshops, and on their role in the Divisionismo and Verismo in Italy) to the avant-gardes up development of a wider Italian and European artistic language. to World War II: Cubism, Rationalism, Constructivism, New Students will become familiar with the main characteristics Objectivity, Dada, Pittura Metafisica, Surrealism, and Futurism ROME of the Baroque style and with key issues and trends and (containing elements of other movements). The second part issues, such as iconography and emblem culture, Naturalism, of the course looks at postwar phenomena including Abstract Classicism, and Triumphalism. Expressionism, Neo-Dada, and assemblage. Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART186 Art History II, Prerequisites: ART 186 Art History II, or equivalent or equivalents Italian Contemporary Art BUS - International Business ART 353 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Introduction to Marketing The course focuses on Italian art of the 1950s, ‘60s, ‘70s, and BUS 150 R ‘80s analyzing movements and artists whose work represents a Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 dialogue with international developments, from Abstraction to Informale, from Arte Povera to Transavanguardia. The course is Marketing is a dynamic and an exciting field, a key tool in divided into a first part analyzing movements and artists, and a confronting the challenges that enterprises are facing every second part examining places and personalities representative day. The purpose of this course is to introduce marketing of the experience of Italian Modern Art. Artists studied include principles and concepts. In this course students will learn about Renato Guttuso, Renato Schifano, Mimmo Paladino, and the “real” nature and scope of marketing management . They Francesco Clemente. The course has a specific focus on Rome will be introduced to aspects of marketing, such as: Marketing School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal as a city of uninterrupted exchange with other Italian centers Strategy, 4 P’s, Market Planning, Retailing and Wholesaling, (such as Milan, Naples, Turin) and the international panorama, Target Marketing, Market Segmentation, Services Marketing. thanks also to gallery owners and critics such as Ugo Ferranti, You will also learn about the strategic importance of marketing Mario Pieroni, Fabio Sargentini (who introduced American to an enterprise, whether it be a profit oriented business firm artists and Conceptual art), Germano Celant and Achille or non-profit organization. Bonito Oliva, and to major international exhibitions such as Contemporanea and Vitalità del Negativo. International Marketing Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, BUS 220 R or equivalents Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 International competition makes international marketing Museum and Gallery Internship one of the most critical skills for business survival. In their ART 360 R continuing quest for new ways to establish and maintain their Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 competitiveness, many firms are recognizing the advantages of operating in an international market. These benefits includes This internship entails individual work experience in a sourcing materials, capital, labor and expertise, relocating museum, gallery or church in the Rome area, supervised by a manufacturing, and distributing product and services to new faculty member and the cooperating museum, or curia staff. markets. While there are many benefits, each company must The internship provides students with practical experience, identify the potentially huge risks taken when operating especially in the field of cultural mediation and museum overseas and the uninformed company may suffer tremendous education, through direct observation of the various activities set backs before realizing any benefits. This course is an developed at the hosting museums and churches, individual introduction to the complexities and implications of foreign study and direct participation in guided tours at museums and markets. Emphasis is on the various economic, social and churches, gallery management in art galleries. Through this cultural factors that impact on international marketing, the 4 experience students have the opportunity to learn and apply Ps (product, price, places of distribution and promotion) and professional skills, while directly interacting with institutional how these aspects of marketing are influenced by international staff and the visitors. The intern is monitored by both the onsite business environment. supervisor and an LdM faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly Prerequisites: BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing, or equivalent reports, two papers, and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship site; student internship schedules and onsite Event Planning duties may vary. Please note that the Museum and Gallery BUS 232 R; Dual listed: COM 232 R internship requires interns to fulfill part of their internship hours Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 on Saturdays. This course introduces students to special event planning Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to processes and techniques. Emphasis is on creating, organizing, change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference identifying sponsors for, marketing and implementing large- letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit scale community events, as well as show rooms and trade supporting documentation by the application deadline, and shows to photoshoots and fashion shows. We will explore this acceptance is conditional upon result of an on-site interview very detail-oriented field as it deals with vendors, contracts, during the first week of the term. fundraising, budgeting, ethics, and other aspects. Students Prerequisites: Art History / Museum Studies majors of will research product, competition and target market to sophomore standing. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous determine best possible exposure and success. As part of the but is not required course students may organize a real event in interdisciplinary collaboration with other departments. Avant-garde and Modernist Art (1900-1950) ART 370 R China’s Development and the Global Shift Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 BUS 240 R; Dual listed: POL 240 R The course examines conceptual and stylistic trends in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 European and American art in the first half of the 20th In order to truly grasp the shift in economic power that is century. The course presents the key figures and movements currently changing the global economy, it is fundamental to of Modernism and the underlying philosophical and critical understand the Chinese history of economic reform and its discourses. The profoundly international character of modern political, environmental and social context and implications. art, reflected in the art market and gallery scene, linking This course aims to explore the mechanism and consequences France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and an increasingly prominent of modern China’s economic development as well as China’s America, is explored. Artists studied include Picasso, Matisse, role in the global economy. Most of the analysis focuses on Duchamp, Kandinsky, Dalì, Klee, and Pollock. Attention is also the recent history of China, especially following 1978 when given to Italian movements and artists, such as De Chirico, China began its dramatic transformation from a planned to Savinio, Fontana, and Burri. The first part of the course moves a market economy. The course will be organized around a

136 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 number of major themes which include references to the implementation of both freedom of services and opening of historical and institutional background, the “rise of China” in transport markets. This part of the course is aimed at providing the current geopolitical imagination, and key issues in China’s a general outlook of EU developments in commercial policies foreign relations. The key questions we will try to understand and a more in-depth analysis of rules on competition and in this course are: is China’s growth rate sustainable; can it be harmonization of domestic legal and administrative legislation. ROME repeated in other developing countries; and what are the costs Prerequisites: POL 150 Introduction to Political Science, or of this rapid growth? equivalent Prerequisites: recommended: POL 150 Introduction to Political Science and BUS 180 Principles of Macroeconomics, or Global Business and Society equivalents BUS 282 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Human Resources Management This course explores challenges facing modern corporations BUS 260 R in organizing cross border activities. Specifically, it appraises Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the main economic theories of determinants of international The course explores the Human Resource Management business activities, and it offers a global perspective on function in a corporate setting and focuses on the development long-term change in the world economy and the interaction of knowledge and skills that all managers and leaders need. between countries. Special attention is focused on the Students learn the basic principles of designing and operating dynamics of international trade and investment, including business organizations, from developing their mission, vision the relationship between trade and economic growth, trade and strategy to their key organizational features and processes. imbalances and protectionism. The course also looks at the Students face issues of managing people in organizations, role of economic and political institutions (WTO, IMF, etc.) and including hierarchy, leadership, and communication; systems examines the main characteristics of the emerging economies, of reward and recognition; and personnel (from recruitment for instance India and China. Themes include competition, Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal to training and development). Some attention is given to the development, exchange rate theory, the international monetary expanding role of corporations in dealing with social problems system, ethics, decision-making, and strategic operations in and issues. The course trains students to build skills relevant an international environment. Finally, the course examines a to leadership and management. These include public speaking variety of alternative perspectives on the origins and processes and presenting, conflict resolution, teamworking, and business of globalization. project management. Class content is delivered through Note: this course is offered in partnership with the School of lectures, group discussions, practical and experiential exercises, Management, Marist College, which is AACSB accredited. and case studies. Prerequisites: BUS 178 Principles of Microeconomics, or BUS 180 Principles of Macroeconomics, or equivalents Integrated Marketing Communication BUS 262 R; Dual listed: COM 262 R The Global Economy Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 BUS 295 R; Dual listed: POL 290 R Marketing communication is one of the most exciting and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 stimulating areas in modern marketing. Its importance has grown dramatically in the recent decades. The means through In the age of globalization both domestic and foreign which we communicate all around the world have been economic policies play an important role in determining firms’ affected by the new technological advances. These advances, strategies. Understanding such policies is an essential part of such as the Internet, have enabled and eased interaction on a the cultural background of managers at all levels of a firm. global scale. Therefore, marketers are looking for new means of At the same time, market choices have a greater impact on communication that can better gain the attention of customers. economic policymaking in a global economy, as the range of This course will examine the theory and techniques applicable alternatives open to them expands. The course focuses on today to all the major marketing communication functions: ads, analyzing both sides of this relationship. Special emphasis is direct marketing, sales promotion, public relations, personal placed on current issues: in policymaking on the basis of social selling and the Internet. It will allow students to research and choice principles and the normative and positive theory of evaluate a company’s marketing and promotional situation and economic policy; and issues concerning the establishment of use this information in developing effective communication international public institutions that can match the global reach strategies and programs. of private institutions that generate many of today’s economic challenges. The emphasis of the course will be in providing Prerequisites: BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing, or equivalent. students with sound theoretical and empirical foundations for Recommended: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent analyzing strategic behavior by firms and the implications for industrial structure, welfare and regulation. Applications will European Policies and Law focus on recent developments in online markets, markets for BUS 263 R; Dual listed: POL 263 R digital products, and network industries - covering issues such Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 as intellectual property rights, the Microsoft case, and access This course focuses on the process of European integration pricing in networks. and the evolution of the European Union by exploring the Note: this course is offered in partnership with the School of ideas and political practices that underlie this institution. The Management, Marist College, which is AACSB accredited. course will explore the potential of an emerging political entity Prerequisites: BUS 178 Principles of Microeconomics or BUS that would at a minimum be an economic super power. The 180 Principles of Macroeconomics, or equivalents associated debate over what it means to be a ‘European’ also raises important issues of political culture and national identity. Sociology of Consumerism This course will be divided into two parts: a first, institutional, part will emphasis economic aspects, institutions, policies and BUS 303 R; Dual listed: SOC 303 R legislation of the European Community, the internal market, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the ESCB, and the euro. A second part, focused on some The course will focus on the rise and development of consumer parts of the Treaty, will give students specific insights into cultures. The aim is to study and to apply interdisciplinary commercial policies, and particular emphasis will be given to theoretical approaches to the study of consumer society transport policy: freedom of movement, competition, taxation now and in the past. The course will explore key substantive and approximation of laws. The last part of the course is themes in the history and sociology of consumption, including focused on investigating the transformations that the transport the following: 1) an overview of developments in the different framework has experienced under EU rule. Since its foundation theories of consumer culture; 2) the rise of commercial in 1957, the European Union has developed its scope mostly society, the relation between freedom of choice and the power in the commercial domain, with acceleration from the end of of commercial systems, models of consumer psychology the 20th Century, with completion of a Common Market and and behavior, the nature of selves and identities in a post- of the Monetary Union. Within this framework, transport has traditional world, prosperity and progress; 3) the way class, been deeply affected by Community action, as an effect of gender, ethnicity and age affect the nature of our participation

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 137 in consumer culture; 4) the evolution of capitalism to the and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship present day, as well as the history of commodities in a number site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. of different settings (advertising, food and drink, fashion The placement is with an established basketball academy and clothes); 5) the social, cultural and economic context of ROME which regularly collaborates with NBA stars. Interns develop specific consumer groups, as well as case studies of specific and carry out various activities which may include but are commodities. not limited to: developing marketing plans, assisting the Prerequisites: an introductory social science or business press office & media manager; following the team and the course academy at home games to write articles; updating websites and social media; creating promotional videos and promos to Branding Cities: Urban Economies to Attract be released on YouTube; spreading the academy’s philosophy in Italy and abroad. Please note that the Sport Marketing and Investments Communications internship requires interns to fulfill part of BUS 306 R; Dual listed: POL 306 R their internship hours on weekends. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to This course is aimed at introducing students to the current change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference dynamics of urban economies, highlighting the possible letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit strategies that cities can develop in order to turn their assets supporting documentation by the application deadline, and into value, and promote economic growth, thus attracting acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview international tourism, capital and investors. The main focus of during the first week of the term. the course is on analyzing and learning from “cases of success” Prerequisites: Sport Marketing and Communication majors of (e.g. Abu Dhabi, Barcelona) in order to favor the acquisition of junior standing. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous but is basic policy skills that students can then use for their future not required

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal university or professional careers. Advanced International Marketing Economic Geography BUS 390 R BUS 308 R; Dual listed: ENV 308 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The course aims to give to the students an in depth Economic Geography is the discipline which explores the understanding of the international marketing environment economic dimensions of human geography. This course and of the different strategies used by the firms to face a equips students to better understand the interconnected complex scenario. The subject matter of the two modules regional and global systems of economics, business, politics, in International marketing and International strategy are and also important related issues such as development and combined to provide an in-depth study of these two fields. The sustainability. Special attention is given to variations in advanced module goes further in extending the reach of this socioeconomic dynamics including flows of goods, capitals combined subject matter. These modules will provide students and people, and production systems. Necessarily comparative with an understanding of how Corporate and Business Strategy in approach, this course exploits our Italian location by fits into the organization and running of a company or multi- focusing on case studies of a particularly important region and company corporation and will introduce students to the way neighboring zones: the Mediterranean. in which a firm can achieve sustainable competitive advantage Prerequisites: BUS 180 Principles of Macroeconomics, or and develop the corporation internationally. They will also equivalent, and an introductory social science course are enable students to develop an advanced understanding of the recommended managerial marketing vocabulary of concepts, maxims and normative models within an international context drawing on International Project Management and issues in differing domains of practice including the public sector. Fundraising Note: this course is offered in partnership with the School of BUS 325 R Management, Marist College, which is AACSB accredited. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: Marketing majors/minors of junior standing with This course seeks to give students a basic skill set, which at least two prior courses in the field will enable them to successfully develop and implement any international cooperation projects without succumbing to mismanagement and to budgetary shortcomings. The course offers an introduction to key considerations in the CLA - Archaeology and Classical implementation of international cooperation projects and in particular to the basic principals of modern project Studies cycle management, including such themes as fundraising, campaigning and budgeting. Particular attention will be paid Underground Rome: The Christian Catacombs to the understanding of fundraising, including identifying CLA 205 R fundraising needs and goals; designing a viable campaign; Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 creative fundraising activities; and grant writing. The emphasis The course aims to study and explore the darkest, deepest places of the course is on the world of non-profit organizations but beneath the city of Rome: there the still-extant underground some attention is also devoted to the for-profit dimension and web of galleries, shrines and basilicas built during the Early to elements of international business which are common to Christian and Early Medieval centuries (approx.150-900 CE). both. Guest speakers may be invited to share their experiences Thanks to a number of lectures and on-site classes, students will in managing projects and fundraising for such organizations as be able to understand the birth and affirmation of the Christian UNICEF and FAO. religion in the capital city of the pagan Roman Empire. Study of Prerequisites: 1) Calculus I, or Introduction to Statistics, or archaeological sites and material culture are an essential part of Calculus with Management; 2) Managerial Accounting; 3) the course, which includes class visits to many sites including BUS 130 Introduction to Business, or equivalents the Vatican necropolis beneath St. Peter’s, the catacombs of St. Sebastian, and the basilica of San Clemente. Sport Marketing and Communication Internship Roman Civilization through Its Monuments BUS 366 R; Dual listed: COM 366 R CLA 207 R; Dual listed: HIS 207 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course investigates the history of ancient Rome primarily This internship provides practical and professional experience through its monuments — its architecture and urban form. We in the field of Sport Marketing and Communication. The will consider the mythology of Rome as caput mundi (“the head intern is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM of the world”), as well as the physical city and its infrastructures faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship in antiquity, from the 8th century BCE to the 5th century CE. supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, 138 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Significant architectural examples and monuments will be Rome’s leaders. A comparison between Aeneas’ and Odysseus’ studied in their original historical, social and cultural context. wanderings will conclude the course. The ways in which power was expressed symbolically through building projects and artwork will be addressed during classes, Greek and Roman Mythology ROME which will be held mostly on site in the city and its environs. CLA 310 R Key archaeological sites and museums in and around the city Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of Rome will also form part of the program. The traditional stories about the Greek gods and heroes have always been a fundamental part of Western art and literature, Ancient Rome especially since their “rediscovery” by Renaissance humanism. CLA 210 R; Dual listed: HIS 200 R A selection of the great works of ancient Greek literature will Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 present the most important stories, and will also show how the This course offers a comprehensive introduction to the history Greeks used myth to express the traditional ideals and personal and growth of the ancient Roman empire from the early reflections that captivated and shaped subsequent European settlements in Latium, through the republican and imperial culture. The pictorial narratives, so common in Greek and Roman periods, to the formation of a new Roman world after the crisis monuments and objects, will introduce the sophisticated visual of the 3rd century. A series of themes and issues will be explored: language created by the Greeks to tell such elaborate tales, the range of primary sources available for ancient history; the first such iconographic system and one which was to some the political organization of the Roman state; the territorial extent “revived,” together with the gods, heroes and heroines, expansion and its influence on the cultural and administrative in Renaissance art. To know Roman mythology and understand sphere; Roman religion and the spread of Christianity; the its similarities and differences with Greek mythology is to Roman frontiers and the barbarian populations; and the end understand the real essence of the ideals and aspirations of a of the Roman world and the birth of a new society. In order great people that built a great empire. In particular, Virgil and to stimulate students’ critical skills in observing historical Ovid, the most widely known writers of Roman mythology, and Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal phenomena, a problem-oriented approach will be supported also other Roman writers, will help students develop a new by readings of primary sources. Students will also have the interest for Roman myth, history and art. chance to observe different approaches to understanding the past and will develop a sense of the role of historians and Art and Architecture of Ancient Rome history in society. CLA 318 R; Dual listed: ART 315 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Archaeology of Italy: from Constantine to This upper level course examines the major developments in the Charlemagne art and architecture of ancient Rome from the foundation of the CLA 298 R city to the age of Constantine, with an emphasis on significant Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 examples of Roman monumental buildings and works of art, Once dismissed as the “Dark Ages” of invasion and destruction crucial archaeological sites, and newly excavated areas. In between the fall of ancient Rome and the rise of the medieval addition to introducing students to analysis and interpretation communes, the period has become the focus of intense of styles, this course addresses a variety of current themes and scholarly activity and debate. Thanks to excavations in towns, topics such as public and private architectural spaces, urban villas, cemeteries, churches and castles, a vastly more dynamic planning, traditions, innovations, patronage, past and current picture has emerged for Italy from Late Antiquity and the Early meaning of Roman art. The emphasis is on investigating Roman Middle Ages (circa 300-1000 CE). Exploiting new data and art and architecture in relation to cultural, political, social, and finds, together with secondary studies and literary sources, economic developments and through an interdisciplinary this course offers an overview of the archeological evidence approach. To facilitate the understanding of the multifaceted and history of one of the most vital and complex periods in aspects of Ancient Rome, conventional classroom lectures are all European history. The stress is on continuity and major supplemented with field trips to museums, archaeological sites, changes that occurred in the peninsula after the collapse of and excavations in progress. the Western Roman Empire. The medieval remains in Rome Prerequisites: ART 180 Art History I, or ART 186 Art History II, and northern Latium are outstanding. Course topics include: or equivalents archaeology of various typologies (domestic, settlements, churches, monasteries, burials, defensive structures); specific cultures (Ostrogoths, Lombards); inscriptions; conservation and reconstruction; distinctive object types; basic analytical CLT - Cultural Studies methods of various materials (pottery, metal, glass, wood, stone). Activities include visits to museums in Rome and Food and Culture Tuscania (special laboratory), and to two excavation sites. CLT 198 R; Dual listed: ANT 198 R; NUH 198 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, If “you are what you eat,” just why do you eat the way you do? This course considers the relationships between the multiple Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature meanings of food and the acts of preparing and eating food, CLA 306 R; Dual listed: LIT 306 R and further explores food and personal and social identity. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Students will examine why different people make different The course is a general overview of ancient literature through food choices in their daily lives, why individuals from certain the analysis and comparison of some of the oldest works of social classes will avoid or esteem particular foods, and in Western civilization. Through a reading of the most significant general how food serves as a factor in self-definition. Because chapters of the Iliad and the Odyssey, students will get in a person’s attitude toward food can reveal not just personal contact with the aristocratic world and heroes described by identity traits but a whole food ideology, this course will also Homer in 8-7th century BCE, in order to reconstruct the society analyze the role of food in the construction of ethnic identity, in of early Greece in the Mycenaean period. The stories presented the display of religious beliefs, and in the negotiation of gender in the Iliad and Odyssey, considered the “Bible” of classical roles. Students learn how cultures and values are transmitted civilization, show how Greeks used myth to express archetypal and preserved through food. Through personal essays and the values which became immortal for successive generations. interdisciplinary secondary literature, students will be guided Myths are analyzed not only as amazing stories but also as to analyze the complex and fascinating relationships between bearers of important messages about life within society, and people and food, helping them to understand how cultures as primary forms of communication and instruction in a non- (including their own) ultimately determine all human food literate and oral society. The great influence of Greek myths on choices. Roman legends will also be seen through the reading of some passages of the Aeneid - the national poem of Rome written by Virgil in the 1st century BCE - focusing on the link between Roman history and Greek tradition. The hero of the work, Aeneas, was the survivor of the fall of Troy and the ancestor of

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 139 Italian Food through Culture, Environment, places), then discussing their influence on us as citizens, artists, and Sustainability professionals, individuals. CLT 224 R; Dual listed: NUH 224 R; ENV 224 R ROME Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Introduction to Journalism COM 185 R; Dual listed: WRI 185 R The course provides an in-depth study of the intrinsic Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 relationships between food, culture and environment in Italy. The focus is on the finest Italian products, classic Italian recipes, Journalism covers a huge range of output across all media traditions and eating habits in terms of their cultural-historical and is an influential form of communication in almost every significance and evolution over time, from the northern to country of the world. Journalism involves the sifting and the southern regions of Italy. Particular emphasis is given editing of information and events; it is about putting ideas and to the environmental conditions (such as microclimate and controversies into context, and it is about the assessment of the composition of soil) of each geographical origin along with the validity and truthfulness of actions or comments. This course production process of the foods, which confer uniqueness of will offer an introduction to the history and practical skills of flavor and nutritional value. Finally, the history and traditions print and broadcast journalism. Students will be guided in of “Romanesca” cuisine and the food biodiversity of the Latium researching and interviewing techniques and in writing news region (Lazio) are explored; through field trips students will articles, reviews and features for a variety of media. They will experience the cuisine as well as its cultural context. also have hands-on experience in preparing, recording and editing a radio program or webcast. Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

COM - Communications Event Planning

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal Introduction to Communication COM 232 R; Dual listed: BUS 232 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 COM 130 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course introduces students to special event planning processes and techniques. Emphasis is on creating, organizing, This course surveys the theories of communication relevant identifying sponsors for, marketing and implementing large- to all contexts (including interpersonal, group, organizational, scale community events, as well as show rooms and trade mediated, and cultural) and the ways in which contexts affect shows to photoshoots and fashion shows. We will explore this the form of communication. The course introduces students to very detail-oriented field as it deals with vendors, contracts, essential concepts and fundamental theories that describe the fundraising, budgeting, ethics, and other aspects. Students processes, functions, natures, and effects of communication. will research product, competition and target market to General goals of the course are to familiarize students with determine best possible exposure and success. As part of the the basic concepts of communication and to help them course students may organize a real event in interdisciplinary understand and improve basic skills in relation to interpersonal collaboration with other departments. communication. Students deal with ethical issues and global opportunities and challenges offered by communication, and they have an opportunity to develop their critical thinking and Media Ethics writing, as well as group work and presentation skills. COM 245 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Mass Communication Today’s communications are so complex and the problems COM 180 R they encounter happen so suddenly that we may not have time Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 to consider all of the ethical implications. Journalists, editors, professionals in advertising and public relations are called upon This is an introductory course to mass communication, focusing to weigh up potential benefits and harm by their actions in on a wide range of old and new media. Thus, the major themes covering stories, in revealing facts that might otherwise be kept will be two: “traditional” media (newspapers, magazines, radio, private, and in respecting conflicting loyalties. They also find telephone, Motion Pictures, TV) and “digital” media (personal themselves confronted by situations in which they must choose computers, Internet, digital TV). Through a “social history” of between actions that seem equally right, or equally wrong. the development of mass communication, much attention will Wartime and peacetime propaganda, the Western world’s be paid to the “convergence” of old and new, as well as the most information system, the PR industry, digital convergence and relevant marketing topics (product marketing, advertising). The new frontiers for mass communication: everyone encounters course will show how technological changes have influenced ethical dilemmas. The goal of this course is to train you to face mass media in modern times by increasing their variety and what you will inevitably face in your professional careers and in power. Secondly, it will examine how these changes brought your private lives. about new communication possibilities, either as completely new concepts or in conjunction with existing media. Finally, the main cultural changes resulting from this evolution will Integrated Marketing Communication be analyzed and discussed with regards to individual and COM 262 R; Dual listed: BUS 262 R social changes, and political and economic impact and the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 role of information in our society. Semiotics is fundamental to Marketing communication is one of the most exciting and approaching mass communication as a wide-scale linguistic stimulating areas in modern marketing. Its importance has phenomenon in which transmitters, receivers and messages grown dramatically in the recent decades. The means through can be identified, analyzed and critically interpreted at any which we communicate all around the world have been possible level. affected by the new technological advances. These advances, such as the Internet, have enabled and eased interaction on a New Media: Communication in the Digital Age global scale. Therefore, marketers are looking for new means of COM 182 R communication that can better gain the attention of customers. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course will examine the theory and techniques applicable What do we really mean when we use the term “mass media” today to all the major marketing communication functions: ads, today? Is it really the same thing we could have meant twenty direct marketing, sales promotion, public relations, personal years ago, when television was still the main tool for mass selling and the Internet. It will allow students to research and information? The digital age has introduced new communication evaluate a company’s marketing and promotional situation and devices (laptops, digital cameras, smart phones, iPods, iPads) use this information in developing effective communication and new virtual places (blogs, chat rooms, social networks, strategies and programs. online shops, peer-to-peer platforms), shaped around our Prerequisites: BUS 150 Introduction to Marketing, or equivalent. wants, though often perceived/imposed as “needs.” Following Recommended: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent a two-step program, the student will learn about causes and effects of the digital revolution: first analyzing features and functions of all main digital communication devices (and

140 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Intercultural Communication manager; following the team and the academy at home games to write articles; updating websites and social media; creating COM 290 R; Dual listed: ANT 290 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 promotional videos and promos to be released on YouTube; spreading the academy’s philosophy in Italy and abroad. Please The course, which introduces students to the basic patterns note that the Sport Marketing and Communications internship ROME of cross-cultural psychology and communication, proposes requires interns to fulfill part of their internship hours on an analysis of communication behavior in interpersonal and weekends. intercultural, individual and group environments. Along with a study of the influence of culture on identity, viewpoints, and Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to communication, it progressively proposes all the theoretical change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference concepts that are necessary to analyze communication in letters, formal letter of intent. Students who enroll must submit an interpersonal and intercultural context. Topics include: supporting documentation by the application deadline, and common communication difficulties, communication roles acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview and proxemics. Special emphasis is placed on rituals, message during the first week of the term. patterns, clothing, myths, ideologies, and on the influence of Prerequisites: Sport Marketing and Communication majors of the mass media on our cross-cultural representation of reality. junior standing. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous but is not required Prerequisites: Junior standing

Public Relations COM 300 R ENV - Geography and Environmental Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Studies We will study the definitions, functions and evolution of public relations, including the application of PR theory and ways to Introduction to Environmental Issues Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal plan a PR campaign (planning process, issue analysis, research ENV 180 R methods and strategies). The different fields in which public Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 relations practitioners operate will be presented in relation to case studies and exercises: media relations, event management, Introduction to ecological concepts that provide a foundation crisis management, corporate identity, internal/external for understanding present and future critical environmental communications, community relations, international PR and issues such as population growth, natural resource marketing support, and effectiveness evaluation. Finally, future management, biodiversity and global changes, wilderness, perspectives and new technological opportunities will be taken food production, and changing habitats. Emphasis is placed on into account, trying to define new boundaries for a discipline situating global environmental issues within an earth-systems too often underrated or misunderstood. science framework including climate change, pollution, land and coastal degradation, water resources, and habitat loss. Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or equivalent

War and Media Italian Food through Culture, Environment, COM 301 R; Dual listed: POL 301 R; PST 301 R and Sustainability Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ENV 224 R; Dual listed: NUH 224 R; CLT 224 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course analyses the role played by the media in the evolution of national and international wars. We will investigate The course provides an in-depth study of the intrinsic the extent to which the media either influence decision-making relationships between food, culture and environment in Italy. about military interventions or serve as tools in the hands of The focus is on the finest Italian products, classic Italian recipes, government officials seeking to influence public opinion. A traditions and eating habits in terms of their cultural-historical number of media-related phenomena will be studied including significance and evolution over time, from the northern to the CNN effect, agenda setting, real time policy, media diplomacy, the southern regions of Italy. Particular emphasis is given media war, news management and propaganda, through the to the environmental conditions (such as microclimate and examination of key international conflicts, especially since composition of soil) of each geographical origin along with the 1950. Several different topics will be explained to understand production process of the foods, which confer uniqueness of the intersection between war and media: the proliferation flavor and nutritional value. Finally, the history and traditions of satellite technologies and the internet; the importance of of “Romanesca” cuisine and the food biodiversity of the Latium the international TV networks (like CNN and al Jazeera); the region (Lazio) are explored; through field trips students will role of still and moving images; the importance of journalists experience the cuisine as well as its cultural context. and journalistic routines; the relevance of press conferences, briefings, and official statements; the representation of war Environmental Ecology in movies and artists’ works; the media gap between “North” ENV 240 R and “South”; the emergence of “non-Western” media; and also Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the spread of ethnic conflicts and terrorism, and the more and This course explores the impact that human activities have on more asymmetric nature of war. the environment. The basic concepts of ecology will be covered Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or HIS 130 as well as the theoretical tools necessary for the understanding Western Civilization, or POL 150 Introduction to Political of causes and effects of the alteration of the balance of an Science, or equivalents ecological system. The following major issues will be studied and analyzed with particular emphasis on current events: Sport Marketing and Communication atmospheric and ground pollution; alteration of ecosystems; Internship energy consumption and development of alternative energy sources; and food resources. COM 366 R; Dual listed: BUS 366 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 This internship provides practical and professional experience Economic Geography in the field of Sport Marketing and Communication. The ENV 308 R; Dual listed: BUS 308 R intern is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship Economic Geography is the discipline which explores the supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, economic dimensions of human geography. This course equips and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship students to better understand the interconnected regional site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. and global systems of economics, business, politics, and also The placement is with an established basketball academy which important related issues such as development and sustainability. regularly collaborates with NBA stars. Interns develop and carry Special attention is given to variations in socioeconomic out various activities which may include but are not limited to: dynamics including flows of goods, capitals and people, and developing marketing plans, assisting the press office & media production systems. Necessarily comparative in approach, this

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 141 course exploits our Italian location by focusing on case studies building projects and artwork will be addressed during classes, of a particularly important region and neighboring zones: the which will be held mostly on site in the city and its environs. Mediterranean. Key archaeological sites and museums in and around the city of Rome will also form part of the program. ROME Prerequisites: BUS 180 Principles of Macroeconomics, or equivalent, and an introductory social science course are recommended History of Rome through the Cinema HIS 255 R; Dual listed: MCT 250 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 HIS - History The extraordinary history of the city of Rome has always been enmeshed with tragedy, drama and legend. In this course Western Civilization students analyze major events and developments in Roman history as depicted in famous movies, with a particular focus on HIS 130 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the history of Rome from the 1920s to the 1970s. The films will also be explored in order to provide students with an insight into Survey of cultural, social and political developments in the techniques for writing a short but vivid cinematographic script. western tradition between its origins in the Ancient Near East In the second part of the course, students will additionally have and the present. Themes include: the Judeo-Christian and Greco- the opportunity to create their own Roman movie script using Roman heritages, medieval to modern Europe, nationalism, not only the information and professional tools studied in class industrialization, western imperialism, totalitarianism and two but also their personal experiences made during their day by World Wars, challenges of the later 20th and early 21st centuries. day life in Rome.

Making of Modern Europe from Antiquity to Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal French Revolution HIS 281 R; Dual listed: PHR 281 R HIS 150 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course introduces science students to the historic The course will explore the vast physical, social, political and developments of the basic principles and theories of modern mental changes that occurred in European societies from the physics, astronomy, engineering, chemistry, and biology. rise of Mediterranean civilization until the French Revolution. Students learn about the contributions of great Italian This long-term perspective will help students to understand scientists and mathematicians, from the early modern period, the turning points in European history and the historical roots through the Enlightenment era, and the Twentieth Century. of contemporary European states. Particular attention will be Figures studied include Leonardo da Vinci, Galileo, Vincenzo devoted to the influence of Roman civilization on subsequent Viviani, Alessandro Volta, Enrico Fermi, and others. Ideas and European empires and states. The evolution of Europe’s external discoveries are contextualized by exploring their impact (and relations will be another key topic of the course. The imperial that of related technologies) on history and society. expansion of Rome, the barbaric invasions, the Crusades and finally the new forms of European colonialism will be analyzed Italian Renaissance Civilization and Culture and explained. The third main theme of the course will be the HIS 300 R process of nation building in modern Europe, the rationale Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 for the rise of nations and empires and the dynamics of the new system of states and international relations that appeared This course explores the historical, literary and cultural with the so-called Ancien Régime. This part of the course will developments of one of the most remarkable and vibrant provide students with a very important tool for understanding periods of Italian history: the Renaissance. Students will contemporary Europe and elements of historical methodology be introduced to the main historical developments of the as well as elements of political theory which will be useful for Renaissance period from the late fourteenth century to the end other courses on European history and politics. of the sixteenth century. The Renaissance is above all the age of the individual and the affirmation of his/her achievements, best summed up by the credo “Man – the measure of all things”. Ancient Rome The focus of this course is therefore upon great personalities HIS 200 R; Dual listed: CLA 210 R of the Italian Renaissance mainly in the fields of the visual arts, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 literature and philosophy, but also drawn from those of politics This course offers a comprehensive introduction to the history and civic life. These include key figures of the most prominent and growth of the ancient Roman empire from the early Italian families: the Medici, the Sforza, the Della Rovere; artists settlements in Latium, through the republican and imperial and architects: Brunelleschi, Leon Battista Alberti, Leonardo periods, to the formation of a new Roman world after the crisis da Vinci, Michelangelo; writers, poets and philosophers: Dante, of the 3rd century. A series of themes and issues will be explored: Petrarca, Boccaccio, Pico della Mirandola, Machiavelli, as well as the range of primary sources available for ancient history; merchants and bankers. All these individuals left their mark in the political organization of the Roman state; the territorial Italy between the early 1400s and the late 1500s. expansion and its influence on the cultural and administrative Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent sphere; Roman religion and the spread of Christianity; the Roman frontiers and the barbarian populations; and the end of the Roman world and the birth of a new society. In order to stimulate students’ critical skills in observing historical LIT - Literature phenomena, a problem-oriented approach will be supported by readings of primary sources. Students will also have the chance Survey of Western Literature to observe different approaches to understanding the past LIT 150 R and will develop a sense of the role of historians and history in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 society. This course is an exploration of major texts from antiquity to the present that have shaped and expressed Western cultural Roman Civilization through Its Monuments traditions (all readings are in English translation). Emphasis HIS 207 R; Dual listed: CLA 207 R will be placed on the nature of genre, period, and style. The Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 course also offers the opportunity to develop an awareness of This course investigates the history of ancient Rome primarily literature and the skills required to approach and understand it. through its monuments — its architecture and urban form. We will consider the mythology of Rome as caput mundi (“the head Rome in the Literary Imagination of the world”), as well as the physical city and its infrastructures LIT 275 R in antiquity, from the 8th century BCE to the 5th century CE. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Significant architectural examples and monuments will be This course will focus on the great Anglo-American poets, studied in their original historical, social and cultural context. playwrights, and novelists who have been inspired by the Eternal The ways in which power was expressed symbolically through City and on the representations of Rome in their works, from the 142 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 English Renaissance to the present day. As a living monument Italian Grand Tour: Italy through the Eyes of to the Ancient Roman empire, the capital of modern Italy, and seat of the Vatican, Rome has long captured the imagination Famous Travellers of foreign travelers, artists, and writers.The course will survey a LIT 350 R range of writings – from travel chronicles and poetry to plays, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ROME short stories, and novels – by writers as diverse as Shakespeare, This course is an introduction to the literature generated by Dickens, Twain, Keats, Auden, Hawthorne, James, Wharton, the “Grand Tour” experiences between the 18th and the 19th Hemingway, Tennessee Williams, Upton Sinclair, and Cheever. centuries and to its continuation and development in the Comparative literary and cultural perspective is built through 20th century. The main focus will be the textual analysis of a course unit dedicated to works of selected modern and the memoirs, letters and diaries written by some of the most contemporary Italian authors in translation. Addressing such famous artists, writers and intellectuals who resided and authors as Pirandello, Gadda, Brancati, Flaiano, Moravia, Elsa traveled in Italy. Our selection will include British, German and Morante, Natalia Ginzburg and others, students pursue the American writers. Another important aspect of the course will issue of how far Rome may or may not represent “Italianness.” be the study of the history, the works of art, the monuments Selected films drawn from literary works receive attention as and the folklore events of the main Grand Tour destinations: well. Venice, Florence, Rome. Students will learn about the different experiences of famous foreign travelers in Italy through the Contemporary European Literature centuries and will be able to understand some stereotypes, LIT 300 R prejudices and idealized visions about Italy and Italians that Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 still survive today. The course will focus on European contemporary literature surveying some of the most important authors of the last fifty years. Students will become familiar with Italian, English, MCT - Music, Cinema and Theatre Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal Spanish, German and French authors. The course will deal with Nobel Prize winners such as Samuel Beckett (France/Ireland), Studies Heinrich Böll (Germany), William Golding (England) and with other important novelists such as Martín Gaite (Spain), Italo Italian Cinema and Society Calvino, Antonio Tabucchi, Alessandro Baricco (Italy), Angela MCT 200 R; Dual listed: SOC 201 R Carter (England). The course will also take into consideration Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 non-European authors who, living in Europe, have had a huge This course explores Italian cinema from its origins to the impact on European literature, among others Jorge Luis Borges present time, within the socioeconomic and historical context and the Nobel Prize winner Gabriel García Márquez. of Italian culture and society. The course is based on the Prerequisites: LIT 150 Survey of Western Literature, or premise that film can be usefully employed for studying a equivalent society’s history and culture, including such areas as customs, ideologies, discourses, gender roles and social problems. Areas Shakespeare’s Italy of particular focus will include Fascism, World War II, the LIT 302 R; Dual listed: MCT 302 R economic miracle, the southern question, political terrorism Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of the 1970s, commercial television, the Second Republic, the Mafia, and the contemporary phenomenon of immigration. Shakespeare, the greatest English-language dramatist of all Along the way we will be looking at some of the major works time, set approximately one-fourth of his plays in Italian cities of key directors, as well as at the most important genres of such as ancient Rome, Verona and Venice. In this course, we popular cinema, giving particular attention to the intellectual, will focus on a small selection of his “Italian plays”, including historical, cultural, and literary matrix of each movie. Through “Romeo and Juliet” and “The Merchant of Venice”, in order to analyzing the ways in which Italian cultural, social and political see how Shakespeare combined historical evidence and fiction, conflicts are portrayed and worked out both in art films and past and present, for dramatic effect and social commentary. popular cinema, students will be encouraged to reach an Students will work with primary sources; for the same purpose understanding of the possibilities of film both as work of art they may also perform selected scenes. This course allows and as cultural document. students to learn more about Shakespeare’s works and personality, and about relations between Elizabethan literary and theatrical culture and Renaissance Italy. History of Rome through the Cinema MCT 250 R; Dual listed: HIS 255 R Prerequisites: LIT 150 Survey of Western Literature, or equivalent Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The extraordinary history of the city of Rome has always been The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, enmeshed with tragedy, drama and legend. In this course students analyze major events and developments in Roman Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature history as depicted in famous movies, with a particular focus on LIT 306 R; Dual listed: CLA 306 R the history of Rome from the 1920s to the 1970s. The films will Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 also be explored in order to provide students with an insight into The course is a general overview of ancient literature through techniques for writing a short but vivid cinematographic script. the analysis and comparison of some of the oldest works of In the second part of the course, students will additionally have Western civilization. Through a reading of the most significant the opportunity to create their own Roman movie script using chapters of the Iliad and the Odyssey, students will get in not only the information and professional tools studied in class contact with the aristocratic world and heroes described by but also their personal experiences made during their day by Homer in 8-7th century BCE, in order to reconstruct the society day life in Rome. of early Greece in the Mycenaean period. The stories presented in the Iliad and Odyssey, considered the “Bible” of classical Film and Mafia civilization, show how Greeks used myth to express archetypal MCT 265 R; Dual listed: SOC 265 R values which became immortal for successive generations. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Myths are analyzed not only as amazing stories but also as The term ‘Mafia’, is one of several world recognized Italian bearers of important messages about life within society, and words. It is also one of the most popular subjects in film, with a as primary forms of communication and instruction in a non- wide range of cinematic representations. Mafia stories are often literate and oral society. The great influence of Greek myths on present in comedies, dramas, gangster movies and parodies. Roman legends will also be seen through the reading of some This course is focused on the historical, political and social passages of the Aeneid - the national poem of Rome written background of the Italian mafia with special attention to the by Virgil in the 1st century BCE - focusing on the link between Sicilian phenomenon and its links with the American “Cosa Roman history and Greek tradition. The hero of the work, Nostra”. The most significant works about the mafia (directed Aeneas, was the survivor of the fall of Troy and the ancestor of in Italy and in the United States) will be shown and discussed Rome’s leaders. A comparison between Aeneas’ and Odysseus’ during the lectures. wanderings will conclude the course.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 143 Film: The Spectator’s Experience History of Italian Cinema MCT 274 R; Dual listed: PSY 274 R MCT 298 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45

ROME This course approaches film from the point of view of the This is an intermediate level course dealing with the spectator, that is to say an individual’s emotions, thought development of Italian cinema from Neorealism to the present processes, and psychology. The course seeks answers to such time. Renowned directors such as Rossellini, De Sica, Visconti, natural questions as: how does the mind actually manage film Fellini, Antonioni, Pasolini, and the most significant works of images and sounds?; what takes place when we are moved to both neorealist and post-neorealist times (Rome Open City, sympathize with a screen character, even a “villain”?; what is The Bicycle Thief, Riso Amaro, La Strada, etc.), will be analyzed. implied psychologically in the physical situation of watching The infuence of Fascism, post-war crisis, the economic miracle, a movie? The point of departure is a general consideration and the protests of 1968 will be taken into consideration, of the way the human mind processes visual information, along with the most common themes in Italian cinema such as and how it engages with media and mass media. Seeking to social injustice, psychological and existential analysis, neurotic isolate what is special about the film experience, students alienation, crisis and decadence of the bourgeoisie and the explore psychological mechanisms and situations that may overall ironic portrayal of Italian society. Genre, techniques, come into play before the cinema screen, including role style, language and symbolism will be discussed. models and identification, curiosity, and voyeurism. The course builds student awareness that our reactions and responses to Shakespeare’s Italy film obey certain structures, and that in order to reach their MCT 302 R; Dual listed: LIT 302 R objectives scriptwriters, editors and directors manipulate those Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 structures. The class format includes guided screening of movies and sequences and discussions. Shakespeare, the greatest English-language dramatist of all

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal time, set approximately one-fourth of his plays in Italian cities such as ancient Rome, Verona and Venice. In this course, we will Italian Society through the Cinema focus on a small selection of his “Italian plays,” including “Romeo MCT 282 R; Dual listed: SOC 275 R and Juliet” and “The Merchant of Venice,” in order to see how Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Shakespeare combined historical evidence and fiction, past and This course presents the development and changes of the Italian present, for dramatic effect and social commentary. Students society in the last decades as seen through Italian cinematic will work with primary sources; for the same purpose they may vision. The films discussed during the lectures will be shown also perform selected scenes. This course allows students to in chronological order, and cover some of the most significant learn more about Shakespeare’s works and personality, and periods of Italian society: Fascism, the war and post-war time, about relations between Elizabethan literary and theatrical the economic boom of the early sixties, the anger and protest culture and Renaissance Italy. of the young generation. “Genre” movies will be discussed Prerequisites: LIT 150 Survey of Western Literature, or with special attention given to the “Comedy Italian Style.” equivalent Information about the most important periods of Italian history, from Fascism to the present time, will be followed throughout the course. Films are in Italian with English subtitles. Masters of Italian Cinema: Fellini MCT 303 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Italian Opera Italian cinema has been extremely influential in the development MCT 285 R of international cinema. Completely reinvented after the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Second World War, the Italian “seventh art” has produced The course surveys the historical and artistic evolution of important directors who have combined an interest in national, Italian Opera, from its beginnings in the classical atmosphere social and political issues with a very strong personal style. of the late Renaissance, through the extravagant Baroque, the The course, which focuses on a single master for the entire passionate period of Romanticism up to the last exciting works semester, engages students in close analysis of several films, of the early Modern age. The bulk of the program is dedicated pertinent film studies criticism, and a range of interdisciplinary to the great repertoire of the 1700s and 1800s, still today the issues. The master studied this term is one of the most most popular and frequently performed. The course follows acclaimed Italian directors, Federico Fellini. Winner of multiple a special approach exploring the social, philosophical and Oscars, including one for lifetime achievement, Fellini is a true literary forces that shaped Opera. Particular emphasis is placed iconoclast, for whom the adjective “Fellinesque” had to be on the musical aspects of Opera, like the style of singing, the invented. The course explores his innovative and bizarre style different roles on stage, the evolution of the orchestra and its which magically blended reality and fantasy, broke common instruments. The major operatic composers (Mozart, Rossini, filmmaking codes, changed cinema history, and continues to Verdi, Puccini) are studied in depth, exploring the musical and influence cinema. Students will analyze his major themes that dramatic values of their masterpieces. address relationships, family, society, and religion, obtaining a unique and ironic perspective on Italian culture and society. Film Studies MCT 295 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 PHR - Philosophy and Religious This course is an introduction to the study of film as an art form. Rather than take the Hollywood model as the ‘natural’ form for Studies a film, students will be encouraged to regard it as only one, albeit predominant, form of film-making among many others. Western Philosophy This exploration will be undertaken through an analysis of the PHR 130 R different elements and formal principles that make up a film and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 an exploration of how these have evolved historically in a variety This course presents major questions and thinkers of western of movements. Students will view a number of landmark films philosophy. Key methods and terms of philosophical inquiry and study how they combine different elements, such as sound, are explored. Provides a broad overview of major historical editing and mise-en-scene, to construct different narratives. directions, systems and schools of philosophy in the western Although the primary emphasis will be on aesthetics, films will tradition from the pre-Socratics to the present. Discussion also be placed in their historical, political, technological and centers upon perennial themes such as the existence of God, economic contexts. The basic goal of this class is to develop the nature of knowledge, proof and reasoning, and ethics. an understanding of the art and history of film, and to think Serves as the basis for further courses in philosophy. critically about filmmaking.

144 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Introduction to Italian Philosophy POL - Political Science and PHR 185 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 International Studies

While introducing students to philosophy as a discipline in term ROME of methods, contents and questions, the course examines the Introduction to Political Science evolution of the main schools of Italian philosophical thought. POL 150 R The focus is on its main thinkers and fundamental concerns Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 from the Middle Ages through the rich debates of the late This course will introduce you to the formal study of politics. You Renaissance, with its reforms and Age of Science. However, will become familiar with the basic vocabulary of the discipline, since the roots discussions by Italian philosophers over time lie learn about the different ways that political issues are studied in ancient philosophy the course begins with study of some key and develop critical reading and thinking. Furthermore, this ideas of Greek, Roman and Early Christian thinkers. Attention course will define basic concepts such as politics, government, is given to the cross-influences between Catholicism and nation, state, types of political systems and development of philosophy that are one of the special traits of the the Italian political institutions. cultural heritage. Among the thinkers analyzed are Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, St. Augustine, St. Thomas Aquinas, Dante, Petrarch, Marsilio Ficino, Pico della Mirandola, Machiavelli, China’s Development and the Global Shift Giordano Bruno and Galileo Galilei. POL 240 R; Dual listed: BUS 240 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art In order to truly grasp the shift in economic power that is currently changing the global economy, it is fundamental to PHR 255 R; Dual listed: ART 255 R understand the Chinese history of economic reform and its Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 political, environmental and social context and implications. Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal The course focuses on the links between artworks and astrology, This course aims to explore the mechanism and consequences alchemy, geometry, numerology, and selected philosophical of modern China’s economic development as well as China’s themes in Western art between 1300 and 1800. Art has served role in the global economy. Most of the analysis focuses on various functional and aesthetic purposes in different cultures the recent history of China, especially following 1978 when and periods. In some eras art has also embodied a symbolic China began its dramatic transformation from a planned to language, mysterious to the majority but highly significant to a market economy. The course will be organized around a the minority able to read or decode it. For example, what we number of major themes which include references to the may call the secret messages of certain paintings and sculptures historical and institutional background, the “rise of China” in of past centuries can be interpreted in terms of astrology. the current geopolitical imagination, and key issues in China’s A specific field of art history, iconography, studies subject foreign relations. The key questions we will try to understand matter, symbolism, and signification in works of art. Students in this course are: is China’s growth rate sustainable; can it be use elements of this approach to examine the fascinating and repeated in other developing countries; and what are the costs complex range of meanings that some artworks were intended of this rapid growth? to transmit and which can still be recovered. Prerequisites: recommended: POL 150 Introduction to Political Science and BUS 180 Principles of Macroeconomics, or Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science equivalents PHR 281 R; Dual listed: HIS 281 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Globalization and its Consequences This course introduces science students to the historic POL 250 R developments of the basic principles and theories of modern Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 physics, astronomy, engineering, chemistry, and biology. “Globalization” has been a very popular term in recent years. Students learn about the contributions of great Italian Technological change, business strategies, cultural interactions scientists and mathematicians, from the early modern period, and other aspects of human activity are occurring more and through the Enlightenment era, and the Twentieth Century. more on a planetary scale. The course aims at providing Figures studied include Leonardo da Vinci, Galileo, Vincenzo students with a basic understanding of the complexity of the Viviani, Alessandro Volta, Enrico Fermi, and others. Ideas and phenomenon, by taking a historical approach covering the discoveries are contextualized by exploring their impact (and entire 20th century, and then focusing on the most recent that of related technologies) on history and society. political, social and economic processes of the late 20th and early 21st centuries. The course starts by defining the concept Religion and Culture in Italy of globalization and then offers a brief but clear reconstruction PHR 284 R of the trends towards globalization in previous phases of human Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 history. It will then focus on specific questions: is economic This course examines the interaction between culture and globalization an inevitable phenomenon or, rather, a reversible religion in Italy, above all modern Italy. The peninsula has been one? Is economic globalization necessarily tied to western the almost uninterrupted home of the Catholic church and the capitalism? Has globalization taken in the past, and could it take Vatican State, a factor of great importance for centuries and in the present, other forms than the laissez-faire capitalist one? still today in the development of Italian culture and society. At What are the origins and the present role of global institutions the same time Italy is a relatively young nation, democratic, such as the IMF and the World Bank? What role is played by industrialized, and multicultural. In the lively Italian cultural nation states? The conclusive part of the course will address landscape religion can mean oceanic crowds at sanctuaries or specific issues that have been the subject of heavy debate in a papal appearance, fierce newspaper debates, small parishes, recent times, such as the “global protests” of the late 1990s, and Muslims or Christians praying in rented spaces. Italy, the relationship between globalization and poverty and that indeed, epitomizes key issues in religion and culture generally. between globalization and global warming. Students move between themes of diversity in religious belief and practice, coexistence of communities, continuity of European Policies and Law tradition and local heritage, the political interface, secularism, POL 263 R; Dual listed: BUS 263 R religion in the media and popular culture, national identity, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and educational, social and health policies and activities. The This course focuses on the process of European integration course exploits the special opportunity to investigate various and the evolution of the European Union by exploring the religious communities in Rome. ideas and political practices that underlie this institution. The course will explore the potential of an emerging political entity that would at a minimum be an economic super power. The associated debate over what it means to be a “European” also raises important issues of political culture and national identity. This course will be divided into two parts: a first, institutional, part will emphasis economic aspects, institutions, policies and LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 145 legislation of the European Community, the internal market, economic policymaking in a global economy, as the range of the ESCB, and the euro. A second part, focused on some alternatives open to them expands. The course focuses on parts of the Treaty, will give students specific insights into analyzing both sides of this relationship. Special emphasis is commercial policies, and particular emphasis will be given to placed on current issues: in policymaking on the basis of social ROME transport policy: freedom of movement, competition, taxation choice principles and the normative and positive theory of and approximation of laws. The last part of the course is economic policy; and issues concerning the establishment of focused on investigating the transformations that the transport international public institutions that can match the global reach framework has experienced under EU rule. Since its foundation of private institutions that generate many of today’s economic in 1957, the European Union has developed its scope mostly challenges. The emphasis of the course will be in providing in the commercial domain, with acceleration from the end of students with sound theoretical and empirical foundations for the 20th Century, with completion of a Common Market and analyzing strategic behavior by firms and the implications for of the Monetary Union. Within this framework, transport has industrial structure, welfare and regulation. Applications will been deeply affected by Community action, as an effect of focus on recent developments in online markets, markets for implementation of both freedom of services and opening of digital products, and network industries - covering issues such transport markets. This part of the course is aimed at providing as intellectual property rights, the Microsoft case, and access a general outlook of EU developments in commercial policies pricing in networks. and a more in-depth analysis of rules on competition and Note: this course is offered in partnership with the School of harmonization of domestic legal and administrative legislation. Management, Marist College, which is AACSB accredited. Prerequisites: POL 150 Introduction to Political Science, or Prerequisites: BUS 178 Principles of Microeconomics or BUS equivalent 180 Principles of Macroeconomics, or equivalents

The European Union Humanitarian Affairs School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal POL 281 R POL 297 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Europe is at the forefront of international regional integration: Humanitarian emergencies and international aid are dynamic no other group of nation states has proceeded further in pooling and increasingly important dimensions of world politics. This sovereignty. This advanced course gives a broad overview of introduction to the field focuses on the interaction between developments in the European Union (EU) from the aftermath international law, politics and human rights as concerns of the Second World War to the 2004 wave of expansion that international relations and peace operations. Students admitted countries of Central and Eastern Europe and the 2009 receive a thorough grounding in international humanitarian ratification of the Lisbon Treaty. The approach of this course is assistance covering legal aspects and major practical and political and aims at helping students to understand the nature policy considerations regarding implementation. They also and the peculiar characteristics of European integration. The test academic theory against current events in terms of the course is organized in three parts. First, it reviews the ideas, fundamental humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, events, and actors that led to the foundation of the European impartiality and independence. The course briefly retraces Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) and the European Economic and analyzes the concept of “human security” and the highly Community (EEC) and to its enlargement from 6 to 27 countries. debated principle of the “right to protect,” both of continuing Second, the course takes an in-depth look at EU institutions and international relevance. However, the course is practitioner policies, casting a critical eye on the crucial period from 1985 oriented. Students explore primary considerations for to 1993 that led to the acceleration of European integration implementing humanitarian assistance, including: early warning through the Single European Act, further enlargements, and systems; operational challenges (timely response, unhindered the Maastricht Treaty. Finally, the course reflects on three major access, etc.); funding; coordination and cooperation; politics; questions facing the EU in the new millennium: What is the EU the relationship between humanitarian assistance and longer- as a political subject? What is its purpose? What should be term sustainable development. In the process they look at its role in a global world? To explore the resonances of these many actors contributing to humanitarian assistance, ranging questions the course considers practical policy dilemmas that from the United Nations to the International Committee the EU faces in various fields such as economic and monetary of the Red Cross (ICRC) and NGOs. The course outlines the policy, regulatory and distributive questions, the democratic relevant legal framework including international human deficit, the challenge of enlargement to the East, the Lisbon rights law, international humanitarian law, refugee law and Treaty, and common foreign and security policy. the international criminal courts. Finally, the course considers categories and persons directly affected by humanitarian crises The Mediterranean: History, Peoples and such as refugees. Integration POL 285 R War and Media Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 POL 301 R; Dual listed: COM 301 R; PST 301 R This course introduces students to the peoples of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Mediterranean region, and aims to provide them with This course analyses the role played by the media in the an understanding of the complex social, religious and evolution of national and international wars. We will investigate cultural realities of the area. After an historical overview of the extent to which the media either influence decision-making contemporary events (especially in the Maghreb region) and about military interventions or serve as tools in the hands of euro-mediterranean relationships, attention will be focused government officials seeking to influence public opinion. A on the recent waves of migration from the south shore of the number of media-related phenomena will be studied including Mediterranean to Europe, its problems and possibilities for the the CNN effect, agenda setting, real time policy, media diplomacy, future of the area. The course will analyze the difficulties of media war, news management and propaganda, through the co-existence of different cultures in European societies, and examination of key international conflicts, especially since the ranges of intercultural mediation practices available that 1950. Several different topics will be explained to understand might foster real dialogue and reconciliation among different the intersection between war and media: the proliferation communities. Special attention will be paid to the analysis of of satellite technologies and the internet; the importance of the Islamic community and the success or failure of mediation the international TV networks (like CNN and al Jazeera); the practices in various social contexts. role of still and moving images; the importance of journalists and journalistic routines; the relevance of press conferences, The Global Economy briefings, and official statements; the representation of war in movies and artists’ works; the media gap between “North” POL 290 R; Dual listed: BUS 295 R and “South”; the emergence of “non-Western” media; and also Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the spread of ethnic conflicts and terrorism, and the more and In the age of globalization both domestic and foreign more asymmetric nature of war. economic policies play an important role in determining firms’ COM 180 Mass Communication, or HIS 130 strategies. Understanding such policies is an essential part of Prerequisites: Western Civilization, or POL 150 Introduction to Political the cultural background of managers at all levels of a firm. Science, or equivalents At the same time, market choices have a greater impact on 146 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Branding Cities: Urban Economies to Attract include: anthropological assumptions and implications, deontology, sensation and perception, cognitive processes, Investments consciousness, language, learning, personality, development POL 306 R; Dual listed: BUS 306 R and psychopathology. Students will be introduced to the main Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 theories for each of these topics from different perspectives ROME This course is aimed at introducing students to the current (e.g. biological, behavioral, cognitive, and psychodynamic). dynamics of urban economies, highlighting the possible Students will also look at the different types of scientific strategies that cities can develop in order to turn their assets research (e.g. experiments, correlational research, review, meta- into value, and promote economic growth, thus attracting analysis), and will analyze the typical structure of a research international tourism, capital and investors. The main focus of paper (introduction, method, results, discussion, limitations the course is on analyzing and learning from “cases of success” and implications). (e.g. Abu Dhabi, Barcelona) in order to favor the acquisition of basic policy skills that students can then use for their future Social Psychology university or professional careers. PSY 200 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 International Rome: a UN City This course is about the study of human social behavior, POL 328 R examining theories, findings and methods of social psychology, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 viewed from an interpersonal perspective. What is the essential Treating the United Nations in Rome as a case study, this nature of our personality, and what impact do social groups course explores the purposes, background, and operations of (whether that group is the family, school, or society) have on international organizations in an age of globalization, the major our development and everyday behavior? Topics include: social challenges they face at the international level, and the responses cognition, the role of others in shaping self-concepts, as well to them of the international community. Studying in Rome as the formation of person perception, attitudes, attribution Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal will allow students to integrate class learning with first hand theory, obedience, conformity, interpersonal attraction, and experience of the UN, participating in conferences, meeting social relations. We will look at the causes and methods of UN officials and diplomats and accessing key UN information. reducing prejudice and aggression, as well as exploring altruism, Students will discover the policies undertaken by the United the development of gender roles, stereotypes, non-verbal Nations and the way they are implemented. The course will behavior, and social influence. Students will acquire a new survey the UN organizations in Rome: FAO, WFP and IFAD. framework for interpreting social behavior. Among the topics Students will familiarize themselves with the development explored in the course are socialization, language acquisition, priorities of these organizations. They will analyze their work interpersonal behavior, and persuasion. Students will also have and prepare project drafts that address their assigned issues the opportunity to develop the ability to analyze their own and goals. Through research, meetings and debate, students and others’ behavior. In addition, since this course is taught in will identify strengths and problems of these organizations Italy, it provides a natural opportunity to compare and contrast and develop solutions by evaluating probable consequences of the influence of culture on individuals. Living even for a short proposed actions. period in another country helps you to see and understand the relationship between the individual (self) and society. Prerequisites: PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology, or PST - Peace Studies equivalent War and Media Film: The Spectator’s Experience PST 301 R; Dual listed: POL 301 R; COM 301 R PSY 274 R; Dual listed: MCT 274 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course analyses the role played by the media in the This course approaches film from the point of view of the evolution of national and international wars. We will investigate spectator, that is to say an individual’s emotions, thought the extent to which the media either influence decision-making processes, and psychology. The course seeks answers to such about military interventions or serve as tools in the hands of natural questions as: how does the mind actually manage film government officials seeking to influence public opinion. A images and sounds?; what takes place when we are moved to number of media-related phenomena will be studied including sympathize with a screen character, even a “villain”?; what is the CNN effect, agenda setting, real time policy, media diplomacy, implied psychologically in the physical situation of watching media war, news management and propaganda, through the a movie? The point of departure is a general consideration examination of key international conflicts, especially since of the way the human mind processes visual information, 1950. Several different topics will be explained to understand and how it engages with media and mass media. Seeking to the intersection between war and media: the proliferation isolate what is special about the film experience, students of satellite technologies and the internet; the importance of explore psychological mechanisms and situations that may the international TV networks (like CNN and al Jazeera); the come into play before the cinema screen, including role role of still and moving images; the importance of journalists models and identification, curiosity, and voyeurism. The course and journalistic routines; the relevance of press conferences, builds student awareness that our reactions and responses to briefings, and official statements; the representation of war film obey certain structures, and that in order to reach their in movies and artists’ works; the media gap between “North” objectives scriptwriters, editors and directors manipulate those and “South”; the emergence of “non-Western” media; and also structures. The class format includes guided screening of the spread of ethnic conflicts and terrorism, and the more and movies and sequences and discussions. more asymmetric nature of war. Prerequisites: COM 180 Mass Communication, or HIS 130 Art Therapy Western Civilization, or POL 150 Introduction to Political PSY 285 R; Dual listed: PDM 285 R Science, or equivalents Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 At a time when concepts of education were being redefined in the late 1400s, Leonardo da Vinci recommended that in addition to reading, writing and arithmetic, all students be taught to PSY - Psychology draw. He was ignored, to the misfortune of later students. This course is an introduction to the vast area of the therapeutic Introduction to Psychology possibilities of art and specifically of drawing. The course PSY 150 R intends to transmit the experience of an artist to all students. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Students learn that drawing is a perceptive attitude using all This course introduces students to the major areas of psychology the senses, and dependent upon intuition and intellect. Indeed, through current empirical research and theoretical debate. we can learn this from those with sense deprivations: the blind Scientific and non-scientific approaches to the explanation draw unexpected and original drawings; the deaf have a special of psychological phenomena are examined critically. Topics rapport with space, images and the act of drawing. Whether they are lifelong practitioners or have never drawn before, all LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 147 students in the course will “start all over again,” and under the Film and Mafia instructor’s guidance they will watch their personal art evolve. SOC 265 R; Dual listed: MCT 265 R The course will enable students to translate their emotions into Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 an expressive capacity. ROME The term “Mafia”, is one of several world recognized Italian words. It is also one of the most popular subjects in film, with a Art Therapy (Summer only) wide range of cinematic representations. Mafia stories are often PSY 286 R; Dual listed: PDM 286 R present in comedies, dramas, gangster movies and parodies. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course is focused on the historical, political and social At a time when concepts of education were being redefined in background of the Italian mafia with special attention to the the late 1400s, Leonardo da Vinci recommended that in addition Sicilian phenomenon and its links with the American “Cosa to reading, writing and arithmetic, all students be taught to Nostra”. The most significant works about the mafia (directed draw. He was ignored, to the misfortune of later students. This in Italy and in the United States) will be shown and discussed course is an introduction to the vast area of the therapeutic during the lectures. possibilities of art and specifically of drawing. The course intends to transmit the experience of an artist to all students. Italian Society through the Cinema Students learn that drawing is a perceptive attitude using all SOC 275 R; Dual listed: MCT 282 R the senses, and dependent upon intuition and intellect. Indeed, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 we can learn this from those with sense deprivations: the blind draw unexpected and original drawings; the deaf have a special This course presents the development and changes of the Italian rapport with space, images and the act of drawing. Whether society in the last decades as seen through Italian cinematic they are lifelong practitioners or have never drawn before, all vision. The films discussed during the lectures will be shown students in the course will “start all over again”, and under the in chronological order, and cover some of the most significant

School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal instructor’s guidance they will watch their personal art evolve. periods of Italian society: Fascism, the war and post-war time, The course will enable students to translate their emotions into the economic boom of the early sixties, the anger and protest an expressive capacity. of the young generation. “Genre” movies will be discussed with special attention given to the “Comedy Italian Style.” Information about the most important periods of Italian history, Psychology of Crime from Fascism to the present time, will be followed throughout PSY 305 R the course. Films are in Italian with English subtitles. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course approaches the knowledge and understanding Italian Family and Society of criminal behavior and its impact upon individuals and SOC 280 R society from developmental, cognitive-behavioral, and other Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 psychological perspectives. The basic premise of this course is that multiple variables affect people’s behavior and for this The course explores the Italian family from a sociological point reason this study requires attention to personality factors and of view, placing the family in the context of Italian tradition how they interact with situational variables. Topics include: and culture. It is subdivided into two main sections. In the first criminological theories, biological and psychological models of section we will begin with an historical analysis of the Italian criminal behavior, crime and mental disorders, human aggression family from the Romans to the present age, in order to analyze and violence, sexual assault, and criminal homicide. Students changes and traditions through several centuries. We will see will acquire a new framework for interpreting criminal behavior. that the patriarchal system underlies the entire history of the Students will be familiarized with different perspectives on Italian family until recent times. We will analyze the meaning of criminal behavior as well as etiology, risk factors, assessment the family at the present time and the importance of marriage and treatment in relation to different criminal behaviors as well in the past and cohabitation in present society. We will also as etiology, risk factors, assessment and treatment in relation consider key moments of transition in the life cycle of families, to different criminal behaviors. Recent research findings will be such as the constitution of a conjugal agreement, the place incorporated. of children, divorce, the elderly, and adoption. The impact of immigration on the development of family lifestyles will also be Prerequisites: PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology, or examined. In the second part of the course each class will analyze equivalent in detail the single members of the family. We will investigate rights and duties of wives, mothers, husbands, fathers and children in the family and we will evaluate the relationship SOC - Sociology between tradition and change in the evolution of these roles. We will also compare the traditional and conservative southern Italian Cinema and Society family to that of northern Italy. SOC 201 R; Dual listed: MCT 200 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Sociology of Consumerism This course explores Italian cinema from its origins to the SOC 303 R; Dual listed: BUS 303 R present time, within the socioeconomic and historical context Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of Italian culture and society. The course is based on the The course will focus on the rise and development of consumer premise that film can be usefully employed for studying a cultures. The aim is to study and to apply interdisciplinary society’s history and culture, including such areas as customs, theoretical approaches to the study of consumer society ideologies, discourses, gender roles and social problems. Areas now and in the past. The course will explore key substantive of particular focus will include Fascism, World War II, the themes in the history and sociology of consumption, including economic miracle, the southern question, political terrorism the following: 1) an overview of developments in the different of the 1970s, commercial television, the Second Republic, the theories of consumer culture; 2) the rise of commercial society, Mafia, and the contemporary phenomenon of immigration. the relation between freedom of choice and the power of Along the way we will be looking at some of the major works of commercial systems, models of consumer psychology and key directors, as well as at the most important genres of popular behavior, the nature of selves and identities in a post-traditional cinema, giving particular attention to the intellectual, historical, world, prosperity and progress; 3) the way class, gender, ethnicity cultural, and literary matrix of each movie. Through analyzing and age affect the nature of our participation in consumer the ways in which Italian cultural, social and political conflicts culture; 4) the evolution of capitalism to the present day, as well are portrayed and worked out both in art films and popular as the history of commodities in a number of different settings cinema, students will be encouraged to reach an understanding (advertising, food and drink, fashion and clothes); 5) the social, of the possibilities of film both as work of art and as cultural cultural and economic context of specific consumer groups, as document. well as case studies of specific commodities. Prerequisites: an introductory social science or business course

148 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 WRI - Writing Introduction to Journalism WRI 185 R; Dual listed: COM 185 R ROME Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Journalism covers a huge range of output across all media and is an influential form of communication in almost every country of the world. Journalism involves the sifting and editing of information and events; it is about putting ideas and controversies into context, and it is about the assessment of the validity and truthfulness of actions or comments. This course will offer an introduction to the history and practical skills of print and broadcast journalism. Students will be guided in researching and interviewing techniques and in writing news articles, reviews and features for a variety of media. They will also have hands-on experience in preparing, recording and editing a radio program or webcast. Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

Travel Writing WRI 290 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal Throughout history, Italy has inspired writers and poets to wax lyrical as few other countries have done. Countless English- language novels, stories and poems have woven a bel paese of words around the Italian experience. This course provides an opportunity for students to focus first-hand on the art and craft of travel writing, with particular emphasis on cities in Italy, but also with excursions into other worlds - real or imaginary. Through reading, writing, and visits in and around the city center, students will explore places of historic, artistic, cultural and personal interest. They will learn “by example” from a selection of great travel literature about the world in general, and about Italy in particular. And they will learn “by doing,” via a series of guided exercises and assignments that explore the distinctive qualities of travel writing – its combination of history, culture, information, rumination, musings and memory – and the ways in which this particular art can lead to a deeper understanding of their own experiences and cultural identity. Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 149 150 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 7.2 | Rome School of Italian Language and Culture

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 151 Mannerism - a style held to have emerged from tendencies ITC - Italian Language and Culture present in Michelangelo’s work. Mannerist art is particularly well represented in Florence in the works of Pontormo, Bronzino Italian through Film (in Italian only) and Cellini. Students learn to identify and examine in detail the ROME ITC 225 R works of the leading artists of the period, and gain the ability ROME Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 to discuss High Renaissance and Mannerist developments of The use of film in teaching Italian allows students to be exposed major subjects and genres, such as portraiture and the nude. to different models of language, to develop their communicative Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 skills (by focusing on the roles of the protagonists and the or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the importance of situation and context), and to compare and placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into contrast different cultural systems. Drawing on Italy’s world- a different level famous cinematic tradition, this course will explore language and communication in a variety of films that provide stimulating Italian Cinema (in Italian only) images of Italian society. Much class time will be devoted to ITC 425 R analysis of language, in particular to the ways in which grammar Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 and vocabulary are used in film dialogues portraying realistic situations from everyday life. This course, taught entirely in Italian, examines twentieth- century Italian culture and society through film. The primary Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 sources for this course will be the masterpieces of classic or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the directors such as Federico Fellini, Roberto Rossellini and placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Michelangelo Antonioni, as well as the less well-known films of a different level the early Italian movements, Neorealism, Commedia all’italiana School of Italian Language and Culture and contemporary Italian cinema. We will critically analyze how School of Italian Language and Culture Italian for Conversation (in Italian only) Italian cultural and social conflicts are portrayed and worked ITC 260 F out in popular films. By watching, discussing, and writing about Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 these films, we will examine how motion pictures create a The course, taught entirely in Italian, aims to improve window into modern Italian society. Students will learn how to conversational fluency through different structured teaching read films as cultural texts that help us better understand our techniques (i.e. dramatization, role play, role taking, oral history and culture. presentation) and also to promote different strategies for Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 listening, another important skill to be developed in order or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the to become a real active participant in conversation. The placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a improvement of speaking and listening abilities, together with different level reading and writing, will go hand in hand with broadening knowledge of the Italian culture. In this context class discussions Italian Civilization and Culture (in Italian only) and students’ oral presentations on themes regarding Italy ITC 430 R and Italian people will help them become familiar with Italian Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 society. This course will examine the ways both individual and Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 collective identity have been shaped and portrayed in Italy or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the from the Middle Ages to the present by history, language, placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into politics, literature and movies. In addition to studying cultural a different level production, students will explore major events, movements and figures in Italy. While the course is organized chronologically, Italian Civilization (in Italian only) recurrent themes throughout Italian history will generate many ITC 315 R of our class discussions. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 This course, taught entirely in Italian, examines the development or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the of Italian civilization from unification to the present. It explores placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into achievements in literature, science, philosophy, and the arts, a different level as well as political and social movements and key events in Italian history. The course is organized chronologically and thematically. It focuses on the contributions of specific individuals, broader social issues such as Fascism, and political ITL - Italian Language 3-Credit and economic developments that characterize particular time Courses periods, including the aftermath of World War II. To make this material manageable for the students, the course will be organized around themes and ideas that are representative of 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 phases of Italian history and that continue to form part of the ITL 101 R Italian heritage. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate This course is for absolute beginner students who have 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the never studied Italian before. Its aim is to give the basis of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into language, allowing students to deal with the most common a different level everyday situations by expressing themselves in the present and past tenses. Key grammatical topics include: definite and High Renaissance and Mannerism indefinite articles; noun-adjective agreement; present tense of regular and main irregular verbs; prepositions; direct pronouns; (in Italian only) present perfect; possessive adjectives. Key thematic areas ITC 345 R include: shopping for food; in a restaurant; daily life and spare Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 time; travelling; vacations; the family. This course, taught entirely in Italian, traces the major trends of Italian art in the sixteenth century. It is a period dominated 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 by the achievements of Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael and, above ITL 102 R all, Michelangelo. These three artists are examined in great Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 detail. This analysis is not confined to their works of art, but This course is designed for students who already have a basic also includes their personalities and the social framework vocabulary and knowledge of elementary structures of the within which they lived and worked. Great emphasis is language. By the end of the course students should be able therefore put on the dual themes of patronage and the social to complete simple and routine tasks requiring an exchange of position of the artist in the period. Titian, in Venice, receives information on familiar matters, to describe their background similar attention with particular emphasis on his portraits. The and issues related to everyday life. Key grammatical topics course also explores the complex and refined style known as

152 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 include: review of Elementary 1 course contents; simple and of the course students should be able to formulate ideas and compound prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect opinions with precision and recognize a wide range of idiomatic tense; indirect pronouns; introduction to present conditional. expressions and colloquialisms, as well as apply register Key thematic areas include: shopping in Italy; daily routine; shifts. Key grammatical topics include: review of previous ROME habits in the past; Italian festivities; Italian food; in a hotel. levels; past perfect subjunctive; past conditional; indefinite ROME Selected readings. adjectives pronouns; verbs and prepositions; conditional Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 clauses; trapassato remoto; gerund, infinitive, participle; tense or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the agreement; reported speech (second level). Key thematic areas placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into include: Italian regionalism; the Risorgimento; politics and the a different level media; contemporary literature and cinema; cultural heritage. Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 ITL 201 R or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level This course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex structures of Italian language in order to express personal opinions and preferences. By the end of the course students should be able to enter unprepared into conversation on topics ITL - Italian Language that are familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write correct texts on topics of personal interest. Key grammatical 4-Credit Courses topics include: review of previous level contents; past perfect; School of Italian Language and Culture prepositions; combined, indefinite and interrogative pronouns; 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 School of Italian Language and Culture present and past conditional; linking words; impersonal forms; ITL 111 R present and past subjunctive. Key thematic areas include: Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 Italian geography; food and cuisine; holidays; driving in Italy; This course is designed for absolute beginner students who dwellings; health and body. Selected readings. have never studied Italian before. By the end of the course Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 students should be able to deal with the most common everyday or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the situations by expressing themselves in the present and past placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into tenses. Compared to a 3-Hour Elementary 1 course, this course a different level devotes more time to practicing the four main language abilities both in class and outside besides introducing some additional 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 grammar topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical ITL 202 R topics include: definite and indefinite articles; noun-adjective Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 agreement; present tense of regular and main irregular verbs; prepositions; direct pronouns; present perfect; possessive This course introduces students to contemporary Italian society adjectives. Key thematic areas include: shopping for food; daily by exploiting different sources including literature, the media life and spare time; vacations; at the restaurant; family; in town. and press. By the end of the course students should be able to Selected readings. During the January Intersession at least 4 show a high degree of understanding of complex written and hours are dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural activities. spoken texts and respond appropriately to them, both orally and in writing. Key grammatical topics include: review and expansion of contents of previous levels; forms and use of the 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 subjunctive mood; imperative with pronouns; introduction to ITL 112 R passato remoto; infinitive and gerund; degrees of comparison; Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 passive voice; relative pronouns; reported speech (first This course is designed for students who already have a basic level). Key thematic areas include: famous Italians; issues of vocabulary of Italian and basic knowledge of elementary contemporary history, culture and society; local arts and crafts; structures of the language. By the end of the course students Italian cinema. Selected readings of literary works. should be able to complete simple and routine tasks requiring Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 an exchange of information on familiar matters, to describe or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the their background and issues related to everyday life. Compared placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into to a 3-Hour Elementary 2 course, this course devotes more a different level time to practicing the four main language abilities both in class and outside besides introducing some additional topics 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics include: ITL 301 R review of Elementary 1 level contents; simple and compound Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect tense; indirect pronouns; introduction to present conditional. Key thematic This course is designed for students who already have a solid areas include: shopping in Italy; daily routine; habits in the past; grammatical/lexical basis. By the end of the course students Italian festivities; Italian food; in a hotel. Selected readings. should be able to understand most TV news and information During the January Intersession at least 4 hours are dedicated on current affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write to mandatory extra class cultural activities. texts about a wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of confidence with the language that makes communication fluid Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 and clear. Key grammatical topics include: consolidation of or ITL 111 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test previous levels; impersonal forms; clauses and constructions LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level using the subjunctive; passato remoto; passive forms in contrast; relative clauses in contrast. Key thematic areas include: changes in the Italian language and dialects; typical 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 Italian products; immigration in Italy; environmental issues. ITL 211 R Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate This course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the structures to express personal opinions and preferences. By the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into end of the course students should be able to enter unprepared a different level into conversation on topics that are familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write correct texts on topics of personal 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 interest. Compared to a 3-Hour Intermediate 1 course, this ITL 302 R course devotes more time to practicing the four main language Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 abilities both in class and outside besides introducing some additional topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical This course is designed for students who have a high degree topics include: review of previous level contents; past perfect; of fluency in Italian both in speaking and in writing. By the end LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 153 prepositions; combined, indefinite and interrogative pronouns; past conditional; indefinite adjectives pronouns; verbs and present and past conditional; linking words; impersonal forms; prepositions; conditional clauses; trapassato remoto; gerund, present and past subjunctive. Key thematic areas include: infinitive, participle; tense agreement; reported speech (second Italian geography; food and cuisine; holidays; driving in level). Key thematic areas include: Italian regionalism; the ROME Italy; dwellings; health and body. Selected readings. During Risorgimento; politics and the media; contemporary literature ROME the January Intersession at least 4 hours are dedicated to and cinema; cultural heritage. Selected readings of literary mandatory extra class cultural activities. works by modern Italian authors. Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 or ITL 112 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or equivalent; or ITL 311 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level

4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 ITL 212 R ITL - Italian Language 6-Credit Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This course introduces students to contemporary Italian society Courses by exploiting different sources including literature, the media and press. By the end of the course students should be able to 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 and 2 show a high degree of understanding of complex written and ITL 122 R spoken texts and respond appropriately to them, both orally Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 and in writing. Compared to a 3-Hour Intermediate 2 course, School of Italian Language and Culture This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. School of Italian Language and Culture this course devotes more time to practicing the four main This course is for absolute beginner students who have never language abilities both in class and outside besides introducing studied Italian before. By the end of the course students should some additional topics and exploring Italian culture. Key be able to complete simple and routine tasks requiring an grammatical topics include: review and expansion of contents exchange of information on familiar matters, to describe their of previous levels; forms and use of the subjunctive mood; background and issues related to everyday life. Key grammatical imperative with pronouns; introduction to passato remoto; topics include: definite and indefinite articles; noun-adjective infinitive and gerund; degrees of comparison; passive voice; agreement; present tense of regular and main irregular verbs; relative pronouns; reported speech (first level). Key thematic present perfect; possessive adjectives; simple and compound areas include: famous Italians; issues of contemporary history, prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect tense; direct culture and society; local arts and crafts; Italian cinema. Selected and indirect pronouns; introduction to present conditional. readings of literary works. During the January Intersession at Key thematic areas include: Italian food; spare time; travelling; least 4 hours are dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural vacations; the family; shopping in Italy; daily routine; habits in activities. the past; Italian festivities; in a hotel. Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 Note: learning experience and activities involving the local or ITL 211 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; community are integral to the program. placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 and 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 Intermediate 1 ITL 311 R ITL 221 R Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 This course is designed for students who already have a solid This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. grammatical/lexical basis. By the end of the course students This course is for those students who already have a basic should be able to understand most TV news and information vocabulary and knowledge of elementary structures of the on current affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write texts language. By the end of the course students should be able about a wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of confidence to enter unprepared into conversation on topics that are with the language that makes communication fluid and clear. familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write correct Compared to a 3-Hour Advanced 1 course, this course devotes texts on topics of personal interest. Key grammatical topics more time to practicing the four main language abilities both include: review of Elementary 1 level contents; direct, indirect in class and outside besides introducing some additional topics and relative pronouns; impersonal form; possessive adjectives; and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics include: reflexive verbs; degrees of comparison: adverbs and adjectives; consolidation of previous levels; impersonal forms; clauses and imperfect vs present perfect; introduction to conditional; constructions using the subjunctive; passato remoto; passive imperative; irregular nouns; simple future; introduction to forms in contrast; relative clauses in contrast. Key thematic subjunctive; past perfect; introduction to passato remoto. Key areas include: changes in the Italian language and dialects; grammatical topics include: daily routines; holidays; shopping typical Italian products; immigration in Italy; environmental in Italy; family and childhood; marriage in Italy; dietary habits; issues. Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian health and body; future plans; the working world; dwellings. authors. During the January Intersession at least 4 hours are Selected readings. dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural activities. Note: learning experience and activities involving the local Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 community are integral to the program. or ITL 212 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 ITL 312 R 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 and 2 Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 ITL 222 R This course is designed for students who have a high degree Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 of fluency in Italian both in speaking and in writing. By the end This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This of the course students should be able to formulate ideas and course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex opinions with precision and recognize a wide range of idiomatic structures to express personal opinions and preferences. By expressions and colloquialisms, as well as apply register shifts. the end of the course students should be able to show a high Compared to a 3-Hour Advanced 2 course, this course devotes degree of understanding of complex written and spoken texts more time to practicing the four main language abilities both and respond appropriately to them, both orally and in writing. in class and outside besides introducing some additional Key grammatical topics include: review of previous level topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics contents; past perfect; prepositions; combined, indefinite and include: review of previous levels; past perfect subjunctive; interrogative pronouns; present and past conditional; linking

154 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 words; impersonal forms; forms and use of the subjunctive 16-Hour Italian Elementary 1 and 2, mood; imperative with pronouns; introduction to passato remoto; infinitive and gerund; degrees of comparison; passive Intermediate 1 and 2 voice; relative pronouns; reported speech (first level). Key ITL 191-192-291-292 R ROME thematic areas include: Italian geography; food and cuisine; Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 ROME holidays; driving in Italy; dwellings; health and body; famous This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a Italians; issues of contemporary history, culture and society; full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of local arts and crafts; Italian cinema. Selected readings. Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be Note: learning experience and activities involving the local covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each community are integral to the program course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 Prerequisites: or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities a different level whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society and culture and enable students to interact directly with local community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 and description of any single level please see ITL 191, ITL 192, ITL Advanced 1 291 and ITL 292. ITL 321 R Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 16-Hour Italian Elementary 2, Intermediate 1 This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This School of Italian Language and Culture course introduces students to contemporary Italian society and 2, Advanced 1 School of Italian Language and Culture by exploiting different sources including literature, the media ITL 192-291-292-391 R and press. By the end of the course students should be able Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 to understand most TV news and information on current This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write texts about a full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of confidence with Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be the language that makes communication fluid and clear. Key covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each grammatical topics include: consolidation of all past tenses; course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 relative and combined pronouns; past conditional; consolidation credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” of subjunctive mood; future perfect; reported speech (first or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes level); passive voice; conditional clauses; gerund and Infinitive; are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities some uses of the impersonal form. Key thematic areas include: whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society foreign words commonly used in Italian; the media world; life and culture and enable students to interact directly with local in Italian towns; environmental issues; Italian novelists; family community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the today; Italian traditions and festivities. Selected readings of description of any single level please see ITL 192, ITL 291, ITL literary works by modern Italian authors. 292 and ITL 391. Note: learning experience and activities involving the local Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 community are integral to the program. or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the a different level placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 and 2 6-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 and 2 ITL 291-292-391-392 R ITL 322 R Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of course is for students who already have a solid grammatical/ Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be lexical basis. By the end of the course students should be able covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each to formulate ideas and opinions with precision and recognize course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 a wide range of idiomatic expressions and colloquialisms, as credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” well as apply register shifts. Key grammatical topics include: or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes consolidation of previous levels; past conditional; subjunctive are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities clauses; conditional clauses; passive forms in contrast; relative whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society pronouns in contrast; impersonal forms; verbs + prepositions; and culture and enable students to interact directly with local compound nouns; tense agreement with the indicative and community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the the subjunctive moods; trapassato remoto; gerund, infinitive, description of any single level please see ITL 291, ITL 292, ITL participle; reported speech (second level). Key thematic 391 and ITL 392. areas include: changes in the Italian language and society; Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 typical Italian products; Italian literature, music and cinema; or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the immigration; politics and the media; cultural heritage; placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into environmental issues. Selected readings of literary works by a different level modern Italian authors. Note: learning experience and activities involving the local 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 2, Advanced 1, 2 community are integral to the program and 3 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate ITL 292-391-392-393 R 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each ITL - Italian Language 16-Credit course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” Courses or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities LEVEL SEQUENCES whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society and culture and enable students to interact directly with local

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 155 community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the prossimo; past conditional; consolidation of subjunctive mood; description of any single level please see ITL 292, ITL 391, ITL passive form; conditional clauses; implicit forms. Key thematic 392 and ITL 393. areas include: Italian society; fashion; immigration in Italy; stereotypes; famous Italians; typical Italian products; Italian ROME Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 ROME or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the music. Selected readings of literary works. placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 a different level or equivalent; placement test upon arrival

LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 ITL 391 R 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 ITL 191 R This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 designed for students who have a solid grammatical/lexical This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is background in Italian and have already completed the study designed for absolute beginner students who have never of complex language structures. By the end of the course studied Italian before. Its aim is to give the basis of the language, students should be able to understand most TV news and allowing students to face the most common everyday situations current affairs programs, contemporary literary prose, write by expressing themselves in the present and in the past tense. clear texts about a range of subjects including reports, passing Key grammatical topics include: definite and indefinite articles; information, or giving reasons in support or against a particular regular and most common irregular verbs in the present point of view. They should be able to interact with a degree of fluency with native speakers to take active part in discussions. School of Italian Language and Culture tense; modal verbs; most common prepositions; regular and School of Italian Language and Culture irregular present perfect; direct pronouns; the verb piacere; Key grammatical topics include: review of the subjunctive, interrogative pronouns; impersonal form. Key thematic areas conditional and indicative mood; passive forms in contrast; include: introducing oneself; at the restaurant; spare time; time, linking words; articles and prepositions. Key thematic areas weather, seasons; in town; at the hotel; vacations; shopping for include: issues in contemporary Italian arts, history and society; food. changes in the Italian Language. Literature: selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. 4-Hour Italian language Elementary 2 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival ITL 192 R Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is designed for students who already have a basic vocabulary and ITL 392 R Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 knowledge of elementary structures of the language. By the end of the course students should be able to communicate in This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is simple and routine tasks requiring an exchange of information designed for those students fluent in Italian. By the end of the on familiar and routine matters, to describe their background, course students should be able to understand most TV news immediate environment and matters related to areas relevant and current affairs programs, contemporary literary prose, to everyday life. Students will learn new forms to express past write clear texts about a wide range of subjects without much actions and future events. Key grammatical topics include: effort, interact with high degree of fluency and spontaneity reflexive verbs; possessives; comparatives; imperfect versus with native speakers. By working with different types of present perfect; introduction to conditional; “stare” + gerund; authentic materials and by completing the in-depth grammar relative pronouns; direct and indirect pronouns. Key thematic review students will achieve a high level of language fluency, areas include: Italian festivities; shopping in Italy; family and they will be able to formulate ideas and opinions with precision, childhood; marriage in Italy. Selected readings. to understand television programs and movies without much effort. Key grammatical topics include: compound and loan Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival words; tense agreement; reported speech; subordinate clauses; more complex impersonal and passive forms; gerund, infinitive, participle. Key thematic areas include: further issues 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 in contemporary Italian arts, history and society. Changes in ITL 291 R the Italian Language. Selected readings of literary works by Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 modern and contemporary Italian authors. This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 or directed towards the acquisition of more complex structures equivalent; placement test upon arrival to express personal opinions and preferences. By the end of the course students should be able to enter unprepared into 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 3 conversation on topics that are familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write correct texts on topics of personal ITL 393 R Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 interest. Key grammatical topics include: imperative forms; degrees of comparison: adverbs and adjectives; future tense; This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is introduction to subjunctive; combined and relative pronouns; designed for those students already fluent in Italian. By the trapassato prossimo; past conditional; intro to passato remoto. end of the course students should be able to understand TV Key thematic areas include: dietary habits; health and body; programs and movies, literary prose without much effort, write future plans; the working world; dwellings. Selected readings. clear texts about a wide range of subjects, express themselves spontaneously. Focus will be on language changes, both from Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival the grammatical and lexical points of view, according to the type of message or the kind of situation they are facing. By the end of the course students will understand the pragmatic 4-Hour Italian language Intermediate 2 functions of important grammatical forms in order to use ITL 292 R them in proper situations. By working with different types of Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 authentic materials they will refine their usage of idiomatic This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is expressions. Key grammatical and thematic topics will include: designed for students who already have an active knowledge review of advanced grammar structures; analysis of different of the main structures of the Italian language. By completing language styles and registers; issues of Italian civilization and the study of more complex language structures, students culture. Selected readings of literary works by modern and will be able to give reasons and explanations for opinions contemporary Italian authors. and plans. By the end of the course students should be able Prerequisites: ITL 302 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 to understand the main points of radio and TV programs, or equivalent; placement test upon arrival newspaper and magazine articles and simple literary passages. Key grammatical topics include: passato remoto and trapassato

156 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 School of Italian Language and Culture ROME School ofSciences d Aaei Ctlg 2015-2016 Catalog Academic LdM 7.3 |Rome 157

School of Italian Language and Culture ROME compounds. The compounds covered include alkanes, alkenes, BIO – Biological Sciences alkynes, alkyl halides, alcohols and ethers, which are studied with regards to nomenclature, stereochemistry, stability, reaction General Biology II with Laboratory mechanism and structural analysis with spectroscopic methods. ROME BIO 202 R Accompanying three-hour weekly laboratory provides hands- ROME Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 on experience that consolidates and expands upon theory and The course deals with the study of the diversity of fungi, concepts learned, with training in relevant techniques such as plants and animals (invertebrates and vertebrates) in terms of purification, synthesis and analytical methods. their evolution related to the environment. It will explore the Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in CHM 135 & 136 General biodiversity of these organisms at different levels including Chemistry I & II with Laboratory, or equivalents their distinct physiology, anatomy and ecological aspects. The Lab will emphasize the classification and the identification of Organic Chemistry II with Laboratory different species through their macroscopic anatomy. CHM 222 R School of Sciences School of Sciences Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in General Biology I, or equivalent Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 This course is the second part of a two-semester introductory Introduction to Molecular Genetics with sequence to organic chemistry. The course provides the Laboratory extension of the principles of the relationship between structures, BIO 280 R properties, functionalities and resulting reactions of organic Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 compounds. The compounds covered include alcohols, ethers, conjugated system, amines, carbonyl derivatives and others. This course provides students with a foundation of the principles The course focusses on reaction mechanisms, stereochemistry, of genetics. Starting with the study of the function and structure multiple step synthesis and advanced spectroscopic analytics. of DNA and RNA, the course explores the principles of genetics Accompanying three-hour weekly laboratory provides hands- such as transmission (Mendelian Inheritance), gene expression on experience that consolidates and expands upon theory and recombination. Lectures are combined with laboratory and concepts learned, with training in various techniques for experiences to provide students with practical knowledge of separation, synthesis and analysis. the techniques of molecular genetics. Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in CHM 221 Organic Prerequisites: General Biology I, or equivalent Chemistry I with Laboratory, or equivalent Human Anatomy II with Laboratory BIO 320 R EVS - Environmental Sciences Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 This course is the second part of a two-semester introductory Principles of Environmental Science sequence to human anatomy and physiology. This course EVS 282 R emphasizes tissue organization, physiology and structure Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of endocrine, cardiovascular, respiratory, immune, digestive, This course provides students with an overview of the principles reproductive, lymphatic systems. The laboratory reflects these of environmental science. In particular, it explores the impact topics. that human activities have on the environment by studying Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in Human Anatomy I with issues such as pollution, waste management, biodiversity Laboratory, or equivalent loss, and climate change. Emphasis is placed not just on understanding the complex relationships between individual activities and systemic effects on the environment, but also on how to develop remedial solutions, while considering the CHM - Chemistry roles governments, non-profit organizations, business and individuals play. General Chemistry I with Laboratory Prerequisites: CHM 135 General Chemistry I with Laboratory, CHM 135 R or equivalent. Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 An introduction to the fundamental theories of inorganic chemistry including the structure of atoms, electronic structure, bonding, reactions in aqueous media, gas behavior, MAT - Mathematics intermolecular forces, and properties of solutions. The three- hour weekly laboratory section demonstrates the lecture Calculus for Science Majors I material and emphasizes laboratory technique, data treatment, MAT 165 R and report writing. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: MAT 130 Topics in Mathematics for Liberal Arts, This course is the first part of a three-semester introductory or equivalent sequence to calculus for science majors. It introduces calculus of one variable. Topics include the study of algebraic, General Chemistry II with Laboratory trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions with CHM 136 R respect to their analytic properties, limits, derivatives as well as Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 an introduction to integration. This course provides an introduction to the principles of Prerequisites: Precalculus, or equivalent physical chemistry (thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, acid-base chemistry, kinetics and electrochemistry) as well Calculus for Science Majors II to coordination chemistry. The three-hour weekly laboratory MAT 175 R section demonstrates the lecture material and emphasizes Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 laboratory technique, data treatment, and report writing. This course is the second part of a three-semester introductory Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in CHM 135 General sequence to calculus for science majors. It develops calculus Chemistry I with Laboratory, or equivalent of one variable. This course focuses on the techniques of integration. Other topics of study include sequences and series, Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory as well as polar notations. CHM 221 R Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in MAT 165 Calculus for Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 90 Science Majors I, or equivalent This course is the first part of a two-semester introductory sequence to organic chemistry. The course provides a thorough understanding of the relationship between structures, properties, functionalities and resulting reactions of organic

158 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Calculus for Science Majors III MAT 225 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45

ROME This course is the third part of a three-semester introductory ROME sequence in calculus for science majors. It treats calculus of several variables. Topics include real valued functions of several variables, multiple integration, differential calculus of functions of several variables, vector field theory. Prerequisites: Grade of C or higher in MAT 175 Calculus for Science Majors II, or equivalent

Statistics for Science Majors School of Sciences MAT 280 R School of Sciences Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course introduces science students to the foundations of statistics, covering topics such as the description and visualization of data, simple probability, the normal distribution function, hypothesis testing and regression. The course will require the use of a computer and the software Excel and its add-ins, or other comparable software packages. Prerequisites: Intermediate Algebra, or equivalent

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 159 160 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 7.4 | Rome School of Creative Arts

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 161 as anorexia and bulimia among young people; the effects of NUH - Nutrition, Culinary Arts excessive weight on health; obesity in western societies. and Culture

ROME Italian Food through Culture, Environment, ROME Wine and Culture I: Wines of Italy and Sustainability NUH 170 R NUH 224 R; Dual listed: ENV 224 R; CLT 224 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course investigates Italian wine in the context of the The course provides an in-depth study of the intrinsic extraordinary history, philosophy, culture and lifestyle of Italy. relationships between food, culture and environment in Italy. In this context wine is not only a much-loved drink but forms The focus is on the finest Italian products, classic Italian recipes, an essential part of rich cultural traditions extending back to traditions and eating habits in terms of their cultural-historical the Etruscans and ancient Romans. From the study of wine significance and evolution over time, from the northern to we learn about the practices of earlier cultures, about their the southern regions of Italy. Particular emphasis is given values and our own, and we gain a unique perspective on to the environmental conditions (such as microclimate and School of Creative Arts School of Creative Italy today. The course focuses on the distinct traditions and composition of soil) of each geographical origin along with the Arts School of Creative economic, geographic and climatic aspects of each area of production process of the foods, which confer uniqueness of Italian wine production. Students explore grape varieties and flavor and nutritional value. Finally, the history and traditions different techniques used to make wine, and the national and of “Romanesca” cuisine and the food biodiversity of the Latium regional classifications. They also subject representative wines region (Lazio) are explored; through field trips students will to organoleptic analysis (visual, olfactory and gustative). Each experience the cuisine as well as its cultural context. wine is studied in terms of its characteristics, history and traditions, and in relationship to the particular foods meant to Italian Cuisine: History and Practice accompany it. NUH 250 R Food and Culture Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 NUH 198 R; Dual listed: ANT 198 R; CLT 198 R This course focuses our attention on the amazing history of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Italian cooking, from ancient Rome to today. Food will be If “you are what you eat,” just why do you eat the way you do? examined in the historical context of each period and in relation This course considers the relationships between the multiple to the society and culture of the time. As an ancient Italian meanings of food and the acts of preparing and eating food, saying goes, “Tell me what you eat, and I will tell you who you and further explores food and personal and social identity. are”. Food and culture go hand in hand in every culture and Students will examine why different people make different society. Italy is a variegated country, it displays the greatest food choices in their daily lives, why individuals from certain genetic variety of any European country and this expresses social classes will avoid or esteem particular foods, and in itself in a corresponding cultural variety. The course is therefore general how food serves as a factor in self-definition. Because highly recommended for students of Italian culture, as they will a person’s attitude toward food can reveal not just personal learn the traditions of cooking and taste through the ages. No identity traits but a whole food ideology, this course will also matter which region an Italian calls home, the same love of food analyze the role of food in the construction of ethnic identity, in prevails. the display of religious beliefs, and in the negotiation of gender roles. Students learn how cultures and values are transmitted and preserved through food. Through personal essays and the interdisciplinary secondary literature, students will be guided PDM - Painting, Drawing and Mixed to analyze the complex and fascinating relationships between Media people and food, helping them to understand how cultures (including their own) ultimately determine all human food choices. Principles of Drawing and Composition PDM 130 R Celebrating Italian Style: Food and Culture in Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 This course will teach the basic techniques of figure and Contemporary Italy object drawing. The program is designed to introduce the NUH 200 R fundamental principles and elements of drawing using charcoal, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 pencil and various other media, such as red chalk. Each lesson This course deals with the relationships between Italian has a specific aim and forms part of a progressive buildup of traditions, folklore and contemporary Italian society, for example skills through observation with a series of exercises. Still life, the links between festivals, food and wines, tourism and today’s human figure, architecture and nature will be investigated as Italian economy. Nowadays the image of Italy in the world is subject matter and perspective studies will be analyzed in tightly connected with the global diffusion and promotion of its depth. Reference to the exceptional works of art in the city of leading “Made in Italy” products, among which food and wines Florence will be investigated and analyzed as an integral part are the most important. The land of poor emigrants has become of the course. The aim of the course is to develop basic skills the land of class and style, Italian chefs are as popular as Italian and a better understanding and knowledge of drawing, and to fashion designers, Italian wines feature among the best wines encourage further studies. of the world, and Italian recipes have found their way to the world’s most renowned restaurants’ menus. This course will Foundation Oil Painting give students the opportunity to discover the reasons for this PDM 140 R miracle through a wide range of cooking demonstrations, wine Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 and food tasting, field trips and guest lectures. This course is an introduction to the traditional techniques of oil painting for beginning students or students with no Nutrition Studies previous training in Fine Arts. The course deals with the most NUH 205 R fundamental principles and elements of still-life painting, with Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 emphasis on perception and buildup of form, tone, and color on The aim of this dietary education course is to provide guidelines a two-dimensional surface, as well as studies of perspective and and develop critical thinking for a healthful diet and lifestyle. composition. Each lesson has a specific aim and forms part of a Intended for non-majors in science, the course addresses basics progressive buildup of skills through observation with a series of the chemistry, biology and medicine of nutrition including of exercises in highly structured lessons, including the theory of the physiological principles that underlie a balanced diet and color, supplemented by practical demonstrations. Exceptional the correct uptake of nutrients. Particular emphasis is on the works of art in the city will be referenced and analyzed as an Mediterranean diet. Themes include: nutrition requirements; integral part of the course. The aim of the course is for students nutrition and wellness; food sources and production; consumer to learn basic oil painting techniques. choices; social dynamics that lead to eating disorders such

162 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Foundation Oil Painting (Summer only) creativity. Emphasis will be put on technical proficiency and creative expression. PDM 141 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition,

ROME or equivalent ROME This is a course for beginning students or students with no previous training in Fine Arts wanting an introduction to the traditional techniques of oil painting. The course deals with Art Therapy the most fundamental principles and elements of still-life PDM 285 R; Dual listed: PSY 285 R painting, with an emphasis on the perception and build up of Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 form, tone, and color on a two-dimensional surface. Exercises At a time when concepts of education were being redefined will be introduced to students in highly structured lessons, in the late 1400s, Leonardo da Vinci recommended that in supplemented by practical demonstrations. The aim of the addition to reading, writing and arithmetic, all students be course is to give students the basic knowledge of techniques taught to draw. He was ignored, to the misfortune of later in oil painting. students. This course is an introduction to the vast area of the therapeutic possibilities of art and specifically of drawing. The

School of Creative Arts School of Creative Pastel Techniques course intends to transmit the experience of an artist to all Arts School of Creative PDM 170 R students. Students learn that drawing is a perceptive attitude Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 using all the senses, and dependent upon intuition and intellect. Indeed, we can learn this from those with sense deprivations: This course introduces students to the various pastel techniques the blind draw unexpected and original drawings; the deaf have such as wax, watercolor, stabilo soft, stabilo tone. Students are a special rapport with space, images and the act of drawing. also introduced to the various artists who have used pastel Whether they are lifelong practitioners or have never drawn techniques as their chosen medium. The course includes before, all students in the course will “start all over again”, and subjects from still-life to models. under the instructor’s guidance they will watch their personal Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition, art evolve. The course will enable students to translate their or equivalent emotions into an expressive capacity.

Rome Sketchbook - Beginning Art Therapy (Summer only) PDM 182 R PDM 286 R; Dual listed: PSY 286 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 In this course students develop basic observation, drawing and At a time when concepts of education were being redefined watercolor skills in a refreshing way. Students keep a series of in the late 1400s, Leonardo da Vinci recommended that in sketchbooks and develop finished drawing projects from them. addition to reading, writing and arithmetic, all students be After initial training in fundamental drawing techniques for taught to draw. He was ignored, to the misfortune of later pencil, pen and other media, the course is dedicated principally students. This course is an introduction to the vast area of the to sketching outdoors in the city and environs. Students therapeutic possibilities of art and specifically of drawing. The develop ability in representing a variety of subjects, including course intends to transmit the experience of an artist to all the human form, architecture, and landscape. Exploiting students. Students learn that drawing is a perceptive attitude the advantages of the site, students explore such themes as using all the senses, and dependent upon intuition and intellect. historical monuments, street life, and formal gardens. They Indeed, we can learn this from those with sense deprivations: encounter art of the past, including efforts to sketch the same or the blind draw unexpected and original drawings; the deaf have similar topics. The course equips students to efficiently capture a special rapport with space, images and the act of drawing. impressions by drawing in various media at various rates and Whether they are lifelong practitioners or have never drawn scales, keeping annotations, ideas, sketches, and analyses of before, all students in the course will “start all over again”, and artwork in a journal, and developing personal interests. Students under the instructor’s guidance they will watch their personal engage with the unrivalled visual and historic riches of Rome, art evolve. The course will enable students to translate their from ancient Roman ruins and buildings, to exuberant Baroque emotions into an expressive capacity. churches and piazzas, and modern structures, immersed in the bustle of a modern metropolis.

Rome Sketchbook - Intermediate PHO - Photography PDM 232 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 Introduction to Digital Photography The Rome sketchbook course is based on outdoor drawing PHO 130 R Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 among the monuments and ruins of Rome. Students will learn techniques for capturing detail and atmosphere with pencil and The course provides a basic approach to how the photographic watercolor sketches, which can then be used as a reference digital camera works. Students gain a broad knowledge of to create more complex paintings in the studio. This process the history of photography and an appreciation of aesthetic was followed by landscape painters such as Corot and Turner, concerns that enable them to express themselves in a more who left a large body of travel sketchbooks. Many landscape cohesive and creative manner. Basic classic photography skills painters took the Grand Tour around Italy, a principal part of including an understanding of focal length, aperture, shutter which was a prolonged stay in Rome. The course will include speed, composition, and quality of light are integrated with a study of the various sketching techniques of 18th and 19th techniques specific to digital capture and the manipulation of century painters. images in Photoshop. Photoshop software is used to process and print photographic imagery. During the semester specific Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition, or equivalent assignments help students to learn all basic digital techniques. In the course students acquire confidence in knowing how to use their camera well, increased technical control of the Watercolor and Tempera/Gouache medium, and a more critical eye. This course is 100% digital. PDM 255 R Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR digital Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 camera with manual function and with at least one lens. This course is a study of two-dimensional watercolor and tempera/gouache media and materials with emphasis on Introduction to Digital Photography traditional concepts, form and imagery. Transparent and opaque techniques will be analyzed. The course includes studio (Summer only) approaches to painting techniques and pictorial organization as PHO 131 R well as creative landscape painting in the open air. Form, value, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 line, and proportions will be studied as means of determining The course provides a basic approach to how the photographic space, shape, volume, and composition. Various problems will digital camera works. Students gain a broad knowledge of be presented aimed at encouraging individual response and the history of photography and an appreciation of aesthetic LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 163 concerns that enable them to express themselves in a more cohesive and creative manner. Basic classic photography skills including an understanding of focal length, aperture, shutter speed, composition, and quality of light are integrated with ROME techniques specific to digital capture and the manipulation of ROME images in Photoshop. Photoshop software is used to process and print photographic imagery. During the semester specific assignments help students to learn all basic digital techniques. In the course students acquire confidence in knowing how to use their camera well, increased technical control of the medium, and a more critical eye. This course is 100% digital. Note: each student must be equipped with an SLR digital camera with professional manual function and with at least one lens. School of Creative Arts School of Creative Arts School of Creative

164 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 School of Creative Arts ROME in order to seeexactly whichdisciplinesare offered at whichsite. BUS -International Business, CLA-Archaeology etc.). Pleaseconsult thefollowing table and Culture, SchoolofCreative Arts) andthenby discipline(e.g., ANT -Anthropology, academic School(SchoolofLiberal ArtsandSocialSciences, SchoolofItalianLanguage Welcome to LdM Tuscania! Inthepagesthat follow, courses are dividedfirst by 8 |TUSCANIA | Course Descriptions d Aaei Ctlg 2015-2016 Catalog Academic LdM 165

School of Creative Arts ROME Course Descriptions - Tuscania

166 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 8.1 | Tuscania School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 167 and reflections, and teamwork, students will gain a thorough ANT - Anthropology understanding of individual behavior, group functioning, and organizational processes and dynamics. The first part of the Archaeology Field School: Tuscania (Italy) course focuses on the individual and teams. Only when one ANT 282-283 T; Dual listed: CLA 282-283 T; HIS 282-283 T gains awareness about who one is can one effectively work and TUSCANIA TUSCANIA Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 148 grow with others. The second part of the course will venture This four-week intensive course in archaeology is held at a into specific themes: the importance of conflict, the impact specific site representing a distinctive ancient Mediterranean of technology, the unavoidable certainty of uncertainty, and culture. The course offers students a unique combination substance abuse within an organization. Ultimately, the course of supervised on-site fieldwork and specialized academic enables students to move between themes with critical acumen instruction by archaeologists and other specialists. Participants and creativity, seeking realistic and implementable solutions to contribute to the ongoing excavation and preservation of the real problems. site, learning essential practical archaeological techniques. The Prerequisites: Junior standing particular civilization represented by the site is analyzed in terms of its material culture, artistic production, and society (including Marketing/Advertising Internship political organization, religion, economy, and everyday life). The course includes weekly visits to sites, monuments and museums BUS 361 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 of relevance. Participants work alongside students from the University of Florence. The course is offered in collaboration This internship provides practical and professional experience with the Center for Ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern in the field of Marketing and Advertising. The intern is Studies (CAMNES). Offered at various sites, including two monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM faculty sponsored by the Lorenzo de’ Medici Institute. One of the member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship richest sites for Etruscan culture, Tuscania in northern Latium supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal is situated in the southern area of the region inhabited by this and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship people between the 9th to the 1st centuries BCE. Many features site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. of the site and the wide range of artefacts discovered belong to The placement is at a local business. Interns develop and carry later Etruscan culture (Hellenistic period). The course focuses out various activities which may include but are not limited on Etruscan culture in a period of cosmopolitan expansion and to: market research; developing marketing, distribution and assimilation to Roman culture. Learning activities may include promotional strategies; creating advertisements for local visits to Cerveteri, Tarquinia, and the Museo di Villa Giulia in print & e-publications; developing a website for e-business; Rome. Excavation has been overseen by the University of newsletters, mailing lists and social media management. Florence, Lorenzo de’ Medici Institute, and CAMNES. Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference letters, formal letter of intent, sample of marketing work (ie. blog writing, social media campaign example, press release, BUS - International Business advertising project). Students who enroll must submit supporting documentation by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional upon result of an onsite interview Wine Business and Marketing and Italian language placement test during the first week of BUS 252 T; Dual listed: NUH 252 T the term. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: 1) Marketing / Advertising majors of junior This course explores the business and marketing of wine, with standing with at least 2-3 prior courses in the field; 2) Elementary special focus on U.S. markets. Wine trade and consumption in Italian 1 completed (ITL 101 level) and concurrent enrolment the US have constantly increased in recent years. If until the in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). Recommended: social networking early 1990’s wine consumption was concentrated in a few experience. Fluency in Italian may be advantageous. major states, today wine is consumed by a large part of the entire US population. Italian wine, counting for 30% of U.S. wine imports, is a major part of this economic and cultural scenario. In addition, new wine markets have emerged worldwide. This CLA - Archaeology and Classical growing interest has strengthened the role of traditional key players of the wine trade such as importers, distributors, Studies wholesalers, retailers, while helping to create new professional figures such as wine writers, wine club managers, and event Etruscan Cuisine promoters. In this course students learn skills that help equip CLA 233 T; Dual listed: NUH 233 T them to take on such roles. Given the notable diversity and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 quality of Italian wines, students examine issues of sourcing, shipment chains and trading channels, and market impact. The This is an introduction to the ancient traditions of the highly course includes business simulations, and students produce a civilized Etruscan cuisine, through literature and archaeology. start-up or marketing project. Practical recipes are focused on cereals and legumes, and vegetable and fruit dishes. Meats, seafood, desserts, and Prerequisites: BUS 130 Introduction to Business, or BUS 150 serving traditions will also be studied. Introduction to Marketing, or equivalents

Workplace Psychology: Building Effective Etruscan and Roman Civilizations CLA 245 T Managers Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 BUS 302 T; Dual listed: PSY 302 T This course presents a survey of the extraordinarily rich Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 civilizations that thrived in Central Italy, where Tuscania The course examines organizational issues - such as stress, flourished, from the 8th century BCE to the 5th century CE. conflict, discrimination, and others - through the social lenses Students will discover the political, social, cultural and religious of psychology. The course is a journey through the science dimensions of the Etruscan and Roman cultures, engaging with of the psyche that will open windows of understanding surviving art, architecture and literature. We’ll discover together beyond managerial perspectives. An organization is strategy, their customs and daily life starting from the analysis of the marketing, planning, budgeting, and at its very core, it is remaining archaeological evidence. Key issues in the practice human. This is the element the course will focus on: the human of modern archaeology are explored through the use of case psychology of an organization. The course leads students studies relating to the town of Tuscania and its surroundings to consider approaches that develop the individual with the (Tuscia), an area of exceptional archaeological interest and very objective of improving and helping to grow the organization rich in ancient history. Site visits enforce what the students have as a whole. In other words, the course connects individual learned in class and enhance the understanding of these past strategy and well-being with those of organizations and the cultures. wider society. Through lectures, experiential exercises, readings

168 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Archaeology Field School: Tuscania (Italy) Aeneas, was the survivor of the fall of Troy and the ancestor of Rome’s leaders. A comparison between Aeneas’ and Odysseus’ CLA 282-283 T; Dual listed: ANT 282-283 T; HIS 282-283 T Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 148 wanderings will conclude the course. This four-week intensive course in archaeology is held at a TUSCANIA specific site representing a distinctive ancient Mediterranean Greek and Roman Mythology TUSCANIA culture. The course offers students a unique combination CLA 310 T of supervised on-site fieldwork and specialized academic Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 instruction by archaeologists and other specialists. Participants The traditional stories about the Greek gods and heroes have contribute to the ongoing excavation and preservation of the always been a fundamental part of Western art and literature, site, learning essential practical archaeological techniques. The especially since their “rediscovery” by Renaissance humanism. particular civilization represented by the site is analyzed in terms A selection of the great works of ancient Greek literature will of its material culture, artistic production, and society (including present the most important stories, and will also show how the political organization, religion, economy, and everyday life). The Greeks used myth to express the traditional ideals and personal course includes weekly visits to sites, monuments and museums reflections that captivated and shaped subsequent European of relevance. Participants work alongside students from the culture. The pictorial narratives, so common in Greek and Roman University of Florence. The course is offered in collaboration monuments and objects, will introduce the sophisticated visual with the Center for Ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern language created by the Greeks to tell such elaborate tales, Studies (CAMNES). Offered at various sites, including two the first such iconographic system and one which was to some sponsored by the Lorenzo de’ Medici Institute. One of the extent “revived,” together with the gods, heroes and heroines, richest sites for Etruscan culture, Tuscania in northern Latium in Renaissance art. To know Roman mythology and understand is situated in the southern area of the region inhabited by this its similarities and differences with Greek mythology is to people between the 9th to the 1st centuries BCE. Many features understand the real essence of the ideals and aspirations of a School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal of the site and the wide range of artefacts discovered belong to great people that built a great empire. In particular, Virgil and later Etruscan culture (Hellenistic period). The course focuses Ovid, the most widely known writers of Roman mythology, and on Etruscan culture in a period of cosmopolitan expansion and also other Roman writers, will help students develop a new assimilation to Roman culture. Learning activities may include interest for Roman myth, history and art. visits to Cerveteri, Tarquinia, and the Museo di Villa Giulia in Rome. Excavation has been overseen by the University of Florence, Lorenzo de’ Medici Institute, and CAMNES. COM - Communications Archaeology of Italy: from Constantine to Body Language and Communication Charlemagne Techniques CLA 298 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 COM 212 T; Dual listed: PER 212 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Once dismissed as the “Dark Ages” of invasion and destruction This course teaches students to use the body to achieve greater between the fall of ancient Rome and the rise of the medieval professional and social success by increasing the relational and communes, the period has become the focus of intense communication capacities of every student, preparing them scholarly activity and debate. Thanks to excavations in towns, to enter the working world. The training is aimed at acquiring villas, cemeteries, churches and castles, a vastly more dynamic transversal expertise linked to communication, verbal and non picture has emerged for Italy from Late Antiquity and the Early verbal, working in groups, motivation, and body language Middle Ages (circa 300-1000 CE). Exploiting new data and control. The “learning by doing” methodology is very practical finds, together with secondary studies and literary sources, and involves the student in a pro-active way, through exercises this course offers an overview of the archeological evidence and improvisation, testing individual attitudes and personal and history of one of the most vital and complex periods in capacities. Neutral mask and participative and creative all European history. The stress is on continuity and major techniques will be employed, from a theatrical approach to non changes that occurred in the peninsula after the collapse of verbal communication, team building, self-presentation, body the Western Roman Empire. The medieval remains in Rome language exercises, movement, and motivation, guiding each and northern Latium are outstanding. Course topics include: student to discover his or her strengths, and to better identify archaeology of various typologies (domestic, settlements, the working path coherent with individual expectations and churches, monasteries, burials, defensive structures); specific capacities. cultures (Ostrogoths, Lombards); inscriptions; conservation and reconstruction; distinctive object types; basic analytical methods of various materials (pottery, metal, glass, wood, Communication in Public Administration stone). Activities include visits to museums in Rome and Internship Tuscania (special laboratory), and to two excavation sites. COM 364 T; Dual listed: ITC 364 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, This internship provides professional experience in the field and the Origins of Western Literature of Communications at a prestigious public office. The intern CLA 306 T; Dual listed: LIT 306 T is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, The course is a general overview of ancient literature through and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship the analysis and comparison of some of the oldest works of site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. Western civilization. Through a reading of the most significant The internship provides an inside look into Tuscania’s Public chapters of the Iliad and the Odyssey, students will get in Administration. With this unique experience the students contact with the aristocratic world and heroes described by establish themselves as part of a communications team and Homer in 8-7th century BCE, in order to reconstruct the society learn valuable technical skills, while providing information to of early Greece in the Mycenaean period. The stories presented the English speaking community of Tuscania. Interns develop in the Iliad and Odyssey, considered the “Bible” of classical and carry out various activities which include but are not civilization, show how Greeks used myth to express archetypal limited to: translating important news and announcements values which became immortal for successive generations. from Italian into English; finding the main points of an official Myths are analyzed not only as amazing stories but also as document and making a short summary of those points for bearers of important messages about life within society, and online publication; using specific databases and updating a as primary forms of communication and instruction in a non- bilingual website; drafting translations from English into Italian. literate and oral society. The great influence of Greek myths on Roman legends will also be seen through the reading of some Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to passages of the Aeneid - the national poem of Rome written change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference by Virgil in the 1st century BCE - focusing on the link between letters, writing sample in English, formal letter of intent in Italian. Roman history and Greek tradition. The hero of the work, Students who enroll must submit supporting documentation

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 169 by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional a “dark age” of culture in the Middle Ages, we shall emphasize upon result of an Italian language placement test and an onsite the concept of historic evolution. Topics include: the Late interview during the first week of the term. Proficiency in Italian Roman Empire, the Barbarian invasions, monasticism, medieval required. Since the translations are from Italian into English, Christianity, the Crusades, the rise of the Italian city-states, the high proficiency in written and read English is expected. Black Death, and the roots of the Renaissance; Early Christian, TUSCANIA TUSCANIA Prerequisites: Advanced Italian 1 completed (ITL 301 level) Carolingian, Ottonian, Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic Art. and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). Italian developments and monuments receive special attention, Recommended: strong writing and communication skills; and site visits in Tuscania, neighboring towns (such as Viterbo, translation experience Bolsena, Orvieto), and Rome, form an essential component of the course. Communication in Public Administration Internship Archaeology Field School: Tuscania (Italy) HIS 282-283 T; Dual listed: CLA 282-283 T; ANT 282-283 T COM 374 T; Dual listed: ITC 374 T Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 148 Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 260 This four-week intensive course in archaeology is held at a This internship provides professional experience in the field specific site representing a distinctive ancient Mediterranean of Communications at a prestigious public office. The intern culture. The course offers students a unique combination is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM of supervised on-site fieldwork and specialized academic faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship instruction by archaeologists and other specialists. Participants supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, contribute to the ongoing excavation and preservation of the and an overall evaluation. Twenty hours weekly at the internship site, learning essential practical archaeological techniques. The site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. particular civilization represented by the site is analyzed in terms The internship provides an inside look into Tuscania’s Public School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal of its material culture, artistic production, and society (including Administration. With this unique experience the students political organization, religion, economy, and everyday life). The establish themselves as part of a communications team and course includes weekly visits to sites, monuments and museums learn valuable technical skills, while providing information to of relevance. Participants work alongside students from the the English speaking community of Tuscania. Interns develop University of Florence. The course is offered in collaboration and carry out various activities which include but are not with the Center for Ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern limited to: translating important news and announcements Studies (CAMNES). Offered at various sites, including two from Italian into English; finding the main points of an official sponsored by the Lorenzo de’ Medici Institute. One of the document and making a short summary of those points for richest sites for Etruscan culture, Tuscania in northern Latium online publication; using specific databases and updating a is situated in the southern area of the region inhabited by this bilingual website; drafting translations from English into Italian. people between the 9th to the 1st centuries BCE. Many features Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to of the site and the wide range of artefacts discovered belong to change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference later Etruscan culture (Hellenistic period). The course focuses letters, writing sample in English, formal letter of intent in Italian. on Etruscan culture in a period of cosmopolitan expansion and Students who enroll must submit supporting documentation assimilation to Roman culture. Learning activities may include by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional visits to Cerveteri, Tarquinia, and the Museo di Villa Giulia in upon result of an Italian language placement test and an onsite Rome. Excavation has been overseen by the University of interview during the first week of the term. Proficiency in Italian Florence, Lorenzo de’ Medici Institute, and CAMNES. required. Since the translations are from Italian into English, high proficiency in written and read English is expected. Italian Renaissance Civilization and Culture Prerequisites: Advanced Italian 1 completed (ITL 301 level) HIS 300 T and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Recommended: strong writing and communication skills; translation experience This course explores the historical, literary and cultural developments of one of the most remarkable and vibrant periods of Italian history: the Renaissance. Students will be introduced to the main historical developments of the HIS - History Renaissance period from the late fourteenth century to the end of the sixteenth century. The Renaissance is above all the age Western Civilization of the individual and the affirmation of his/her achievements, HIS 130 T best summed up by the credo “Man – the measure of all things”. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The focus of this course is therefore upon great personalities Survey of cultural, social and political developments in the of the Italian Renaissance mainly in the fields of the visual arts, western tradition between its origins in the Ancient Near East literature and philosophy, but also drawn from those of politics and the present. Themes include: the Judeo-Christian and Greco- and civic life. These include key figures of the most prominent Roman heritages, medieval to modern Europe, nationalism, Italian families: the Medici, the Sforza, the Della Rovere; artists industrialization, western imperialism, totalitarianism and and architects: Brunelleschi, Leon Battista Alberti, Leonardo two World Wars, challenges of the later 20th and early 21st da Vinci, Michelangelo; writers, poets and philosophers: Dante, centuries. Petrarca, Boccaccio, Pico della Mirandola, Machiavelli, as well as merchants and bankers. All these individuals left their mark in Italy between the early 1400s and the late 1500s. Medieval Civilization and Culture Prerequisites: HIS 130 Western Civilization, or equivalent HIS 212 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course explores the remarkable series of transitions that Western civilization underwent between the years 313 LIT - Literature and 1400 CE, dates corresponding to Emperor Constantine’s official acceptance of Christianity, and the imposition of Survey of Western Literature humanistic culture. In culture, politics and society, this long LIT 150 T period witnessed a reorientation of values and enormous Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 shifts in the configuration of Europe. In the visual arts, This course is an exploration of major texts from antiquity to efforts to interpret classical artistic language were flanked the present that have shaped and expressed Western cultural by innovative contributions from different cultures. As traditions (all readings are in English translation). Emphasis students study historical and literary sources, archaeology as will be placed on the nature of genre, period, and style. The well as architecture, sculpture and painting, they acquire a course also offers the opportunity to develop an awareness of chronological map of the essential developments, learning to literature and the skills required to approach and understand it. distinguish between eras, and to interrelate political, social, economic and cultural trends. Rejecting the popular notion of

170 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, act effectively in public. Course activities include a range of exercises, script analysis, and a performance in a public space Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature (not necessarily a theatre). The course starts with observation LIT 306 T; Dual listed: CLA 306 T and the relaxation of muscular tension, and goes on to the Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 creation of a bridge between body and imagination, activating TUSCANIA TUSCANIA The course is a general overview of ancient literature through the senses through a series of improvisations. In analyzing the the analysis and comparison of some of the oldest works of script, students learn to understand the meaning of “actions” Western civilization. Through a reading of the most significant and to find the script’s super-objective. Students will perform a chapters of the Iliad and the Odyssey, students will get in specially selected “dramatic” story, which may be comedic, and contact with the aristocratic world and heroes described by which is either an adaptation of a published contemporary play, Homer in 8-7th century BCE, in order to reconstruct the society or else an original piece developed as a series of improvisations of early Greece in the Mycenaean period. The stories presented from on a novel or short story, under the teacher/director’s in the Iliad and Odyssey, considered the “Bible” of classical guidance. civilization, show how Greeks used myth to express archetypal values which became immortal for successive generations. Contemporary Italy through the Cinema Myths are analyzed not only as amazing stories but also as MCT 220 T bearers of important messages about life within society, and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 as primary forms of communication and instruction in a non- literate and oral society. The great influence of Greek myths on This course investigates cultural and social topics in Italy’s Roman legends will also be seen through the reading of some recent past and present with the aid of the medium of film. passages of the Aeneid - the national poem of Rome written Through images from some of the most important works of by Virgil in the 1st century BCE - focusing on the link between Italian cinema, from the masters of Neorealism to new directors Roman history and Greek tradition. The hero of the work, such as Sorrentino and Garrone, students will investigate School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal Aeneas, was the survivor of the fall of Troy and the ancestor of themes such as fascism, the Italian south, the family, the role Rome’s leaders. A comparison between Aeneas’ and Odysseus’ of women, organized crime, and the consequences of the wanderings will conclude the course. economic boom.

Masterpieces of Italian Literature Italian Society through the Cinema LIT 307 T MCT 282 T; Dual listed: SOC 275 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The focus of this course is on Italian writers and literary This course presents the development and changes of the movements from the 13th century to the present. Its goal is Italian society in the last decades as seen through Italian to read some of Italy’s most representative literary works in cinematic vision. The films discussed during the lectures will translation and to examine their structure, novelty and relevance be shown in chronological order, and cover some of the most to their times, and to our own times as well. This course is significant periods of Italian society: Fascism, the war and post- designed to bring works of Italian literature to the attention war time, the economic boom of the early sixties, the anger of students who may have or may not have any knowledge and protest of the young generation. “Genre” movies will be of Italian. Topics will be introduced, followed by readings to discussed with special attention given to the “Comedy Italian be commented on by the students. Each student will also be Style.” Information about the most important periods of Italian required to develop an individually chosen project based on a history, from Fascism to the present time, will be followed complete translated work. At the end of the term, each student throughout the course. Films are in Italian with English subtitles. will be required to write a paper on a chosen text and then give a presentation in class about his/her own work. Film Studies Prerequisites: LIT 150 Survey of Western Literature, or MCT 295 T equivalent Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course is an introduction to the study of film as an art Italian Grand Tour: Italy through the Eyes of form. Rather than take the Hollywood model as the “natural” form for a film, students will be encouraged to regard it as Famous Travellers only one, albeit predominant, form of filmmaking among many LIT 350 T others. Students will analyze the different elements and formal Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 principles that make up a film and explore how these have This course is an introduction to the literature generated by evolved historically in a variety of movements. Students will the “Grand Tour” experiences between the 18th and the 19th view a number of landmark films and study how they combine centuries and to its continuation and development in the different elements, such as sound, editing and mise-en- 20th century. The main focus will be the textual analysis of scène, to construct different narratives. Although the primary the memoirs, letters and diaries written by some of the most emphasis will be on aesthetics, films will also be placed in famous artists, writers and intellectuals who resided and their historical, political, technological, and economic contexts traveled in Italy. Our selection will include British, German and within Tuscania as a location. The basic goal of this class is to American writers. Another important aspect of the course will develop an understanding of the art and history of film, and to be the study of the history, the works of art, the monuments think critically about filmmaking. and the folklore events of the main Grand Tour destinations: Venice, Florence, Rome. Students will learn about the different History of Italian Cinema experiences of famous foreign travelers in Italy through the MCT 298 T centuries and will be able to understand some stereotypes, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 prejudices and idealized visions about Italy and Italians that still survive today. This is an intermediate level course dealing with the development of Italian cinema from Neorealism to the present time. Renowned directors such as Rossellini, De Sica, Visconti, Fellini, Antonioni, Pasolini, and the most significant works of MCT - Music, Cinema and Theatre both neorealist and post-neorealist times (Rome Open City, The Bicycle Thief, Riso Amaro, La Strada, etc.), will be analyzed. Studies The infuence of Fascism, post-war crisis, the economic miracle, and the protests of 1968 will be taken into consideration, Introduction to Acting along with the most common themes in Italian cinema such as MCT 205 T; Dual listed: PER 205 T social injustice, psychological and existential analysis, neurotic Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 alienation, crisis and decadence of the bourgeoisie and the This course develops the skills and individual creative potential overall ironic portrayal of Italian society. Genre, techniques, of students in expressing themselves in a theatrical context style, language and symbolism will be discussed. before an audience. Students learn the capacity to connect to the imaginary life of a character, and a series of techniques to

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 171 PHR - Philosophy and Social Psychology PSY 200 T Religious Studies Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course is about the study of human social behavior, TUSCANIA Western Philosophy examining theories, findings and methods of social psychology, TUSCANIA PHR 130 T viewed from an interpersonal perspective. What is the essential Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 nature of our personality, and what impact do social groups This course presents major questions and thinkers of western (whether that group is the family, school, or society) have on philosophy. Key methods and terms of philosophical inquiry our development and everyday behavior? Topics include: social are explored. Provides a broad overview of major historical cognition, the role of others in shaping self-concepts, as well directions, systems and schools of philosophy in the western as the formation of person perception, attitudes, attribution tradition from the pre-Socratics to the present. Discussion theory, obedience, conformity, interpersonal attraction, and centers upon perennial themes such as the existence of God, social relations. We will look at the causes and methods of the nature of knowledge, proof and reasoning, and ethics. reducing prejudice and aggression, as well as exploring altruism, Serves as the basis for further courses in philosophy. the development of gender roles, stereotypes, non-verbal behavior, and social influence. Students will acquire a new framework for interpreting social behavior. Among the topics Introduction to Italian Philosophy explored in the course are socialization, language acquisition, PHR 185 T interpersonal behavior, and persuasion. Students will also have Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 the opportunity to develop the ability to analyze their own While introducing students to philosophy as a discipline in term and others’ behavior. In addition, since this course is taught in of methods, contents and questions, the course examines the Italy, it provides a natural opportunity to compare and contrast School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal evolution of the main schools of Italian philosophical thought. the influence of culture on individuals. Living even for a short The focus is on its main thinkers and fundamental concerns period in another country helps you to see and understand the from the Middle Ages through the rich debates of the late relationship between the individual (self) and society. Renaissance, with its reforms and Age of Science. However, Prerequisites: PSY 150 Introduction to Psychology, or since the roots discussions by Italian philosophers over time lie equivalent in ancient philosophy the course begins with study of some key ideas of Greek, Roman and Early Christian thinkers. Attention is given to the cross-influences between Catholicism and Workplace Psychology: Building Effective philosophy that are one of the special traits of the the Italian Managers cultural heritage. Among the thinkers analyzed are Socrates, PSY 302 T; Dual listed: BUS 302 T Plato, Aristotle, St. Augustine, St. Thomas Aquinas, Dante, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Petrarch, Marsilio Ficino, Pico della Mirandola, Machiavelli, The course examines organizational issues - such as stress, Giordano Bruno and Galileo Galilei. conflict, discrimination, and others - through the social lenses of psychology. The course is a journey through the science Religion and Culture in Italy of the psyche that will open windows of understanding PHR 284 T beyond managerial perspectives. An organization is strategy, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 marketing, planning, budgeting, and at its very core, it is This course examines the interaction between culture and human. This is the element the course will focus on: the human religion in Italy, above all modern Italy. The peninsula has been psychology of an organization. The course leads students the almost uninterrupted home of the Catholic church and the to consider approaches that develop the individual with the Vatican State, a factor of great importance for centuries and objective of improving and helping to grow the organization still today in the development of Italian culture and society. At as a whole. In other words, the course connects individual the same time Italy is a relatively young nation, democratic, strategy and well-being with those of organizations and the industrialized, and multicultural. In the lively Italian cultural wider society. Through lectures, experiential exercises, readings landscape religion can mean oceanic crowds at sanctuaries or and reflections, and teamwork, students will gain a thorough a papal appearance, fierce newspaper debates, small parishes, understanding of individual behavior, group functioning, and and Muslims or Christians praying in rented spaces. Italy, organizational processes and dynamics. The first part of the indeed, epitomizes key issues in religion and culture generally. course focuses on the individual and teams. Only when one Students move between themes of diversity in religious gains awareness about who one is can one effectively work and belief and practice, coexistence of communities, continuity of grow with others. The second part of the course will venture tradition and local heritage, the political interface, secularism, into specific themes: the importance of conflict, the impact religion in the media and popular culture, national identity, of technology, the unavoidable certainty of uncertainty, and and educational, social and health policies and activities. The substance abuse within an organization. Ultimately, the course course exploits the special opportunity to investigate various enables students to move between themes with critical acumen religious communities in Italy. and creativity, seeking realistic and implementable solutions to real problems. Prerequisites: Junior standing PSY - Psychology SOC - Sociology Introduction to Psychology PSY 150 T Italian Life and Cultures Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 SOC 220 T This course introduces students to the major areas of psychology Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 through current empirical research and theoretical debate. This course analyzes the history of the Italians and major Scientific and non-scientific approaches to the explanation themes in Italy’s recent past and present. The course is broadly of psychological phenomena are examined critically. Topics divided into two parts. The first part weaves a chronological include: anthropological assumptions and implications, path through the country’s history from ancient times up to deontology, sensation and perception, cognitive processes, the present, exploiting the extraordinary physical resources consciousness, language, learning, personality, development available in Tuscania for understanding the great civilizations and psychopathology. Students will be introduced to the main of the Etruscans and Romans, but also drawing on the locality’s theories for each of these topics from different perspectives more recent history to explore some of the challenges that (e.g. biological, behavioral, cognitive, and psychodynamic). Italy overcame in the twentieth century on the road to Students will also look at the different types of scientific modernization. The second part of the course is organized research (e.g. experiments, correlational research, review, meta- more thematically and examines some major topics in the analysis), and will analyze the typical structure of a research modern and contemporary life of Italian society. paper (introduction, method, results, discussion, limitations and implications). 172 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Italian Society through the Cinema SOC 275 T; Dual listed: MCT 282 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course presents the development and changes of the TUSCANIA Italian society in the last decades as seen through Italian TUSCANIA cinematic vision. The films discussed during the lectures will be shown in chronological order, and cover some of the most significant periods of Italian society: Fascism, the war and post- war time, the economic boom of the early sixties, the anger and protest of the young generation. “Genre” movies will be discussed with special attention given to the “Comedy Italian Style.” Information about the most important periods of Italian history, from Fascism to the present time, will be followed throughout the course. Films are in Italian with English subtitles.

WRI - Writing Creative Writing WRI 220 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal School of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences School of Liberal This course is geared toward students seriously motivated to write creatively and constructively through inspiration and self-discipline. The professor will stimulate students’ creativity through the confrontation with different aids in order to help students create different kinds of written products. This class focuses on both theoretical and practical aspects of creative writing by providing the basic principles and techniques that should be used when producing a written piece. Through inspirational exercises, the student will use the art of creative writing as a tool for literary expression and self-awareness. Reading work out loud for discussion and in-class critiquing allows the students to develop a critical awareness of their own writing as well as following the inspirational and editing process of fellow classmates. Mid-term and final projects will reflect students’ writing progress. This course may be taken by students of English as a second language with advanced writing skills. Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

Travel Writing WRI 290 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Throughout history, Italy has inspired writers and poets to wax lyrical as few other countries have done. Countless English- language novels, stories and poems have woven a bel paese of words around the Italian experience. This course provides an opportunity for students to focus first-hand on the art and craft of travel writing, with particular emphasis on cities in Italy, but also with excursions into other worlds - real or imaginary. Through reading, writing, and visits in and around the city center, students will explore places of historic, artistic, cultural and personal interest. They will learn “by example” from a selection of great travel literature about the world in general, and about Italy in particular. And they will learn “by doing,” via a series of guided exercises and assignments that explore the distinctive qualities of travel writing – its combination of history, culture, information, rumination, musings and memory – and the ways in which this particular art can lead to a deeper understanding of their own experiences and cultural identity. Prerequisites: WRI 150 Writing for College, or equivalent

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 173 174 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 8.2 | Tuscania School of Italian Language and Culture

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 175 famous cinematic tradition, this course will explore language ITC - Italian Language and Culture and communication in a variety of films that provide stimulating images of Italian society. Much class time will be devoted to Italian through Cultural Experience analysis of language, in particular to the ways in which grammar and vocabulary are used in film dialogues portraying realistic TUSCANIA (in Italian only) TUSCANIA ITC 150 T situations from everyday life. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 This Italian language and culture course addresses the four or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the language competencies (reading, writing, listening, speaking) placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level and includes both in-class lessons and explorative cultural activities in the streets, piazzas and public buildings of Tuscania. This very dynamic course has a rapid learning pace. Through Italian through Theatre (in Italian only) language the student is enabled to explore local culture, ITC 240 T interacting outside class on the basis of specific assignments. Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 The course is highly flexible and is designed for students Italian is sometimes characterized as a theatrical language. studying a variety of disciplines. The course emphasizes the This course, taught entirely in Italian, uses the great tradition explorative ability and independent learning of students who, of Italian theatre to enable students to improve their capacity besides carrying out homework, discover on their own new in communication in Italian. Through learning how to listen aspects of language and culture. Some themes examined in and pronounce correctly theatrical texts, and through using the course: young people in Italy, fashion, local history, popular non-verbal communication commonly practiced in the traditions, etc. theatre (e.g. mimicry, gestures, postures, moves) alongside School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1, verbal communication, students will appreciate intercultural School of Italian Language and Culture or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the communication in its totality and build confidence in their own placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into approach to communicating in Italian. Each class will have a different level. Students who have completed Intermediate a theoretical part in which a literary or musical text will be Italian 1 or above not admitted analyzed, referring to the historical, artistic and social context in which it was a produced, and a practical part, in which students Italian through Mediterranean Cooking will learn the sound of words and expressions and become (in Italian only) familiar with theatrical strategies of communication. The course will end with a small performance. ITC 216 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the This content-based course is taught entirely in Italian. Through placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a the study of Mediterranean cuisine, students will expand their different level cultural and linguistic competence. Each class includes a grammar topic and a short hands-on cooking session of one main popular Italian dish. Thanks to the combined action of Italian for Conversation (in Italian only) theory and practice, students will naturally strengthen the four ITC 260 T main linguistic skills. Frequent oral and written reports will take Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 place during the semester. This course also explores the richness The course, taught entirely in Italian, aims to improve and diversity of Italian cuisine in the context of Mediterranean conversational fluency through different structured teaching culture. The course focuses on different aspects of regional techniques (i.e. dramatization, role play, role taking, oral foods in Italy, while at the same time drawing links between presentation) and also to promote different strategies for Italian, Middle Eastern and North African cuisine. Food products listening, another important skill to be developed in order and recipes significantly reflect constant, seasonal changes in to become a real active participant in conversation. The the landscape, the vegetation and the climate. The influence of improvement of speaking and listening abilities, together with Etruscans, Greeks and Romans on Mediterranean cuisine will be reading and writing, will go hand in hand with broadening examined. The role of wine in Italian and Mediterranean cuisine knowledge of the Italian culture. In this context class discussions will also be explored. and students’ oral presentations on themes regarding Italy Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 and Italian people will help them become familiar with Italian or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the society. placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 different level or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a Italian through Cooking (in Italian only) different level ITC 220 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Italian Civilization (in Italian only) This intermediate course is taught entirely in Italian. Through ITC 315 T the study of Italian regional food students will expand their Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 cultural and linguistic competence. Italian regional cuisine is This course, taught entirely in Italian, examines the development naturally linked to local history, geography, lifestyle and culture. of Italian civilization from unification to the present. It explores Each class includes a grammar topic, brief hands-on cooking achievements in literature, science, philosophy, and the arts, session of one main popular Italian dish. Frequent oral and as well as political and social movements and key events written reports will be arranged, so that students will naturally in Italian history. The course is organized chronologically strengthen the four main linguistic skills. and thematically. It focuses on the contributions of specific Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 individuals, broader social issues such as Fascism, and political or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the and economic developments that characterize particular time placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into periods, including the aftermath of World War II. To make a different level. Students who have completed Intermediate this material manageable for the students, the course will be Italian 2 or above not admitted organized around themes and ideas that are representative of phases of Italian history and that continue to form part of the Italian through Film (in Italian only) Italian heritage. ITC 225 T Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a The use of film in teaching Italian allows students to be exposed different level to different models of language, to develop their communicative skills (by focusing on the roles of the protagonists and the importance of situation and context), and to compare and contrast different cultural systems. Drawing on Italy’s world- 176 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Italian through Service Learning site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. The internship provides an inside look into Tuscania’s Public (in Italian only) Administration. With this unique experience the students ITC 340 T establish themselves as part of a communications team and Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 learn valuable technical skills, while providing information to TUSCANIA TUSCANIA This course, taught entirely in Italian, aims to give students a the English speaking community of Tuscania. Interns develop singular experience of study abroad. The focus of the course and carry out various activities which include but are not is both on the Italian learning outcome and the opportunity to limited to: translating important news and announcements experience and reflect upon community-based volunteer work from Italian into English; finding the main points of an official in the program city. Students are required to attend weekly document and making a short summary of those points for seminars (at least 15 hours) on cultural and language issues, online publication; using specific databases and updating a sharing experiences based on their service learning. Particular bilingual website; drafting translations from English into Italian. attention will be dedicated to socially engaged subjects Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to like ethnicity and immigration, youth and volunteer work, change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference children and school, stereotypes and intercultural relations, letters, writing sample in English, formal letter of intent in Italian. globalization. The course also entails volunteer placements in Students who enroll must submit supporting documentation organizations engaged in socially meaningful tasks: working by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional with women, children, the elderly, students, immigrants, cultural upon result of an Italian language placement test and an onsite associations, disabled people and the environment (at least 15 interview during the first week of the term. Proficiency in Italian hours of on-site activities per semester to be arranged by and required. Since the translations are from Italian into English, starting from the fourth week of the semester). The service high proficiency in written and read English is expected. learning will be supervised by the professor and local tutor(s). School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture Advanced Italian 1 completed (ITL 301 level) School of Italian Language and Culture Please consider that students will have to devote additional Prerequisites: and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). hours for independent learning, preparation and follow-up Recommended: strong writing and communication skills; of the activities and transport. Students will reflect on their translation experience learning through case study reports and journals based on participation and observation in the service learning location. Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the ITL - Italian Language placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level 3-Credit Courses

Communication in Public Administration 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 ITL 101 T Internship Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 ITC 364 T; Dual listed: COM 364 T This course is for absolute beginner students who have Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 135 never studied Italian before. Its aim is to give the basis of the This internship provides professional experience in the field language, allowing students to deal with the most common of Communications at a prestigious public office. The intern everyday situations by expressing themselves in the present is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM and past tenses. Key grammatical topics include: definite and faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship indefinite articles; noun-adjective agreement; present tense of supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, regular and main irregular verbs; prepositions; direct pronouns; and an overall evaluation. Ten hours weekly at the internship present perfect; possessive adjectives. Key thematic areas site; student internship schedules and onsite duties may vary. include: shopping for food; in a restaurant; daily life and spare The internship provides an inside look into Tuscania’s Public time; travelling; vacations; the family. Administration. With this unique experience the students establish themselves as part of a communications team and 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 learn valuable technical skills, while providing information to the English speaking community of Tuscania. Interns develop ITL 102 T and carry out various activities which include but are not Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 limited to: translating important news and announcements This course is designed for students who already have a basic from Italian into English; finding the main points of an official vocabulary and knowledge of elementary structures of the document and making a short summary of those points for language. By the end of the course students should be able online publication; using specific databases and updating a to complete simple and routine tasks requiring an exchange of bilingual website; drafting translations from English into Italian. information on familiar matters, to describe their background and issues related to everyday life. Key grammatical topics Note: Placement opportunities are limited and subject to change. Admission contingent on student CV, two reference include: review of Elementary 1 course contents; simple and letters, writing sample in English, formal letter of intent in Italian. compound prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect Students who enroll must submit supporting documentation tense; indirect pronouns; introduction to present conditional. by the application deadline, and acceptance is conditional Key thematic areas include: shopping in Italy; daily routine; upon result of an Italian language placement test and an onsite habits in the past; Italian festivities; Italian food; in a hotel. interview during the first week of the term. Proficiency in Italian Selected readings. required. Since the translations are from Italian into English, Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 high proficiency in written and read English is expected. or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Prerequisites: Advanced Italian 1 completed (ITL 301 level) a different level and concurrent enrolment in an Italian class (ITL/ITC). Recommended: strong writing and communication skills; translation experience 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 ITL 201 T Communication in Public Administration Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Internship This course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex structures of Italian language in order to express personal ITC 374 T; Dual listed: COM 374 T opinions and preferences. By the end of the course students Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 260 should be able to enter unprepared into conversation on topics This internship provides professional experience in the field that are familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write of Communications at a prestigious public office. The intern correct texts on topics of personal interest. Key grammatical is monitored by both the onsite supervisor and an LdM topics include: review of previous level contents; past perfect; faculty member. The grade assigned by the faculty internship prepositions; combined, indefinite and interrogative pronouns; supervisor reflects assessment of weekly reports, two papers, present and past conditional; linking words; impersonal forms; and an overall evaluation. Twenty hours weekly at the internship present and past subjunctive. Key thematic areas include:

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 177 Italian geography; food and cuisine; holidays; driving in Italy; dwellings; health and body. Selected readings. ITL - Italian Language 4-Credit Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 Courses or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the

TUSCANIA placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 TUSCANIA a different level ITL 111 T Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 This course is designed for absolute beginner students who ITL 202 T have never studied Italian before. By the end of the course Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 students should be able to deal with the most common everyday This course introduces students to contemporary Italian society situations by expressing themselves in the present and past by exploiting different sources including literature, the media tenses. Compared to a 3-Hour Elementary 1 course, this course and press. By the end of the course students should be able to devotes more time to practicing the four main language abilities show a high degree of understanding of complex written and both in class and outside besides introducing some additional spoken texts and respond appropriately to them, both orally grammar topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical and in writing. Key grammatical topics include: review and topics include: definite and indefinite articles; noun-adjective expansion of contents of previous levels; forms and use of the agreement; present tense of regular and main irregular verbs; subjunctive mood; imperative with pronouns; introduction to prepositions; direct pronouns; present perfect; possessive passato remoto; infinitive and gerund; degrees of comparison; adjectives. Key thematic areas include: shopping for food; daily passive voice; relative pronouns; reported speech (first life and spare time; vacations; at the restaurant; family; in town. level). Key thematic areas include: famous Italians; issues of Selected readings. During the January Intersession at least 4 School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture contemporary history, culture and society; local arts and crafts; hours are dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural activities. Italian cinema. Selected readings of literary works. Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the ITL 112 T placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 a different level This course is designed for students who already have a basic vocabulary of Italian and basic knowledge of elementary 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 structures of the language. By the end of the course students ITL 301 T should be able to complete simple and routine tasks requiring Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 an exchange of information on familiar matters, to describe This course is designed for students who already have a solid their background and issues related to everyday life. Compared grammatical/lexical basis. By the end of the course students to a 3-Hour Elementary 2 course, this course devotes more should be able to understand most TV news and information time to practicing the four main language abilities both in on current affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write class and outside besides introducing some additional topics texts about a wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics include: confidence with the language that makes communication fluid review of Elementary 1 level contents; simple and compound and clear. Key grammatical topics include: consolidation of prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect tense; indirect previous levels; impersonal forms; clauses and constructions pronouns; introduction to present conditional. Key thematic using the subjunctive; passato remoto; passive forms in areas include: shopping in Italy; daily routine; habits in the past; contrast; relative clauses in contrast. Key thematic areas Italian festivities; Italian food; in a hotel. Selected readings. include: changes in the Italian language and dialects; typical During the January Intersession at least 4 hours are dedicated Italian products; immigration in Italy; environmental issues. to mandatory extra class cultural activities. Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate or ITL 111 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 or equivalent; 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level a different level 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 ITL 211 T ITL 302 T Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex This course is designed for students who have a high degree structures to express personal opinions and preferences. By the of fluency in Italian both in speaking and in writing. By the end end of the course students should be able to enter unprepared of the course students should be able to formulate ideas and into conversation on topics that are familiar; to relate the plot opinions with precision and recognize a wide range of idiomatic of a book or film; to write correct texts on topics of personal expressions and colloquialisms, as well as apply register interest. Compared to a 3-Hour Intermediate 1 course, this shifts. Key grammatical topics include: review of previous course devotes more time to practicing the four main language levels; past perfect subjunctive; past conditional; indefinite abilities both in class and outside besides introducing some adjectives pronouns; verbs and prepositions; conditional additional topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical clauses; trapassato remoto; gerund, infinitive, participle; tense topics include: review of previous level contents; past perfect; agreement; reported speech (second level). Key thematic areas prepositions; combined, indefinite and interrogative pronouns; include: Italian regionalism; the Risorgimento; politics and the present and past conditional; linking words; impersonal forms; media; contemporary literature and cinema; cultural heritage. present and past subjunctive. Key thematic areas include: Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. Italian geography; food and cuisine; holidays; driving in Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 Italy; dwellings; health and body. Selected readings. During or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the the January Intersession at least 4 hours are dedicated to placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into mandatory extra class cultural activities. a different level Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or ITL 112 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level

4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 ITL 212 T Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This course introduces students to contemporary Italian society by exploiting different sources including literature, the media 178 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 and press. By the end of the course students should be able to show a high degree of understanding of complex written and ITL - Italian Language 6-Credit spoken texts and respond appropriately to them, both orally Courses and in writing. Compared to a 3-Hour Intermediate 2 course, this course devotes more time to practicing the four main language TUSCANIA TUSCANIA abilities both in class and outside besides introducing some 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 and 2 additional topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical ITL 122 T topics include: review and expansion of contents of previous Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 levels; forms and use of the subjunctive mood; imperative This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. with pronouns; introduction to passato remoto; infinitive This course is for absolute beginner students who have never and gerund; degrees of comparison; passive voice; relative studied Italian before. By the end of the course students should pronouns; reported speech (first level). Key thematic areas be able to complete simple and routine tasks requiring an include: famous Italians; issues of contemporary history, culture exchange of information on familiar matters, to describe their and society; local arts and crafts; Italian cinema. Selected background and issues related to everyday life. Key grammatical readings of literary works. During the January Intersession at topics include: definite and indefinite articles; noun-adjective least 4 hours are dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural agreement; present tense of regular and main irregular verbs; activities. present perfect; possessive adjectives; simple and compound Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 prepositions; reflexive verbs; future; imperfect tense; direct or ITL 211 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; and indirect pronouns; introduction to present conditional. placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test Key thematic areas include: Italian food; spare time; travelling; LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level vacations; the family; shopping in Italy; daily routine; habits in the past; Italian festivities; in a hotel. School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 Note: learning experience and activities involving the local ITL 311 T community are integral to the program. Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This course is designed for students who already have a solid 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 grammatical/lexical basis. By the end of the course students and Intermediate 1 should be able to understand most TV news and information ITL 221 T on current affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write texts Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 about a wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of confidence This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. with the language that makes communication fluid and clear. This course is for those students who already have a basic Compared to a 3-Hour Advanced 1 course, this course devotes vocabulary and knowledge of elementary structures of the more time to practicing the four main language abilities both language. By the end of the course students should be able in class and outside besides introducing some additional topics to enter unprepared into conversation on topics that are and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics include: familiar; to relate the plot of a book or film; to write correct consolidation of previous levels; impersonal forms; clauses and texts on topics of personal interest. Key grammatical topics constructions using the subjunctive; passato remoto; passive include: review of Elementary 1 level contents; direct, indirect forms in contrast; relative clauses in contrast. Key thematic and relative pronouns; impersonal form; possessive adjectives; areas include: changes in the Italian language and dialects; reflexive verbs; degrees of comparison: adverbs and adjectives; typical Italian products; immigration in Italy; environmental imperfect vs present perfect; introduction to conditional; issues. Selected readings of literary works by modern Italian imperative; irregular nouns; simple future; introduction to authors. During the January Intersession at least 4 hours are subjunctive; past perfect; introduction to passato remoto. Key dedicated to mandatory extra class cultural activities. grammatical topics include: daily routines; holidays; shopping Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 in Italy; family and childhood; marriage in Italy; dietary habits; or ITL 212 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 or equivalent; health and body; future plans; the working world; dwellings. placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test Selected readings. LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level Note: learning experience and activities involving the local 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 community are integral to the program. Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 ITL 312 T or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into This course is designed for students who have a high degree a different level of fluency in Italian both in speaking and in writing. By the end of the course students should be able to formulate ideas and 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 and 2 opinions with precision and recognize a wide range of idiomatic ITL 222 T expressions and colloquialisms, as well as apply register shifts. Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 Compared to a 3-Hour Advanced 2 course, this course devotes more time to practicing the four main language abilities both This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This in class and outside besides introducing some additional course is directed towards the acquisition of more complex topics and exploring Italian culture. Key grammatical topics structures to express personal opinions and preferences. By include: review of previous levels; past perfect subjunctive; the end of the course students should be able to show a high past conditional; indefinite adjectives pronouns; verbs and degree of understanding of complex written and spoken texts prepositions; conditional clauses; trapassato remoto; gerund, and respond appropriately to them, both orally and in writing. infinitive, participle; tense agreement; reported speech (second Key grammatical topics include: review of previous level level). Key thematic areas include: Italian regionalism; the contents; past perfect; prepositions; combined, indefinite and Risorgimento; politics and the media; contemporary literature interrogative pronouns; present and past conditional; linking and cinema; cultural heritage. Selected readings of literary words; impersonal forms; forms and use of the subjunctive works by modern Italian authors. mood; imperative with pronouns; introduction to passato remoto; infinitive and gerund; degrees of comparison; passive Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 voice; relative pronouns; reported speech (first level). Key or ITL 311 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test thematic areas include: Italian geography; food and cuisine; LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level holidays; driving in Italy; dwellings; health and body; famous Italians; issues of contemporary history, culture and society; local arts and crafts; Italian cinema. Selected readings. Note: learning experience and activities involving the local community are integral to the program Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 179 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 and community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the description of any single level please see ITL 191, ITL 192, ITL Advanced 1 291 and ITL 292. ITL 321 T Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 TUSCANIA 16-Hour Italian Elementary 2, Intermediate 1 TUSCANIA This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This course introduces students to contemporary Italian society and 2, Advanced 1 by exploiting different sources including literature, the media ITL 192-291-292-391 T and press. By the end of the course students should be able Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 to understand most TV news and information on current This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a affairs; read contemporary literary prose; write texts about a full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of wide range of subjects; achieve the degree of confidence with Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be the language that makes communication fluid and clear. Key covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each grammatical topics include: consolidation of all past tenses; course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 relative and combined pronouns; past conditional; consolidation credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” of subjunctive mood; future perfect; reported speech (first or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes level); passive voice; conditional clauses; gerund and Infinitive; are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities some uses of the impersonal form. Key thematic areas include: whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society foreign words commonly used in Italian; the media world; life and culture and enable students to interact directly with local in Italian towns; environmental issues; Italian novelists; family community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the today; Italian traditions and festivities. Selected readings of description of any single level please see ITL 192, ITL 291, ITL literary works by modern Italian authors. School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture 292 and ITL 391. School of Italian Language and Culture Note: learning experience and activities involving the local Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 community are integral to the program. or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the a different level placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 and 2 6-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 and 2 ITL 291-292-391-392 T ITL 322 T Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a This program covers two levels of Italian in one semester. This full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of course is for students who already have a solid grammatical/ Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be lexical basis. By the end of the course students should be able covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each to formulate ideas and opinions with precision and recognize course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 a wide range of idiomatic expressions and colloquialisms, as credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” well as apply register shifts. Key grammatical topics include: or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes consolidation of previous levels; past conditional; subjunctive are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities clauses; conditional clauses; passive forms in contrast; relative whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society pronouns in contrast; impersonal forms; verbs + prepositions; and culture and enable students to interact directly with local compound nouns; tense agreement with the indicative and community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the the subjunctive moods; trapassato remoto; gerund, infinitive, description of any single level please see ITL 291, ITL 292, ITL participle; reported speech (second level). Key thematic 391 and ITL 392. areas include: changes in the Italian language and society; Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 typical Italian products; Italian literature, music and cinema; or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the immigration; politics and the media; cultural heritage; placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into environmental issues. Selected readings of literary works by a different level modern Italian authors. Note: learning experience and activities involving the local 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 2, Advanced 1, 2 community are integral to the program and 3 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate ITL 292-391-392-393 T 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into a different level This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each ITL - Italian Language 16-Credit course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” Courses or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities LEVEL SEQUENCES whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society and culture and enable students to interact directly with local 16-Hour Italian Elementary 1 and 2, community through interviews, research and fieldtrips. For the description of any single level please see ITL 292, ITL 391, ITL Intermediate 1 and 2 392 and ITL 393. ITL 191-192-291-292 T Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 Cr: 16; Contact hrs: 240 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival. As a result of the This program aims to give students the possibility to combine a placement test LdM reserves the right to move students into full immersion in Italian language with an in-depth experience of a different level Italian culture. During an academic semester four levels will be covered on condition that students pass a final exam for each LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS course. For every level credit-bearing students will obtain 4 credits (out of the total 16) on condition that they receive a “C-” or higher. Each level consists of 60 contact hours. All classes 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 are held in Italian. Ample time is also dedicated to activities ITL 191 T whose objective is to deepen knowledge of Italian society Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 and culture and enable students to interact directly with local This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is

180 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 designed for absolute beginner students who have never of complex language structures. By the end of the course studied Italian before. Its aim is to give the basis of the language, students should be able to understand most TV news and allowing students to face the most common everyday situations current affairs programs, contemporary literary prose, write by expressing themselves in the present and in the past tense. clear texts about a range of subjects including reports, passing Key grammatical topics include: definite and indefinite articles; information, or giving reasons in support or against a particular TUSCANIA TUSCANIA regular and most common irregular verbs in the present point of view. They should be able to interact with a degree of tense; modal verbs; most common prepositions; regular and fluency with native speakers to take active part in discussions. irregular present perfect; direct pronouns; the verb piacere; Key grammatical topics include: review of the subjunctive, interrogative pronouns; impersonal form. Key thematic areas conditional and indicative mood; passive forms in contrast; include: introducing oneself; at the restaurant; spare time; time, linking words; articles and prepositions. Key thematic areas weather, seasons; in town; at the hotel; vacations; shopping for include: issues in contemporary Italian arts, history and society; food. changes in the Italian Language. Literature: selected readings of literary works by modern Italian authors. 4-Hour Italian language Elementary 2 Prerequisites: ITL 202 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 ITL 192 T or equivalent; placement test upon arrival Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 designed for students who already have a basic vocabulary and ITL 392 T knowledge of elementary structures of the language. By the Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 end of the course students should be able to communicate in This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is simple and routine tasks requiring an exchange of information designed for those students fluent in Italian. By the end of the School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture School of Italian Language and Culture on familiar and routine matters, to describe their background, course students should be able to understand most TV news immediate environment and matters related to areas relevant and current affairs programs, contemporary literary prose, to everyday life. Students will learn new forms to express past write clear texts about a wide range of subjects without much actions and future events. Key grammatical topics include: effort, interact with high degree of fluency and spontaneity reflexive verbs; possessives; comparatives; imperfect versus with native speakers. By working with different types of present perfect; introduction to conditional; “stare” + gerund; authentic materials and by completing the in-depth grammar relative pronouns; direct and indirect pronouns. Key thematic review students will achieve a high level of language fluency, areas include: Italian festivities; shopping in Italy; family and they will be able to formulate ideas and opinions with precision, childhood; marriage in Italy. Selected readings. to understand television programs and movies without much Prerequisites: ITL 101 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 or effort. Key grammatical topics include: compound and loan equivalent; placement test upon arrival words; tense agreement; reported speech; subordinate clauses; more complex impersonal and passive forms; gerund, 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 infinitive, participle. Key thematic areas include: further issues in contemporary Italian arts, history and society. Changes in ITL 291 T Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 the Italian Language. Selected readings of literary works by modern and contemporary Italian authors. This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is directed towards the acquisition of more complex structures Prerequisites: ITL 301 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival to express personal opinions and preferences. By the end of the course students should be able to enter unprepared into conversation on topics that are familiar; to relate the plot of 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 3 a book or film; to write correct texts on topics of personal ITL 393 T interest. Key grammatical topics include: imperative forms; Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 degrees of comparison: adverbs and adjectives; future tense; This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is introduction to subjunctive; combined and relative pronouns; designed for those students already fluent in Italian. By the trapassato prossimo; past conditional; intro to passato remoto. end of the course students should be able to understand TV Key thematic areas include: dietary habits; health and body; programs and movies, literary prose without much effort, write future plans; the working world; dwellings. Selected readings. clear texts about a wide range of subjects, express themselves Prerequisites: ITL 102 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 spontaneously. Focus will be on language changes, both from or equivalent; placement test upon arrival the grammatical and lexical points of view, according to the type of message or the kind of situation they are facing. By 4-Hour Italian language Intermediate 2 the end of the course students will understand the pragmatic functions of important grammatical forms in order to use ITL 292 T Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 them in proper situations. By working with different types of authentic materials they will refine their usage of idiomatic This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is expressions. Key grammatical and thematic topics will include: designed for students who already have an active knowledge review of advanced grammar structures; analysis of different of the main structures of the Italian language. By completing language styles and registers; issues of Italian civilization and the study of more complex language structures, students culture. Selected readings of literary works by modern and will be able to give reasons and explanations for opinions contemporary Italian authors. and plans. By the end of the course students should be able to understand the main points of radio and TV programs, Prerequisites: ITL 302 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival newspaper and magazine articles and simple literary passages. Key grammatical topics include: passato remoto and trapassato prossimo; past conditional; consolidation of subjunctive mood; passive form; conditional clauses; implicit forms. Key thematic areas include: Italian society; fashion; immigration in Italy; stereotypes; famous Italians; typical Italian products; Italian music. Selected readings of literary works. Prerequisites: ITL 201 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 or equivalent; placement test upon arrival

4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 ITL 391 T Cr: 4; Contact hrs: 60 This level, which is part of the 16-Hour Italian program, is designed for students who have a solid grammatical/lexical background in Italian and have already completed the study

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 181 182 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 8.3 | Tuscania School of Creative Arts

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 183 trends, revealed in both everyday and haute cuisine, involve FVM - Film, Video and Multimedia fresh reinterpretations of regional traditions, revaluation of local Production products, interest in lighter and healthier diet, and an emphasis on creativity. Driving these trends are such diverse factors as interest in other cuisines, innovations by leading chefs, and TUSCANIA TUSCANIA Digital Filmmaking I especially changes in Italian society and lifestyles. Students FVM 210 T learn basic cooking skills as well as some specialized cooking Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 methods and techniques. They discover how to select quality The course is based on the script, the language of images, ingredients, and they compare their eating habits with those and the figurative and narrative components of the story. Idea, common in Italy today. Particular focus is given to the following story line, treatment and screenplay will be covered, as well aspects: historical origins and developments of food production, as literary and original screenplays. The different roles of the regional dishes, seasonal and environmental conditions, social production team will be analyzed: preparation: casting and issues, nutrition, safety and health. In each lesson students work plan; technical means of directing (techniques of cinema learn how to prepare representative recipes, with attention to / video shooting styles); lighting techniques and rudimental of ingredients, nutritional values, and presentation.

School of Creative Arts School of Creative photography; editing: construction and definition of the film Arts School of Creative story line; editing methods with digital formats; audio post- Etruscan Cuisine production (mixing). The course aims to connect the different NUH 233 T; Dual listed: CLA 233 T stages of production to provide the student with a global view Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of the expressive power of the media from the creative to the realizable. This is an introduction to the ancient traditions of the highly civilized Etruscan cuisine, through literature and archaeology. Practical recipes are focused on cereals and legumes, and NUH – Nutrition, Culinary Arts vegetable and fruit dishes. Meats, seafood, desserts, and serving traditions will also be studied. and Culture Italian Food and Culture: Pairing Food & Wine The Food of Italy NUH 245 T NUH 160 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Italian cuisine is the result of many different regional culinary Although characterized by unique and distinctive features, traditions that, although merged and diluted over centuries, still Italian cuisine is still perceived as the result of many different maintain their particular flavors and distinct ingredients. Thanks regional culinary traditions that, although merged and diluted in recent years to a greater availability of wines from different over the centuries, still maintain their particular flavors and regions, the pairing of food and wine, always a traditional distinct ingredients. The course focuses on the different aspect of Italian cuisine, has become more important in the aspects of regional food in Italy, from ingredients to recipe organization of a menu and the presentation of a meal. In this preparation and cooking techniques, with particular attention course the various ways of pairing Italian food and wine will be to the following factors: historical origins and developments; analyzed and used for menu planning. This involves research climate and environmental conditions; social issues; food into aspects of both wine and food, with special emphasis on production; nutrition; and safety and health. Emphasis will be classification and technical terminology, nutritional and health placed on how food relates to the local lifestyle and culture. issues, chemical composition, sensory and other evaluation Regional economy and local resources will be analyzed and techniques, as well as cooking skills that will be practiced compared. Students will be introduced to the various local regularly in class. Not suitable for vegetarians. products through lectures and class demonstrations. Wine Business and Marketing Wine and Culture I: Wines of Italy NUH 252 T; Dual listed: BUS 252 T NUH 170 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 This course explores the business and marketing of wine, with Despite the ancient origins of wine production in Italy, it is only special focus on U.S. markets. Wine trade and consumption in recently that Italy has experienced a tremendous improvement the US have constantly increased in recent years. If until the in the quality of its wines. This course introduces students early 1990’s wine consumption was concentrated in a few to wine appreciation techniques, by studying the most major states, today wine is consumed by a large part of the representative wines of the regions of Italy. History, production, entire US population. Italian wine, counting for 30% of U.S. wine grapes, labeling, and tasting methods will be discussed. imports, is a major part of this economic and cultural scenario. In addition, new wine markets have emerged worldwide. This Mediterranean Cuisine growing interest has strengthened the role of traditional key players of the wine trade such as importers, distributors, NUH 217 T wholesalers, retailers, while helping to create new professional Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 figures such as wine writers, wine club managers, and event This course explores the richness and diversity of Italian cuisine promoters. In this course students learn skills that help equip in the context of Mediterranean culture. The course focuses on them to take on such roles. Given the notable diversity and different aspects of regional foods in Italy, while at the same quality of Italian wines, students examine issues of sourcing, time drawing links between Italian cuisine and that of the shipment chains and trading channels, and market impact. The Middle East and North Africa. Landscape, the vegetation and course includes business simulations, and students produce a the climate constantly change to produce significant products start-up or marketing project. and recipes. The influence of Etruscans, Greeks and Romans Prerequisites: BUS 130 Introduction to Business, or BUS 150 on Mediterranean cuisine will be examined. Practical classes Introduction to Marketing, or equivalents will provide an overview of the delicious and healthy dietary models of the countries concerned. The fundamental role of herbs and spices in Mediterranean cooking will be examined, and students will learn how to cook several kind of fishes and PDM - Painting, Drawing and Mixed meats. The role of wine in Italian and Mediterranean cuisine will also be explored. Media

Current Trends in Italian Cuisine Principles of Drawing and Composition NUH 220 T PDM 130 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 This course explores major trends in contemporary Italian This course will teach the basic techniques of figure and cuisine that have been emerging in recent decades. These object drawing. The program is designed to introduce the

184 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 fundamental principles and elements of drawing using charcoal, Students observe medieval churches, city walls, visit excavation pencil and various other media, such as red chalk. Each lesson sites, and explore the unspoiled and majestic countryside of has a specific aim and forms part of a progressive buildup of Tuscania and neighboring towns. skills through observation with a series of exercises. Still life, human figure, architecture and nature will be investigated as TUSCANIA Discover Painting: Tuscania through Color TUSCANIA subject matter and perspective studies will be analyzed in depth. Reference to the exceptional works of art in the city of and Space Florence will be investigated and analyzed as an integral part PDM 187 T of the course. The aim of the course is to develop basic skills Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 and a better understanding and knowledge of drawing, and to How is space constructed through the use of color? What is encourage further studies. pictorial space? Why is color such an important element in design? What does space do to the content of a painting? How Foundation Oil Painting does color contribute to the expression of content? Why and PDM 140 T how did the painters of the early Christian era use mosaic? How Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 did they express abstract concepts through the design of space School of Creative Arts School of Creative and color? How can spiritual content be achieved through the Arts School of Creative This course is an introduction to the traditional techniques understanding of space, color, form and material? These are of oil painting for beginning students or students with no some of the questions that will be addressed in this course, previous training in Fine Arts. The course deals with the most and we will seek answers to them through actual painting fundamental principles and elements of still-life painting, with experience, using the extraordinarily beautiful setting of emphasis on perception and buildup of form, tone, and color on Tuscania as a backdrop. Students will be guided and stimulated a two-dimensional surface, as well as studies of perspective and to engage in visual research work that will give insight to their composition. Each lesson has a specific aim and forms part of a personal pictorial language. The highlight of the course will progressive buildup of skills through observation with a series consist of a series of visits to early Christian churches in and of exercises in highly structured lessons, including the theory of around Tuscania as sources of inspiration. As a general rule, color, supplemented by practical demonstrations. Exceptional students will be taken once every other week to a historic works of art in the city will be referenced and analyzed as an location to paint and then complete the project in the home- integral part of the course. The aim of the course is for students based studio under the guidance of the instructor. to learn basic oil painting techniques. Discover Painting: Tuscania through Color Foundation Oil Painting (Summer only) PDM 141 T and Space (Summer only) Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 PDM 188 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 This is a course for beginning students or students with no previous training in Fine Arts, wanting an introduction to the How is space constructed through the use of color? What is traditional techniques of oil painting. The course deals with pictorial space? Why is color such an important element in the most fundamental principles and elements of still-life design? What does space do to the content of a painting? How painting, with an emphasis on the perception and build up of does color contribute to the expression of content? Why and form, tone, and color on a two-dimensional surface. Exercises how did the painters of the early Christian era use mosaic? How will be introduced to students in highly structured lessons, did they express abstract concepts through the design of space supplemented by practical demonstrations. The aim of the and color? How can spiritual content be achieved through the course is to give students the basic knowledge of oil painting understanding of space, color, form and material? These are techniques some of the questions that will be addressed in this course, and we will seek answers to them through actual painting experience, using the extraordinarily beautiful setting of Expanding Creativity Tuscania as a backdrop. Students will be guided and stimulated PDM 150 T; Dual listed: PER 150 T; PHO 150 T to engage in visual research work that will give insight to their Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 personal pictorial language. The highlight of the course will Problem solving in the field of fine arts is coupling inspiration consist of a series of visits to early Christian churches in and with practical solutions. Viewing the situation with an artistic around Tuscania as sources of inspiration. As a general rule, eye, whether it be in drawing, painting, sculpture, graphic students will be taken once every other week to a historic design, music or writing, the creator of the work must discover location to paint and then complete the project in the home- how to “put the line where he/she wants it to go,” using his/ based studio under the guidance of the instructor. her talents to realize in a tangible form what he/she envisions in his/her imagination. The primary goal of this class will be for Tuscania Oil Painting Workshop students to learn to express their true selves while transforming PDM 207 T media in an artistic and mindful way. Students will learn to Cr: 6; Contact hrs: 90 expand their thinking into areas of art other than their present chosen media. Since the class is made up of students from This special summer course takes place in Central Italy, in an various artistic experiences, there is a wide variety of outlooks area that includes what was once the land of the ancient and to broaden perspectives. intriguing Etruscan civilization. The ancient cities and towns of Tuscania, Tarquinia, Orvieto, Civita di Bagnoregio, Rome and the Lake Bolsena will be the field locations visited during the Tuscania Sketchbook - Beginning course. These visits will include open air painting sessions at PDM 184 T specific sights known for their suggestive aesthetic qualities, Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 as well as visits to three of the main Etruscan museums in Italy In this course students develop basic observation, drawing and that will enable students to observe Etruscan art first hand and watercolor skills in a refreshing way. Students keep a series of to sketch on site. The workshop focuses on observation of the sketchbooks and develop finished drawing projects from them. landscape as well as on the architectural and historical richness After initial training in fundamental drawing techniques for offered by these locations. A great deal of attention will be pencil, pen and other media, the course is dedicated principally given to the creative interpretation of nature, architectural to sketching outdoors in the city and environs. Students details and historical sites. Color theory and line, form and develop ability in representing a variety of subjects, including proportions will be studied, all based on observation. Particular the human form, architecture, and landscape. Exploiting emphasis will be given to the interplay of light and color as key the advantages of the site, students explore such themes as elements in a painting’s mood. Students will be based at the historical monuments, street life, and formal gardens. They LdM School in Tuscania and, when not on site, classes will be encounter art of the past, including efforts to sketch the same or held here. Tuscania is an ancient Etruscan hilltown nearby the similar topics. The course equips students to efficiently capture seaside. impressions by drawing in various media at various rates and scales, keeping annotations, ideas, sketches, and analyses of artwork in a journal, and developing personal interests.

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 185 Tuscania Sketchbook - Intermediate Introduction to Acting PDM 231 T PER 205 T; Dual listed: MCT 205 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 This course consists of gathering research in the traditional form This course develops the skills and individual creative potential TUSCANIA of sketching from the museums, streets, and environments of of students in expressing themselves in a theatrical context TUSCANIA Italy as artists have done for centuries. This includes sketches before an audience. Students learn the capacity to connect to taking inspiration from sculptures, paintings, architecture, the imaginary life of a character, and a series of techniques to formal gardens and squares, as well as drawing from life in act effectively in public. Course activities include a range of streets and markets, with an in-depth study of foreshortening exercises, script analysis, and a performance in a public space and perspective. Students will be encouraged to write (not necessarily a theatre). The course starts with observation annotations and observations as well as to investigate their and the relaxation of muscular tension, and goes on to the areas of interest. Students gain firsthand knowledge of original creation of a bridge between body and imagination, activating works by direct observation in situ, learn drawing and painting the senses through a series of improvisations. In analyzing the skills in a refreshing way, and learn to create sketchbooks that script, students learn to understand the meaning of “actions”

School of Creative Arts School of Creative may serve as source material for future projects. and to find the script’s super-objective. Students will perform a Arts School of Creative Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition, specially selected “dramatic” story, which may be comedic, and or equivalent which is either an adaptation of a published contemporary play, or else an original piece developed as a series of improvisations from on a novel or short story, under the teacher/director’s Watercolor and Tempera/Gouache guidance. PDM 255 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 Body Language and Communication This course is a study of two-dimensional watercolor and tempera/gouache media and materials with emphasis on Techniques traditional concepts, form and imagery. Transparent and PER 212 T; Dual listed: COM 212 T opaque techniques will be analyzed. The course includes studio Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 approaches to painting techniques and pictorial organization as This course teaches students to use the body to achieve greater well as creative landscape painting in the open air. Form, value, professional and social success by increasing the relational and line, and proportions will be studied as means of determining communication capacities of every student, preparing them space, shape, volume, and composition. Various problems will to enter the working world. The training is aimed at acquiring be presented aimed at encouraging individual response and transversal expertise linked to communication, verbal and non creativity. Emphasis will be put on technical proficiency and verbal, working in groups, motivation, and body language creative expression. control. The “learning by doing” methodology is very practical Prerequisites: PDM 130 Principles of Drawing and Composition, and involves the student in a pro-active way, through exercises or equivalent and improvisation, testing individual attitudes and personal capacities. Neutral mask and participative and creative Intermediate Painting techniques will be employed, from a theatrical approach to non verbal communication, team building, self-presentation, body PDM 270 T language exercises, movement, and motivation, guiding each Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 student to discover his or her strengths, and to better identify The course is structured for students who have already attended the working path coherent with individual expectations and the foundation-level course or have a similar background in capacities. painting. It takes students into further studies in oil and will introduce the technique and methods of acrylic painting. Focus is on the nude as well as object painting using a number PHO - Photography of different approaches to life painting. Some of the most essential techniques of oil and acrylic painting are covered to provide students with a sound foundation preparing them for Introduction to Digital Photography more ambitious work. Emphasis is on color mixing, handling PHO 130 T of brush strokes, glazing and scumbling, as well as traditional Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 canvas preparation. Reference to the exceptional works of art The course provides a basic approach to how the photographic in the city of Florence will be investigated and analyzed as an digital camera works. Students gain a broad knowledge of integral part of the course. The goal is to provide students with the history of photography and an appreciation of aesthetic an understanding of the most essential elements in life painting. concerns that enable them to express themselves in a more Prerequisites: PDM 140 Foundation Oil Painting, or equivalent cohesive and creative manner. Basic classic photography skills including an understanding of focal length, aperture, shutter speed, composition, and quality of light are integrated with techniques specific to digital capture and the manipulation of PER – Performing Arts images in Photoshop. Photoshop software is used to process and print photographic imagery. During the semester specific Expanding Creativity assignments help students to learn all basic digital techniques. In the course students acquire confidence in knowing how PER 150 T; Dual listed: PDM 150 T; PHO 150 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 to use their camera well, increased technical control of the medium, and a more critical eye. Problem solving in the field of fine arts is coupling inspiration with practical solutions. Viewing the situation with an artistic Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera eye, whether it be in drawing, painting, sculpture, graphic with manual function and with at least one lens. This course design, music or writing, the creator of the work must discover is 100% digital: no darkroom and film techniques foreseen in how to “put the line where he/she wants it to go,” using his/ Tuscania. her talents to realize in a tangible form what he/she envisions in his/her imagination. The primary goal of this class will be for Introduction to Digital Photography students to learn to express their true selves while transforming (Summer only) media in an artistic and mindful way. Students will learn to PHO 131 T expand their thinking into areas of art other than their present Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 chosen media. Since the class is made up of students from various artistic experiences, there is a wide variety of outlooks The course provides a basic approach to how the photographic to broaden perspectives. digital camera works. Students gain a broad knowledge of the history of photography and an appreciation of aesthetic concerns that enable them to express themselves in a more cohesive and creative manner. Basic classic photography skills including an understanding of focal length, aperture, shutter

186 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 speed, composition, and quality of light are integrated with student interests. Class activities include field trip and studio techniques specific to digital capture and the manipulation of sessions to develop the projects. images in Photoshop. Photoshop software is used to process Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera and print photographic imagery. During the semester specific with manual function and with at least one lens. This course is assignments help students to learn all basic digital techniques. TUSCANIA 100% digital: no darkroom and film techniques are foreseen at TUSCANIA In the course students acquire confidence in knowing how Tuscania. to use their camera well, increased technical control of the medium, and a more critical eye. Prerequisites: PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography or PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or equivalent Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera with manual function and with at least one lens. This course is 100% digital: no darkroom and film techniques foreseen in Landscape and Architecture Photography Tuscania. (Summer only) PHO 246 T Expanding Creativity Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60

School of Creative Arts School of Creative PHO 150 T; Dual listed: PDM 150 T; PER 150 T This course, focusing on the architectural and landscape aspects Arts School of Creative Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 45 of this art medium, is divided into field practice outdoor/ Problem solving in the field of fine arts is coupling inspiration indoor shooting, and digital lab session. Under the instructor’s with practical solutions. Viewing the situation with an artistic guidance, including analysis of modern and contemporary eye, whether it be in drawing, painting, sculpture, graphic work, students learn how to select interesting subjects, and design, music or writing, the creator of the work must discover how to exercise good technical and compositional control. how to “put the line where he/she wants it to go,” using his/ Lab practice provides students with the opportunity to learn her talents to realize in a tangible form what he/she envisions to develop and print pictures correctly and to learn selected in his/her imagination. The primary goal of this class will be for Photoshop techniques specific to Architecture and Landscape students to learn to express their true selves while transforming photography. media in an artistic and mindful way. Students will learn to Prerequisites: PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography or expand their thinking into areas of art other than their present PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or equivalents chosen media. Since the class is made up of students from various artistic experiences, there is a wide variety of outlooks to broaden perspectives.

Intermediate Digital Photography PHO 230 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 90 This course consists of a series of workshops in which students learn how to master professional photography techniques. Students gain knowledge of the advanced artistic and commercial techniques in the field. The course is arranged as a series of lectures and practice sessions about these topics: digital photo theory (color spaces, color profiles, RAW), optimization of the shot (advanced white balance settings, bracketing, advanced exposure technique, advanced focus settings), and professional post-production. The latter involves the workflow from the original RAW to Photoshop activity, a non-destructive adjustment method, techniques to manage noise and sharpness with external plug-ins, methods of managing the white balance, the professional HDR workflow, the professional B&W workflow, and the workflow to prepare for the final utilization of the image for the web, for publishing, or for large-format printing. Assignments reflect in part individual student interests. Class activities include field trip and studio sessions to develop the projects. Note: each student must be equipped with a SLR digital camera with manual function and with at least one lens. This course is 100% digital: no darkroom and film techniques are foreseen at Tuscania. Prerequisites: PHO 120 Introduction to Classic Photography or PHO 130 Introduction to Digital Photography, or equivalent

Intermediate Digital Photography (Summer only) PHO 231 T Cr: 3; Contact hrs: 60 This course consists of a series of workshops in which students learn how to master professional photography techniques. Students gain knowledge of the advanced artistic and commercial techniques in the field. The course is arranged as a series of lectures and practice sessions about these topics: digital photo theory (color spaces, color profiles, RAW), optimization of the shot (advanced white balance settings, bracketing, advanced exposure technique, advanced focus settings), and professional post-production. The latter involves the workflow from the original RAW to Photoshop activity, a non-destructive adjustment method, techniques to manage noise and sharpness with external plug-ins, methods of managing the white balance, the professional HDR workflow, the professional B&W workflow, and the workflow to prepare for the final utilization of the image for the web, for publishing, or for large-format printing. Assignments reflect in part individual LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 187 9. LdM staff list

President Music, Cinema and Theatre Studies: Paolo Grassini Fabrizio Guarducci Peace Studies: Rossana Ungaro Philosophy and Religious Studies: Eva De Clercq Office of the Chief Executive Officer Political Science and International Studies: Rossana Ungaro and General Director Psychology: Eva De Clercq CEO and General Director: Carla Guarducci Sociology: Stefano Gidari Assistant to the General Director: Veronika Haydn Writing: Stefano Gidari Administrative Director: Francesca Gatti SCHOOL OF ITALIAN LANGUAGE Registrars AND CULTURE IN FLORENCE Marta Cantalamessa Academic Coordination: Anna Baldini, Laura Lamponi Lara Cioni Faculty Administration: Beatrice Scaffidi Manuela Conti Katrina Dal Molin SCHOOL OF SCIENCES Office of Academic Affairs Biological Sciences: Beate Klingenberg Chemistry: Beate Klingenberg ACADEMIC COMMITTEE Environmental Sciences: Beate Klingenberg Academic Quality Affairs: Rolf Bagemihl Mathematics: Beate Klingenberg Faculty Affairs: Solange Finardi Department Administration and Cultural Programming: SCHOOL OF CREATIVE ARTS Alessandra Iavagnilio

Course and Faculty Administration: Markus Legner Nutrition and Culinary Arts (Cuisine courses): Giulio Capotondo Nutrition and Culinary Arts (Wine courses): ACADEMIC COORDINATORS Giovanni Pacinotti Course and Faculty Coordination (Rome): Kim Sambati Performing Arts: Alessandra Iavagnilio Course and Faculty Coordination (Tuscania): Arianna Pacini Film, Video and Multimedia Production: Course and Faculty Coordination (Venice): Anna Santini Alessandra Iavagnilio Department Supervision Painting, Drawing and Mixed Media: Elisa Gradi, Gregory Burney SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Photography: Gianluca Maver Printmaking: Elisa Gradi, Gregory Burney Anthropology: Eva De Clercq Restoration: Carlotta Fuhs Archaeology and Classical Studies: Guido Guarducci, Stefano Valentini Sculpture and Ceramics: Elisa Gradi, Gregory Burney Art History: Carlotta Fuhs, Elisa Gradi SCHOOL OF DESIGN Maia Gahtan Art History - M.A. in Museum Studies: Architecture: Donatella Caruso : Paolo Grassini Communications Fashion Design, Marketing and Merchandising: Cultural Studies: Eva De Clercq Chiara Ioele Gender Studies: Eva De Clercq Graphic Arts: Paolo Ghielmetti Geography and Environmental Studies: Franco Fiesoli Interior Design: Donatella Caruso History: Franco Fiesoli Jewelry Design: Laura Elisabetta Polsinelli International Business: Rossana Ungaro Literature: Stefano Gidari

188 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Student Affairs and Advising LdM Academic Relations and Student Services Dean of Students: Travis L. Mason Director of Student Services: Amy Farley Coordination of Student Advising: Margherita Rulli Student Services and Marketing Coordinator: Clubs Coordination: Carmela Capalbo Cyndi Goodson Italian Club Coordination (Rome): Davide Garzia Student Services and University Relations Officer: Michaela Cicero Student Advisors Dean of Academic Development: Eny Di Iorio Ambra Balzani Director of University Relations: Maria Josè Angel Mex Ilaria Contini Advisory Council Annalisa Formica Elena Giannini Peter Arnell Serena Malevolti Prof. Sandro Bernardi, University of Florence Barbara Ulini (Rome) Prof. Giovannangelo Camporeale, University of Florence Mei Gontran (Tuscania) Dott. Luigi De Siervo, RAI Veronica Carpizo (Venice) Dr. John Friedmann, University of British Columbia Housing Office Prof. Gaudenz Freuler, Universität Zürich Prof. Giancarlo Gentilini, University of Perugia HOUSING COORDINATORS Dott. Stefano Giuntoli, University of Florence Melanie Blumoehr Prof. Jerzy Miziolek, University of Warsaw Martina Fulico Dott. Ludovica Sebregondi, University of Florence Patrizia Mastrodonato Veronica Vilchis Dr. Michael Shapiro, University of Hawai’i at Mānoa Marketing Strategic Advisory Committee Web Manager: Livia Annalisa Sturlese Tosi Jennifer Allen, Academic Programs International Marketing and Communication: Caterina Barboni, Luca Barattoni, Clemson University Veronika Haydn Victor Betancourt-Santiago, Marymount University Social Media Editor: Myra Stals Jane Decatur, Framingham State University Finance and Human Resources Chris Deegan, University of Illinois at Chicago Jennifer Dickey, College for Creative Studies Chief Finance Officer: Paolo Lapi Accountant: Bruno Politi Sarah Egerer, Berry College Administrative Coordination: Daniele Innocenti Sharon Foerster, Academic Programs International Payroll: Rossella Grassi Jennifer Graff, University of Wisconsin Oshkosh Information Technology Richard Mitten, Baruch College Lynn Neddo, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Projest S.p.A. Trevor Nelson, Iowa State University Library John Peters, Marist College Head Librarian: Federico Fiorentini Sarita Rai, University of Hawai’i at Mānoa Librarian: Arnaldo Albergo Amy Staples, Wells College Skye Stephenson, Keene State College Maintenance Claire Carroll, Art Institute of Boston at Lesley University Maintenance Coordination: Fabio Bartoli David Whillock, Texas Christian University

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 189 10. COURSE INDEX BY SITE, SCHOOL and DEPARTMENT

6. LdM FLORENCE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 45

6.1 SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES IN FLORENCE 47

ANT - ANTHROPOLOGY 48

Anthropology and Development 48 Anthropology of Art 49 Anthropology of Fashion and Desirability: Beyond the Catwalk 48 Anthropology of Religion: Death and Ritual in the Past 48 Anthropology of Violence and Conflict 48 Archaeology Workshop 48 Co(ok)quinarius: Ancient Sources of Italian Cuisine 49 Contemporary Anthropology: Words and Action 49 Food and Culture 48 Intercultural Communication 49 Introduction to Anthropology 48

ART - ART HISTORY 49

19th Century Art: from Neoclassicism to Post-Impressionism 54 20th Century Design and Architecture 50 Anthropology of Art 51 Architectural History: Italian Urban Design 50 Art Expertise 54 Art History I: Antiquity to Early Renaissance 49 Art History II: High Renaissance to the Present 50 Art in 14th Century Florence 53 Artists in Italy Today 53 Avant-garde and Modernist Art (1900-1950) 54 Baroque Art 53 Contemporary Architecture 52 Contemporary Art 54 Early Renaissance 52 Exhibition Management 51 Florence Villas and Gardens 52 Hidden Meanings in Renaissance Art 53 High Renaissance and Mannerism 53 History of Architecture 49 Images and Words 53 International Art Business 52 Italian Renaissance Art 51 Leonardo: the Renaissance Genius at Work 52 Lifestyle in Renaissance Florence 52 Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art 51 Materials and Techniques: from Antiquity to the Renaissance 51 Medieval Art 52 Museum and Gallery Internship 54 Mysteries and Sacred Knowledge in Architecture 50 Palaces of Florence 50 Renaissance Architecture 52 Renaissance Art at the Italian Courts 53 The Built Environment of Florence 50 The Genius of Michelangelo 51 The Nude in Modern Art 50 The World of Museums: Museology 50 World Art 51

ART – ART HISTORY – M.A. IN MUSEUM STUDIES PROGRAM 54

Art and Objects in Museums and in Context 55 Conservation and Historic Preservation 55 Master’s Thesis 56

190 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Museum Development, Management and Leadership 55 Museum Education 55 Museum Spaces and Technologies 55 Museum Studies Internship 55 Museums and the Public I: People and Ideas 54 Museums and the Public II: Objects and Audience 55 Museums, Galleries and the History of Collecting 54 Museums: Ethics and the Law 55 Research Methods I: Methodologies and Resources 55 Research Methods II: The Thesis Proposal 55 Transcultural Aesthetics, Ethnography and Cultural Bias 55

BUS - INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 56

Brand Management and Promotion 59 Communication and Leadership 57 Corporate Social Responsibility 58 Crosscultural Communication in the Workplace 57 Economics of the European Union 58 Event Planning 56 Global Business and Society 57 Global Financial Markets 59 Global Marketing Management 58 Human Resources Management 56 Integrated Marketing Communication 57 International Art Business 57 International Marketing 56 Introduction to Business 56 Introduction to Marketing 56 Marketing Internship: LdM Marketing Office 58 Marketing/Advertising Internship 58 Marketing/Event Planning Internship 58 Operations Management 59 Principles of Macroeconomics 56 Principles of Microeconomics 56 Sociology of Consumerism 57 Web Marketing Internship 59 Wine Business and Marketing 56 Workplace Psychology: Building Effective Managers 57

CLA - ARCHAEOLOGY AND CLASSICAL STUDIES 59

Ancient Rome 59 Anthropology of Religion: Death and Ritual in the Past 60 Archaeology Workshop 59 Co(ok)quinarius: Ancient Sources of Italian Cuisine 60 Egyptian Art and Archaeology 60 Florentia: the Ancient Roots of Florence 59 Greek and Roman Mythology 60 Magna Graecia: Ancient Greeks in Italy 60 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature 60 War in the Greek and Roman Worlds 60

CLT - CULTURAL STUDIES 61

Broadcasting: Italian Culture and Television 61 Food and Culture 61 Images and Words 61 Italian Culture through Music 61 Many Italies, Other Italies: Modern Literary Representations 61 Women, History and Culture 61

COM - COMMUNICATIONS 61

Advertising Principles 62 Body Language and Communication Techniques 63

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 191 Broadcasting: Italian Culture and Television 64 Communication and Leadership 64 Communication in Public Administration Internship 65 Communications Internship 65 Communications Internship: LdM Web TV 65 Conflict Resolution and Mediation Skills 64 Creating the Multimedia Sports Narrative 64 Crosscultural Communication in the Workplace 63 Event Planning 63 Foundations of Visual Communication (Summer only) 62 Foundations of Visual Communication 62 Global Sports Marketing 64 Integrated Marketing Communication 63 Intercultural Communication 63 Introduction to Communication 62 Introduction to Journalism 62 Journalism Internship 65 Literature and Journalism 63 Mass Communication 62 Media Ethics 63 New Media: Communication in the Digital Age 62 Public Relations Internship 65 Public Relations 64 Public Speaking and Presentation Skills 61 Screenwriting 63 Sport in Global Cinema and Television 65 Sport, Culture and Communication 63 War and Media 64

EDU – EDUCATION 66

Education Internship 66 Peace Education 66

ENV – GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 66

Introduction to Environmental Issues 66 Sustainable Food 66 Tuscany and its Environment 66

GND - GENDER STUDIES 66

History of Prostitution 67 Love, Beauty and Natural Selection: the Science and the Myths 67 Women Characters in 20th Century Fiction 67 Women in Religion 67 Women of the Medici 67 Women, History and Culture 66 Women’s Contemporary History 66

HIS - HISTORY 67

Ancient Rome 68 Europe from 1815 to the Present 68 Europe since 1945 70 Florentia: the Ancient Roots of Florence 68 International Terrorism 71 Italian Renaissance Civilization and Culture 70 Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science 69 Lifestyle in Renaissance Florence 69 Magna Graecia: Ancient Greeks in Italy 70 Making of Modern Europe from Antiquity to French Revolution 68 Medieval Civilization and Culture 68 Modern Italy 70 Muslims, Jews and Witches: Outsiders in Medieval and Renaissance Europe 70 Rise and Fall of the Medici 70

192 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 The 1960’s: a Global Counter Cultural Movement 69 The Catholic Church and Society in Italy 69 The Holocaust: Jewish and Christian Responses 68 The Jewish Experience in Italy: Traditions and Culture 69 The Quarters of Florence: History and Culture 69 The Renaissance Theory of Love 69 The Role of Magic in Renaissance Thought 70 The Second World War 71 The Social World of Renaissance Italy 69 War in the Greek and Roman Worlds 68 Western Civilization 67 Women of the Medici 70

LIT - LITERATURE 71

Contemporary European Literature 71 Dante, Petrarca, Boccaccio: Italian Literature of the 14th Century 72 Florence in the Literary Imagination 71 Italian Crime Fiction 71 Italian Grand Tour: Italy through the Eyes of Famous Travellers 72 Literature and Journalism 71 Many Italies, Other Italies: Modern Literary Representations 71 Masterpieces of Italian Literature 72 Shakespeare’s Italy 72 Survey of Western Literature 71 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature 72 Women Characters in 20th Century Fiction 72

MCT - MUSIC, CINEMA AND THEATRE STUDIES 72

Cinema of the Real: Documentary Films 74 Film Studies 74 History of Italian Cinema 74 History of World Cinema: from Lumière to Tarantino 73 Introduction to Acting 73 Italian and European Theatre 74 Italian Cinema and Society 72 Italian Culture through Music 74 Italian Opera 73 Italian Theatre 73 Masterpieces of Western Art Music 73 Masters of Italian Cinema: Fellini 74 Music and Film 73 Screenwriting 73 Shakespeare’s Italy 74 The Venice Film Festival 74 Understanding Movies: Theory and Practice 73 World Beat: Exploring Global Music 73

PHR - PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 75

Anthropology of Religion: Death and Ritual in the Past 75 Astrology, Alchemy and Western Thought 76 Contemporary Issues in Bioethics 77 Environmental Philosophy 75 From Machiavelli to the present: Modern Political Thought 76 From Plato to Machiavelli: Classical Political Thought 76 Introduction to Italian Philosophy 75 Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science 77 Logical Thinking 75 Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art 76 Mysteries and Sacred Knowledge in Architecture 75 Religion and Politics in the Middle East 77 Responsibility and Justice Towards Futuere Generations 76 The Catholic Church and Society in Italy 76

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 193 The Holocaust: Jewish and Christian Responses 75 The Renaissance Theory of Love 77 The Role of Magic in Renaissance Thought 77 Western Philosophy 75 Women in Religion 77 World Religions 75

POL - POLITICAL SCIENCE AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 77

From Machiavelli to the present: Modern Political Thought 78 From Plato to Machiavelli: Classical Political Thought 78 Globalization and its Consequences 78 International Conflict Resolution 79 International Law 79 International Politics 79 International Terrorism 80 Introduction to Political Science 77 Italy and the EU 78 Non-Profit Management Internship 79 Religion and Politics in the Middle East 79 Responsibility and Justice Towards Futuere Generations 78 The European Union 78 War and Media 79

PST - PEACE STUDIES 80

Anthropology and Development 80 Anthropology of Violence and Conflict 80 International Conflict Resolution 80 Participation, Empowerment and Social Change 80 Peace Education 81 War and Media 80

PSY - PSYCHOLOGY 81

Child Psychology 81 Conflict Resolution and Mediation Skills 81 Forensic Psychology 82 Introduction to Psychology 81 Love, Beauty and Natural Selection: the Science and the Myths 81 Psychology of Crime 82 Social Psychology 81 Workplace Psychology: Building Effective Managers 82

SOC - SOCIOLOGY 82

Broadcasting: Italian Culture and Television 83 Contemporary Italians and Italy 83 Introduction to Sociology 82 Italian Cinema and Society 82 Italian Family and Society 83 Organized Crime: Sociology and History of Italian Mafia 82 Regions of Italy 82 Sociology of Consumerism 83 The Italian-American Experience 83

WRI - WRITING 83

Business Writing 84 Creative Writing 83 Introduction to Journalism 83 Travel Writing 84 Writing about the Self 84 Writing for College 83

194 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 6.2 SCHOOL OF ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN FLORENCE 85

ITC - ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE 86

Capping: Contemporary Italian Thought (in Italian only) 89 Communication in Public Administration Internship (in Italian only) 87 Contemporary Italian Literature (in Italian only) 88 Contemporary Italian Politics (in Italian only) 88 Food in Italian Culture (in Italian only) 87 High Renaissance and Mannerism (in Italian only) 87 Italian Cinema (in Italian only) 88 Italian Civilization and Culture (in Italian only) 88 Italian for Business (in Italian only) 87 Italian for Conversation (in Italian only) 86 Italian for Tourism (in Italian only) 86 Italian Renaissance Art (in Italian only) 86 Italian through Children’s Literature (in Italian only) 88 Italian through Cooking (in Italian only) 86 Italian through Cultural Experience (in Italian only) 86 Italian through Film (in Italian only) 86 Italian through Service Learning (in Italian only) 87 Italian Women’s Literature (in Italian only) 88 Italy Today: Italians and Italy through the Media (in Italian only) 87 Reading and Writing for Academic Purposes (in Italian only) 86 Translation Techniques (in Italian only) 87

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 3-CREDIT COURSES 89

3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 89 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 89 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 89 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 89 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 89 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 89

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 4-CREDIT COURSE 90

4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 90 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 90 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 90 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 90 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 90 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 90

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6-CREDIT COURSES 91

6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 and 2 91 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 and Intermediate 1 91 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 and 2 91 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 and Advanced 1 91 6-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 and 2 91

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 16-CREDIT COURSES 91

Level Sequences 91 16-Hour Italian Elementary 1 and 2, Intermediate 1 and 2 91 16-Hour Italian Elementary 2, Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 92 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 and 2 92 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 2, Advanced 1, 2 and 3 92 Level Descriptions 92 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 92 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 92 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 92 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 92 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 93 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 93 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 3 93 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 195 6.3 SCHOOL OF SCIENCES IN FLORENCE 95

CHM – CHEMISTRY 96

General Chemistry I with Laboratory 96 General Chemistry II with Laboratory 96 Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory 96 Organic Chemistry II with Laboratory 96 Science for Conservators I 96 Science for Conservators II 96

MAT - MATHEMATICS 96

Calculus I 96 Finite Mathematics 96 The World of Chance: An Introduction to Statistics 96 Topics in Mathematics for Liberal Arts 96

6.4 SCHOOL OF CREATIVE ARTS IN FLORENCE 97

FVM - FILM, VIDEO AND MULTIMEDIA PRODUCTION 98

Communications Internship: Web TV 98 Digital Filmmaking I 98 Digital Filmmaking II 98 Screenwriting 98 Understanding Movies: Theory and Practice 98

NUH – NUTRITION, CULINARY ARTS AND CULTURE 98

Celebrating Italian Style: Food and Culture in Contemporary Italy 99 Co(ok)quinarius: Ancient Sources of Italian Cuisine 100 Current Trends in Italian Cuisine 99 Food and Culture 99 Food and Wine Product retailing Internship 101 Fundamentals of Food Design, Styling and Photography 99 Herbs and Spices in Mediterranean Cuisine 99 Italian Cuisine: History and Practice 100 Italian Food and Culture: Pairing Food & Wine 100 Italian Food for Festivals and Festivities 100 Jewish-Italian Cooking Traditions 100 Mediterranean and Middle Eastern Cuisines 99 Sustainable Food 101 The Food of Italy 98 The Science of Food, Health and Wellbeing 100 Topics in Nutrition: Italian Style Cooking 100 Vegetarian Cuisine in Italy 99 Wine and Culture I: Wines of Italy 98 Wine and Culture II: Wines of Tuscany 98 Wine Business and Marketing 100

PDM - PAINTING, DRAWING AND MIXED MEDIA 101

Advanced Drawing I: Observation and Interpretation 103 Advanced Drawing II 104 Advanced Painting I: Observation and Interpretation 104 Advanced Painting II 104 Comic Art 102 Contemporary Painting: Materials and Techniques 103 Digital Sketchbook 101 Expanding Creativity 101 Fine Art Mosaics 102 Florence Sketchbook - Beginning 102 Florence Sketchbook – Intermediate 102 Foundation Oil Painting (Summer only) 101 Foundation Oil Painting 101

196 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Fundamentals of Art and Design: Color Theory 102 Intermediate Drawing 103 Intermediate Painting (Summer only) 103 Intermediate Painting 103 Major Project in Fine Arts 104 Mixed Media & Assemblage 103 New Genres: Intermedia Arts Exploration 103 Pastel Techniques 102 Principles of Drawing and Composition 101 Sketchbook Workshop (Summer only) 102 The Making of an Exhibition 104 Watercolor and Tempera/Gouache 102

PER - PERFORMING ARTS 104

Body Language and Communication Techniques 105 Expanding Creativity 104 Flamenco 105 Intermediate Ballet 105 Intermediate Modern Dance 105 Introduction to Acting 105 Introduction to Ballet 104 Introduction to Modern Dance 104 Renaissance Historical Dance 105

PHO - PHOTOGRAPHY 105

Advertisement and Commercial Photography 108 Expanding Creativity 106 Experimental Photography 107 Fashion Photography 107 Fundamentals of Food Design, Styling and Photography 107 Intermediate Digital Photography (Summer only) 107 Intermediate Digital Photography 106 Introduction to Classic Photography (Summer only) 105 Introduction to Classic Photography 105 Introduction to Digital Photography (Summer only) 106 Introduction to Digital Photography 106 Landscape and Architecture Photography 107 Photography Internship 108 Photography Portfolio 108 Photojournalism 107 Principles of Fashion Photography (Summer only) 106 Principles of Fashion Photography 106 Travel Reportage Photography Workshop (Summer only) 106

PRI - PRINTMAKING 108

Basic Printmaking (Summer only) 108 Basic Printmaking 108 Etching 108 Printmaking Portfolio 109

RES - RESTORATION 109

Advanced Fresco Painting and Restoration 110 Advanced Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation 111 Archaeology Workshop 109 Drawing for Conservators 109 Florence and Chianti Restoration Workshop (Summer only) 109 Florence and Southern Italy Restoration Workshop (Summer only) 109 Fresco Painting and Restoration I 109 Fresco Painting and Restoration II 110 Furniture, Wood Objects and Gilding Conservation 109 Historical Painting Lab I 110 Historical Painting Lab II 110

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 197 Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation I 109 Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation II 110 Science for Conservators I 110 Science for Conservators II 110 Special Topics in Restoration 111 Theory of Conservation 110 Working Group Project for Fresco and Mural Painting Restoration 111 Working Group Project for Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation 111

SCU - SCULPTURE AND CERAMICS 111

Ceramics (Summer only) 111 Ceramics 111 Ceramics: Majolica and Porcelain 112 Expanding Creativity 111 Intermediate Sculpture (Summer only) 112 Intermediate Sculpture 112 Introductory Sculpture (Summer only) 111 Introductory Sculpture 111 Marble and Stone Sculpture 111

6.5 SCHOOL OF DESIGN IN FLORENCE 113

ARC - ARCHITECTURE 114

20th Century Design and Architecture 114 Aesthetics of Design: Theory and Practice 114 Architectural History: Italian Urban Design 114 Architecture and Fashion 114 Architecture in its Environment 115 Architecture Studio: Special Topics 115 Conservation of Historic Buildings 115 Contemporary Architecture 115 Foundations of Architectural Design 114 History and Theory of Landscape Architecture 114 Public Space Design 114 Sustainable Architecture 115 The Built Environment of Florence 114

FAS - FASHION DESIGN, MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING 115

Accessories Design 117 Anthropology of Fashion and Desirability: Beyond the Catwalk 116 Apparel Construction 118 Collection Development 118 Collection Production 119 Design Sewing Techniques 115 Design Workshop 118 Draping I 117 Draping II 118 Fabric Styling 116 Fashion Buying Concepts 117 Fashion Communication 117 Fashion Consumer Behavior 116 Fashion Design and Apparel Construction Internship 119 Fashion Design Computer Principles I 116 Fashion Design Computer Principles II 118 Fashion Employment Seminar 119 Fashion Entrepreneurship 120 Fashion Figure Drawing 115 Fashion Illustration I (Summer only) 115 Fashion Illustration I 115 Fashion Illustration II 116 Fashion Marketing 116 Fashion Marketing, Retail Management and Merchandising Internship 119

198 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Global Fashion Merchandising 119 History of Costume 117 History of Italian Fashion 117 Introduction to the Fashion Industry 115 Knitwear I 117 Knitwear II 118 Luxury Management 118 Merchandise Planning and Control 119 Patternmaking I 116 Patternmaking II 117 Portfolio in Fashion Design 119 Principles of Apparel Design 115 Product Development 118 Retailing Management 117 Textile Science 116 Trend Forecasting 118 Visual Merchandising 116 Working Group Project in Fashion Design 117

GRA - GRAPHIC DESIGN 120

Advanced Imaging 123 Brand Design 123 Character Design 122 Comic Art 121 Computer 3D Animation 124 Creative Processes in Visual Communication 121 Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals (Summer and Intersession only) 120 Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals 120 Digital Sketchbook 120 Dynamic Web Design 121 Foundations of Visual Communication (Summer only) 121 Foundations of Visual Communication 120 Graphic Center Internship: LdM Printing Center 122 Graphic Design (Summer only) 120 Graphic Design for Advertising 124 Graphic Design Internship 123 Graphic Design Project Development 122 Graphic Design 120 History of Graphics and Illustration 120 Mobile Web Design 123 Motion Graphic Techniques 123 Professional Blog Design 122 Publishing Design 121 Rendering Essentials 122 Web Animation 122 Web Authoring 123 Web Design 121 Web Marketing 121 Workshop in Creative Advertising 122 Workshop in Graphic Design 121

INT - INTERIOR DESIGN 124

Aesthetics of Design: Theory and Practice 125 Architecture and Fashion 125 CAD for Interior Design I 124 CAD for Interior Design II 125 Computer 3D Animation 127 Computer Rendering for Interior Design 126 Concepts and Strategies for Design 127 Design for Living Spaces (Summer only) 125 Design for Living Spaces 125 Design Materials 125

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 199 Exhibit Design 127 Furniture Design 127 Interior Design I (Summer only) 124 Interior Design I 124 Interior Design II 125 Lighting Design (Summer only) 126 Lighting Design 126 Perspective Drawing and Rendering (Summer only) 124 Perspective Drawing and Rendering 124 Product Design I 124 Product Design II (Summer only) 126 Product Design II 125 Retail Design (Summer only) 126 Retail Design 126 Sustainable Design 127 Technical Drawing 124 Trend Forecasting 126 Web Portfolio Presentation 127 Working Group Project in Interior Design 128

JWY - JEWELRY DESIGN 128

Alternative Materials in Contemporary Jewelry 129 Gemology 128 History of Jewels and their Symbolism 128 Jewelry Design I: Drawing and Rendering Techniques 128 Jewelry Design II 128 Jewelry Making I (Summer only) 128 Jewelry Making I 128 Jewelry Making II 128 Jewelry Marketing, Retail Management and Merchandising Internship 129 Relief Works in Metal 129 Stone Setting 129 The Professional Jewelry Designer 128 Trend Forecasting 129 Wax Carving and Casting Techniques 128

7. LDM ROME COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 131

7.1 SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES IN ROME 133

ANT - ANTHROPOLOGY 134

Anthropology of Fashion and Desirability: Beyond the Catwalk 134 Food and Culture 134 Intercultural Communication 134

ART – ART HISTORY 134

Art and Architecture of Ancient Rome 135 Art and Architecture of Medieval Rome 135 Art History I: Antiquity to Early Renaissance 134 Art History II: High Renaissance to the Present 134 Avant-garde and Modernist Art (1900-1950) 136 Baroque Art 135 High Renaissance and Mannerism 135 History of Architecture 134 Italian Contemporary Art 136 Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art 135 Museum and Gallery Internship 136 Palaces of Rome 134 Popes, Cardinals and Courts in Renaissance and Baroque Art 134 Rome Villas and Gardens 135 The Genius of Michelangelo 135

200 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 BUS - INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 136

Advanced International Marketing 138 Branding Cities: Urban Economies to Attract Investments 138 China’s Development and the Global Shift 136 Economic Geography 138 European Policies and Law 137 Event Planning 136 Global Business and Society 137 Human Resources Management 137 Integrated Marketing Communication 137 International Marketing 136 International Project Management and Fundraising 138 Introduction to Marketing 136 Sociology of Consumerism 137 Sport Marketing and Communication Internship 138 The Global Economy 137

CLA - ARCHAEOLOGY AND CLASSICAL STUDIES 138

Ancient Rome 139 Archaeology of Italy: from Constantine to Charlemagne 139 Art and Architecture of Ancient Rome 139 Greek and Roman Mythology 139 Roman Civilization through Its Monuments 138 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature 139 Underground Rome: The Christian Catacombs 138

CLT - CULTURAL STUDIES 139

Food and Culture 139 Italian Food Through Culture, Environment and Sustainability 140

COM - COMMUNICATIONS 140

Event Planning 140 Integrated Marketing Communication 140 Intercultural Communication 141 Introduction to Communication 140 Introduction to Journalism 140 Mass Communication 140 Media Ethics 140 New Media: Communication in the Digital Age 140 Public Relations 141 Sport Marketing and Communication Internship 141 War and Media 141

ENV - GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 141

Economic Geography 141 Environmental Ecology 141 Introduction to Environmental Issues 141 Italian Food Through Culture, Environment and Sustainability 141

HIS - HISTORY 142

Ancient Rome 142 History of Rome through the Cinema 142 Italian Renaissance Civilization and Culture 142 Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science 142 Making of Modern Europe from Antiquity to French Revolution 142 Roman Civilization through Its Monuments 142 Western Civilization 142

LIT - LITERATURE 142

Contemporary European Literature 143 Italian Grand Tour: Italy through the Eyes of Famous Travellers 143

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 201 Rome in the Literary Imagination 142 Shakespeare’s Italy 143 Survey of Western Literature 142 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature 143

MCT - MUSIC, CINEMA AND THEATRE STUDIES 143

Film and Mafia 143 Film Studies 144 Film: The Spectator’s Experience 144 History of Italian Cinema 144 History of Rome through the Cinema 143 Italian Cinema and Society 143 Italian Opera 144 Italian Society through the Cinema 144 Masters of Italian Cinema: Fellini 144 Shakespeare’s Italy 144

PHR - PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 144

Introduction to Italian Philosophy 145 Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science 145 Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art 145 Religion and Culture in Italy 145 Western Philosophy 144

POL - POLITICAL SCIENCE AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 145

Branding Cities: Urban Economies to Attract Investments 147 China’s Development and the Global Shift 145 European Policies and Law 145 Globalization and its Consequences 145 Humanitarian Affairs 146 International Rome: a UN City 147 Introduction to Political Science 145 The European Union 146 The Global Economy 146 The Mediterranean: History, Peoples and Integration 146 War and Media 146

PST – PEACE STUDIES 147

War and Media 147

PSY - PSYCHOLOGY 147

Art Therapy (Summer only) 148 Art Therapy 147 Film: The Spectator’s Experience 147 Introduction to Psychology 147 Psychology of Crime 148 Social Psychology 147

SOC - SOCIOLOGY 148

Film and Mafia 148 Italian Cinema and Society 148 Italian Family and Society 148 Italian Society through the Cinema 148 Sociology of Consumerism 148 WRI - WRITING 149 Introduction to Journalism 149 Travel Writing 149

202 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 7.2 SCHOOL OF ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN ROME 151

ITC - ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE 152

High Renaissance and Mannerism (in Italian only) 152 Italian Cinema (in Italian only) 152 Italian Civilization (in Italian only) 152 Italian Civilization and Culture (in Italian only) 152 Italian for Conversation (in Italian only) 152 Italian through Film (in Italian only) 152

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 3-CREDIT COURSES 152

3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 152 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 152 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 153 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 153 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 153 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 153

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 4-CREDIT COURSES 153

4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 153 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 153 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 153 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 154 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 154 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 154

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6-CREDIT COURSES 154

6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 and 2 154 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 and Intermediate 1 154 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 and 2 154 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 and Advanced 1 155 6-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 and 2 155

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 16-CREDIT COURSES 155

Level Sequences 155 16-Hour Italian Elementary 1 and 2, Intermediate 1 and 2 155 16-Hour Italian Elementary 2, Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 155 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 and 2 155 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 2, Advanced 1, 2 and 3 155 Level Descriptions 156 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 156 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 156 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 156 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 156 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 156 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 156 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 3 156

7.3 SCHOOL OF SCIENCES IN ROME 157

BIO – BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 158

General Biology II with Laboratory 158 Human Anatomy II with Laboratory 158 Introduction to Molecular Genetics with Laboratory 158

CHM – CHEMISTRY 158

General Chemistry I with Laboratory 158 General Chemistry II with Laboratory 158 Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory 158 Organic Chemistry II with Laboratory 158

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 203 EVS – ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 158

Principles of Environmental Science 158

MAT - MATHEMATICS 158

Calculus for Science Majors I 158 Calculus for Science Majors II 158 Calculus for Science Majors III 159 Statistics for Science Majors 159

7.4 SCHOOL OF CREATIVE ARTS IN ROME 161

NUH – NUTRITION, CULINARY ARTS AND CULTURE 162

Celebrating Italian Style: Food and Culture in Contemporary Italy 162 Food and Culture 162 Italian Cuisine: History and Practice 162 Italian Food through Culture, Environment, and Sustainability 162 Nutrition Studies 162 Wine and Culture I: Wines of Italy 162

PDM - PAINTING, DRAWING AND MIXED MEDIA 162

Art Therapy (Summer only) 163 Art Therapy 163 Foundation Oil Painting (Summer only) 163 Foundation Oil Painting 162 Pastel Techniques 163 Principles of Drawing and Composition 162 Rome Sketchbook - Beginning 163 Rome Sketchbook – Intermediate 163 Watercolor and Tempera/Gouache 163

PHO - PHOTOGRAPHY 163

Introduction to Digital Photography (Summer only) 163 Introduction to Digital Photography 163

8. LDM TUSCANIA COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 165

8.1 SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES IN TUSCANIA 167

ANT - ANTHROPOLOGY 168

Archaeology Field School: Tuscania (Italy) 168

BUS – INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 168

Marketing/Advertising Internship 168 Wine Business and Marketing 168 Workplace Psychology: Building Effective Managers 168

CLA - ARCHAEOLOGY AND CLASSICAL STUDIES 168

Archaeology Field School: Tuscania (Italy) 169 Archaeology of Italy: from Constantine to Charlemagne 169 Etruscan and Roman Civilizations 168 Etruscan Cuisine 168 Greek and Roman Mythology 169 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature 169

COM – COMMUNICATIONS 169

Body Language and Communication Techniques 169 Communication in Public Administration Internship 169 Communication in Public Administration Internship 170

204 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 HIS - HISTORY 170

Archaeology Field School: Tuscania (Italy) 170 Italian Renaissance Civilization and Culture 170 Medieval Civilization and Culture 170 Western Civilization 170

LIT- LITERATURE 170

Italian Grand Tour: Italy through the Eyes of Famous Travellers 171 Masterpieces of Italian Literature 171 Survey of Western Literature 170 The Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature 171

MCT - MUSIC, CINEMA AND THEATRE STUDIES 171

Contemporary Italy through the Cinema 171 Film Studies 171 History of Italian Cinema 171 Introduction to Acting 171 Italian Society through the Cinema 171

PHR - PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 172

Introduction to Italian Philosophy 172 Religion and Culture in Italy 172 Western Philosophy 172

PSY - PSYCHOLOGY 172

Introduction to Psychology 172 Social Psychology 172 Workplace Psychology: Building effective Managers 172

SOC - SOCIOLOGY 172

Italian Life and Cultures 172 Italian Society through the Cinema 173 WRI - WRITING 173 Creative Writing 173 Travel Writing 173

8.2 ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN TUSCANIA 175

ITC - ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE 176

Communication in Public Administration Internship 177 Communication in Public Administration Internship 177 Italian Civilization (in Italian only) 176 Italian for Conversation (in Italian only) 176 Italian through Cooking 176 Italian through Cultural Experience (in Italian only) 176 Italian through Film (in Italian only) 176 Italian through Mediterranean Cooking (in Italian only) 176 Italian through Service Learning (in Italian only) 177 Italian through Theatre (in Italian only) 176

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 3-CREDIT COURSES 177

3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 177 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 177 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 177 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 178 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 178 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 178

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 205 ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 4-CREDIT COURSES 178

4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 178 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 178 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 178 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 178 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 179 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 179

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6-CREDIT COURSES 179

6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 and 2 179 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 and Intermediate 1 179 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 and 2 179 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 and Advanced 1 180 6-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 and 2 180

ITL - ITALIAN LANGUAGE 16-CREDIT COURSES 180

Level Sequences 180 16-Hour Italian Elementary 1 and 2, Intermediate 1 and 2 180 16-Hour Italian Elementary 2, Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 180 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 and 2 180 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 2, Advanced 1, 2 and 3 180 Level Descriptions 180 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 180 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 181 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 181 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 181 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 181 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 181 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 181

8.3 SCHOOL OF CREATIVE ARTS IN TUSCANIA 183

FVM - FILM, VIDEO AND MULTIMEDIA PRODUCTION 184

Digital Filmmaking I 184

NUH – NUTRITION, CULINARY ARTS AND CULTURE 184

Current Trends in Italian Cuisine 184 Etruscan Cuisine 184 Italian Food and Culture: Pairing Food & Wine 184 Mediterranean Cuisine 184 The Food of Italy 184 Wine and Culture I: Wines of Italy 184 Wine Business and Marketing 184

PDM - PAINTING, DRAWING AND MIXED MEDIA 184

Discover Painting: Tuscania through Color and Space (Summer only) 185 Discover Painting: Tuscania through Color and Space 185 Expanding Creativity 185 Foundation Oil Painting (Summer only) 185 Foundation Oil Painting 185 Intermediate Painting 186 Principles of Drawing and Composition 184 Tuscania Oil Painting Workshop 185 Tuscania Sketchbook - Beginning 185 Tuscania Sketchbook - Intermediate 186 Watercolor and Tempera/Gouache 186

PER – PERFORMING ARTS 186

Body Language and Communication Techniques 186 Expanding Creativity 186 Introduction to Acting 186

206 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 PHO - PHOTOGRAPHY 186

Expanding Creativity 187 Intermediate Digital Photography (Summer only) 187 Intermediate Digital Photography 187 Introduction to Digital Photography (Summer only) 186 Introduction to Digital Photography 186 Landscape and Architecture Photography (Summer only) 187

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 207 11. COURSE INDEX BY title

Anthropology of Religion: Death and Ritual in the Past 48, 60, Numbers 75 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 89, 153, 178 Anthropology of Violence and Conflict 48 , 80 3-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 89, 153, 178 Apparel Construction 118 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 89, 152, 177 Archaeology Field School: Tuscania (Italy) 168, 169, 170 3-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 89, 152, 177 Archaeology of Italy: from Constantine to Charlemagne 139, 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 89, 153, 177 169 3-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 89, 153, 178 Archaeology Workshop 48, 59, 109 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 90, 93, 154, 156, 179, 181 Architectural History: Italian Urban Design 50, 114 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 2 90, 93, 154, 156, 179, 181 Architecture and Fashion 114, 125 4-Hour Italian Language Advanced 3 93, 156, 181 Architecture in its Environment 115 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 90, 92, 153, 156, 178, 180 Architecture Studio: Special Topics 115 4-Hour Italian language Elementary 2 92, 156, 181 arly Renaissance 52 4-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 90, 153, 178 Art and Architecture of Ancient Rome 135, 139 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 90, 92, 153, 156, 178, 181 Art and Architecture of Medieval Rome 135 4-Hour Italian language Intermediate 2 92, 156, 181 Art and Objects in Museums and in Context 55 4-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 90, 154, 178 Art Expertise 54 6-Hour Italian Language Advanced 1 and 2 91, 155, 180 Art History I: Antiquity to Early Renaissance 49, 134 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 1 and 2 91, 154, 179 Art History II: High Renaissance to the Present 50, 134 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 Art in 14th Century Florence 53 and Intermediate 1 91, 179 Artists in Italy Today 53 6-Hour Italian Language Elementary 2 and Intermediate 1 91, Art Therapy 147, 163 154 Art Therapy (Summer only) 148, 163 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 1 and 2 91, 154, 179 Astrology, Alchemy and Western Thought 76 6-Hour Italian Language Intermediate 2 and Advanced 1 91, Avant-garde and Modernist Art (1900-1950) 54, 136 155, 180 16-Hour Italian Elementary 1 and 2, Intermediate 1 and 2 91, B 155, 180 16-Hour Italian Elementary 2, Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced Baroque Art 53, 135 1 92, 155, 180 Basic Printmaking 108 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 1 and 2, Advanced 1 and 2 92, 155, Basic Printmaking (Summer only) 108 180 Body Language and Communication Techniques 63, 105, 169, 16-Hour Italian Intermediate 2, Advanced 1, 2 and 3 92, 155, 186 180 Brand Design 123 19th Century Art: from Neoclassicism to Post-Impressionism Branding Cities: Urban Economies to Attract Investments 138, 54 147 1960’s: a Global Counter Cultural Movement, The 69 Brand Management and Promotion 59 20th Century Design and Architecture 50, 114 Broadcasting: Italian Culture and Television 61, 64, 83 Built Environment of Florence, The 50, 114 A Business Writing 84 Accessories Design 117 Advanced Drawing II 104 C Advanced Drawing I: Observation and Interpretation 103 CAD for Interior Design I 124 Advanced Fresco Painting and Restoration 110 CAD for Interior Design II 125 Advanced Imaging 123 Calculus for Science Majors I 158 Advanced International Marketing 138 Calculus for Science Majors II 158 Advanced Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation 111 Calculus for Science Majors III 159 Advanced Painting II 104 Calculus I 96 Advanced Painting I: Observation and Interpretation 104 Capping: Contemporary Italian Thought (in Italian only) 89 Advertisement and Commercial Photography 108 Catholic Church and Society in Italy, The 69, 76 Advertising Principles 62 Celebrating Italian Style: Food and Culture in Contemporary Italy 99, 162 Aesthetics of Design: Theory and Practice 114, 125 Ceramics 111 Age of the Heroes: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and the Origins of Western Literature, The 60, 72, 139, 143, 169, 171 Ceramics (Summer only) 111 Alternative Materials in Contemporary Jewelry 129 Ceramics: Majolica and Porcelain 112 Ancient Rome 59, 68, 139, 142 Character Design 122 Anthropology and Development 48, 80 Child Psychology 81 Anthropology of Art 49, 51 China’s Development and the Global Shift 136, 145 Anthropology of Fashion and Desirability: Beyond the Catwalk Cinema of the Real: Documentary Films 74 48, 116, 134 Collection Development 118

208 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Collection Production 119 Etruscan and Roman Civilizations 168 Comic Art 102, 121 Etruscan Cuisine 168, 184 Communication and Leadership 57, 64 European Policies and Law 137, 145 Communication in Public Administration Internship 65, 87, European Union, The 78, 146 169, 170, 177 Europe from 1815 to the Present 68 Communications Internship 65 Europe since 1945 70 Communications Internship: LdM Web TV 65, 98 Event Planning 56, 63, 136, 140 Computer 3D Animation 124, 127 Exhibit Design 127 Computer Rendering for Interior Design 126 Exhibition Management 51 Concepts and Strategies for Design 127 Expanding Creativity 101, 104, 106, 111, 185, 186, 187 Conflict Resolution and Mediation Skills 64 , 81 Experimental Photography 107 Conservation and Historic Preservation 55 Conservation of Historic Buildings 115 F Contemporary Anthropology: Words and Action 49 Fabric Styling 116 Contemporary Architecture 52, 115 Fashion Buying Concepts 117 Contemporary Art 54 Fashion Communication 117 Contemporary European Literature 71, 143 Fashion Consumer Behavior 116 Contemporary Issues in Bioethics 77 Fashion Design and Apparel Construction Internship 119 Contemporary Italian Literature (in Italian only) 88 Fashion Design Computer Principles I 116 Contemporary Italian Politics (in Italian only) 88 Fashion Design Computer Principles II 118 Contemporary Italians and Italy 83 Fashion Employment Seminar 119 Contemporary Italy through the Cinema 171 Fashion Entrepreneurship 120 Contemporary Painting: Materials and Techniques 103 Fashion Figure Drawing 115 Co(ok)quinarius: Ancient Sources Fashion Illustration I 115 of Italian Cuisine 49, 60, 100 Fashion Illustration I (Summer only) 115 Corporate Social Responsibility 58 Fashion Illustration II 116 Creating the Multimedia Sports Narrative 64 Fashion Marketing 116 Creative Processes in Visual Communication 121 Fashion Marketing, Retail Management and Merchandising Creative Writing 83, 173 Internship 119 Crosscultural Communication in the Workplace 57, 63 Fashion Photography 107 Current Trends in Italian Cuisine 99, 184 Film and Mafia 143 , 148 Film Studies 74, 144, 171 D Film: The Spectator’s Experience 144, 147 Fine Art Mosaics 102 Dante, Petrarca, Boccaccio: Italian Literature of the 14th Finite Mathematics Century 72 96 Flamenco Design for Living Spaces 125 105 Florence and Chianti Restoration Workshop (Summer only) Design for Living Spaces (Summer only) 125 109 Florence and Southern Italy Restoration Workshop (Summer Design Materials 125 only) 109 Design Sewing Techniques 115 Florence in the Literary Imagination 71 Design Workshop 118 Florence Sketchbook - Beginning 102 Digital Filmmaking I 98, 184 Florence Sketchbook - Intermediate 102 Digital Filmmaking II 98 Florence Villas and Gardens 52 Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals 120 Florentia: the Ancient Roots of Florence 59, 68 Digital Graphic Techniques Fundamentals (Summer and Food and Culture , , , , , Intersession only) 120 48 61 99 134 139 162 Food and Wine Product Retailing Internship Digital Sketchbook 101, 120 101 Food in Italian Culture (in Italian only) Discover Painting: Tuscania through Color and Space 185 87 Discover Painting: Tuscania through Color and Space (Summer Food of Italy, The 98, 184 only) 185 Forensic Psychology 82 Draping I 117 Foundation Oil Painting 101, 162, 185 Draping II 118 Foundation Oil Painting (Summer only) 101, 163, 185 Drawing for Conservators 109 Foundations of Architectural Design 114 Dynamic Web Design 121 Foundations of Visual Communication 62, 120 Foundations of Visual Communication (Summer only) 62, 121 E Fresco Painting and Restoration I 109 Fresco Painting and Restoration II 110 Economic Geography 138, 141 From Machiavelli to the present: Modern Political Thought 76, Economics of the European Union 58 78 Education Internship 66 From Plato to Machiavelli: Classical Political Thought 76, 78 Egyptian Art and Archaeology 60 Fundamentals of Art and Design: Color Theory 102 Environmental Ecology 141 Fundamentals of Food Design, Styling and Photography 99, Environmental Philosophy 75 107 Etching 108 Furniture Design 127

LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 209 Furniture, Wood Objects and Gilding Conservation 109 Intermediate Sculpture (Summer only) 112 International Art Business 52, 57 G International Conflict Resolution 79 , 80 Gemology 128 International Law 79 General Biology II with Laboratory 158 International Marketing 56, 136 General Chemistry I with Laboratory 96, 158 International Politics 79 General Chemistry II with Laboratory 96, 158 International Project Management and Fundraising 138 Genius of Michelangelo, The 51, 135 International Rome: a UN City 147 Global Business and Society 57, 137 International Terrorism 71, 80 Global Economy, The 137, 146 Introduction to Acting 73, 105, 171, 186 Global Fashion Merchandising 119 Introduction to Anthropology 48 Global Financial Markets 59 Introduction to Ballet 104 Globalization and its Consequences 78, 145 Introduction to Business 56 Global Marketing Management 58 Introduction to Classic Photography 105 Global Sports Marketing 64 Introduction to Classic Photography (Summer only) 105 Graphic Center Internship: LdM Printing Center 122 Introduction to Communication 62, 140 Graphic Design 120 Introduction to Digital Photography 106, 163, 186 Graphic Design (Summer only) 120 Introduction to Digital Photography Graphic Design for Advertising 123 (Summer only) 106, 163, 186 Graphic Design Internship 123 Introduction to Environmental Issues 66, 141 Graphic Design Project Development 122 Introduction to Italian Philosophy 75, 145, 172 Greek and Roman Mythology 60, 139, 169 Introduction to Journalism 62, 83, 140, 149 Introduction to Marketing 56, 136 H Introduction to Modern Dance 104 Herbs and Spices in Mediterranean Cuisine 99 Introduction to Molecular Genetics with Laboratory 158 Hidden Meanings in Renaissance Art 53 Introduction to Political Science 77, 145 High Renaissance and Mannerism 53, 135 Introduction to Psychology 81, 147, 172 High Renaissance and Mannerism Introduction to Sociology 82 (in Italian only) 87, 152 Introduction to the Fashion Industry 115 Historical Painting Lab I 110 Introductory Sculpture 111 Historical Painting Lab II 110 Introductory Sculpture (Summer only) 111 History and Theory of Landscape Architecture 114 Italian-American Experience, The 83 History of Architecture 49, 134 Italian and European Theatre 74 History of Costume 117 Italian Cinema and Society 72, 82, 143, 148 History of Graphics and Illustration 120 Italian Cinema (in Italian only) 88, 152 History of Italian Cinema 74, 144, 171 Italian Civilization (in Italian only) 152, 176 History of Italian Fashion 117 Italian Civilization and Culture (in Italian only) 88, 152 History of Jewels and their Symbolism 128 Italian Contemporary Art 136 History of Prostitution 67 Italian Crime Fiction 71 History of Rome through the Cinema 142, 143 Italian Cuisine: History and Practice 100, 162 History of World Cinema: from Lumière to Tarantino 73 Italian Culture through Music 61, 74 Holocaust: Jewish and Christian Responses, The 68, 75 Italian Family and Society 83, 148 Human Anatomy II with Laboratory 158 Italian Food and Culture: Pairing Food & Wine 100, 184 Humanitarian Affairs 146 Italian Food for Festivals and Festivities 100 Human Resources Management 56, 137 Italian Food through Culture, Environment, and Sustainability 140, 141, 162 I Italian for Business (in Italian only) 87 Italian for Conversation (in Italian only) , , Images and Words 53, 61 86 152 176 Italian for Tourism (in Italian only) Integrated Marketing Communication 57, 63, 137, 140 86 Italian Grand Tour: Italy through the Eyes of Famous Travellers Intercultural Communication 49, 63, 134, 141 72, 143, 171 Interior Design I 124 Italian Life and Cultures 172 Interior Design I (Summer only) 124 Italian Opera 73, 144 Interior Design II 125 Italian Renaissance Art 51 Intermediate Ballet 105 Italian Renaissance Art (in Italian only) 86 Intermediate Digital Photography 106, 187 Italian Renaissance Civilization and Culture 70, 142, 170 Intermediate Digital Photography Italian Society through the Cinema , , , (Summer only) 107, 187 144 148 171 173 Italian Theatre Intermediate Drawing 103 73 Italian through Children’s Literature Intermediate Modern Dance 105 (in Italian only) 88 Intermediate Painting 103, 186 Italian through Cooking (in Italian only) 86, 176 Intermediate Painting (Summer only) 103 Italian through Cultural Experience (in Italian only) 86, 176 Intermediate Sculpture 112 Italian through Film (in Italian only) 86, 152, 176

210 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 Italian through Mediterranean Cooking (in Italian only) 176 Mediterranean: History, Peoples and Integration, The 146 Italian through Service Learning (in Italian only) 87, 177 Merchandise Planning and Control 119 Italian through Theatre (in Italian only) 176 Mixed Media & Assemblage 103 Italian Women’s Literature (in Italian only) 88 Mobile Web Design 123 Italy and the EU 78 Motion Graphic Techniques 123 Italy’s Contribution to Modern Science 69, 77, 142, 145 Museum and Gallery Internship 54, 136 Italy Today: Italians and Italy through the Media Museum Development, Management and Leadership 55 (in Italian only) 87 Museum Education 55 Museums and the Public I: People and Ideas 54 J Museums and the Public II: Objects and Audience 55 Jewelry Design I: Drawing and Rendering Techniques 128 Museums: Ethics and the Law 55 Jewelry Design II 128 Museums, Galleries and the History of Collecting 54 Jewelry Making I 128 Museum Spaces and Technologies 55 Jewelry Making I (Summer only) 128 Museum Studies Internship 55 Jewelry Making II 128 Music and Film 73 Jewelry Marketing, Retail Management and Merchandising Muslims, Jews and Witches: Outsiders in Medieval and Internship 129 Renaissance Europe 70 Jewish Experience in Italy: Traditions and Culture, The 69 Mysteries and Sacred Knowledge in Architecture 50, 75 Jewish-Italian Cooking Traditions 100 Journalism Internship 65 N New Genres: Intermedia Arts Exploration 103 K New Media: Communication in the Digital Age 62, 140 Knitwear I 117 Non-Profit Management Internship 79 Knitwear II 118 Nude in Modern Art, The 50 Nutrition Studies 162 L O Landscape and Architecture Photography 107 Landscape and Architecture Photography (Summer only) 187 Operations Management 59 Leonardo: the Renaissance Genius at Work 52 Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory 96, 158 Lifestyle in Renaissance Florence 52, 69 Organic Chemistry II with Laboratory 96, 158 Lighting Design 126 Organized Crime: Sociology and History of Italian Mafia 82 Lighting Design (Summer only) 126 Literature and Journalism 63, 71 P Logical Thinking 75 Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation I Lost Symbolism: Secret Codes in Western Art 51, 76, 135, 145 109 Love, Beauty and Natural Selection: the Science and the Myths Painting and Polychrome Wooden Sculpture Conservation II 67, 81 110 Luxury Management 118 Palaces of Florence 50 Palaces of Rome 134 M Participation, Empowerment and Social Change 80 Magna Graecia: Ancient Greeks in Italy 60, 70 Pastel Techniques 102, 163 Major Project in Fine Arts 104 Patternmaking I 116 Making of an Exhibition, The 104 Patternmaking II 117 Making of Modern Europe from Antiquity to French Revolution Peace Education 66, 81 68, 142 Perspective Drawing and Rendering 124 Many Italies, Other Italies: Modern Literary Representations Perspective Drawing and Rendering (Summer only) 124 61, 71 Photography Internship 108 Marble and Stone Sculpture 111 Photography Portfolio 108 Marketing/Advertising Internship 58, 168 Photojournalism 107 Marketing / Event Planning Internship 58 Popes, Cardinals and Courts in Renaissance and Baroque Art Marketing Internship: LdM Marketing Office58 134 Mass Communication 62, 140 Portfolio in Fashion Design 119 Masterpieces of Italian Literature 72, 171 Principles of Apparel Design 115 Masterpieces of Western Art Music 73 Principles of Drawing and Composition 101, 162, 184 Masters of Italian Cinema: Fellini 74, 144 Principles of Environmental Science 158 Master’s Thesis 56 Principles of Fashion Photography 106 Materials and Techniques: from Antiquity to the Renaissance Principles of Fashion Photography (Summer only) 106 51 Principles of Macroeconomics 56 Media Ethics 63, 140 Principles of Microeconomics 56 Medieval Art 52 Printmaking Portfolio 109 Medieval Civilization and Culture 68, 170 Product Design I 124 Mediterranean and Middle Eastern Cuisines 99 Product Design II 125 Mediterranean Cuisine 184 Product Design II (Summer only) 126 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016 211 Product Development 118 T Professional Blog Design 122 Professional Jewelry Designer, The 128 Technical Drawing 124 Psychology of Crime 82, 148 Textile Science 116 Public Relations 64, 141 Topics in Mathematics for Liberal Arts 96 Public Relations Internship 65 Topics in Nutrition: Italian Style Cooking 100 Public Space Design 114 Transcultural Aesthetics, Ethnography and Cultural Bias 55 Public Speaking and Presentation Skills 61 Translation Techniques (in Italian only) 87 Publishing Design 121 Travel Reportage Photography Workshop (Summer only) 106 Travel Writing 149, 173 Trend Forecasting 118, 126, 129 Q Tuscania Oil Painting Workshop 185 Quarters of Florence: History and Culture, The 69 Tuscania Sketchbook - Beginning 185 Tuscania Sketchbook - Intermediate 186 Tuscany and its Environment 66 R U Reading and Writing for Academic Purposes (in Italian only) 86 Underground Rome: The Christian Catacombs 138 Regions of Italy 82 Understanding Movies: Theory and Practice 73, 98 Relief Works in Metal 129 Religion and Culture in Italy 145, 172 V Religion and Politics in the Middle East 77, 79 Renaissance Architecture 52 Vegetarian Cuisine in Italy 99 Renaissance Art at the Italian Courts 53 Venice Film Festival, The 74 Renaissance Historical Dance 105 Visual Merchandising 116 Renaissance Theory of Love, The 69, 77 Rendering Essentials 122 W Research Methods I: Methodologies and Resources 55 War and Media 64, 79, 80, 141, 146, 147 Research Methods II: The Thesis Proposal 55 War in the Greek and Roman Worlds 60, 68 Responsibility and Justice Towards Future Generations 76, 78 Watercolor and Tempera/Gouache 102, 163, 186 Retail Design 126 Wax Carving and Casting Techniques 128 Retail Design (Summer only) 126 Web Animation 122 Retailing Management 117 Web Authoring 123 Rise and Fall of the Medici 70 Web Design 121 Role of Magic in Renaissance Thought, The 70, 77 Web Marketing 121 Roman Civilization through Its Monuments 138, 142 Web Marketing Internship 59 Rome in the Literary Imagination 142 Web Portfolio Presentation 127 Rome Sketchbook - Beginning 163 Western Civilization 67, 142, 170 Rome Sketchbook - Intermediate 163 Western Philosophy 75, 144, 172 Rome Villas and Gardens 135 Wine and Culture I: Wines of Italy 98, 162, 184 Wine and Culture II: Wines of Tuscany 98 S Wine Business and Marketing 56, 100, 168, 184 Science for Conservators I 96, 110 Women Characters in 20th Century Fiction 67, 72 Science for Conservators II 96, 110 Women, History and Culture 61, 66 Science of Food, Health and Wellbeing, The 100 Women in Religion 67, 77 Screenwriting 63, 73, 98 Women of the Medici 67, 70 Second World War, The 71 Women’s Contemporary History 66 Shakespeare’s Italy 72, 74, 143, 144 Working Group Project for Fresco and Mural Painting Restoration 111 Sketchbook Workshop (Summer only) 102 Working Group Project for Painting and Polychrome Wooden Social Psychology 81, 147, 172 Sculpture Conservation 111 Social World of Renaissance Italy, The 69 Working Group Project in Fashion Design 117 Sociology of Consumerism 57, 83, 137, 148 Working Group Project in Interior Design 128 Special Topics in Restoration 111 Workplace Psychology: Building Effective Managers 57 , 82, Sport, Culture and Communication 63 168, 172 Sport in Global Cinema and Television 65 Workshop in Creative Advertising 122 Sport Marketing and Communication Internship 138, 141 Workshop in Graphic Design 121 Statistics for Science Majors 159 World Art 51 Stone Setting 129 World Beat: Exploring Global Music 73 Survey of Western Literature 71, 142, 170 World of Chance: An Introduction to Statistics, The 96 Sustainable Architecture 115 World of Museums: Museology, The 50 Sustainable Design 127 World Religions 75 Sustainable Food 66, 101 Writing for College 83

212 LdM Academic Catalog 2015-2016